Numbers
ΑΡΙΘΜΟΙ (Numbers)
NUMBERS
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:1 ΚΑΙ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τῇ Σεινά, ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου, ἐν μιᾷ τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ δευτέρου ἔτους δευτέρου ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês in unto-the-one unto-solituded unto-the-one of-a-Seina, in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, in unto-one of-the-one of-a-month of-the-one of-second of-a-yeareedness of-second of-having-had-came-out of-them out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos, forthing,
1:1 τη Σεινα (Σινα Bb A F)] om τη F* (hab F1 mg) | δευτερου 1°] + εν τη σκηνη του μαρτυριου F* (om F1) | δευτερου 2°] pr του F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:2 Λάβετε ἀρχὴν πάσης συναγωγῆς Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ συγγενίας, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν, κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ἐξ ὀνόματος, κατὰ κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν·
Ye-should-have-had-taken to-a-firsting of-all of-a-leading-together of-an-Israêl down to-together-becomings-unto, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto, down to-a-number out of-namings-to, down to-a-head of-them;
1:2 Ισραηλ] pr υιων A F | συγγενιας] + αυτων A F | πατριων] + αυτων A F | ονοματος] ονοματων F + αυτων A F
[Appendix] συγγενειας Ba b A F (item 20)
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:3 πᾶς ἄρσην ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, πᾶς ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος ἐν δυνάμει Ἰσραήλ, ἐπισκέψασθε αὐτοὺς σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν· σὺ καὶ Ἀαρὼν ἐπισκέψασθε αὐτούς.
all male off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, all the-one traversing-out-of in unto-an-ability of-an-Israêl, ye-should-have-scouted-upon to-them together unto-an-ability of-them; thou and an-Aarôn ye-should-have-scouted-upon to-them.
1:3 εκπορευομενους A* (impr υ 2° A?) | επισκεψασθε 1° Ba b A (-σθαι B* vid F): 2°, Bb F (-σθαι B* A)
[Appendix] δυναμι B* (δυναμει Ba b: item 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42, 45)
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:4 καὶ μεθ' ὑμῶν ἔσονται ἕκαστος κατὰ φυλὴν ἑκάστου ἀρχόντων· καὶ κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν ἔσονται.
And with of-ye they-shall-be each down to-a-tribing of-each of-firsting; and down to-houses of-fatherings-unto they-shall-be.
1:4 εκαστος] + εκαστος A F | φυλην] κεφαλην F | om και 2° Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:5 καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν ἀνδρῶν οἵτινες παραστήσονται μεθ' ὑμῶν· τῶν υἱῶν Ῥουβὴν Ἐλεισοὺρ υἱὸς Σεδιούρ·
And the-ones-these the-ones namings-to of-the-ones of-men which-ones they-shall-stand-beside with of-ye; of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Roubên an-Eleisour a-son of-a-Sediour;
1:5 των υιων Ρουβην] των Ρουβην Ba b F τω Ρουβην A | Ελισουρ A F | υιος Σεδιουρ] υιος Εδιουρ A om F* (hab υιος Σεδιουρ [? Εδιουρ] F1)
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:6 τῶν Συμεὼν Σαλαμιὴλ υἱὸς Σουρεισαδαί·
of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Sumeôn a-Salamiêl a-son of-a-Soureisadai;
1:6 τε Συμεων A | Σουρισαδαι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:7 τῶν Ἰούδα Νασσὼν υἱὸς Ἀμειναδάβ·
of-the-ones of-an-Ioudas a-Nassôn a-son of-an-Ameinadab;
1:7 τω Ιουδα A | Ναασων A F | Αμιναδαβ A Αμιναδαμ F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:8 τῶν Ἰσσαχὰρ Ναθαναὴλ υἱὸς Σωγάρ·
of-the-ones of-an-Issachar a-Nathanaêl a-son of-a-Sôgar;
1:8 τω Ισσ. A?
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:9 τῶν Ζαβουλὼν Ἐλιὰβ υἱὸς Χαιλών· τῶν υἱῶν Ἰωσήφ, τῶν Ἐφράιμ Ἐλεισαμὰ υἱὸς Ἐμιούδ,
of-the-ones of-a-Zaboulôn an-Eliab a-son of-a-Chailôn; of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Iôsêf, of-the-ones of-an-Efraim an-Eleisama a-son of-an-Emioud,
1:9 τω Ζαβ. A? | Ελισαμα A F | Σεμιουδ A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:10 τῶν Μανασσὴ Γαμαλιὴλ υἱὸς Φαδασούρ·
of-the-ones of-a-Manassês a-Gamaliêl a-son of-a-Fadasour;
1:10 Μαννασση A | Φαδασσουρ A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:11 τῶν Βενιαμεὶν Ἀβειδὰν υἱὸς Γεδεωνεί·
of-the-ones of-a-Beniamein an-Abeidan a-son of-a-Gedeônei;
1:11 Αβιδαν A | Γαδεωνι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:12 τῶν Δὰν Ἀχιέζερ υἱὸς Ἀμεισαδαί·
of-the-ones of-a-Dan an-Achiezer a-son of-an-Ameisadai;
1:12 Αμισαδαι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:13 τῶν Ἀσὴρ Φαγαιὴλ υἱὸς Ἐχράν·
of-the-ones of-an-Asêr a-Fagaiêl a-son of-an-Echran;
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:14 τῶν Γὰδ Ἐλεισὰφ υἱὸς Ῥαγουήλ·
of-the-ones of-a-Gad an-Eleisaf a-son of-a-Ragouêl;
1:14 Ελισαφ A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:15 τῶν Νεφθαλεὶ Ἀχειρὲ υἱὸς Αἰνάν.
of-the-ones of-a-Nefthalei an-Acheire a-son of-an-Ainan.
1:15 Νεφθαλι A | Αχιρε A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:16 οὗτοι ἐπίκλητοι τῆς συναγωγῆς, ἄρχοντες τῶν φυλῶν κατὰ πατριάς, χιλίαρχοι Ἰσραήλ εἰσιν.
The-ones-these called-upon of-the-one of-a-leading-together, firsting of-the-ones of-tribings down to-fatherings-unto, firsts-of-thousand of-an-Israêl they-be.
1:16 πατριας] + αυτων A F
[Appendix] χειλιαρχοι B
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:17 καὶ ἔλαβεν Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν τοὺς ἄνδρας τούτους τοὺς ἀνακληθέντας ἐξ ὀνόματος,
And it-had-taken, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn, to-the-ones to-men to-the-ones-these to-the-ones to-having-been-called-up-unto out of-a-naming-to,
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:18 καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν συναγωγὴν συνήγαγον ἐν μιᾷ τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ δευτέρου ἔτους, καὶ ἐπηξονοῦσαν κατὰ γενέσεις αὐτῶν, κατὰ πατριὰς αὐτῶν, κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν, ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, πᾶν ἀρσενικὸν κατὰ κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν,
and to-all to-the-one to-leading-together they-had-led-together in unto-one of-the-one of-a-month of-the-one of-second of-a-yeareedness, and they-axissed-upon-unto down to-becomings of-them down to-fatherings-unto of-them, down to-a-number of-namings-to of-them, off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, to-all to-male-belonged-of down to-a-head of-them,
Note: they-axissed-upon-unto : used to refer to tablets on an axis used to keep registrations.
1:18 την συναγωγην] om την A | συνηγαγον] εξεκκλησιασαν A | επηξονουσαν] επεσκεπτησαν A F | αυτων 4°] αυτ.. F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:19 ὃν τρόπον συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ· καὶ ἐπεσκέπησαν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τῇ Σεινά.
to-which to-a-turn it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês; and they-had-been-scouted-upon in unto-the-one unto-solituded unto-the-one of-a-Seina.
1:19 τη Σεινα (Σινα Bb A F)] του Σ. A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:20 Καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ υἱοὶ Ῥουβὴν πρωτοτόκου Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ συγγενίας αὐτῶν, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν, κατὰ κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν, πάντα ἀρσενικὰ ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, πᾶς ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος ἐν τῇ δυνάμει·
And they-had-became, the-ones sons of-a-Roubên of-most-before-creationed of-an-Israêl down to-together-becomings-unto of-them, down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, down to-a-number of-namings-to of-them, down to-a-head of-them, all male-belonged-of off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, all the-one traversing-out-of in unto-the-one unto-an-ability;
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:21 ἡ ἐπισκοπὴ αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ῥουβὴν ἓξ καὶ τεσσεράκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ Φ´.
the-one a-scouteeing-upon of-them out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Roubên six and forty thousands and five-hundred.
1:21 επισκοπη] επισκεψις A F | εκ της φυλης Ρουβην εξ και sup ras et in mg Aa? (om εκ της φ. Ρ. A* vid) | Φ´] πεντακοσιοι A F
[Appendix] τεσσαρακ. Ba b (item 41) | χειλ. B* (χιλ. Bb: item 29, 31, 33)
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:22 Τοῖς υἱοῖς Συμεὼν κατὰ συγγενίας αὐτῶν, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν, κατὰ κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν, πάντα ἀρσενικὰ ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, πᾶς ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος ἐν τῇ δυνάμει·
Unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Sumeôn down to-together-becomings-unto of-them, down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, down to-a-number of-namings-to of-them, down to-a-head of-them, all male-belonged-of off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, all the-one traversing-out-of in unto-the-one unto-an-ability;
1:22, 24 συγγενειας B A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:23 ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Συμεὼν ἐννέα καὶ πεντήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ τριακόσιοι.
the-one a-scouting-upon of-them out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Sumeôn nine and fifty thousands and three-hundred.
1:23 χειλ. B (item 25 [B F], 27, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43, 46)
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:36 (Num 1:24) Τοῖς υἱοῖς Γὰδ κατὰ συγγενίας αὐτῶν, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν, κατὰ κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν, πάντα ἀρσενικὰ ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, πᾶς ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος ἐν τῇ δυνάμει·
(Num 1:24) Unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Gad down to-together-becomings-unto of-them, down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, down to-a-number of-namings-to of-them, down to-a-head of-them, all male-belonged-of off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, all the-one traversing-out-of in unto-the-one unto-an-ability;
1:36 κεφαλην] κε sup ras A1? a?
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:37 (Num 1:25) ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Γὰδ πέντε καὶ τεσσεράκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ ἑξακόσιοι καὶ πεντήκοντα.
(Num 1:25) the-one a-scouting-upon of-them out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Gad five and forty thousands and six-hundred and fifty.
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:24 (Num 1:26) Τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰούδα κατὰ συγγενίας αὐτῶν, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν, κατὰ κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν, πάντα ἀρσενικὰ ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, πᾶς ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος ἐν τῇ δυνάμει·
(Num 1:26) Unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Ioudas down to-together-becomings-unto of-them, down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, down to-a-number of-namings-to of-them, down to-a-head of-them, all male-belonged-of off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, all the-one traversing-out-of in unto-the-one unto-an-ability;
1:22, 24 συγγενειας B A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:25 (Num 1:27) ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα τέσσαρες καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ ἑξακόσιοι.
(Num 1:27) the-one a-scouting-upon of-them out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-an-Ioudas four and seventy thousands and six-hundred.
1:25 [Appendix] επισκεψεις A (item 43)
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:26 (Num 1:28) Τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσσαχὰρ κατὰ συγγενίας αὐτῶν, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν, κατὰ κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν, πάντα ἀρσενικὰ ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, πᾶς ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος ἐν τῇ δυνάμει·
(Num 1:28) Unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Issachar down to-together-becomings-unto of-them, down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, down to-a-number of-namings-to of-them, down to-a-head of-them, all male-belonged-of off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, all the-one traversing-out-of in unto-the-one unto-an-ability;
1:26 om κατα αριθμον ον. αυτων F
[Appendix] συγγενειας Ba? a? b A F (item 28, 30, 32, 34, 36, 38, 40, 42)
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:27 (Num 1:29) ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰσσαχὰρ τέσσαρες καὶ πεντήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ τετρακόσιοι.
(Num 1:29) the-one a-scouting-upon of-them out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-an-Issachar four and fifty thousands and four-hundred.
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:28 (Num 1:30) Τοῖς υἱοῖς Ζαβουλὼν κατὰ συγγενίας αὐτῶν, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν, κατὰ κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν, πάντα ἀρσενικὰ ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, πᾶς ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος ἐν τῇ δυνάμει·
(Num 1:30) Unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Zaboulôn down to-together-becomings-unto of-them, down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, down to-a-number of-namings-to of-them, down to-a-head of-them, all male-belonged-of off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, all the-one traversing-out-of in unto-the-one unto-an-ability;
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:29 (Num 1:31) ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ζαβουλὼν ἑπτὰ καὶ πεντήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ τετρακόσιοι.
(Num 1:31) the-one a-scouting-upon of-them out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Zaboulôn seven and fifty thousands and four-hundred.
1:29 εκ της φυλης Ζαβ. επτα και πεντ. χιλιαδες και sup ras Aa? | τετρακοσιοι] πεντακοσιοι A
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:30 (Num 1:32) Τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰωσὴφ υἱοῖς Ἐφράιμ κατὰ συγγενίας αὐτῶν, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν, κατὰ κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν, πάντα ἀρσενικὰ ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, πᾶς ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος ἐν τῇ δυνάμει·
(Num 1:32) Unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Iôsêf unto-sons of-an-Efraim down to-together-becomings-unto of-them, down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, down a-number of-namings-to of-them, down to-a-head of-them, all male-belonged-of off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, all the-one traversing-out-of in unto-the-one unto-an-ability;
1:30 υιοις 2°] υιος A* (υιοις A1)
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:31 (Num 1:33) ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἐφράιμ τεσσεράκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ πεντακόσιοι.
(Num 1:33) the-one a-scouting-upon of-them out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-an-Efraim forty thousands and five-hundred.
1:31 [Appendix] τεσσαρακ. Ba? b (item 37 [τεσσερακ. B* b]) τησσερακ. A*
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:32 (Num 1:34) Τοῖς υἱοῖς Μανασσὴ κατὰ συγγενίας αὐτῶν, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν, κατὰ κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν, πάντα ἀρσενικὰ ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, πᾶς ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος ἐν τῇ δυνάμει·
(Num 1:34) Unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Manassês down to-together-becomings-unto of-them, down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, down to-a-number of-namings-to of-them, down to-a-head of-them, all male-belonged-of off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, all the-one traversing-out-of in unto-the-one unto-an-ability;
1:32 Μαννασση A | om κατα αριθμον ον. αυτων B* (hab Ba b mg inf)
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:33 (Num 1:35) ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Μανασσὴ δύο καὶ τριάκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ τριακόσιοι.
(Num 1:35) the-one a-scouting-upon of-them out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Manassês two and thirty thousands and three-hundred.
Note: three-hundred in 03: two-hundred in 02 F is correct.
1:33 Μαννασση A | τριακοσιοι] διακοσιοι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:34 (Num 1:36) Τοῖς υἱοῖς Βενιαμεὶν κατὰ συγγενίας αὐτῶν, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν, κατὰ κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν, πάντα ἀρσενικὰ ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, πᾶς ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος ἐν τῇ δυνάμει·
(Num 1:36) Unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Beniamein down to-together-becomings-unto of-them, down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, down to-a-number of-namings-to of-them, down to-a-head of-them, all male-belonged-of off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, all the-one traversing-out-of in unto-the-one unto-an-ability;
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:35 (Num 1:37) ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Βενιαμεὶν πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ τετρακόσιοι.
(Num 1:37) the-one a-scouting-upon of-them out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Beniamein five and thirty thousands and four-hundred.
1:35 της φυλης] om της F* (superscr F1 vid)
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:38 Τοῖς υἱοῖς Δὰν κατὰ συγγενίας αὐτῶν, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν, κατὰ κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν, πάντα ἀρσενικὰ ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, πᾶς ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος ἐν τῇ δυνάμει·
Unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Dan down to-together-becomings-unto of-them, down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, down to-a-number of-namings-to of-them, down to-a-head of-them, all male-belonged-of off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, all the-one traversing-out-of in unto-the-one unto-an-ability;
1:38 κατ οικοις F* (κατ οικους F1)
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:39 ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Δὰν δύο καὶ ἑξήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ ἑπτακόσιοι.
the-one a-scouting-upon of-them out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Dan two and sixty thousands and seven-hundred.
1:39 επτακοσιοι] εξακοσιοι F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:40 Τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἀσὴρ κατὰ συγγενίας αὐτῶν, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν, κατὰ κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν, πάντα ἀρσενικὰ ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, πᾶς ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος ἐν τῇ δυνάμει·
Unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Asêr down to-together-becomings-unto of-them, down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, down to-a-number of-namings-to of-them, down to-a-head of-them, all male-belonged-of off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, all the-one traversing-out-of in unto-the-one unto-an-ability;
1:40 πατριων αυτων sup ras pl litt Aa
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:41 ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἀσὴρ μία καὶ τεσσεράκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ πεντακόσιοι.
the-one a-scouting-upon of-them out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-an-Asêr one and forty thousands and five-hundred.
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:42 Τοῖς υἱοῖς Νεφθαλεὶ κατὰ συγγενίας αὐτῶν, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν, κατὰ κεφαλὴν αὐτῶν, πάντα ἀρσενικὰ ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, πᾶς ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος ἐν τῇ δυνάμει·
Unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Nefthalei down to-together-becomings-unto of-them, down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, down to-a-number of-namings-to of-them, down to-a-head of-them, all male-belonged-of off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, all the-one traversing-out-of in unto-the-one unto-an-ability;
1:42 Νεφθαλι A
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:43 ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Νεφθαλεὶ τρεῖς καὶ πεντήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ τετρακόσιοι.
the-one a-scouting-upon of-them out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Nefthalei three and fifty thousands and four-hundred.
1:43 Νεφθαλι A | τρις A | τετρακοσιοι] πεντακοσιοι F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:44 Αὕτη ἡ ἐπίσκεψις ἣν ἐπεσκέψαντο Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες Ἰσραήλ, δώδεκα ἄνδρες· ἀνὴρ εἷς κατὰ φυλὴν μίαν, κατὰ φυλὴν οἴκων πατριᾶς ἦσαν.
The-one-this the-one a-scouting-upon to-which they-scouted-upon, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn and the-ones firsting of-an-Israêl; two-ten men, a-man one down to-a-tribing to-one, down to-a-tribing of-houses of-a-fathering-unto they-were.
1:44 επεσκεψατο A F* (επεσκεψαντο F1 mg) | ανδρες] αρχοντες (sup ras) Aa | πατριας] πατριων F + αυτων A F1 mg
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:45 καὶ ἐγένετο πᾶσα ἡ ἐπίσκεψις υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐν δυνάμει αὐτῶν ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, πᾶς ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος παρατάξασθαι ἐν Ἰσραήλ,
And it-had-became all the-one a-scouting-upon of-sons of-an-Israêl in unto-an-ability of-them off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, all the-one traversing-out-of to-have-arranged-beside in unto-an-Israêl,
1:45 υιων pr των A F | εν δυναμει] συν δυν. Ba b A Fvid (συναμει F* δυ superscr F1)
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:46 ἑξακόσιαι χιλιάδες καὶ τρισχίλιοι καὶ πεντακόσιοι καὶ πεντήκοντα.
six-hundred thousands and thrice-thousand and five-hundred and fifty.
1:46 τρεις χιλιοι F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:47 Οἱ δὲ Λευεῖται ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς τῆς πατριᾶς αὐτῶν οὐκ ἐπεσκέπησαν ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ.
The-ones then-also Leuei-belongers out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-the-one of-a-fathering-unto of-them not they-had-been-scouted-upon in unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl.
1:47 Λευιται Bb A F | om φυλης A | της πατριας] om της Ba b A F | ουκ επεσκεπησαν] ου συνεπεσκ. A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:48 καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:49 Ὅρα τὴν φυλὴν τὴν Λευεὶ οὐ συνεπισκέψῃ, καὶ τὸν ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν οὐ λήμψῃ ἐν μέσῳ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.
Thou-should-seeee-unto, to-the-one to-a-tribing to-the-one of-a-Leuei not thou-shall-scout-upon-together, and to-the-one to-a-number of-them not thou-shall-take in unto-middle of-sons of-an-Israêl.
1:49 την 2°] του F | Λευι Bb F | υιων] pr των αδελφων αυτων των A (αδ. αυτ. των sup ras Aa) pr των F
[Appendix] εμμεσω A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:50 καὶ σὺ ἐπίστησον τοὺς Λευείτας ἐπὶ τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτῆς καὶ ἐπὶ πάντα ὅσα ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ· αὐτοὶ ἀροῦσιν τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτῆς, καὶ αὐτοὶ λειτουργήσουσιν ἐν αὐτῇ, καὶ κύκλῳ τῆς σκηνῆς παρεμβαλοῦσιν.
And thou thou-should-have-stood-upon to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers upon to-the-one to-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet and upon to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-it and upon to-all to-which-a-which it-be in unto-it; them they-shall-lift to-the-one to-a-tenting and to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-it, and them they-shall-public-work-unto in unto-it, and unto-a-circle of-the-one of-a-tenting they-shall-cast-in-beside.
1:50 om και 6° A
[Appendix] λιτουργ. B* (λειτουργ. Ba? b)
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:51 καὶ ἐν τῷ ἐξαίρειν τὴν σκηνὴν καθελοῦσιν αὐτὴν οἱ Λευεῖται, καὶ ἐν τῷ παρεμβάλλειν τὴν σκηνὴν ἀναστήσουσιν· καὶ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς ὁ προσπορευόμενος ἀποθανέτω.
And in unto-the-one to-lift-out to-the-one to-a-tenting they-shall-have-sectioned-down to-it, the-ones Leuei-belongers, and in unto-the-one to-cast-in-beside to-the-one to-a-tenting they-shall-stand-up; and the-one other-becominged the-one traversing-toward-of it-should-have-had-died-off.
1:51 αναστησουσιν] + αυτην A
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:52 καὶ παρεμβαλοῦσιν παρεμβάλλω οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, ἀνὴρ ἐν τῇ ἑαυτοῦ τάξει καὶ ἀνὴρ κατὰ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἡγεμονίαν, σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν·
And they-shall-cast-in-beside, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, a-man in unto-the-one of-self unto-an-arranging and a-man down to-the-one of-self to-a-leadering-unto, together unto-an-ability of-them;
1:52 παρεμβαλλουσιν Ba? b | εαυτου 1°] αυτου A F
[Appendix] ταξι B* (ταξει B1 (vid) a) | δυναμι B* (δυναμει Ba)
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:53 οἱ δὲ Λευεῖται παρεμβαλέτωσαν ἐναντίον Κυρίου κύκλῳ τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ἁμάρτημα ἐν υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ. καὶ φυλάξουσιν οἱ Λευεῖται αὐτοὶ τὴν φυλακὴν τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου.
the-ones then-also Leuei-belongers they-should-have-had-casted-in-beside to-ever-a-oned-in of-Authority-belonged unto-a-circle of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, and not it-shall-be an-un-adjusting-along-to in unto-sons of-an-Israêl. And they-shall-guarder, the-ones Leuei-belongers, them, to-the-one to-a-guardery of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet.
1:53 παρεμβαλλετωσαν Ba? b | εναντιον] εναντιοι Ba b A F | om Κυριου A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 1:54 καὶ ἐποίησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ πάντα ἃ ἐνετείλατο Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ καὶ Ἀαρών, οὕτως ἐποίησαν.
And they-did-unto, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, down to-all to-which it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês and unto-an-Aarôn, unto-the-one-this they-did-unto.
1:54 α] οσα A
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:1 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρὼν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:2 Ἄνθρωπος ἐχόμενος αὐτοῦ κατὰ τάγμα, κατὰ σημείας, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, παρεμβαλέτωσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ· ἐναντίοι κύκλῳ τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου παρεμβαλοῦσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ.
A-mankind being-held of-it down to-an-arranging-to, down to-signings-of, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, they-should-have-had-casted-in-beside, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl; ever-a-oned-in unto-a-circle of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet they-shall-cast-in-beside, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl.
2:2 κατα ταγμα αυτου A F | κατα σημειας (σημιας B* σημεας Ba? b A σημαιας Ba? b F)] και κατα τας σ. A | εναντιοι] εναντιον A F + κ̅̅υ̅̅ A
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:3 Καὶ οἱ παρεμβάλοντες κατὰ νότον κατ' ἀνατολὰς τάγμα παρεμβολῆς Ἰούδα σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Ἰούδα Ναασσὼν υἱὸς Ἀμειναδάβ·
And the-ones having-had-casted-in-beside down to-a-tropic down to-finishings-up to-an-arranging-to of-a-casting-in-beside of-an-Ioudas together unto-an-ability of-them, and the-one firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Ioudas a-Naassôn a-son of-an-Ameinadab;
Note: having-had-casted-in-beside in 03 : casting-in-beside in 02 03C1 03C2.
2:3 οι] ουτοι A* (οι Aa?) | παρεμβαλλοντες Ba b A F | κατα νοτον] πρωτοι A F | κατ] κατα F | om και ο αρχων A* (hab A1? (mg)) | Αμιναδαβ Bb A F
[Appendix] δυναμι B* (δυναμει Ba b: item 9.16, 18, 25)
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:4 δύναμις αὐτοῦ οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι τέσσαρες καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ ἑξακόσιοι.
an-ability of-it the-ones having-had-come-be-scouted-upon four and seventy thousands and six-hundred.
2:4, 6 επεσκεμμενοι] ηριθμημενοι A
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:5 καὶ οἱ παρεμβάλλοντες ἐχόμενοι φυλῆς Ἰσσαχάρ, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσσαχὰρ Ναθαναὴλ υἱὸς Σωγάρ·
And the-ones casting-in-beside being-held of-a-tribing of-an-Issachar, and the-one firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Issachar a-Nathanaêl a-son of-a-Sôgar;
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:6 δύναμις αὐτοῦ οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι τέσσαρες καὶ πεντήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ τετρακόσιοι.
an-ability of-it the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon four and fifty thousands and four-hundred.
2:4, 6 επεσκεμμενοι] ηριθμημενοι A
2:6 τεσσερες A
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:7 καὶ οἱ παρεμβάλλοντες ἐχόμενοι φυλῆς Ζαβουλών, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Ζαβουλὼν Ἐλιὰβ υἱὸς Χαιλών·
And the-ones casting-in-beside being-held of-a-tribing of-a-Zaboulôn, and the-one firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Zaboulôn an-Eliab a-son of-a-Chailôn;
2:7 φυλης B A1] φυλη A* F
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:8 δύναμις αὐτῶν οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι ἑπτὰ καὶ πεντήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ τετρακόσιοι.
an-ability of-them the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon seven and fifty thousands and four-hundred.
2:8 αυτων] αυτου A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:9 πάντες οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς Ἰούδα ἑκατὸν ὀγδοήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ ἑξακισχίλιοι καὶ τετρακόσιοι, σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν· πρῶτοι ἐξαροῦσιν.
All the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon out of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside of-an-Ioudas a-hundred eighty thousands and six-oft-thousand and four-hundred, together unto-an-ability of-them; most-before they-shall-lift-out.
2:9 παρεμβολης] φυλης A F (hab παρ. F1 mg sed pr Ακ.) | εκατον] κατον sup ras 7 vel 8 litt Aa | ογδοηκοντα] pr και A F | εξαρουσιν] αναζευξουσιν A
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:10 Τάγμα παρεμβολῆς Ῥουβήν, πρὸς λίβα δύναμις αὐτῶν, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Ῥουβὴν Ἐλισοὺρ υἱὸς Σεδιούρ·
An-arranging-to of-a-casting-in-beside of-a-Roubên, toward to-a-south an-ability of-them, and the-one firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Roubên an-Elisour a-son of-a-Sediour;
Note: an-Elisour : an-Eleisour is correct as in Num_1:5. A primitive assimilation.
2:10 λιβα] νοτον F (λιβα Fa mg) | δυναμις] συν δυναμει A F | Σεδιουρ] Εδιουρ A
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:11 δύναμις αὐτοῦ οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι ἓξ καὶ τεσσεράκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ πεντακόσιοι.
an-ability of-it the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon six and forty thousands and five-hundred.
2:11 επεσκεμμενοι] ηριθμημενοι A | τεσσαρακ. Ba? b (item 15, 19)
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:12 καὶ οἱ παρεμβάλοντες ἐχόμενοι αὐτοῦ φυλῆς Συμεών, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Συμεὼν Σαλαμιὴλ υἱὸς Σουρισαδαί·
And the-ones having-had-casted-in-beside being-held of-it of-a-tribing of-a-Sumeôn, and the-one firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Sumeôn a-Salamiêl a-son of-a-Sourisadai;
Note: having-had-casted-in-beside in 03 : casting-in-beside in 02 03C1 03C2.
Note: of-a-Sourisadai : of-a-Soureisadai is correct as in Num_1:6. A primitive assimilation.
2:12 παρεμβαλλοντες Ba b A F | φυλη A F | Σουρισαδαει F | υ|ιων B* υι|ων Bb
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:13 δύναμις αὐτοῦ οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι ἐννέα καὶ πεντήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ τριακόσιοι.
an-ability of-it the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon nine and fifty thousands and three-hundred.
2:13, 15–16 επεσκεμμενοι (ter)] ηριθμημενοι A
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:14 καὶ οἱ παρεμβάλοντες ἐχόμενοι αὐτοῦ φυλὴ Γάδ, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Γὰδ Ἐλεισὰφ υἱὸς Ῥαγουήλ·
And the-ones having-had-casted-in-beside being-held of-it a-tribing of-a-Gad, and the-one firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Gad an-Eleisaf a-son of-a-Ragouêl;
2:14 παρεμβαλλοντες Ba b A F | Ελισαφ. A F
[Appendix] φυλη] φυ A | υιων bis scr F
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:15 δύναμις αὐτοῦ οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι πέντε καὶ τεσσεράκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ ἑξακόσιοι καὶ πεντήκοντα.
an-ability of-it the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon five and forty thousands and six-hundred and fifty.
2:13, 15–16 επεσκεμμενοι (ter)] ηριθμημενοι A
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:16 πάντες οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς Ῥουβὴν ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα μία χιλιάδες καὶ τετρακόσιοι καὶ πεντήκοντα, σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν· δεύτεροι ἐξαροῦσιν.
All the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon out of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside of-a-Roubên a-hundred fifty one thousands and four-hundred and fifty, together unto-an-ability of-them; second they-shall-lift-out.
2:13, 15–16 επεσκεμμενοι (ter)] ηριθμημενοι A
2:16 om εκ Ba b A F | εκατον πεντ. μια] μια και πεντ. και εκ. A εκ. και πεντ. F | εξαρουσιν] αναζευξουσιν A
[Appendix] δαναμει Fedit
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:17 Καὶ ἀρθήσεται ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ ἡ παρεμβολὴ τῶν Λευειτῶν μέσον τῶν παρεμβολῶν· ὡς καὶ παρεμβάλλουσιν, οὕτως καὶ ἐξαροῦσιν ἕκαστος ἐχόμενος καθ' ἡγεμονίαν.
And it-shall-be-lifted-unto the-one a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, and the-one a-casting-in-beside of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers to-middle of-the-ones of-castings-in-beside; as and they-cast-in-beside, unto-the-one-this and they-shall-lift-out, each, being-held down to-a-leadering-unto.
2:17 Λευιτ. A F (ita identidem) | μεσον] ανα μεσων A | των παρ.] om των F | om και 3° A F | εξαρουσιν] αναζευξουσιν A | καθ ηγεμονιαν] κατα ταγμα αυτων A καθ ηγ. αυτων F
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:18 Τάγμα παρεμβολῆς Ἐφράιμ παρὰ θάλασσαν σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Ἐφράιμ Ἐλεισαμὰ υἱὸς Ἐμιούδ·
An-arranging-to of-a-casting-in-beside of-an-Efraim beside to-a-flourisheredness together unto-an-ability of-them, and the-one firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Efraim an-Eleisama a-son of-an-Emioud;
2:18 παρα] κατα A | Ελισαμα A F | om υιος B* (hab Ba b A F)
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:19 δύναμις αὐτοῦ οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι τεσσεράκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ πεντακόσιοι.
an-ability of-it the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon forty thousands and five-hundred.
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:20 καὶ οἱ παρεμβάλλοντες ἐχόμενοι φυλῆς Μανασσή, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Μανασσή Γαμαλιὴλ υἱὸς Φαδασσούρ·
And the-ones casting-in-beside being-held of-a-tribing of-a-Manassês, and the-one firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Manassês a-Gamaliêl a-son of-a-Fadassour;
2:20 φυλης] φυλη A* (φυλης A1) | Μαννασση A (bis)
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:21 δύναμις αὐτοῦ οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι δύο καὶ τριάκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ τετρακόσιοι.
an-ability of-it the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon two and thirty thousands and four-hundred.
Note: four-hundred in 03: two-hundred in 02C1 03C1 F is correct; three-hundred in 02. This correction needs to include the correction in Num_2:26 for the sum total to agree with Num_2:32.
2:21 τετρακοσιοι] διακοσιοι Ba b Aa (δ sup ras 2 litt) F τριακοσιοι A* vid
[Appendix] χειλ. B (item 23, 24, 26, 32 [B F])
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:22 καὶ οἱ παρεμβάλοντες ἐχόμενοι φυλῆς Βενιαμείν, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Βενιαμεὶν Ἀβειδὰν υἱὸς Γαδεωνεί·
And the-ones having-casted-in-beside being-held of-a-tribing of-a-Beniamein, and the-one firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Beniamein an-Abeidan a-son of-a-Gadeônei;
Note: having-had-casted-in-beside in 03 : casting-in-beside in 02 03C1 03C2.
Note: of-a-Gadeônei : of-a-Gedeônei is correct as in Num_1:11. A primitive assimilation.
2:22 παρεμβαλλοντες Ba? b A F | φυλης] φυλη F | Γαδεωνι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:23 δύναμις αὐτοῦ οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ τετρακόσιοι.
an-ability of-it the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon five and thirty thousands and four-hundred.
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:24 πάντες οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι τῆς παρεμβολῆς Ἐφράιμ ἑκατὸν χιλιάδες καὶ ὀκτακισχίλιοι καὶ ἑκατόν, σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν· τρίτοι ἐξαροῦσιν.
All the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside of-an-Efraim a-hundred thousands and eight-oft-thousand and a-hundred, together unto-an-ability of-them; third they-shall-lift-out.
2:24 επεσκεμμενοι] ηριθμημενοι A | εξαρουσιν] αναζευξουσιν A
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:25 Τάγμα παρεμβολῆς Δὰν πρὸς βορρᾶν σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Δὰν Ἀχιέζερ υἱὸς Ἀμεισαδαί·
An-arranging-to of-a-casting-in-beside of-a-Dan toward to-a-north together unto-an-ability of-them, and the-one firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Dan an-Achiezer a-son of-an-Ameisadai;
2:25 Εχιεζερ F | Αμεισαδαι] Σαμισαδαι A Αμισαδαι F
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:26 δύναμις αὐτοῦ οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι δύο καὶ ἑξήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ πεντακόσιοι.
an-ability of-it the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon two and sixty thousands and five-hundred.
Note: five-hundred in 03 : seven-hundred in 02 F is correct. This correction needs to include the correction in Num_2:21 for the sum total to agree with Num_2:32.
2:26 δυναμεις A | επεσκεμμενοι] ηριθμημενοι A | εξηκοντα] εξη sup ras 5 litt (ut vid) Ba b | πεντακοσιοι] επτακοσιοι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:27 καὶ οἱ παρεμβάλλοντες ἐχόμενοι αὐτοῦ φυλῆς Ἀσήρ, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Ἀσὴρ Φαγαιὴλ υἱὸς Ἐχράν·
And the-ones casting-in-beside being-held of-it of-a-tribing of-an-Asêr, and the-one firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Asêr a-Fagaiêl a-son of-an-Echran;
2:27 φυλης] φυλη A F | Φαγεηλ F
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:28 δύναμις αὐτοῦ οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι μία καὶ τεσσεράκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ πεντακόσιοι.
an-ability of-it the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon one and forty thousands and five-hundred.
2:28–29 αδες ϗ πε̅̅|τακοσιοι…αρχων των sup ras Aa
2:28 δυναμεις A* vid (ras ε A?) | πεντακοσιοι] επτακοσιοι F
[Appendix] τεσσαρακ. Ba b
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:29 καὶ οἱ παρεμβάλλοντες ἐχόμενοι φυλῆς Νεφθαλεί, καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Νεφθαλεὶ Ἀχειρὲ υἱὸς Αἰνάν·
And the-ones casting-in-beside being-held of-a-tribing of-a-Nefthalei, and the-one firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Nefthalei an-Acheire a-son of-an-Ainan;
2:28–29 αδες ϗ πε̅̅|τακοσιοι…αρχων των sup ras Aa
2:29 παρεμβαλοντες Aa | φυλης] φυλη F | θαλει ϗ ο αρχων…Αιναν B1? a? (om και ο αρχων…Νεφθ. B* vid) | Νεφθαλει 1°] Νεφθαλειμ Aa | Νεφθαλει 2°] Νεφθαλειμ A Νεφθαλι F | Αχιρε A F | Αιμα̅̅| A
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:30 δύναμις αὐτοῦ οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι τρεῖς καὶ πεντήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ τετρακόσιοι.
an-ability of-it the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon three and fifty thousands and four-hundred.
2:30 τρις F | και τετρακοσιοι sup ras Aa? κα (sic) τετρ. F
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:31 πάντες οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι τῆς παρεμβολῆς Δὰν ἑκατὸν καὶ ν´ ἑπτὰ χιλιάδες καὶ ἑξακόσιοι· ἔσχατοι ἐξαροῦσιν κατὰ τάγμα αὐτῶν.
All the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside of-a-Dan a-hundred and fifty seven thousands and six-hundred; most-bordered they-shall-lift-out down to-an-arranging-to of-them.
2:31 επεσκεμμενοι] αριθμηθεντες A | εκατον και ν´ επτα] επτα και πεντηκοντα και εκατον A εκατον πεντ. και επτα F | εσχατοι] pr συν δυναμει αυτων A F | εξαρουσιν] αναζευξουσιν A
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:32 Αὕτη ἡ ἐπίσκεψις τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν· πᾶσα ἡ ἐπίσκεψις τῶν παρεμβολῶν σὺν ταῖς δυνάμεσιν αὐτῶν ἑξακόσιαι χιλιάδες καὶ τρισχίλιοι πεντακόσιοι πεντήκοντα.
The-one-this the-one a-scouting-upon of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them; all the-one a-scouting-upon of-the-ones of-castings-in-beside together unto-the-ones unto-abilities of-them six-hundred thousands and thrice-thousand five-hundred fifty.
2:32 παρεμβολων] ων sup ras Aa | om αυτων 2° F* (hab F1 mg) | πεντακοσιοι] pr και A F | πεντηκοντα] pr και A F1 (mg)
[Appendix] επισκεψεις (2°) A | τρισχειλιοι B*
Joseph x
*x tribes in Revelation 7.
Ephraim becomes Joseph. Levi and Dan are exchanged in terms of being divided throughout the tribes.
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:33 οἱ δὲ Λευεῖται οὐ συνεπεσκέπησαν ἐν αὐτοῖς, καθὰ ἐνετείλατο Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ.
The-ones then-also Leuei-belongers not they-had-been-scouted-upon-together in unto-them, down-to-which it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês.
2:33 om εν A
(1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 2:34 καὶ ἐποίησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ πάντα ὅσα συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ· οὕτως παρενέβαλον κατὰ τάγμα αὐτῶν, καὶ οὕτως ἐξῆρον ἕκαστος ἐχόμενοι κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν.
And they-did-unto, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, to-all to-which-a-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês; unto-the-one-this they-had-casted-in-beside down to-an-arranging-to of-them, and unto-the-one-this they-lifted-out, each, being-held down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them.
2:34 παντα οσα] καθα A pr κατα F | συνεταξεν] ενετειλατο A | παρενεβαλλον F | ταγματα F
[Appendix] ουτω (1°) A
(1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 3:1 Καὶ αὗται αἱ γενέσεις Ἀαρὼν καὶ Μωυσῆ, ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ ἐν ὄρει Σεινά.
And the-ones-these the-ones becomings of-an-Aarôn and of-a-Môusês, in unto-which unto-a-dayedness it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês in unto-a-jutteedness unto-a-Seina.
3:1 ορει] pr τω A | Σινα Bb A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 3:2 καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν υἱῶν Ἀαρών· πρωτότοκος Ναδὰβ καὶ Ἀβιούδ, Ἐλεαζὰρ καὶ Ἰθαμάρ·
And the-ones-these the-ones namings-to of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Aarôn; most-before-creationed a-Nadab and an-Abioud, an-Eleazar and an-Ithamar;
3:2 Ελεαζαρ] pr και A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 3:3 ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν υἱῶν Ἀαρών, οἱ ἱερεῖς οἱ ἠλιμμένοι, οὓς ἐτελείωσαν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν ἱερατεύειν.
the-ones-these the-ones namings-to of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Aarôn, the-ones sacreders-of the-ones having-been-smeared-along, to-which they-en-finish-belonged to-the-ones to-hands of-them to-sacreder-of.
3:3 οι ηλιμμενοι (ηλειμμ. F)] pr και A | om αυτων A | ιερατευειν] pr του A
[Appendix] ηλιμνενοι Bedit | ετελιωσαν B* (ετελειωσ. Ba b)
(1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 3:4 καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν Ναδὰβ καὶ Ἀβιοὺδ ἔναντι Κυρίου, προσφερόντων αὐτῶν πῦρ ἀλλότριον ἔναντι Κυρίου ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Σεινά, καὶ παιδία οὐκ ἦν αὐτοῖς· καὶ ἱεράτευσεν Ἐλεαζὰρ καὶ Ἰθαμὰρ μετ' Ἀαρὼν τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν.
And it-finished-of-unto, a-Nadab and an-Abioud, in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), of-bearing-toward of-them to-a-fire to-other-belonged in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) in unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Seina, and childlets not it-was unto-them; and it-sacredered-of, an-Eleazar and an-Ithamar with of-an-Aarôn of-the-one of-a-father of-them.
3:4 Σινα Bb A F | ιερατευσεν] ιδου ιερατευσαν F | μετ] μετα Ba? b A F | Ααρων sup ras Aa
(1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 3:5 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 3:6 Λάβε τὴν φυλὴν Λευεί, καὶ στήσεις αὐτοὺς ἐναντίον Ἀαρὼν τοῦ ἱερέως, καὶ λειτουργήσουσιν αὐτῷ.
Thou-should-have-had-taken to-the-one to-a-tribing of-a-Leuei, and thou-shall-stand to-them to-ever-a-oned-in of-an-Aarôn of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of, and they-shall-public-work-unto unto-it.
3:6 Λευει (Λευι Bb A F)] pr την A F | εναντι F
[Appendix] λιτουργ. B* (λειτουργ. Ba? b)
(1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 3:7 καὶ φυλάξουσιν τὰς φυλακὰς αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς φυλακὰς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἔναντι τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου, ἐργάζεσθαι τὰ ἔργα τῆς σκηνῆς·
And they-shall-guarder to-the-ones to-guarderies of-it and to-the-ones to-guarderies of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, to-work-to to-the-ones to-works of-the-one of-a-tenting;
3:7 om τας φυλακας 2° F
[Appendix] εργαζεσθε A
(1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 3:8 καὶ φυλάξουσιν πάντα τὰ σκεύη τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ τὰς φυλακὰς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ πάντα τὰ ἔργα τῆς σκηνῆς.
and they-shall-guarder to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet and to-the-ones to-guarderies of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl down to-all to-the-ones to-works of-the-one of-a-tenting.
(1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 3:9 καὶ δώσεις τοὺς Λευείτας Ἀαρὼν καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν· δεδομένοι δόμα οὗτοί μοί εἰσιν ἀπὸ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.
And thou-shall-give to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers unto-an-Aarôn and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-it unto-the-ones unto-sacreders-of; having-had-come-to-be-given a-giving-to the-ones-these unto-me they-be off of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl.
3:9 Ααρων] + τω αδελφω σου A F | δομα δεδομενοι Ba A F | μοι] μονοι A
[Appendix] ιερευσι A
(1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 3:10 καὶ Ἀαρὼν καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ καταστήσεις ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ φυλάξουσιν τὴν ἱερατίαν αὐτῶν καὶ πάντα τὰ κατὰ τὸν βωμὸν καὶ ἔσω τοῦ καταπετάσματος· καὶ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς ὁ ἁπτόμενος ἀποθανεῖται.
And to-an-Aarôn and to-the-ones to-sons of-it thou-shall-stand-down upon of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, and they-shall-guarder to-the-one to-a-sacredering-unto of-them and to-all to-the-ones down to-the-one to-an-en-stepping-of and into-unto-which of-the-one of-a-spreading-down-to; and the-one other-becominged the-one fastening it-shall-die-off.
3:10 κατα τον βωμον] του θυσιατηριου F | εσω] pr τα A F
[Appendix] ιερατειαν Ba? b A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 3:11 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 3:12 Καὶ ἐγὼ ἰδοὺ εἴληφα τοὺς Λευείτας ἐκ μέσου τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἀντὶ παντὸς πρωτοτόκου διανοίγοντος μήτραν παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ· λύτρα αὐτῶν ἔσονται, καὶ ἔσονται ἐμοὶ οἱ Λευεῖται.
And I thou-should-have-had-seen, I-hath-had-come-to-take to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers out of-middle of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl ever-a-one of-all of-most-before-creationed of-opening-up-through to-an-en-motheredness beside of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl; en-loosings of-them they-shall-be, and they-shall-be unto-ME the-ones Leuei-belongers.
Note: to-an-en-motheredness : used to refer to the womb.
3:12 ειληφα] ηλιφα A
[Appendix] ηλιφα A
(1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 3:13 ἐμοὶ γὰρ πᾶν πρωτότοκον· ἐν ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ἐπάταξα πᾶν πρωτότοκον ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτου ἡγίασα ἐμοὶ πᾶν πρωτότοκον ἐν Ἰσραήλ· ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου ἕως κτήνους ἐμοὶ ἔσονται· ἐγὼ Κύριος.
Unto-ME too-thus all most-before-creationed; in unto-which unto-a-dayedness I-smote to-all to-most-before-creationed in unto-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos I-hallow-belonged-to unto-ME to-all to-most-before-creationed in unto-an-Israêl; off of-a-mankind unto-if-which of-a-befoundeedness unto-ME they-shall-be; I Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
Note: of-a-befoundeedness : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
3:13 ηγιασας A
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:14 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Σεινὰ λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês in unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Seina forthing,
3:14 Σινα Bb A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:15 Ἐπίσκεψαι τοὺς υἱοὺς Λευεὶ κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν· πᾶν ἀρσενικὸν ἀπὸ μηνιαίου καὶ ἐπάνω ἐπισκέψασθε αὐτούς.
Thou-should-have-scouted-upon to-the-ones to-sons of-a-Leuei down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, down to-localities of-them; to-all to-male-belonged-of off of-month-belonged and upon-up-unto-which ye-should-have-scouted-upon to-them.
3:15 Λευει] Λευι Bb Aa (sup ras) F Ααρων A* vid | κατα δημ. αυτων] + κατα συγγενειας αυτων A F | επισκεψασθε] αριθμησονται A επισκεψη F
[Appendix] επισκεψε (seq ras) A (item 40, sine ras)
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:16 καὶ ἐπεσκέψαντο αὐτοὺς Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν διὰ φωνῆς Κυρίου, ὃν τρόπον συνέταξεν αὐτοῖς Κύριος.
And they-scouted-upon to-them, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn, through of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-which to-a-turn it-arranged-together unto-them, Authority-belonged.
3:16 επεσκεψαντο] ηριθμησεν A επεσκεψατο F | ον τροπον] καθα A
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:17 καὶ ἦσαν οὗτοι οἱ υἱοὶ Λευεὶ ἐξ ὀνομάτων αὐτῶν· Γεδσών, Καὰθ καὶ Μεραρεί.
And they-were the-ones-these the-ones sons of-a-Leuei out of-namings-to of-them; a-Gedsôn, a-Kaath and a-Merarei.
3:17 οι υιοι] om οι A | Λευι Bb A F | Κααδ A | Μεραρι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:18 καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν υἱῶν Γεδσὼν κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν· Λοβενεὶ καὶ Σεμεεί.
And the-ones-these the-ones namings-to of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Gedsôn down to-localities of-them; a-Lobenei and a-Semeei.
3:18–19 om Λοβενει…κατα δημ. αυτων B* (hab Ba b mg inf)
3:18 Λοβενι A F | Σεμει A Fvid (Σεμε.)
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:19 καὶ υἱοὶ Καὰθ κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν· Ἀμρὰμ καὶ Ἰσσαάρ, Χεβρὼν καὶ Ὀζειήλ.
And sons of-a-Kaath down to-localities of-them; an-Amram and an-Issaar, a-Chebrôn and an-Ozeiêl.
3:18–19 om Λοβενει…κατα δημ. αυτων B* (hab Ba b mg inf)
3:19 υιοι] pr οι F | Αμραμ] Αμβραμ A F | Ισααρ F | Οζιηλ A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:20 καὶ υἱοὶ Μεραρεὶ κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν· Μοολεὶ καὶ Ὀμουσεί. οὗτοί εἰσιν δῆμοι τῶν Λευειτῶν κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν.
And sons of-a-Merarei down to-localities of-them; a-Moolei and an-Omousei. The-ones-these they-be localities of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them.
3:20 υιοι] pr ουτοι A pr οι F | Μεραρι A F | Μοολι F | Ομουσι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:21 Τῷ Γεδσὼν δῆμος τοῦ Λοβενεὶ καὶ δῆμος τοῦ Σεμεεί· οὗτοι δῆμοι τοῦ Γεδσών.
Unto-the-one unto-a-Gedsôn a-locality of-the-one of-a-Lobenei and a-locality of-the-one of-a-Semeei; the-ones-these localities of-the-one of-a-Gedsôn.
3:21 Λοβενι A F | om και δημος του Σεμ. F | Σεμει A
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:22 ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν κατὰ ἀριθμὸν παντὸς ἀρσενικοῦ ἀπὸ μηνιαίου καὶ ἐπάνω, ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν ἑπτακισχίλιοι καὶ πεντακόσιοι.
The-one a-scouting-upon of-them down to-a-number of-all of-male-belonged-of off of-month-belonged and upon-up-unto-which, the-one a-scouting-upon of-them seven-oft-thousand and five-hundred.
3:22 η επισκεψις 2°] ο αριθμος A
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:23 καὶ υἱοὶ Γεδσὼν ὀπίσω τῆς σκηνῆς παρὰ θάλασσαν παρεμβαλοῦσιν·
And sons of-a-Gedsôn aback-unto-which of-the-one of-a-tenting beside to-a-flourisheredness they-shall-cast-in-beside;
3:23 υιοι] ουτοι Ba pr οι A F | της σκηνης] + του μαρτυριου F* (om F1) | παρα θαλ. παρεμβαλουσιν] παρεμβαλουσιν κατα θαλ. A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:24 καὶ ὁ ἄρχων οἴκου πατριᾶς τοῦ δήμου τοῦ Γεδσὼν Ἐλισὰφ υἱὸς Δαήλ.
and the-one firsting of-a-house of-a-fatherings-unto of-the-one of-a-locality of-the-one of-a-Gedsôn an-Elisaf a-son of-a-Daêl.
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:25 καὶ ἡ φυλακὴ υἱῶν Γεδσὼν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου· ἡ σκηνὴ καὶ τὸ κάλυμμα, καὶ τὸ κατακάλυμμα τῆς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου,
And the-one a-guardery of-sons of-a-Gedsôn in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet; the-one a-tenting and the-one a-shrouding-to, and the-one a-shrouding-down-to of-the-one of-a-portaledness of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet,
3:25 φυλακη] φυλη F | om και το καλυμμα F* (hab F1 mg) | om θυρας της A* (hab Aa)
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:26 καὶ τὰ ἱστία τῆς αὐλῆς, καὶ τὸ καταπέτασμα τῆς πύλης τῆς αὐλῆς τῆς οὔσης ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς, καὶ τὰ κατάλοιπα πάντων τῶν ἔργων αὐτοῦ.
and the-ones standeelets of-the-one of-a-channeling, and the-one a-spreading-down-to of-the-one of-a-gate of-the-one of-a-channeling of-the-one of-being upon of-the-one of-a-tenting, and the-ones remaindered-down of-all of-the-ones of-works of-it.
Note: standeelets : used to refer to a comprisal of something stood, of various cloth hangings, of sails, of certain kinds of riggings, etc.
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:27 Τῷ Καὰθ δῆμος ὁ Ἀμραμείς, καὶ δῆμος ὁ Σαριείς, καὶ δῆμος ὁ Χεβρωνείς, καὶ δῆμος ὁ Ὀζειηλείς· οὗτοί εἰσιν δῆμοι τοῦ Καὰθ
Unto-the-one unto-a-Kaath a-locality the-one of-an-Amrameis and a-locality the-one of-a-Sarieis and a-locality the-one of-a-Chebrôneis and a-locality the-one of-an-Ozeiêleis; the-ones-these they-be localities of-the-one of-a-Kaath,
Note: of-a-Sarieis (SAREIS) in 03 : of-an-Issaareis (ISSAAREIS) is correct; ISSARIES in 03C1; SAAREIS in 02; primitive error. Name changes occur here, the adding of EIS, because these were given charge of the most hallow-belonged things of the tenting.
3:27 Αμραμεις] Αμβρααμ ις᾿ A Αμβραμ᾿ἑις F | Σαριεις] Ισσαριεις Ba b Σααρ᾿εις᾿ Α Ισσααρ᾿ ἑις F | om και δημος ο Χεβρωνεις F | ὁ Ὀζειηλείς] ο Οζιηλ᾿εις᾿ A Οζιηλ᾿εις F
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:28 κατὰ ἀριθμόν, πᾶν ἀρσενικὸν ἀπὸ μηνιαίου καὶ ἐπάνω, ὀκτακισχίλιοι καὶ ἑξακόσιοι, φυλάσσοντες τὰς φυλακὰς τῶν ἁγίων.
down to-a-number, all male-belonged-of off of-month-belonged and upon-up-unto-which, eight-oft-thousand and six-hundred, guardering to-the-ones to-guarderies of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged.
Note: six-hundred : four-hundred and fifty is correct; primitive assimilation. Originally 450 changed to 600, probably to assimilate to the Hebrew Massorah copy line. A resolution is required to explain Num_3:22 (7,500) + Num_3:28 (8,600) + Num_3:34 (6,050) = 22,150 versus the sum in Num_3:39 (22,000). It is unlikely there is any error in the sum Num_3:39 (DUO KAI EIKOSI XILADES) because of Num_3:46 and Num_3:49, and it is unlikely a scribe added the words in Num_3:34 (KAI PENTHKONTA). This narrows down the error between here and Num_3:22; the scribal changes to Num_3:27 (ISSAAREIS) point to the error more likely being in this vicinity.
3:28 [Appendix] μηνιαου B | οκτοκισχειλ. B
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:29 οἱ δῆμοι τῶν υἱῶν Καὰθ παρεμβαλοῦσιν ἐκ πλαγίων τῆς σκηνῆς κατὰ λίβα·
The-ones localities of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Kaath they-shall-cast-in-beside out of-side-belonged of-the-one of-a-tenting down to-a-south;
3:29 λιβα B Aa (sup ras)] νοτον A* vid F* (λιβα Fmg)
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:30 καὶ ὁ ἄρχων οἴκου πατριῶν τῶν δήμων τοῦ Καὰθ Ἐλεισαφὰν υἱὸς Ὀζειήλ.
and the-one firsting of-a-house of-fatherings-unto of-the-ones of-localities of-the-one of-a-Kaath an-Eleisafan a-son of-an-Ozeiêl.
3:30 ο αρχων] om ο A* (hab A1) | των δημων] om των A | Ελισαφαν A F | Οζιηλ A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:31 καὶ ἡ φυλακὴ αὐτῶν ἡ κιβωτὸς καὶ ἡ τράπεζα καὶ ἡ λυχνία καὶ τὰ θυσιαστήρια, καὶ τὰ σκεύη τοῦ ἁγίου ὅσα λειτουργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὸ κατακάλυμμα καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν.
And the-one a-guardery of-them the-one a-box and the-one a-four-footedness and the-one a-luminating-of-unto and the-ones surgerlets, and the-ones equipeednesses of-the-one of-hallow-belonged to-which-a-which they-public-work-unto in unto-them, and the-one a-shrouding-down-to and all the-ones works of-them.
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:32 καὶ ὁ ἄρχων ἐπὶ τῶν ἀρχόντων τῶν Λευειτῶν Ἐλεαζὰρ ὁ υἱὸς Ἀαρὼν τοῦ ἱερέως, καθεσταμένος φυλάσσειν τὰς φυλακὰς τῶν ἁγίων.
And the-one firsting upon of-the-ones of-firsting of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers an-Eleazar the-one a-son of-an-Aarôn of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of, having-had-come-to-be-stood-down to-guarder to-the-ones to-guarderies of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged.
3:32 επι] pr ο A F | ο υιος] om ο A F | κατεσταμενος B
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:33 Τῷ Μεραρεὶ δῆμος ὁ Μοολεὶ καὶ δῆμος ὁ Μουσεί· οὗτοί εἰσιν δῆμοι Μεραρεί.
Unto-the-one unto-a-Merarei a-locality the-one of-a-Moolei and a-locality the-one of-a-Mousei; the-ones-these they-be localities of-a-Merarei.
3:33 Μεραρι (bis) A F | Μουλει Ba b (Μοολι A F)] Μολει B* | ο Μουσει] ο Ομουσι A F | Μεραρει 2°] του Μεραρι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:34 ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν κατὰ ἀριθμόν, πᾶν ἀρσενικὸν ἀπὸ μηνιαίου καὶ ἐπάνω, ἑξακισχίλιοι καὶ πεντήκοντα·
The-one a-scouting-upon of-them down to-a-number, all male-belonged-of off of-month-belonged and upon-up-unto-which, six-oft-thousand and fifty;
3:34 κατα αριθμον] + παν| αριθμον F* (om F1) | om παν αρσενικον A* vid (hab Aa)
[Appendix] εξακισχειλ. B
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:35 καὶ ὁ ἄρχων οἴκου πατριᾶς, τοῦ δήμου τοῦ Μεραρεὶ Σουριὴλ υἱὸς Ἀβειχάιλ· ἐκ πλαγίων τῆς σκηνῆς παρεμβαλοῦσιν πρὸς βορρᾶν.
and the-one firsting of-a-house of-a-fathering-unto of-the-one of-a-locality of-the-one of-a-Merarei a-Souriêl a-son of-an-Abeichail; out of-side-belonged of-the-one of-tenting they-shall-cast-in-beside toward to-a-north.
3:35 πατριας] πατριων Ba b A F | Μεραρι A F | Αβειχαιλ] Αβιχαιλ A Αβιχαια F
[Appendix] παρεμβαλου F* (παρεμβαλουσιν F1)
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:36 ἡ ἐπίσκεψις ἡ φυλακὴ υἱῶν Μεραρεί· τὰς κεφαλίδας τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ τοὺς μοχλοὺς αὐτῆς καὶ τοὺς στύλους αὐτῆς καὶ τὰς βάσεις αὐτῆς, καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν,
The-one a-scouting-upon the-one a-guardery of-sons of-a-Merarei; to-the-ones to-headings of-the-one of-a-tenting and to-the-ones to-poles of-it and to-the-ones to-pillars of-it and to-the-ones to-steppings of-it, and to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-them and to-the-ones to-works of-them,
3:36 η φυλακη] της φυλακης A F | Μεραρι A F | om και τας βασεις αυτης F* (hab F1 mg) | αυτης 3°] ης sup ras Aa (αυτων A* vid) | om και τα εργα αυτων F
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:37 καὶ τοὺς στύλους τῆς αὐλῆς κύκλῳ καὶ τὰς βάσεις αὐτῶν, καὶ τοὺς πασσάλους καὶ τοὺς κάλους αὐτῶν.
and to-the-ones to-pillars of-the-one of-a-channeling unto-a-circle and to-the-ones to-steppings of-them, and to-the-ones to-pitchments and to-the-ones to-cables of-them.
3:37 πασσαλους] + αυτων A F | om και τους καλους αυτων F* (hab F1 mg) | καλους] κλαδους A
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:38 Καὶ οἱ παρεμβάλλοντες κατὰ πρόσωπον τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἀπ' ἀνατολῆς Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ, φυλάσσοντες τὰς φυλακὰς τοῦ ἁγίου εἰς τὰς φυλακὰς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ· καὶ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς ὁ ἁπτόμενος ἀποθανεῖται.
And the-ones casting-in-beside down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet off of-a-finishing-up a-Môusês and an-Aarôn and the-ones sons of-it, guardering to-the-ones to-guarderies of-the-one of-hallow-belonged into to-the-ones to-guarderies of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl; and the-one other-becominged the-one fastening it-shall-die-off.
3:38 απ ανατολης] απο ανατολων A F | Μωυσης] + δε F | απτομενος] προσπορευομενος A
(1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 3:39 πᾶσα ἡ ἐπίσκεψις τῶν Λευειτῶν οὓς ἐπεσκέψατο Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν διὰ φωνῆς Κυρίου κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, πᾶν ἀρσενικὸν ἀπὸ μηνιαίου καὶ ἐπάνω, δύο καὶ εἴκοσι χιλιάδες.
All the-one a-scouting-upon of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers to-which it-scouted-upon, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn, through of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), down to-localities of-them, all male-belonged-of off of-month-belonged and upon-up-unto-which, two and twenty thousands.
3:39 Λευειτων (Λευιτων Bb A F)] pr υιων F | μηνιου A* (μηνιεου A1)
[Appendix] χειλ B (item 43)
DSS
|λ1 δυ[ο
(1489 B.C. Zif 5 Sabbath; Zif 6)
Num 3:40 Καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων Ἐπίσκεψαι πᾶν πρωτότοκον ἄρσεν τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ μηνιαίου καὶ ἐπάνω, καὶ λάβετε τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἐξ ὀνόματος·
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing, Thou-should-have-scouted-upon to-all to-most-before-creationed to-male of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl off of-month-belonged and upon-up-unto-which, and ye-should-have-had-taken to-the-one to-a-number out of-namings-to;
3:40 λαβετε] λαβε A | αριθμον] + αυτων A F
[Appendix] μηνιεου A
|λ1 [ ]##[ ]
|λ2 [λεγων ]αριθμησον[ παν πρωτοτοκον αρσεν]
|λ3 [των υι]ων ισραηλ απ[ο μηνιαιου και επανω]
|λ4 [και λα]βε τον αριθμον[ αυτων εξ οvοματος]
|λ5 [41και λ]ηψει τους λευιτα[ς εμοι εγω ]
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 3:41 καὶ λήμψῃ τοὺς Λευείτας ἐμοί, ἐγὼ Κύριος, ἀντὶ πάντων τῶν πρωτοτόκων τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ τὰ κτήνη τῶν Λευειτῶν ἀντὶ πάντων τῶν πρωτοτόκων ἐν τοῖς κτήνεσιν τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.
and thou-shall-take to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers unto-ME, I Authority-belonged(Yahveh), ever-a-one of-all of-the-ones of-most-before-creationed of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl, and to-the-ones to-befoundeednesses of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers ever-a-one of-all of-the-ones of-most-before-creationed in unto-the-ones unto-befoundeednesses of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl.
Note: to-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
3:41 om των πρωτοτοκων 1° F (hab πρωτοτοκων F1) | om εν τοις κτηνεσιν B* (hab Ba b mg)
DSS
|λ5 [41και λ]ηψει τους λευιτα[ς εμοι εγω ]
|λ6 [αντι παντων ]των πρ[ωτοτοκων των υιων]
|λ7 [ισραηλ και τα κτη]νη τ[ων λευιτων αντι]
|λ8 [παντων των πρ]ωτοτοκων[ εν τοις κτηνεσιν]
|λ9 [των υιων ισρα]ηλ 42και επ[εσκεψατο μωυσης]
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 3:42 καὶ ἐπεσκέψατο Μωυσῆς ὃν τρόπον ἐνετείλατο Κύριος πᾶν πρωτότοκον ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ·
And it-scouted-upon, a-Môusês, to-which to-a-turn it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-all to-most-before-creationed in unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl;
3:42 Κυριος] + αυτω A F
DSS
|λ9 [των υιων ισρα]ηλ 42και επ[εσκεψατο μωυσης]
|λ10 [ον τροπον ενε]τειλατ[ο αυτωι]
|λ11 [παν πρωτοτοκον εν το]ις υιοις ισρα
|λ12 [ηλ 43και εγενετο παν πρωτο]τοκο[ν α]ρσεν
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 3:43 καὶ ἐγένοντο πάντα τὰ πρωτότοκα τὰ ἀρσενικὰ κατὰ ἀριθμὸν ἐξ ὀνόματος ἀπὸ μηνιαίου καὶ ἐπάνω ἐκ τῆς ἐπισκέψεως αὐτῶν δύο καὶ εἴκοσι χιλιάδες, τρεῖς καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ διακόσιοι.
and they-had-became all the-ones most-before-creationed the-ones male-belonged-of down to-a-number out of-a-naming-to off of-month-belonged and upon-up-unto-which out of-the-one of-a-scouting-upon of-them two and twenty thousands, three and seventy and two-hundred.
3:43 εγενοντο] εγενετο F | τα αρσ.] om τα A F | τρεις] pr ϗ Ba b | διακοσιαι B
DSS
|λ12 [ηλ 43και εγενετο παν πρωτο]τοκο[ν α]ρσεν
|λ13 [κατα αριθμον εξ ονοματος απ]ο μη[νιαιου]
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 3:44 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 3:45 Λάβετε τοὺς Λευείτας ἀντὶ πάντων τῶν πρωτοτόκων τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ τὰ κτήνη τῶν Λευειτῶν ἀντὶ τῶν κτηνῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔσονται ἐμοὶ οἱ Λευεῖται· ἐγὼ Κύριος.
Ye-should-have-had-taken to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers ever-a-one of-all of-the-ones of-most-before-creationed of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl, and to-the-ones to-befoundeednesses of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers ever-a-one of-the-ones of-befoundeednesses of-them, and they-shall-be unto-ME the-ones Leuei-belongers; I Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
Note: to-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
3:45 λαβετε] λαβε Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 3:46 καὶ τὰ λύτρα, τρεῖς καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ διακόσιοι, οἱ πλεονάζοντες παρὰ τοὺς Λευείτας ἀπὸ τῶν πρωτοτόκων τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ·
And to-the-ones to-en-loosings, three and seventy and two-hundred, the-ones beyonding-to beside to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers off of-the-ones of-most-before-creationed of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl,
3:46 τρεις] τρειων Ba τριων Bb A F | διακοσιοι] διακοσιων Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 3:47 καὶ λήμψῃ πέντε σίκλους κατὰ κεφαλήν, κατὰ τὸ δίδραχμον τὸ ἅγιον λήμψῃ, εἴκοσι ὀβολοὺς τοῦ σίκλου·
and thou-shall-take to-five to-shekels down to-a-head, down to-the-one to-double-grasped to-the-one to-hallow-belonged thou-shall-take, to-twenty to-obol' of-the-one of-a-shekel;
Note: to-obol' : about 1/4 of a shekel, thus here 5 shekels.
3:47 om πεντε σικλους F | οβολους του σικλου] οβολοι ο σικλος A F
[Appendix] διδραγμον F
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 3:48 καὶ δώσεις τὸ ἀργύριον Ἀαρὼν καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ, λύτρα τῶν πλεοναζόντων ἐν αὐτοῖς.
and thou-shall-give to-the-one to-a-silverlet unto-an-Aarôn and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-it, to-en-loosings of-the-ones of-beyonding-to in unto-them.
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 3:49 καὶ ἔλαβεν Μωυσῆς τὸ ἀργύριον, τὰ λύτρα τῶν πλεοναζόντων, εἰς τὴν ἐκλύτρωσιν τῶν Λευειτῶν·
And it-had-taken, a-Môusês, to-the-one to-a-silverlet, to-the-ones to-en-loosings of-the-ones of-beyonding-to, into to-the-one to-an-en-loosing-out of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers;
3:49 τα λυτρα] om τα A
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 3:50 παρὰ τῶν πρωτοτόκων τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἔλαβεν τὸ ἀργύριον, χιλίους τριακοσίους ἑξήκοντα πέντε σίκλους, κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον.
beside of-the-ones of-most-before-creationed of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl it-had-taken to-the-one to-a-silverlet, to-thousand to-three-hundred to-sixty to-five to-shekels, down to-the-one to-a-shekel to-the-one to-hallow-belonged.
3:50 om ελαβεν το αργυριον F | χιλ. τριακοσ. εξηκ. πεντε] πεντε και εξηκ. και τρικοσ. και χιλ. A F | om σικλους A
DSS
|λ1 πε]ντε σικ[λους
|λ2 αρ]γυρι[ον
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 3:51 καὶ ἔδωκεν Μωυσῆς τὰ λύτρα τῶν πλεοναζόντων Ἀαρὼν καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ, διὰ φωνῆς Κυρίου, ὃν τρόπον συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ.
And it-gave, a-Môusês, to-the-ones to-en-loosings of-the-ones of-beyonding-to unto-an-Aarôn and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-it, through of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-which to-a-turn it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês.
3:51 τα λυτρα] pr το αργυριον F | συνεταξεν] ενετειλατο F
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:1 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρὼν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:2 Λάβε τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν υἱῶν Καὰθ ἐκ μέσου υἱῶν Λευεί, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν,
Thou-should-have-had-taken to-the-one to-a-headlet of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Kaath out of-middle of-sons of-a-Leuei, down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them,
4:2 Κααθ] Καθ A | Λευι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:3 ἀπὸ εἴκοσι καὶ πέντε ἐτῶν καὶ ἐπάνω καὶ ἕως πεντήκοντα ἐτῶν, πᾶς ὁ εἰσπορευόμενος λειτουργεῖν ποιῆσαι πάντα τὰ ἔργα ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου.
off of-twenty and of-five of-yeareednesses and upon-up-unto-which and unto-if-which of-fifty of-yeareednesses, all the-one traversing-into-of to-public-work-unto to-have-done-unto to-all to-the-ones to-works in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet.
4:3 εικοσι και πεντε ετων] εικοσαετους A | om και 3° A
[Appendix] πεντεκοντα B* b (πεντηκ. Ba b) | λιτουργ. B* (λειτουργ. Ba? b: item 12 bis, 13, 23, 24 bis, 26 bis, 27 bis, 28, 30)
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:4 καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ἔργα τῶν υἱῶν Καὰθ ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου· ἅγιον τῶν ἁγίων.
And the-ones-these the-ones works of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Kaath in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet; hallow-belonged of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged.
4:4 Κααθ] + εκ μεσου υιων Λευι κατα δημους αυτων κατ οικους πατριων αυτων A F
[Appendix] υ|ιων B* υι|ων (sic) Bb
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:5 καὶ εἰσελεύσεται Ἀαρὼν καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ ὅταν ἐξαίρῃ ἡ παρεμβολή, καὶ καθελοῦσιν τὸ καταπέτασμα τὸ συσκιάζον, καὶ κατακαλύψουσιν ἐν αὐτῷ τὴν κιβωτὸν τοῦ μαρτυρίου·
And it-shall-come-into, an-Aarôn and the-ones sons of-it, which-also-ever it-might-lift-out, the-one a-casting-in-beside, and they-shall-have-sectioned-down to-the-one to-spreading-down-to to-the-one to-shadowing-together-to, and they-shall-shroud-down in unto-it to-the-one to-a-box of-the-one of-a-witnesslet;
4:5 εισελευσονται A F | εξαιρη] εξερη A | κιβωτον] σκηνην A
DSS
|λ10 [ ]#[ ]#[ ]
|λ11 [υιοι αυτου οταν εξαιρηι ]η παρεμβολ[η]
|λ12 [και καθ]ελου[σι]ν το[ καταπετ]ασμα τ[ο]
|λ13 [συσκιαζο]ν και κατακα[λυψουσιν εν αυ]
|λ14 [τωι την κιβω]τον το[υ μαρτυρ[ιου 6κα[ι επι]
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:6 καὶ ἐπιθήσουσιν ἐπ' αὐτὸ κατακάλυμμα δέρμα ὑακίνθινον, καὶ ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐπ' αὐτὴν ἱμάτιον ὅλον ὑακίνθινον ἄνωθεν, καὶ διεμβαλοῦσιν τοὺς ἀναφορεῖς.
and they-shall-place-upon upon to-it to-the-one to-shrouding-down-to to-an-aparting-to to-hyacinthed-belonged-to, and they-shall-cast-upon upon to-it to-an-apparelet to-whole to-hyacinthed-belonged-to up-unto-which-from, and they-shall-cast-in-through to-the-ones to-bearers-up-of.
4:6 διεμβαλουσιν] δι (et ο ut vid) sup ras ε superscr Ba
DSS
|λ14 [τωι την κιβω]τον το[υ μαρτυρ[ιου 6κα[ι επι]
|λ15 [θησουσιν επ αυ]το [κατακαλυμμα δ]ερ[μα]
|λ16 [υακινθινον και επιβαλουσιν επ αυτην]
|λ17 [ιματιον ολον υακινθινον ανωθεν]
|λ18 [και διεμβαλουσιν τους α]ρτηρας 7κ[αι]
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:7 καὶ ἐπὶ τὴν τράπεζαν τὴν προκειμένην ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐπ' αὐτὴν ἱμάτιον ὁλοπόρφυρον καὶ τὰ τρυβλία καὶ τὰς θυίσκας καὶ τοὺς κυάθους καὶ τὰ σπονδεῖα ἐν οἷς σπένδει· καὶ οἱ ἄρτοι οἱ διὰ παντὸς ἐπ' αὐτῆς ἔσονται.
And upon to-the-one to-a-four-footedness to-the-one to-situating-before they-shall-cast-upon upon to-it to-an-apparelet to-whole-flushed and to-the-ones to-dishlets and to-the-ones to-censerings and to-the-ones to-ladles and to-the-ones to-libationlets-of in unto-which it-libationeth; and the-ones adjustations the-ones through of-all upon of-it they-shall-be.
Note: to-whole-flushed : used to refer to something wholly of the flushed color category, i.e. bright red to blueish-red.
Note: adjustations : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.
4:7 ολοπορφ.] ολον πορφυρουν F | κυεθους B* (κυαθ. Ba b ) | δια] signa v 1 prae se fert F1
[Appendix] προκιμενην F
DSS
|λ18 [και διεμβαλουσιν τους α]ρτηρας 7κ[αι]
|λ19 [επι την τραπεζαν την προ]κειμενην ε
|λ20 [πιβαλουσιν επ αυτην ιμ]ατιον υ[α]κινθι
|λ21 [νον και δωσουσιν επ α]υτην τα τ[ρ]υβλι
|λ22 [α και τας θυισκας και τ]ους κυαθους και
|λ23 [τα σπονδεια εν οις σπε]νδει εν αυτοις
|λ24 [και οι αρτοι οι δια παvτ]ος επ αυτηι εσο
|λ25 [vται 8και επιβαλουσιν επ ]αυτην ιματι
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:8 καὶ ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐπ' αὐτὴν ἱμάτιον κόκκινον, καὶ καλύψουσιν αὐτὴν καλύμματι δερματίνῳ ὑακινθίνῳ, καὶ διεμβαλοῦσιν δι' αὐτῆς τοὺς ἀναφορεῖς.
And they-shall-cast-upon upon to-it to-an-apparelet to-kerneled-belonged-to, and they-shall-shroud to-it unto-a-shrouding-to unto-aparting-to-belonged-to unto-hyacinthed-belonged-to, and they-shall-cast-in-through through of-it to-the-ones to-bearers-up-of.
4:8 om δι αυτης A F | αναφορεις] + αυτης A F
DSS
|λ25 [vται 8και επιβαλουσιν επ ]αυτην ιματι
|λ26 [ον κοκκινον και καλυψουσι]ν αυτην κα
|λ27 [λυμματι δερματινωι υακινθι]νωι κα[ι]
|λ28 [εμβαλουσιν δι αυτης τους ]αρτηρας
|λ29 [9και ληψονται ιματιον υακιν]θινον και
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:9 καὶ λήμψονται ἱμάτιον ὑακίνθινον καὶ καλύψουσιν τὴν λυχνίαν τὴν φωτίζουσαν, καὶ τοὺς λύχνους αὐτῆς καὶ τὰς λαβίδας αὐτῆς καὶ τὰς ἐπαρυστρίδας αὐτῆς, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἄγγια τοῦ ἐλαίου οἷς λειτουργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτοῖς·
And they-shall-take to-an-apparelet to-hyacinthed-belonged-to and they-shall-shroud to-the-one to-a-luminating-of-unto to-the-one to-lighting-to, and to-the-ones to-luminatings-of of-it and to-the-ones to-takes of-it and to-the-ones to-tracts-along-upon of-it, and to-all to-the-ones to-leadeelets of-the-one of-an-oillet unto-which they-public-work-unto in unto-them;
4:9 επαρυστιδας A | αγγια B F (α.|για)] αγια A | ελαιου] + αυτης A F | οις] οσοι A οσοις F | om εν F
[Appendix] αγγεια Ba? b | ελεου B* (ελαιου Ba b) | λιτουργ. B* F (λειτουργ. Ba b: item 32, 33, 35, 37, 39, 41, 43)
DSS
|λ29 [9και ληψονται ιματιον υακιν]θινον και
|λ30 [καλυψουσιν την λυχνιαν τη]ς φαυσεως
|λ31 [και τους λυχνους αυτης και τας λαβιδα]ς αυ
|λ32-34 [line 32-34 missing]
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:10 καὶ ἐμβαλοῦσιν αὐτὴν καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτῆς εἰς κάλυμμα δερμάτινον ὑακίνθινον, καὶ ἐπιθήσουσιν αὐτὴν ἐπ' ἀναφορέων.
and they-shall-cast-in to-it and to-all to-the-ones to-equipiments of-it into to-a-shrouding-to to-aparting-to-belonged-to to-hyacinthed-belonged-to, and they-shall-place-upon to-it upon of-bearers-up-of.
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:11 καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν ἐπικαλύψουσιν ἱμάτιον ὑακίνθινον, καὶ καλύψουσιν αὐτὸ καλύμματι δερματίνῳ ὑακινθίνῳ, καὶ διεμβαλοῦσιν τοὺς ἀναφορεῖς αὐτοῦ.
And upon to-the-one to-a-surgerlet to-the-one to-golden they-shall-shroud-upon to-an-apparelet to-hyacinthed-belonged-to, and they-shall-shroud to-it unto-a-shrouding-to unto-aparting-to-belonged-to unto-hyacinthed-belonged-to, and they-shall-cast-in-through to-the-ones to-bearers-up-of of-it.
4:11 καλυψουσιν] επικαλυψουσιν A F | δερματινω] δερματι A | διεμβαλουσιν] εμβαλουσιν F
DSS
|λ1-4 [λινεσ 1-4 μισσινγ]
|λ5 [ιματια υακι]νθινα και καλ[υψ]ου[σιν αυ]
|λ6 [το καλυμμα]τι δερματινωι υ[α]κινθιν[ωι]
|λ7 και ε[μβαλ]ουσιν τους αρτη[ρ]α[ς ]α[υτου]
|λ8 12και ληψονται παντα τα σκ[ευη τα λει]τ[ουρ]
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:12 καὶ λήμψονται πάντα τὰ σκεύη τὰ λειτουργικὰ ὅσα λειτουργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐν τοῖς ἁγίοις, καὶ ἐμβαλοῦσιν εἰς ἱμάτιον ὑακίνθινον, καὶ καλύψουσιν αὐτὰ καλύμματι δερματίνῳ ὑακινθίνῳ, καὶ ἐπιθήσουσιν ἐπὶ ἀναφορεῖς.
And they-shall-take to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-the-ones to-public-work-belonged-of to-which-a-which they-public-work-unto in unto-them in unto-the-ones unto-hallow-belonged, and they-shall-cast-in into to-an-apparelet to-hyacinthed-belonged-to, and they-shall-shroud to-them unto-a-shrouding-to unto-aparting-to-belonged-to unto-hyacinthed-belonged-to, and they-shall-place-upon upon to-bearers-up-of.
4:12 οσα] εις α F | δερματινω] δερματι A | επι] επ F
[Appendix] λειτουργεικα A
DSS
|λ8 2και ληψονται παντα τα σκ[ευη τα λει]τ[ουρ]
|λ9 γικα οσα λε[ι]το[υ]ργουσιν εν[ αυτοις εν]
|λ10 [τ]οις α[γιοις ]και θησουσιν ει[ς ιματιον]
|λ11 [υακινθινον ]και καλυψουσιν[ αυτα καλυμ]
|λ12 [ματι δερμ]ατινωι υακιν[θινωι και επι]
|λ13 [θησουσιν ]ε[π ]αρτηρος [13και εκσποδια]
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:13 καὶ τὸν καλυπτῆρα ἐπιθήσει ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, καὶ ἐπικαλύψουσιν ἐπ' αὐτὸ ἱμάτιον ὁλοπόρφυρον·
And to-the-one to-a-shrouder it-shall-place-upon upon to-the-one to-a-surgerlet, and they-shall-shroud-upon upon to-it to-an-apparelet to-whole-flushed;
Note: to-whole-flushed : used to refer to something wholly of the flushed color category, i.e. bright red to blueish-red.
4:13 τον καλ. επιθησει] επιθησεις τον καλ. A
DSS
|λ13 [θησουσιν ]ε[π ]αρτηρος [13και εκσποδια]
|λ14 [σουσιν το θυσιαστ]ηριον κ[αι επιθησουσιν]
|λ15 [επ αυτο ιματιον ολο]πορφυρ[ον 14 ]
|λ16-18 [λινεσ 16-18 μισσινγ]
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:14 καὶ ἐπιθήσουσιν ἐπ' αὐτὸ πάντα τὰ σκεύη ὅσοις λειτουργοῦσιν ἐπ' αὐτὸ ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ τὰ πύρια καὶ τὰς κρεάγρας καὶ τὰς φιάλας καὶ τὸν καλυπτῆρα καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου· καὶ ἐπιβαλοῦσιν ἐπ' αὐτὸ κάλυμμα δερμάτινον ὑακίνθινον, καὶ διεμβαλοῦσιν τοὺς ἀναφορεῖς αὐτοῦ· καὶ λήμψονται ἱμάτιον πορφυροῦν καὶ συνκαλύψουσιν τὸν λουτῆρα καὶ τὴν βάσιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐμβαλοῦσιν αὐτὸ εἰς κάλυμμα δερμάτινον ὑακίνθινον, καὶ ἐπιθήσουσιν ἐπὶ ἀναφορεῖς.
and they-shall-place-upon upon to-it to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses unto-which-a-which they-public-work-unto upon to-it in unto-them, and to-the-ones to-firelets and to-the-ones to-meat-fieldings and to-the-ones to-bowls and to-the-one to-a-shrouder and to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-the-one of-a-surgerlet; and they-shall-cast-upon upon to-it to-a-shrouding-to to-aparting-to-belonged-to to-hyacinthed-belonged-to, and they-shall-cast-in-through to-the-ones to-bearers-up-of of-it; and they-shall-take to-an-apparelet to-flushened and they-shall-shroud-together to-the-one to-an-en-bather and to-the-one to-a-stepping of-it, and they-shall-cast-in to-it into to-a-shrouding-to to-aparting-to-belonged-to to-hyacinthed-belonged-to, and they-shall-place-upon upon to-bearers-up-of.
Note: to-flushened : used of flushing waves or a-rushering-to, of a flush of death in a battle, of a flush of color mainly in the bright red to blueish-red category because of its visual affect but also of rainbows, of flushed skin, etc.
4:14 τα σκευη 1°] + αυτου A F | οσοις] οσοι A εν οις F | om επ αυτο 2° A | διεμβαλουσιν] εμβαλουσιν A | αυτο 4°] αυτα A F
[Appendix] κεαγρας A | συγκαλυψ. Ba b
DSS
|λ15 [επ αυτο ιματιον ολο]πορφυρ[ον 14 ]
|λ16-18 [λινεσ 16-18 μισσινγ]
|λ19 και τα σπ[ονδεια και παντα τα σκευη του θυ]
|λ20 σια[σ]τηρι[ου και επιβαλουσιν επ αυτο κα]
|λ21 λυμμα δε[ρματινον υακινθινον και εμ]
|λ22 βα[λουσιν τους αρτηρας αυτου 15και συντε]
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:15 καὶ συντελέσουσιν Ἀαρὼν καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ καλύπτοντες τὰ ἅγια καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη τὰ ἅγια, ἐν τῷ ἐξαίρειν τὴν παρεμβολήν· καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσελεύσονται υἱοὶ Καὰθ αἴρειν, καὶ οὐχ ἅψονται τῶν ἁγίων, ἵνα μὴ ἀποθάνωσιν. ταῦτα ἀροῦσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Καὰθ ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου.
And they-shall-finish-together-unto, an-Aarôn and the-ones sons of-it, covering to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged and to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged, in unto-the-one to-lift-out to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside; and with to-the-ones-these they-shall-come-into, sons of-a-Kaath, to-lift, and not they-shall-fasten of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged so lest they-might-have-had-died-off. To-the-ones-these they-shall-lift, the-ones sons of-a-Kaath, in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet.
4:15 om και παντα τα σκευη τα αγια B* (hab Ba b mg) | υιοι 2°] pr οι A F
[Appendix] ουκ B* (ουχ Ba b)
DSS
|λ22 βα[λουσιν τους αρτηρας αυτου 15και συντε]
|λ23 [λεσουσιν ααρων και ο]ι υιοι α[υ]του[ καλυ]
|λ24 [πτοντες τα αγια και π]αννννννντα[ τα σκευη τα]
|λ25 [αγια εν τωι εξαιρειν τη]ν παρεμ[βολην]
|λ26-29 [λινεσ 26-29 μισσινγ]
|λ29 [ 16επισκο]
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:16 ἐπίσκοπος Ἐλεαζὰρ υἱὸς Ἀαρὼν τοῦ ἱερέως· τὸ ἔλαιον τοῦ φωτὸς καὶ τὸ θυμίαμα τῆς συνθέσεως καὶ ἡ θυσία ἡ καθ' ἡμέραν καὶ τὸ ἔλαιον τῆς χρίσεως, ἡ ἐπισκοπὴ ὅλης τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ ὅσα ἐστὶν ἐν αὐτῇ ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ, ἐν πᾶσι τοῖς ἔργοις.
A-scouter-upon an-Eleazar a-son of-an-Aarôn of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of; the-one an-oillet of-the-one of-a-light and the-one an-incensing-to of-the-one of-a-placing-together and the-one a-surging-unto the-one down to-a-dayedness and the-one an-oillet of-the-one of-an-anointing, the-one a-scouteeing-upon of-whole of-the-one of-a-tenting and which-a-which it-be in unto-it in unto-the-one unto-hallow-belonged, in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-works.
4:16 ολης] ολη F | εν πασι] pr και A F
[Appendix] χρεισεως B χρεισσεως F
DSS
|λ29 [ 16επισκο]
|λ30 [πο]ς ε[λεαζαρ υιος ααρων του ιερεως το ε]
|λ31 [λαιο]ν το[υ φωτος και το θυμιαμα της]
|λ32 [συνθε]σεω[ς και η θυσια η καθ ημεραν και]
|λ33 [το ελαιον της χρισεως η επισκοπη ολης]
|λ34 [της σκηνης και οσα εστιν εν αυτηι ]εν τ[ωι]
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:17 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρὼν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:18 Μὴ ὀλεθρεύσητε τῆς φυλῆς τὸν δῆμον τὸν Καὰθ ἐκ μέσου τῶν Λευειτῶν.
Lest ye-might-have-destructed-of of-the-one of-tribing to-the-one to-a-locality to-the-one of-a-Kaath out of-middle of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers.
4:18 ολεθρευσητε (ολεθρ. B* (vid) b? ολοθρ. Ba? F)] εξολεθρ. A | Λευιτων Ba b (πολειτ. B*) A F
[Appendix] ολοθρ. Bb? (ολεθρ. B* c?)
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:19 τοῦτο ποιήσατε αὐτοῖς, καὶ ζήσονται καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνωσιν, προσπορευομένων αὐτῶν πρὸς τὰ ἅγια τῶν ἁγίων. Ἀαρὼν καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτοῦ προσπορευέσθωσαν, καὶ καταστήσουσιν αὐτοὺς ἕκαστον κατὰ τὴν ἀναφορὰν αὐτοῦ·
To-the-one-this ye-should-have-done-unto unto-them, and they-shall-life-unto and not lest they-might-have-had-died-off, of-traversing-toward-of of-them toward to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged. An-Aarôn and the-ones sons of-it they-should-traverse-toward-of, and they-shall-stand-down to-them to-each down to-the-one to-a-bearedness-up of-it;
4:19 προσπορευεσθ.] εισπορ. A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 4:20 καὶ οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθωσιν ἰδεῖν ἐξάπινα τὰ ἅγια, καὶ ἀποθανοῦνται.
and not lest they-might-have-had-came-into to-have-had-seen out-off-so to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged, and they-shall-die-off.
4:20 τα αγια] το αγιον A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:21 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:22 Λάβε τὴν ἀρχὴν τῶν υἱῶν Γεδσών, καὶ τούτους κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν·
Thou-should-have-had-taken to-the-one to-a-firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Gedsôn, and to-the-ones-these down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, down to-localities of-them;
4:22 om και τουτους A F | om κατ οικους πατριων αυτων F | om κατα δημους αυτων A
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:23 ἀπὸ πέντε καὶ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω ἕως πεντηκονταετοῦς ἐπίσκεψαι αὐτούς, πᾶς ὁ εἰσπορευόμενος λειτουργεῖν, ποιεῖν τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου.
off of-five and of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which unto-if-which of-fifty-yearinged thou-should-have-scouted-upon to-them, all the-one traversing-into-of to-public-work-unto, to-do-unto to-the-ones to-works of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet.
4:23 επισκεψαι] επισκεψασθαι A επισκεψασθε F | ποιειν] pr και A F | om αυτου A F | εν τη σκηνη] της σκηνης A
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:24 αὕτη ἡ λειτουργία τοῦ δήμου τοῦ Γεδσών, λειτουργεῖν καὶ αἴρειν·
The-one-this the-one a-public-working-unto of-the-one of-a-locality of-the-one of-a-Gedsôn, to-public-work-unto and to-lift;
4:24 του Γεδσων] om του A
[Appendix] λειτουργεια A (item 28, A F)
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:25 καὶ ἀρεῖ τὰς δέρρεις τῆς σκηνῆς, καὶ τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ τὸ κάλυμμα αὐτῆς, καὶ τὸ κάλυμμα τὸ ὑακίνθινον τὸ ὂν ἐπ' αὐτῆς ἄνωθεν, καὶ τὸ κάλυμμα τῆς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου,
and it-shall-lift to-the-ones to-apartings of-the-one of-a-tenting, and to-the-one to-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet and to-the-one to-a-shrouding-to of-it, and to-the-one to-a-shrouding-to to-the-one to-hyacinthed-belonged-to to-the-one to-being upon of-it up-unto-which-from, and to-the-one to-a-shrouding-to of-the-one of-a-portaledness of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet;
4:25 τας δερρεις] τα σκευη B1? a? b mg | καλυμμα 1°] κατακαλυμμα Ba b A F | καλυμμα 2°, 3°] κατακαλυμμα A F | επ αυτης] επ αυτη Ba b επ αυτην A
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:26 καὶ τὰ ἱστία τῆς αὐλῆς ὅσα ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ τὰ περισσά, καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη τὰ λειτουργικὰ ὅσα λειτουργοῦσιν ἐν αὐτοῖς ποιήσουσιν.
and to-the-ones to-standeelets of-the-one of-a-channeling which-a-which upon of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, and to-the-ones to-abouted, and to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-the-ones to-public-work-belonged-of to-which-a-which they-public-work-unto in unto-them they-shall-do-unto.
Note: to-standeelets : used to refer to a comprisal of something stood, of various cloth hangings, of sails, of certain kinds of riggings, etc.
4:26 om και τα ιστια…του μαρτυριου B* (hab Ba b mg inf) | τα περισσα] + αυτων A F | λειτουργικα] + αυτων A F | οσα] pr και A F
[Appendix] λιτουργουσιν A
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:27 κατὰ στόμα Ἀαρὼν καὶ τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ ἔσται ἡ λειτουργία τῶν υἱῶν Γεδσὼν κατὰ πάσας τὰς λειτουργίας αὐτῶν καὶ κατὰ πάντα τὰ ἔργα δι' αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐπισκέψῃ αὐτοὺς ἐξ ὀνομάτων πάντα τὰ ἀρτὰ ὑπ' αὐτῶν.
Down to-a-becutteeing-to of-an-Aarôn and of-the-ones of-sons of-it it-shall-be the-one a-public-working-unto of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Gedsôn down to-all to-the-ones to-public-workings-unto of-them and down to-all to-the-ones to-works through of-them; and thou-shall-scout-upon to-them out of-namings-to to-all to-the-ones to-adjusted under of-them.
4:27 om και 2° A | εργα] αρτα A | δι αυτων] om δι F | τα αρτα] τα εργα Ba b om τα F
[Appendix] λιτουργια A | λειτουργειας A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:28 αὕτη ἡ λειτουργία τῶν υἱῶν Γεδσὼν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ ἡ φυλακὴ αὐτῶν ἐν χειρὶ Ἰθαμὰρ τοῦ υἱοῦ Ἀαρὼν τοῦ ἱερέως.
The-one-this the-one a-public-working-unto of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Gedsôn in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, and the-one a-guardery of-them in unto-a-hand of-an-Ithamar of-the-one of-a-son of-an-Aarôn of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of.
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:29 Υἱοὶ Μεραρεί, κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, ἐπισκέψασθε αὐτούς·
Sons of-a-Merarei, down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, ye-should-have-scouted-upon to-them;
4:29 υιοι] pr οι A F | Μεραρι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:30 ἀπὸ πέντε καὶ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω ἕως πεντηκονταετοῦς ἐπισκέψασθε αὐτούς, πᾶς ὁ εἰσπορευόμενος λειτουργεῖν τὰ ἔργα τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου.
off of-five and of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which unto-if-which of-fifty-yearinged ye-should-have-scouted-upon to-them, all the-one traversing-into-of to-public-work-unto to-the-ones to-works of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet.
4:30 επισκεψασθαι F | om της σκηνης F
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:31 καὶ ταῦτα τὰ φυλάγματα τῶν αἰρομένων ὑπ' αὐτῶν κατὰ πάντα τὰ ἔργα τῶν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου· τὰς κεφαλίδας τῆς σκηνῆς καὶ τοὺς μοχλοὺς καὶ τοὺς στύλους αὐτῆς καὶ τὰς βάσεις αὐτῆς καὶ τὸ κατακάλυμμα, καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν καὶ οἱ στύλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ τὸ κατακάλυμμα τῆς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς,
And the-ones-these the-ones guarderings-to of-the-ones of-being-lifted under of-them down to-all to-the-ones to-works of-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet; to-the-ones to-headings of-the-one of-a-tenting and to-the-ones to-poles and to-the-ones to-pillars of-it and to-the-ones to-steppings of-it and to-the-one to-a-shrouding-down-to, and the-ones steppings of-them and the-ones pillars of-them, and to-the-one to-a-shrouding-down-to of-the-one of-a-portaledness of-the-one of-a-tenting,
4:31 υπ αυτων] υπ αυτου A | των εν τη σκηνη] αυτων εν τη σκ. Ba b A F | μοχλους] + αυτης A F | om και τους στυλους αυτης F* (hab F1 mg) | κατακαλυμμα 1°] + της σκηνης A | και οι στυλοι αυτων bis scr F | κατακαλυμμα 2°] καλυμμα Ba b A
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:32 καὶ τοὺς στύλους τῆς αὐλῆς κύκλῳ, καὶ αἱ βάσεις αὐτῶν, καὶ τοὺς στύλους τοῦ καταπετάσματος τῆς πύλης τῆς αὐλῆς καὶ τὰς βάσεις αὐτῶν καὶ τοὺς πασσάλους αὐτῶν καὶ τοὺς κάλους αὐτῶν, καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτῶν καὶ πάντα τὰ λειτουργήματα αὐτῶν, ἐξ ὀνομάτων ἐπισκέψασθε αὐτοὺς καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη τῆς φυλακῆς τῶν αἰρομένων ὑπ' αὐτῶν.
and to-the-ones to-pillars of-the-one of-a-channeling unto-a-circle, and the-ones steppings of-them, and to-the-ones to-pillars of-the-one of-a-spreading-down-to of-the-one of-a-gate of-the-one of-a-channeling and to-the-ones to-steppings of-them and to-the-ones to-pitchments of-them and to-the-ones to-cables of-them, and to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-them and to-all to-the-ones to-public-workings-to of-them, out of-namings-to ye-should-have-scouted-upon to-them and to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-the-one of-a-guardery of-the-ones of-being-lifted under of-them.
4:32 om και τους πασσαλους αυτων F | καλους B F1 (καυλους F*)] κλαδους A | επισκεψασθαι F
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:33 αὕτη ἡ λειτουργία δήμου υἱῶν Μεραρεὶ ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς ἔργοις αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου, ἐν χειρὶ Ἰθαμὰρ υἱοῦ Ἀαρὼν τοῦ ἱερέως.
The-one-this the-one a-public-working-unto of-a-locality of-sons of-a-Merarei in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-works of-them in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, in unto-a-hand of-an-Ithamar of-a-son of-an-Aarôn of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of.
4:33 Μεραρι A F (item 42, 45) | πασι F | υιου] pr του A
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:34 Καὶ ἐπεσκέψατο Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες Ἰσραὴλ τοὺς υἱοὺς Καὰθ κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν,
And it-scouted-upon, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn and the-ones firsting of-an-Israêl, to-the-ones to-sons of-a-Kaath down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them,
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:35 ἀπὸ πέντε καὶ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω ἕως πεντηκονταετοῦς, πᾶς ὁ εἰσπορευόμενος λειτουργεῖν καὶ ποιεῖν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου.
off of-five and of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which unto-if-which of-fifty-yearinged, all the-one traversing-into-of to-public-work-unto and to-do-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet.
4:35 ποιειν] + τα εργα A F | εν τη σκηνη] της σκηνης A
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:36 καὶ ἐγένετο ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν δισχίλιοι διακόσιοι πεντήκοντα·
And it-had-became the-one a-scouting-upon of-them down to-localities of-them twice-thousand two-hundred fifty;
4:36 διακοσιοι] τριακοσιοι A επτακοσιοι F | πεντηκοντα] pr και F
[Appendix] δισχειλιοι B (item 40)
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:37 αὕτη ἡ ἐπίσκεψις δήμου Καάθ, πᾶς ὁ λειτουργῶν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καθὰ ἐπεσκέψατο Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν διὰ φωνῆς Κυρίου ἐν χειρὶ Μωυσῆ.
the-one-this the-one a-scouting-upon of-a-locality of-a-Kaath, all the-one public-working-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, down-to-which it-scouted-upon, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn, through of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), in unto-a-hand of-a-Môusês.
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:38 Καὶ ἐπεσκέπησαν υἱοὶ Γεδσὼν κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν,
And they-had-been-scouted-upon sons of-a-Gedsôn down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them,
4:38 υιοι] pr οι A F
[Appendix] υ|ιοι B* υι|οι Bb
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:39 ἀπὸ πέντε καὶ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω ἕως πεντηκονταετοῦς, πᾶς ὁ εἰσπορευόμενος λειτουργεῖν καὶ ποιεῖν τὰ ἔργα ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου.
off of-five and of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which unto-if-which of-fifty-yearinged, all the-one traversing-into-of to-public-work-unto and to-do-unto to-the-ones to-works in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet.
4:39 εως] pr και A | εν τη σκηνη] της σκηνης F
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:40 καὶ ἐγένετο ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, δισχίλιοι ἑξακόσιοι τριάκοντα·
And it-had-became the-one a-scouting-upon of-them down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, twice-thousand six-hundred thirty;
4:40 om και εγενετο η επισκεψις αυτων A | η επισκ. αυτων] + εν τη σκηνη του μαρτυριου F | εξακοσιοι] εξακο sup ras pl litt Aa (bis scr δισχιλιοι A* vid)
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:41 αὕτη ἡ ἐπίσκεψις δήμου υἱῶν Γεδσών, πᾶς ὁ λειτουργῶν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου, οὓς ἐπεσκέψατο Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν διὰ φωνῆς Κυρίου ἐν χειρὶ Μωυσῆ.
the-one-this the-one a-scouting-upon of-a-locality of-sons of-a-Gedsôn, all the-one public-working-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, to-which it-scouted-upon, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn, through of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) in unto-a-hand of-a-Môusês.
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:42 Ἐπεσκέπησαν δὲ καὶ δῆμος υἱῶν Μεραρεὶ κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν,
They-had-been-scouted-upon then-also and a-locality of-sons of-a-Merarei down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them,
4:42 επεσκεπη F
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:43 ἀπὸ πέντε καὶ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω ἕως πεντηκονταετοῦς πᾶς ὁ εἰσπορευόμενος λειτουργεῖν πρὸς τὰ ἔργα τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου.
off of-five and of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which unto-if-which of-fifty-yearinged all the-one traversing-into-of to-public-work-unto toward to-the-ones to-works of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet.
4:43 om απο F
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:44 καὶ ἐγενήθη ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, τρισχίλιοι καὶ διακόσιοι·
And it-was-became the-one a-scouting-upon of-them down to-localities of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, thrice-thousand and two-hundred;
4:44 εγενηθη] εγενετο A F | αυτων 1°] pr της συγγενειας A | om κατα δημους αυτων A | τρισχειλ. B
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:45 αὕτη ἡ ἐπίσκεψις δήμου υἱῶν Μεραρεί, οὓς ἐπεσκέψατο Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν διὰ φωνῆς Κυρίου ἐν χειρὶ Μωυσῆ.
the-one-this the-one a-scouting-upon of-a-locality of-sons of-a-Merarei, to-which it-scouted-upon, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn, through of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) in unto-a-hand of-a-Môusês.
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:46 Πάντες οἱ ἐπεσκεμμένοι οὓς ἐπεσκέψατο Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες Ἰσραήλ, τοὺς Λευείτας, κατὰ δήμους καὶ κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν,
All the-ones having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon to-which it-scouted-upon, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn and the-ones firsting of-an-Israêl, to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers, down to-localities and down to-houses of-fatherings-unto,
4:46 επεσκεψατο] επεψατο F | om και 2° B* (hab Ba b) | Ισραηλ] pr υιων A F | Λευιτας A F | δημους] + αυτων A F | om και 3° A F | πατριων] + αυτων A F
DSS?
|λ1 [μωυσην και ]ααρων[ λεγων 2λαβε το κεφα]
|λ2-9 [λινεσ 2-9 μισσινγ]
|λ10 [ ]#[ ]#[ ]
Continued at Num_5:5
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:47 ἀπὸ πέντε καὶ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω ἕως πεντηκονταετοῦς, πᾶς ὁ εἰσπορευόμενος πρὸς τὸ ἔργον τῶν ἔργων καὶ τὰ ἔργα τὰ αἰρόμενα ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου·
off of-five and of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which unto-if-which of-fifty-yearinged, all the-one traversing-into-of toward to-the-one to-a-work of-the-ones of-works and to-the-ones to-works to-the-ones to-being-lifted in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet;
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:48 καὶ ἐγενήθησαν οἱ ἐπισκεπέντες ὀκτακισχίλιοι πεντακόσιοι ὀγδοήκοντα.
and they-were-became the-ones having-had-been-scouted-upon eight-oft-thousand five-hundred eighty.
Note: five-hundred : omit five-hundred; primitive assimilation. Originally 8,080 changed to 8,580 probably to assimiliate to the Hebrew Massorah copy line. A resolution is required to explain Num_4:36 (2,250) + Num_4:40 (2,630) + Num_4:44 (3,200) = 8,080. The later scribes of the oldest Septuagint copies holding to the addends infers a primitive assimilation in the sum.
4:48 om και A F | εγεννηθησαν A | επισκεπεντες] επεσκεμμενοι A | ογδοηκοντα] και πεντηκοντα A
[Appendix] οκτακισχειλ. B
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 4:49 διὰ φωνῆς Κυρίου ἐπεσκέψατο αὐτοὺς ἐν χειρὶ Μωυσῆ, ἄνδρα κατ' ἄνδρα ἐπὶ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῶν καὶ ἐπὶ ὧν αἴρουσιν αὐτοί· καὶ ἐπεσκέπησαν ὃν τρόπον συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ.
Through of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-scouted-upon to-them in unto-a-hand of-a-Môusês, to-a-man down to-a-man upon of-the-ones of-works of-them and upon of-which they-lift, them; and they-had-been-scouted-upon to-which to-a-turn it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês.
4:49 επεσκεψατο] pr ους A | κατ] κατα A | αιρουσιν] ερουσιν F
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 5:1 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 5:2 Πρόσταξον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἐξαποστειλάτωσαν ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς πάντα λεπρὸν καὶ πάντα γονορρυῆ καὶ πάντα ἀκάθαρτον ἐπὶ ψυχῇ·
Thou-should-have-arranged-toward unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl, and they-should-have-set-off-out out of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside to-all to-en-peeled and to-all to-becomee-tractinged and to-all to-un-cleansabled upon unto-a-breathing;
5:2 παρεμβολης] συναγωγης A | γονορυη F
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 5:3 ἀπὸ ἀρσενικοῦ ἕως θηλυκοῦ, ἐξαποστείλατε ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς, καὶ οὐ μὴ μιανοῦσιν τὰς παρεμβολὰς αὐτῶν, ἐν οἷς ἐγὼ καταγίνομαι ἐν αὐτοῖς.
and of-male-belonged-of unto-if-which of-female-belonged-of, ye-should-have-had-set-off-out out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside and not lest they-shall-stain-belong to-the-ones to-castings-in-beside of-them in unto-which I I-become-down in unto-them.
5:3 om μη A F | καταγεινομαι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 5:4 καὶ ἐποίησαν οὕτως οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἐξαπέστειλαν αὐτοὺς ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς· καθὰ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος Μωυσῇ, οὕτως ἐποίησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ.
And they-did-unto unto-the-one-this, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, and they-set-off-out to-them out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside; down-to-which it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-a-Môusês, unto-the-one-this they-did-unto, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl.
5:4 om αυτους A | Μωυση] pr τω A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:5 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:6 Λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ λέγων Ἀνὴρ ἢ γυνή ὅστις ἐὰν ποιήσῃ ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν τῶν ἀνθρωπίνων, καὶ παριδὼν παρίδῃ καὶ πλημμελῶν πλημμελήσῃ ἡ ψυχὴ ἐκείνη,
Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl forthing, A-man or a-woman which-a-one if-ever it-might-have-done-unto off of-the-ones of-un-adjustings-along-unto of-the-ones of-mankind-belonged-to, and having-had-seen-beside it-might-have-had-seen-beside and beyond-membering-unto it-might-have-beyond-membered-unto, the-one a-breathing the-one-thither,
5:6 om λεγων F* (hab F1 mg) | των αμαρτιων] pr πασων F | om πλημμελων Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:7 ἐξαγορεύσει τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ἣν ἐποίησεν, καὶ ἀποδώσει τὴν πλημμελίαν, τὸ κεφάλαιον, καὶ τὸ ἐπίπεμπτον αὐτοῦ προσθήσει ἐπ' αὐτό, καὶ ἀποδώσει τίνι ἐπλημμέλησεν αὐτῷ.
it-shall-lead-alongedness-out-of to-the-one to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto to-which it-did-unto, and it-shall-give-off to-the-one to-a-beyond-membering-unto, to-the-one to-a-headlet, and to-the-one to-fifthed-upon of-it it-shall-place-toward upon to-it, and it-shall-give-off unto-what-one it-beyond-membered-unto unto-it.
5:7 εποιησεν] ημαρτεν A | τινι] pr ει F
[Appendix] πλημμελειαν Ba? b A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:8 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ᾖ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ ὁ ἀγχιστεύων ὥστε ἀποδοῦναι αὐτῷ τὸ πλημμέλημα πρὸς αὐτόν, τὸ πλημμέλημα τὸ ἀποδιδόμενον Κυρίῳ τῷ ἱερεῖ ἔσται, πλὴν τοῦ κριοῦ τοῦ ἱλασμοῦ δι' οὗ ἐξιλάσεται ἐν αὐτῷ περὶ αὐτοῦ.
If-ever then-also lest it-might-be unto-the-one unto-a-mankind the-one most-nearing-of as-also to-have-had-given-off unto-it to-the-one to-a-beyond-membering-to toward to-it, to-the-one to-a-beyond-membering-to to-the-one to-being-given-off unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-sacreder-of it-shall-be, to-beyond of-the-one of-a-ram of-the-one of-a-sectionating-to-of through of-which it-shall-sectionate-out in unto-it about of-it.
5:8 ο αγχιστ.] om ο A | Κυριω] pr τω A F | εξιλασμου A
[Appendix] εξειλασεται B
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:9 καὶ πᾶσα ἀπαρχὴ κατὰ πάντα τὰ ἁγιαζόμενα ἐν υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, ὅσα ἂν προσφέρωσιν τῷ κυρίῳ τῷ ἱερεῖ αὐτῷ ἔσται.
And all a-firsting-off down to-all to-the-ones to-being-hallow-belonged-to in unto-sons of-an-Israêl, to-which-a-which ever they-might-bear-toward unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged unto-the-one unto-a-sacreder-of unto-it it-shall-be.
5:9 κατα] και A F | αν] εαν A | τω κυριω] om τω A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:10 καὶ ἑκάστῳ τὰ ἡγιασμένα αὐτοῦ ἔσται· ἀνὴρ ὃς ἐὰν δῷ τῷ ἱερεῖ, αὐτῷ ἔσται.
And unto-each the-ones having-had-come-to-be-hallow-belonged-to of-it it-shall-be; a-man which if-ever it-might-have-had-given unto-the-one unto-a-sacreder-of, unto-it it-shall-be.
5:10 εκαστω] εκαστου Ba b A F | om ανηρ ος εαν δω τω ιερει αυτω εσται F* (hab Fa mg) | ανηρ] pr και Ba b A | εαν] αν A
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:11 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:12 Λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς Ἀνδρὸς ἀνδρὸς ἐὰν παραβῇ ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ παρίδῃ αὐτὸν ὑπεριδοῦσα,
Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl and thou-shall-utter toward to-them, Of-a-man of-a-man if-ever it-might-have-had-stepped-beside, the-one a-woman of-it, and it-might-have-had-seen-beside to-it having-had-seen-over,
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:13 καὶ κοιμηθῇ τις μετ' αὐτῆς κοίτην σπέρματος, καὶ λάθῃ ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς καὶ κρύψῃ, αὐτὴ δὲ ᾖ μεμιαμμένη, καὶ μάρτυς μὴ ἦν μετ' αὐτῆς καὶ αὐτὴ μὴ ᾖ συνειλημμένη·
and it-might-have-been-situateed-unto a-one with of-it to-a-situating of-a-whorling-to, and it-might-have-had-secluded out of-eyes of-the-one of-a-man of-it and it-might-have-hidened, it then-also it-might-be having-had-come-to-be-stain-belonged, and a-witness lest it-was with of-it and it lest it-might-be having-had-come-to-be-taken-together;
5:13 μετ αυτης τις A | η 1°] pr μη A | ην] η A F | μετ αυτης 2°] κατ αυτης A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:14 καὶ ἐπέλθῃ αὐτῷ πνεῦμα ζηλώσεως καὶ ζηλώσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, αὐτὴ δὲ μεμίανται, ἢ ἐπέλθῃ αὐτῷ πνεῦμα ζηλώσεως καὶ ζηλώσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ, αὐτὴ δὲ μὴ ᾖ μεμιαμμένη·
and it-might-have-had-came-upon unto-it, a-currenting-to of-an-en-craving, and it-might-have-en-craved to-the-one to-a-woman of-it, it then-also it-had-come-to-be-stain-belonged, or it-might-have-had-came-upon unto-it, a-currenting-to of-an-en-craving, and it-might-have-en-craved to-the-one to-a-woman of-it, it then-also lest it-might-be having-had-come-to-be-stain-belonged;
5:14 αυτη μεμιανται…ζηλωσεως sup ras Aa | om δε 1° A
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:15 καὶ ἄξει ὁ ἄνθρωπος τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὸν ἱερέα, καὶ προσοίσει τὸ δῶρον περὶ αὐτῆς, τὸ δέκατον τοῦ οἰφί, ἄλευρον κρίθινον· οὐκ ἐπιχεεῖ ἐπ' αὐτὸ ἔλαιον οὐδὲ ἐπιθήσει ἐπ' αὐτὸ λίβανον, ἔστιν γὰρ θυσία ζηλοτυπίας, θυσία μνημοσύνου ἀναμιμνήσκουσα ἁμαρτίαν.
and it-shall-lead, the-one a-mankind, to-the-one to-a-woman of-it toward to-the-one to-a-sacreder-of, and it-shall-bear-toward to-the-one to-a-gift about of-it, to-the-one to-tenth of-the-one of-an-oifi, to-en-grinded to-barlied-belonged-to; not it-shall-pour-upon upon to-it to-an-oillet not-then-also it-shall-place upon to-it to-a-libanos, it-be too-thus a-surging-unto of-a-craved-striking-unto, a-surging-unto of-a-remembrance memorying-up to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto.
Note: of-an-oifi : used to refer to about 4 quarts.
Note: to-a-libanos : transliterated from Hebrew LEBONAH meaning whiteness, used of the milky extract of the frankincense tree and the tree itself, this name also given to the white capped (milky) mountain ranges (LIBANOS and ANTI LIBANOS) of the area later called by this name (Lebanon).
5:15 προσοισει] οισει A | επιχεεις F | επιθησεις F
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:16 καὶ προσάξει αὐτὴν ὁ ἱερεύς, καὶ στήσει αὐτὴν ἔναντι Κυρίου·
And it-shall-lead-toward to-it, the-one a-sacreder-of, and it-shall-stand to-it in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh);
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:17 καὶ λήμψεται ὁ ἱερεὺς ὕδωρ καθαρὸν ζῶν ἐν ἀγγίῳ ὁστρακίνῳ, καὶ τῆς γῆς τῆς οὔσης ἐπὶ τοῦ ἐδάφους τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ λαβὼν ὁ ἱερεὺς ἐμβαλεῖ εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ·
and it-shall-take, the-one a-sacreder-of, to-a-water to-cleansed to-lifing-unto in unto-a-leadeelet unto-shelled-belonged-to, and of-the-one of-a-soil of-the-one of-being upon of-the-one of-a-beloweedness of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, and having-had-taken, the-one a-sacreder-of, it-shall-cast-in into to-the-one to-a-water;
5:17 αγγειω Ba b
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:18 καὶ στήσει τὴν γυναῖκα ὁ ἱερεὺς ἔναντι Κυρίου, καὶ ἀποκαλύψει τὴν κεφαλὴν τῆς γυναικός, καὶ δώσει ἐπὶ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῆς τὴν θυσίαν τοῦ μνημοσύνου, τὴν θυσίαν τῆς ζηλοτυπίας· ἐν δὲ τῇ χειρὶ τοῦ ἱερέως ἔσται τὸ ὕδωρ τοῦ ἐλεγμοῦ τοῦ ἐπικαταρωμένου τούτου.
and it-shall-stand to-the-one to-a-woman, the-one a-sacreder-of, in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-shall-shroud-off to-the-one to-a-head of-the-one of-a-woman, and it-shall-give upon to-the-ones to-hands of-it to-the-one to-a-surging-unto of-the-one of-a-remembrance, to-the-one to-a-surging-unto of-the-one of-a-craved-striking-unto; in then-also unto-the-one unto-a-hand of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of it-shall-be the-one a-water of-the-one of-a-trialing-of of-the-one of-upon-down-cursing-unto of-the-one-this.
5:18 ο ιερευς την γυναικα A F | om του μνημοσυνου την θυσιαν B* (hab Ba b mgg A) του μνημ. της θυσιας F | του επικ. τουτου] το επικαταρωμενον τουτο A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:19 καὶ ὁρκιεῖ αὐτὴν ὁ ἱερεὺς καὶ ἐρεῖ τῇ γυναικί Εἰ μὴ κεκοίμηταί τις μετὰ σοῦ, εἰ μὴ παραβέβηκας μιανθῆναι ὑπὸ τὸν ἄνδρα τὸν σεαυτῆς, ἀθῴα ἴσθι ἀπὸ τοῦ ὕδατος τοῦ ἐλεγμοῦ τοῦ ἐπικαταρωμένου τούτου.
And it-shall-fencee-to to-it, the-one a-sacreder-of, and it-shall-utter unto-the-one unto-a-woman, If lest it-had-come-to-be-situateed-unto a-one with of-THEE, if lest thou-had-stepped-beside to-have-been-stain-belonged under to-the-one to-a-man to-the-one of-thyself, un-guilted thou-should-be off of-the-one of-a-water of-the-one of-a-trialing-of of-the-one of-cursing-down-upon-unto of-the-one-this. stain-belong
5:19 υπο] προς A
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:20 εἰ δὲ σὺ παραβέβηκας ὕπανδρος οὖσα ἢ μεμίανσαι, καὶ ἔδωκέν τις τὴν κοίτην αὐτοῦ ἐν σοὶ πλὴν τοῦ ἀνδρός σου·
If then-also thou thou-had-come-to-step-beside manned-under being or thou-had-come-to-be-stain-belonged, and it-gave, a-one, to-the-one to-a-situating of-it in unto-thee to-beyond of-the-one of-a-man of-thee;
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:21 καὶ ὁρκιεῖ ὁ ἱερεὺς τὴν γυναῖκα ἐν τοῖς λόγοις τῆς ἀρᾶς ταύτης, καὶ ἐρεῖ ὁ ἱερεὺς τῇ γυναικί Δῴη Κύριός σε ἐν ἀρᾷ καὶ ἐνόρκιον ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ λαοῦ σου, ἐν τῷ δοῦναι Κύριον τὸν μηρόν σου διαπεπτωκότα καὶ τὴν κοιλίαν σου πεπρησμένην·
and it-shall-fencee-to, the-one a-sacreder-of, to-the-one to-a-woman in unto-the-ones unto-forthees of-the-one of-a-cursedness of-the-one-this, and it-shall-utter, the-one a-sacreder-of, unto-the-one unto-a-woman, It-may-have-had-given, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-thee in unto-a-cursedness and to-fencee-belonged-in in unto-middle of-the-one of-a-people of-thee, in unto-the-one to-have-had-given to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-thigh of-thee to-having-had-come-to-fall-through and to-the-one to-a-hollowing-unto of-thee to-having-had-come-to-be-erupted;
5:21 λογοις] ορκοις A F | σε κ̅̅ς̅̅ A | om σου 3° F
[Appendix] εμμεσω A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:22 καὶ εἰσελεύσεται τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ἐπικαταρώμενον τοῦτο εἰς τὴν κοιλίαν σου, πρῆσαι γαστέρα καὶ διαπεσεῖν μηρόν σου. καὶ ἐρεῖ ἡ γυνή Γένοιτο, γένοιτο.
and it-shall-come-into, the-one a-water the-one upon-down-cursing-unto the-one-this, into to-the-one to-a-hollowing-unto of-thee, to-have-erupted to-a-stomach and to-have-had-fallen-through to-a-thigh of-thee. And it-shall-utter, the-one a-woman, It-may-have-had-became, it-may-have-had-became.
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:23 καὶ γράψει ὁ ἱερεὺς τὰς ἀρὰς ταύτας εἰς βιβλίον, καὶ ἐξαλείψει εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ τοῦ ἐλεγμοῦ τοῦ ἐπικαταρωμένου·
And it-shall-scribe, the-one a-sacreder-of, to-the-ones to-cursednesses to-the-ones-these into to-a-paperlet, and it-shall-smear-along-out into to-the-one to-a-water of-the-one of-a-trialing-of of-the-one of-upon-down-cursing-unto;
5:23 εξαλιψει B* (εξαλειψ. Ba? b)
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:24 καὶ ποτιεῖ τὴν γυναῖκα τὸ ὕδωρ τοῦ ἐλεγμοῦ τοῦ ἐπικαταρωμένου, καὶ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς αὐτὴν τὸ ὕδωρ τὸ ἐπικαταρώμενον τοῦ ἐλεγμοῦ.
and it-shall-drinkation-to to-the-one to-a-woman to-the-one to-a-water of-the-one of-a-trialing-of of-the-one of-upon-down-cursing-unto, and it-shall-come-into into to-it, the-one a-water the-one cursing-down-upon-unto of-the-one of-a-trialing-of.
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:25 καὶ λήμψεται ὁ ἱερεὺς ἐκ χειρὸς τῆς γυναικὸς τὴν θυσίαν τῆς ζηλοτυπίας, καὶ ἐπιθήσει τὴν θυσίαν ἔναντι Κυρίου καὶ προσοίσει αὐτὴν πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον·
And it-shall-take, the-one a-sacreder-of, out of-a-hand of-the-one of-a-woman to-the-one to-surging-unto of-the-one of-a-craved-striking-unto, and it-shall-place-upon to-the-one to-a-surging-unto in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and it-shall-bear-toward to-it toward to-the-one to-a-surgerlet;
5:25 bis scr της ζηλοτυπιας και επιθησει την θυσιαν F | προς] επι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:26 καὶ δράξεται ὁ ἱερεὺς ἀπὸ τῆς θυσίας τὸ μνημόσυνον αὐτῆς καὶ ἀνοίσει αὐτὸ ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ποτιεῖ τὴν γυναῖκα τὸ ὕδωρ.
and it-shall-grasp, the-one a-sacreder-of, off of-the-one of-a-surging-unto to-the-one to-a-remembrance of-it and it-shall-bear-up upon to-it upon to-the-one to-a-surgerlet, and with to-the-ones-these it-shall-drinkation-to to-the-one to-a-woman to-the-one to-a-water.
5:26 in fragmm cod ℵ quae sequuntur perier plurima
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:27 καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν ᾖ μεμιαμμένη καὶ ήθῃ λάθῃ τὸν ἄνδρα αὐτῆς, καὶ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς αὐτὴν τὸ ὕδωρ τοῦ ἐλεγμοῦ τὸ ἐπικαταρώμενον, καὶ πρησθήσεται τὴν κοιλίαν, καὶ διαπεσεῖται ὁ μηρὸς αὐτῆς, καὶ ἔσται ἡ γυνὴ εἰς ἀρὰν τῷ λαῷ αὐτῆς·
And it-shall-be if-ever it-might-be having-had-come-to-be-stain-belonged and unto-a-secluding it-might-have-had-secluded to-the-one to-a-man of-it, and it-shall-come-into into to-it, the-one a-water of-the-one of-a-trialing-of the-one upon-down-cursing-unto, and it-shall-erupt to-the-one to-a-hollowing-unto, and it-shall-fall-through, the-one a-thigh of-it, and it-shall-be the-one a-woman into to-a-cursedness unto-the-one unto-a-people of-it;
5:27 om vid εσται 1° ℵ | εαν] + μεν A F | τω λαω] pr εν ℵc.a A F
[Appendix] διαπεσειτε A ( διαπεσειται B ℵvid F)
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:28 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ μιανθῇ ἡ γυνὴ καὶ καθαρὰ ᾖ, καὶ ἀθῴα ἔσται καὶ ἐκσπερματιεῖ σπέρμα.
if-ever then-also lest it-might-have-been-stain-belonged the-one a-woman and cleansed it-might-be, and un-guilted it-shall-be and it-shall-whorling-out-to to-a-whorling-to.
5:28 bis scr και καθαρα η ℵvid | αθωος ℵ* (αθωα ℵc.a)
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:29 Οὗτος ὁ νόμος τῆς ζηλοτυπίας, ᾧ ἐὰν παραβῇ ἡ γυνὴ ὕπανδρος οὖσα καὶ μιανθῇ,
The-one-this the-one a-parcelee of-the-one of-a-craved-striking-unto, unto-which if-ever it-might-have-had-stepped-beside, the-one a-woman manned-under being, and it-might-have-been-stain-belonged,
5:29 εαν] αν ℵa (om ℵ*) A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:30 ἢ ἄνθρωπος ᾧ ἐὰν ἐπέλθῃ ἐπ' αὐτὸν πνεῦμα ζηλώσεως καὶ ζηλώσῃ τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ· καὶ στήσει τὴν γυναῖκα αὐτοῦ ἔναντι Κυρίου, καὶ ποιήσει αὐτῇ ὁ ἱερεὺς πάντα τὸν νόμον τοῦτον·
or a-mankind unto-which if-ever it-might-have-had-came-upon upon to-it, a-currenting-to of-an-en-craving, and it-might-have-en-craved to-the-one to-a-woman of-it; and it-shall-stand to-the-one to-a-woman of-it in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-shall-do-unto unto-it, the-one a-sacreder-of, to-all to-the-one to-a-parcelee to-the-one-this;
5:30 εαν] αν ℵ | om επελθη F | επ αυτον] επ αυτω ℵc.a | ζηλωσεως…στησει sup ras B? vid | om και στησει την γυν. αυτου ℵvid
(1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 5:31 καὶ ἀθῷος ἔσται ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἀπὸ ἁμαρτίας, καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἐκείνη λήμψεται τὴν ἁμαρτίαν αὐτῆς.
and un-guilted it-shall-be the-one a-mankind off of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto, and the-one a-woman the-one-thither it-shall-take to-the-one to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto of-it.
5:31 και αθωος] καθως F | αμαρτιας. ϗ η γυνη εκεινη λημψ. την γυν. αμ. αυτης sup ras Aa
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:1 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
6:1–2 και ελαλησεν…ερεις προς αυτους sup ras Aa
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:2 Λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς Ἀνὴρ ἢ γυνὴ ὃς ἐὰν μεγάλως εὔξηται εὐχὴν ἀφαγνίσασθαι ἁγνείαν Κυρίῳ
Thou-should-have-spoken unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl and thou-shall-utter toward to-them, A-man or a-woman which if-ever unto-great it-might-have-goodly-held to-a-goodly-holding to-have-purified-off-to to-a-purifying-of unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh)
6:1–2 και ελαλησεν…ερεις προς αυτους sup ras Aa
6:2 εαν] αν F
[Appendix] αγνιαν B* A F (αγνειαν Ba? b?)
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:3 ἀπὸ οἴνου καὶ σίκερα, ἁγνισθήσεται ἀπὸ οἴνου, καὶ ὄξος ἐξ οἴνου καὶ ὄξος ἐκ σίκερα οὐ πίεται, καὶ ὅσα κατεργάζεται ἐκ σταφυλῆς οὐ πίεται, καὶ σταφυλὴν πρόσφατον καὶ σταφίδα οὐ φάγεται.
off of-a-wine and of-a-sikera, it-shall-be-purified-to off of-a-wine, and to-a-sharpeedness out of-a-wine and to-a-vinegar out of-a-sikera not it-shall-drink, and to-which-a-which it-be-worked-down-to out of-a-grape not it-shall-drink, and to-a-grape to-declared-toward and to-a-graping not it-shall-devour.
Note: of-a-sikera : transliterated from Heb. SEKAR meaning an-intoxicant.
Note: to-a-sharpeedness : used to refer to sourness, i.e. vinegar.
6:3 οσα κατεργαζεται] οσα κατε sup ras Ba vid
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:4 πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς εὐχῆς αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ πάντων ὅσα γίνεται ἐξ ἀμπέλου, οἶνον ἀπὸ στεμφύλλων ἕως γιγάρτου οὐ φάγεται.
To-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-goodly-holding of-it off of-all to-which-a-which it-becometh out of-a-vine, to-a-wine off of-standed-leafs unto-if-which of-a-pellet not it-shall-devour.
Note: of-standed-leafs : used to refer to the olives or fruit left after being pressed; sometimes eaten as cakes.
6:4 παντων] πασων A | γεινεται A | στεμφυλλων] στεμφυλλου F
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:5 πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς εὐχῆς τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ ξυρὸν οὐκ ἐπελεύσεται ἐπὶ τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ· ἕως ἂν πληρωθῶσιν αἱ ἡμέραι ὅσας ηὔξατο Κυρίῳ, ἅγιος ἔσται τρέφων κόμην τρίχα κεφαλῆς.
To-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-purifying-to-of a-razor not it-shall-come-upon upon to-the-one to-a-head of-it; unto-if-which ever they-might-have-been-en-filled the-ones dayednesses to-which-a-which it-goodly-held unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), hallow-belonged it-shall-be nourishing to-a-pluming to-a-hair of-a-head.
6:5 του αγνισμου] της ευχης του αγν. αυτου A F | οσας] ας A
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:6 πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς εὐχῆς Κυρίῳ ἐπὶ πάσῃ ψυχῇ τετελευτηκυίᾳ οὐκ εἰσελεύσεται.
To-all the-ones to-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-goodly-holding unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) upon unto-all unto-a-breathing unto-having-had-come-to-finish-of-unto not it-shall-come-into.
6:6 της ευχης Κυριω B ℵa A F] ευχης κ̅̅υ̅̅ ℵ* της ευχης τω κ̅̅ω̅̅ ℵc.a | τετελευτηκυιη B
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:7 ἐπὶ πατρὶ καὶ ἐπὶ μητρὶ καὶ ἐπ' ἀδελφῷ καὶ ἐπ' ἀδελφῇ, οὐ μιανθήσεται ἐπ' αὐτοῖς ἀποθανόντων αὐτῶν, ὅτι εὐχὴ θεοῦ αὐτοῦ ἐπ' αὐτῷ ἐπὶ κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ·
Upon unto-a-father and upon unto-a-mother and upon unto-brethrened and upon unto-brethrened, not it-shall-be-stain-belonged upon unto-them of-having-had-died-off of-them, to-which-a-one a-goodly-holding of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-it upon unto-it upon of-a-head of-it;
6:7 om επι 2° Ba b F | αυτω] αυτου F
[Appendix] αποθανωντων A
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:8 πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς εὐχῆς αὐτοῦ ἅγιος ἔσται Κυρίῳ.
to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-goodly-holding of-it hallow-belonged it-shall-be unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:9 ἐὰν δέ τις ἀποθάνῃ ἐξάπινα ἐπ' αὐτῷ, παραχρῆμα μιανθήσεται ἡ κεφαλὴ εὐχῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ξυρήσεται τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ ᾗ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ καθαρισθῇ· τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ξυρηθήσεται.
If-ever then-also a-one it-might-have-had-died-off out-off-so upon unto-it, beside-to-an-affording-to it-shall-be-stain-belonged the-one a-head of-a-goodly-holding of-it, and it-shall-razor-unto to-the-one to-a-head of-it unto-which ever unto-a-dayedness it-might-have-been-cleansed-to; unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-seventh it-shall-be-razored-unto.
6:9 αποθανη] pr θανατω A F | επ αυτω εξαπινα A F | ξυρηθησεται] ξυρη sup ras pl litt Aa
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:10 καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ οἴσει δύο τρυγόνας ἢ δύο νοσσοὺς περιστερῶν πρὸς τὸν ἱερέα ἐπὶ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου,
And unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-eighth it-shall-bear to-two to-spurters or to-two to-nestlings of-latterednesses-about toward to-the-one to-a-sacreder-of upon to-the-ones to-portalednesses of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet,
Note: to-spurters : used to refer to things by their spurting sound; used of birds in the pigeon family, of the platypus, of spurting liquids, of murmuring crowds, etc.
Note: of-latterednesses-about : used to refer to doves for using other nests.
6:10 και τη ημ.] τη δε ημ. A F | νεοσσους A
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:11 καὶ ποιήσει ὁ ἱερεὺς μίαν περὶ ἁμαρτίας καὶ μίαν εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα· καὶ ἐξιλάσεται περὶ αὐτοῦ ὁ ἱερεὺς περὶ ὧν ἥμαρτεν περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς, καὶ ἁγιάσει τὴν κεφαλὴν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ
and it-shall-do-unto, the-one a-sacreder-of, to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto and to-one into to-a-whole-en-burning-to; and it-shall-sectionate-out about of-it, the-one a-sacreder-of, about of-which it-had-un-adjusted-along about of-the-one of-a-breathing, and it-shall-hallow-belong-to to-the-one to-a-head of-it in unto-the-one-thither unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness,
6:11 …εφαλην ℵ
[Appendix] εξειλασεται B | εκινη ℵ
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:12 ᾗ ἡγιάσθη Κυρίῳ τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς εὐχῆς, καὶ προσάξει ἀμνὸν ἐνιαύσιον εἰς πλημμελίαν· καὶ αἱ ἡμέραι αἱ πρότεραι ἄλογοι ἔσονται, ὅτι ἐμιάνθη κεφαλὴ εὐχῆς αὐτοῦ.
unto-which it-was-hallow-belonged-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-ones to-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-goodly-holding, and it-shall-lead-toward to-a-lamb to-being-in-unto-it-belonged into to-a-beyond-membering-unto; and the-ones dayednesses the-one more-before un-fortheed they-shall-be, to-which-a-one it-was-stain-belonged a-head of-a-goodly-holding of-it.
6:12 om η A F | ηγιασθη] ηγιασεν A | Κυριω] pr τω ℵ (…ω κ̅̅ω̅̅) F | τας ημερας] pr πασας A F | προτεραι] προτερον A προτεροι F | οτι] οτε A
[Appendix] προσ|αξει B* (προ|σαξ. Bb) | πλημμελειαν Ba? b A (πλημμελιαν B* ℵ F)
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:13 Καὶ οὗτος ὁ νόμος τοῦ εὐξαμένου· ᾗ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ πληρώσῃ ἡμέρας εὐχῆς αὐτοῦ, προσοίσει αὐτὸς παρὰ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου·
And the-one-this the-one a-parcelee of-the-one of-having-goodly-held; unto-which ever unto-a-dayedness it-might-have-en-filled to-dayednesses of-a-goodly-holding of-it, it-shall-bear-toward it beside to-the-ones to-portalednesses of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet;
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:14 καὶ προσάξει τὸ δῶρον αὐτοῦ Κυρίῳ, ἀμνὸν ἐνιαύσιον ἄμωμον ἕνα εἰς ὁλοκαύτωσιν, καὶ ἀμνάδα ἐνιαυσίαν ἄμωμον μίαν εἰς ἁμαρτίαν, καὶ κριὸν ἕνα ἄμωμον εἰς σωτήριον,
and it-shall-lead-toward to-the-one to-a-gift of-it unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-a-lamb to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-un-blemished to-one into to-a-whole-en-burning, and to-a-lamb to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-un-blemished to-one into to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto, and to-a-ram to-one to-un-blemished into to-saviored-belonged,
6:14 ολοκαυτωσιν] ολοκαυτωμα A F | om ενα 2° A | σωτηριαν B* (σωτηριον Ba b)
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:15 καὶ κανοῦν ἀζύμων σεμιδάλεως ἄρτους ἀναπεποιημένους ἐν ἐλαίῳ, καὶ λάγανα ἄζυμα κεχρισμένα ἐν ἐλαίῳ, καὶ θυσία αὐτῶν καὶ σπονδὴ αὐτῶν.
And to-an-en-barring of-un-fermented of-a-flour to-adjustations to-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet, and to-diminutions to-un-fermented to-having-had-come-to-be-anointed in unto-an-oillet, and a-surging-unto of-them and a-libationing of-them.
Note: to-an-en-barring : used to refer to circling reeds up upon themselves to form a basket.
Note: to-adjustations : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.
6:15 θυσιαν A F | σπονδην A F
[Appendix] κεχρεισμενα F
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:16 καὶ προσοίσει ὁ ἱερεὺς ἔναντι Κυρίου, καὶ ποιήσει τὸ περὶ ἁμαρτίας αὐτοῦ καὶ τὸ ὁλοκαύτωμα αὐτοῦ·
And it-shall-bear-toward, the-one a-sacreder-of, in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-shall-do-unto to-the-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto of-it and to-the-one to-a-whole-en-burning-to of-it;
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:17 καὶ τὸν κριὸν ποιήσει θυσίαν σωτηρίου Κυρίῳ ἐπὶ τῷ κανῷ τῶν ἀζύμων, καὶ ποιήσει ὁ ἱερεὺς τὴν θυσίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν σπονδὴν αὐτοῦ.
and to-the-one to-a-ram it-shall-do-unto to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) upon unto-the-one unto-an-en-barring of-the-ones of-un-fermented, and it-shall-do-unto, the-one a-sacreder-of, to-the-one to-a-surging-unto of-it and to-the-one to-a-libationing of-it.
Note: to-an-en-barring : used to refer to circling reeds up upon themselves to form a basket.
6:17 om και 2° ℵ* (hab ϗ ℵc.a)
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:18 καὶ ξυρήσεται ὁ ηὐγμένος παρὰ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου τὴν κεφαλὴν τῆς εὐχῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπιθήσει τὰς τρίχας ἐπὶ τὸ πῦρ ὅ ἐστιν ὑπὸ τὴν θυσίαν τοῦ σωτηρίου.
And it-shall-razor-unto, the-one having-had-come-to-goodly-hold, beside to-the-ones to-portalednesses of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet to-the-one to-a-head of-the-one of-a-goodly-holding of-it, and it-shall-place-upon to-the-ones to-hairs upon to-the-one to-fire which it-be under to-the-one to-a-surging-unto of-the-one of-saviored-belonged.
6:18 ηυγμενος] ευγμ. A* vid (ηυ sup ras Aa) F | του μαρ| …ℵ | υπο] επι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:19 καὶ λήμψεται ὁ ἱερεὺς τὸν βραχίονα ἑφθὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ κριοῦ καὶ ἄρτον ἕνα ἄζυμον ἀπὸ τοῦ κανοῦ καὶ λάγανον ἄζυμον ἕν, καὶ ἐπιθήσει ἐπὶ τὰς χεῖρας τοῦ ηὐγμένου, μετὰ τὸ ξυρήσασθαι αὐτὸν τὴν εὐχὴν αὐτοῦ·
And it-shall-take, the-one a-sacreder-of, to-the-one to-more-short to-soddened off of-the-one of-a-ram and to-an-adjustation to-one to-un-fermented off of-the-one of-an-en-barring and to-a-diminution to-un-fermented to-one, and it-shall-place-upon upon to-the-ones to-hands of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-goodly-hold, with to-the-one to-have-razored-unto to-it to-the-one to-a-goodly-holding of-it;
Note: to-an-en-barring : used to refer to circling reeds up upon themselves to form a basket.
Note: to-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.
6:19 αρτον αζυμον ενα A | εν] ενα B* (εν Ba b) | ηυγμενου] ευγμενου A* (ηυγμ. Aa) ευξαμενου F | ευχην] κεφαλην A F
[Appendix] κρειου B* (κριου Bb)
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:20 καὶ προσοίσει αὐτὰ ὁ ἱερεὺς ἐπίθεμα ἔναντι Κυρίου· ἅγιον ἔσται τῷ ἱερεῖ ἐπὶ τοῦ στηθυνίου τοῦ ἐπιθέματος καὶ ἐπὶ τοῦ βραχίονος τοῦ ἀφαιρέματος· καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα πίεται ὁ ηὐγμένος οἶνον.
and it-shall-bear-toward to-them, the-one a-sacreder-of, to-a-placing-upon-to in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh); hallow-belonged it-shall-be unto-the-one unto-a-sacreder-of upon of-the-one of-a-chestlet of-the-one of-a-placing-upon-to and upon of-the-one of-more-short of-the-one of-a-sectioning-along-off-to; and with to-the-ones-these it-shall-drink, the-one having-had-come-to-goodly-hold, to-a-wine.
6:20 ηυγμενος B Aa] ευγμ. A* F
(1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 6:21 οὗτος ὁ νόμος τοῦ εὐξαμένου ὃς ἂν εὔξηται Κυρίῳ δῶρον αὐτοῦ Κυρίῳ περὶ τῆς εὐχῆς, χωρὶς ὧν ἂν εὕρῃ ἡ χεὶρ αὐτοῦ, κατὰ δύναμιν τῆς εὐχῆς αὐτοῦ ἣν ἂν εὔξηται κατὰ νόμον ἁγνείας.
The-one-this the-one a-parcelee of-the-one of-having-goodly-held which ever it-might-have-goodly-held unto-Authority-belonged to-a-gift of-it unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) about of-the-one of-a-goodly-holding, of-spaced of-which ever it-might-have-had-found, the-one a-hand of-it, down to-an-ability of-the-one of-a-goodly-holding of-it to-which ever it-might-have-goodly-held down to-a-parcelee of-a-purifying-of.
6:21 της ευχης 2°] om της A | ην] ης A F | νομον] pr τον A
[Appendix] ευξητε A | αγνιας A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 10)
Num 6:22 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 10)
Num 6:23 Λάλησον Ἀαρὼν καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ λέγων Οὕτως εὐλογήσετε τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ λέγοντες αὐτοῖς·
Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-an-Aarôn and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-it forthing, Unto-the-one-this ye-shall-goodly-forthee-unto to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl forthing unto-them;
6:23 om λαλησον...αυτου ℵ (hab ℵc.a mg) | om ουτως…λεγοντες F* (hab F1 mg inf) | ευλογησεται ℵ
(1489 B.C. Zif 10)
Num 6:24 Εὐλογήσαι σε Κύριος καὶ φυλάξαι,
it-may-have-goodly-fortheed-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-may-have-guardered,
6:24 φυλαξαι] + σε A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 10)
Num 6:25 καὶ ἐπιφάναι Κύριος τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ ἐλεήσαι σε·
and it-may-have-manifested-upon, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it upon to-thee and it-may-have-besectionated-unto to-thee;
6:25 om και 1° Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 10)
Num 6:26 ἐπάραι Κύριος τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ἐπὶ σὲ καὶ δῴη σοι εἰρήνην.
it-may-have-lifted-upon, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it upon to-thee and it-may-have-had-given unto-thee to-a-joinifying.
Num_6:27 (HS) occurs after Num_6:23 in HS text.
(1489 B.C. Zif 10)
Num 6:27 καὶ ἐπιθήσουσιν τὸ ὄνομά μου ἐπὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἐγὼ Κύριος εὐλογήσω αὐτούς·
And they-shall-place-upon to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-me upon to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl, and I Authority-belonged I-shall-goodly-forthee-unto to-them.
6:27 και επιθησουσιν…αυτους uncis incl mox deletis uncis sign ´´ adcsr ℵc.a | επι τους υιους] εν τοις υιοις F
(1489 B.C. Zif 10; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:1 Καὶ ἐγένετο ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ συνετέλεσεν Μωυσῆς ὥστε ἀναστῆσαι τὴν σκηνήν, καὶ ἔχρισεν αὐτὴν καὶ ἡγίασεν αὐτὴν καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτῆς καὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον καὶ πάντα τὰ σκεύη αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἔχρισεν αὐτὰ καὶ ἡγίασεν αὐτά·
And it-had-became unto-which unto-a-dayedness it-finished-together-unto, a-Môusês, as-also to-have-stood-up to-the-one to-a-tenting, and it-anointed to-it and it-hallow-belonged-to to-it and to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-it and to-the-one to-a-surgerlet and to-all to-the-ones to-equipeednesses of-it, and it-anointed to-them and it-hallow-belonged-to to-them;
7:1 η ημερα] τη ημ. η A F | om και 6° B (hab A F)
[Appendix] εχρεισεν B F (bis)
(1489 B.C. Zif 10; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:2 καὶ προσήνεγκαν οἱ ἄρχοντες Ἰσραήλ, ιβ´ ἄρχοντες οἴκων πατριῶν αὐτῶν· οὗτοι ἄρχοντες φυλῶν, οὗτοι οἱ παρεστηκότες ἐπὶ τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς·
and they-beared-toward, the-ones firsting of-an-Israêl, two-ten firsting of-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them; the-ones-these firsting of-tribings, the-ones-these the-ones having-had-come-to-stand-beside upon of-the-one of-a-scouteeing-upon;
7:2 ιβ´] δωδεκα A F | αρχοντες 3°] pr οι F | οι παρεστ.] om οι Ba b οι παρεστηκοντες A
(1489 B.C. Zif 10; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:3 καὶ ἤνεγκαν τὸ δῶρον αὐτῶν ἔναντι Κυρίου, ἓξ ἁμάξας λαμπηνικὰς καὶ ιβ´ βόας, ἅμαξαν παρὰ δύο ἀρχόντων καὶ μόσχον παρὰ ἑκάστου, καὶ προσήγαγον ἐναντίον τῆς σκηνῆς.
and they-beared to-the-one to-a-gift of-them in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-six to-leadednesses-along to-canopy-belonged-of and to-two-ten to-oxen, to-a-leadedness-along beside of-two of-firsting and to-a-calf beside of-each and they-had-led-toward to-ever-a-oned-in of-the-one of-a-tenting.
7:3 τα δωρα A F | ιβ´] δωδεκα A F | προσηγαγον] προσηνεγκαν A F
[Appendix] προσ|ηγαγον B* προση|γαγ. Bb (vid)
(1489 B.C. Zif 10; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:4 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 10; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:5 Λάβε παρ' αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔσονται πρὸς τὰ ἔργα τὰ λειτουργικὰ τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου· καὶ δώσεις αὐτὰ τοῖς Λευείταις, ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὴν αὐτοῦ λειτουργίαν.
Thou-should-have-had-taken beside of-them, and they-shall-be toward to-the-ones to-works to-the-ones to-public-work-belonged-of of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet; and thou-shall-give to-them unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers, unto-each down to-the-one of-it to-a-public-working-unto.
7:5 Λευιταις ℵvid A F
[Appendix] λιτουργ. B* F (λειτουργ. Ba? b bis: item 7. 8. 9)
(1489 B.C. Zif 10; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:6 καὶ λαβὼν Μωυσῆς τὰς ἁμάξας καὶ τοὺς βόας ἔδωκεν αὐτὰ τοῖς Λευείταις.
And having-had-taken, a-Môusês, to-the-ones to-leadednesses-along and to-the-ones to-oxen it-gave to-them unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers.
7:6 Λευιταις A1 (Λευιτας A*) F
(1489 B.C. Zif 10; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:7 τὰς δύο ἁμάξας καὶ τοὺς τέσσαρες βόας ἔδωκεν τοῖς υἱοῖς Γεδσὼν κατὰ τὰς λειτουργίας αὐτῶν,
To-the-ones to-two to-leadednesses-along and to-the-ones four to-oxen it-gave unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Gedsôn down to-the-ones to-public-workings-unto of-them,
7:7 τας δυο αμ.] pr ϗ Ba b | τεσσαρας Ba b F
[Appendix] λειτουργειας F (item 8, A F)
(1489 B.C. Zif 10; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:8 καὶ τὰς τέσσαρες ἁμάξας καὶ τοὺς ὀκτὼ βόας ἔδωκεν τοῖς υἱοῖς Μεραρεὶ κατὰ τὰς λειτουργίας αὐτῶν, διὰ Ἰθάμαρ υἱοῦ Ἀαρὼν τοῦ ἱερέως.
and to-the-ones four to-leadednesses-along and to-the-ones to-eight to-oxen it-gave unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Merarei down to-the-ones to-public-workings-unto of-them, through of-an-Ithamar of-a-son of-an-Aarôn of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of.
7:8 τεσσαρας Ba b A F | Μεραρι A F | υιου] pr του A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 10; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:9 καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς Καὰθ οὐκ ἔδωκεν, ὅτι τὰ λειτουργήματα τοῦ ἁγίου ἔχουσιν· ἐπ' ὤμων ἀροῦσιν.
and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Kaath not it-gave, to-which-a-one to-the-ones to-public-workings-to of-the-one of-hallow-belonged they-hold; upon of-shoulders they-shall-lift.
7:9 [Appendix] λιτουργ. F* (λειτουργ. F1?)
(1489 B.C. Zif 10; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:10 καὶ προσήνεγκαν οἱ ἄρχοντες εἰς τὸν ἐγκαινισμὸν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ ἔχρισεν αὐτό, καὶ προσήνεγκαν οἱ ἄρχοντες τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν ἀπέναντι τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου.
And they-beared-toward, the-ones firsting, into to-the-one to-a-freshening-in-to-of of-the-one of-a-surgerlet in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-which it-anointed to-it, and they-beared-toward, the-ones firsting, to-the-ones to-gifts of-them off-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-surgerlet.
7:10 [Appendix] εχρεισεν B A F (item 84)
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:11 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν Ἄρχων εἷς καθ' ἡμέραν, ἄρχων καθ' ἡμέραν, προσοίσουσιν τὰ δῶρα αὐτῶν εἰς τὸν ἐγκαινισμὸν τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου.
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês, Firsting one down to-a-dayedness, firsting down to-a-dayedness, they-shall-bear-toward to-the-ones to-gifts of-them into to-the-one to-a-freshening-in-to-of of-the-one of-a-surgerlet.
7:11 [Appendix] προσ|οισουσιν B* προ|σοισ. Ba
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:12 Καὶ ἦν ὁ προσφέρων ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ πρώτῃ τὸ δῶρον αὐτοῦ Ναασσὼν υἱὸς Ἀμειναδάβ, ἄρχων τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα.
And it-was the-one bearing-toward in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-most-before to-the-one to-a-gift a-Naassôn a-son of-an-Ameinadab, firsting of-the-one of-a-tribing of-an-Ioudas.
7:12 εν τη ημ. τη πρ. το δωρον αυτου] το δωρον αυτου τη ημ. τη πρ. A τη ημ. τη πρ. το δ. αυτου F | Ναασων ℵ* (σ superscr ℵa? c.a?) | Αμιναδαβ ℵ A F | αρχων] ων sup ras (seq spat 3 litt) Aa
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:13 καὶ προσήνεγκεν τὸ δῶρον αὐτοῦ τρυβλίον ἀργυροῦν ἕν, τριάκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν ὁλκὴ αὐτοῦ, φιάλην μίαν ἀργυρᾶν, ἑβδομήκοντα σίκλων κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον, ἀμφότερα πλήρη σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ εἰς θυσίαν·
And it-beared-toward to-the-one to-a-gift of-it to-a-dishlet to-silvern to-one, of-thirty and of-a-hundred a-hauleeing of-it, to-a-bowl to-one to-silvern, of-seventy of-shekels down to-the-one to-a-shekel to-the-one to-hallow-belonged, to-more-around to-fullinged of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet into to-a-surging-unto,
7:13 προσηνεγκαν ℵ* (προσηνεγκεν ℵc.a) | πληρης F
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:14 θυίσκην μίαν δέκα χρυσῶν, πλήρη θυμιάματος·
to-a-censering to-one of-ten of-golden, to-fullinged of-an-incensing-to;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:15 μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν, καὶ κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνὸν ἐνιαύσιον εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα·
to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen, and to-a-ram to-one, to-a-lamb to-being-in-unto-it-belonged into to-a-whole-en-burning-to; a-lamb
7:15 om και Ba b A F | …α αμνον ℵ | αμνον] + ενα ℵ A F1
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:16 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας·
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
7:16 [Appendix] χειμαρον B* (χιμαρ. Bb: item 40, 46, 52, 58, 64, 70, 76, 82, 87) χειμαρρ. A F (item 22 [χιμ. B], 28 [χειμ. B], 34 [χειμ. B], 40, 46, 58, 64, 70, 76; χειμαρ. 52, 82, 87 [χειμαρρ. F])
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 1)
Num 7:17 καὶ εἰς θυσίαν σωτηρίου δαμάλεις δύο καὶ κριοὺς πέντε, τράγους πέντε, ἀμνάδας ἐνιαυσίας πέντε· τοῦτο τὸ δῶρον Ναασσὼν υἱοῦ Ἀμειναδάβ.
and into to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged to-heifers to-two and to-rams to-five, to-billies to-five, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-five; the-one-this the-one a-gift of-a-Naassôn of-a-son of-an-Ameinadab.
7:17 om και 2° Ba b A F (hab B* ℵvid) | Αμιναδαβ ℵ (Αμινα…) A F
[Appendix] κρειους B* (κρι. . Bb A F: item 23 [κρει.. A], 27 29, 35, 39, 41, 45, 51, 53, 57, 58, 63, 65, 69, 71, 74, 77, 83, 87, 88)
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 7:18 Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ δευτέρᾳ προσήνεγκεν Ναθαναὴλ υἱὸς Σωγάρ, ἄρχων τῆς φυλῆς Ἰσσαχάρ.
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-second it-beared-toward, a-Nathanaêl a-son of-a-Sôgar, firsting of-the-one of-a-tribing of-an-Issachar.
7:18 om Ναθαναηλ F | αρχον ℵ* (αρχων ℵc)
[Appendix] προσ|ηνεγκαν B* προ|σηνεγκ. Bb
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 7:19 καὶ προσήνεγκεν τὸ δῶρον αὐτοῦ τρυβλίον ἀργυροῦν ἕν, τριάκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν ὁλκὴ αὐτοῦ, φιάλην μίαν ἀργυρᾶν, ἑβδομήκοντα σίκλων κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον, ἀμφότερα πλήρη σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ εἰς θυσίαν·
And it-beared-toward to-the-one to-a-gift of-it to-a-dishlet to-silvern to-one, of-thirty and of-a-hundred a-hauleeing of-it, to-a-bowl to-one to-silvern, of-seventy of-shekels down to-the-one to-a-shekel to-the-one to-hallow-belonged, to-more-around to-fullinged of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet into to-a-surging-unto;
7:19 [προσ]ηνεγκαν ℵ* ([προσ]ηνεγκεν ℵc.a) | πληρης ℵ
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 7:20 θυίσκην μίαν δέκα χρυσῶν, πλήρη θυμιάματος·
to-a-censering to-one of-ten of-golden, to-fullinged of-an-incensing-to;
7:20 om μιαν F | om δεκα χρυσων A* (hab ί χρυσω̅̅ A1 mg) | πληρης B ℵ* (ς ras ℵ?)
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 7:21 μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν, κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνὸν ἕνα ἐνιαύσιον εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα·
to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen, to-a-ram to-one, to-a-lamb to-one to-being-in-unto-it-belonged into to-a-whole-en-burning-to;
7:21 om ενα 3° F* (hab F1)
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 7:22 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας·
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 2)
Num 7:23 καὶ εἰς θυσίαν σωτηρίου δαμάλεις δύο, κριοὺς πέντε, τράγους πέντε, ἀμνάδας ἐνιαυσίας πέντε· τοῦτο τὸ δῶρον Ναθαναὴλ υἱοῦ Σωγάρ.
and into to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged to-heifers to-two, to-rams to-five, to-billies to-five, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-five; the-one-this the-one a-gift of-a-Nathanaêl of-a-son of-a-Sôgar.
7:23 υιου] υιος F
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 7:24 Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Ζαβουλών, Ἐλιὰβ υἱὸς Χαιλών.
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-third firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Zaboulôn, an-Eliab a-son of-a-Chailôn.
7:24 Χαιλων] Χελων F
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 7:25 τὸ δῶρον αὐτοῦ τρυβλίον ἀργυροῦν ἕν, τριάκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν ὁλκὴ αὐτοῦ, φιάλην μίαν ἀργυρᾶν, ἑβδομήκοντα σίκλων κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον, ἀμφότερα πλήρη σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ εἰς θυσίαν·
To-the-one to-a-gift of-it to-a-dishlet to-silvern to-one, of-thirty and of-a-hundred a-hauleeing of-it, to-a-bowl to-one to-silvern, of-seventy of-shekels down to-the-one to-a-shekel to-the-one to-hallow-belonged, to-more-around to-fullinged of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet into to-a-surging-unto;
7:25 αργυρουν εν] υν ε̅̅ sup ras Aa
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 7:26 θυίσκην μίαν δέκα χρυσῶν, πλήρη θυμιάματος·
to-a-censering to-one of-ten of-golden, to-fullinged of-an-incensing-to;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 7:27 μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν, κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνὸν ἕνα ἐνιαύσιον εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα·
to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen, to-a-ram to-one, to-a-lamb to-one to-being-in-unto-it-belonged into to-a-whole-en-burning-to;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 7:28 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας·
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 3)
Num 7:29 καὶ εἰς θυσίαν σωτηρίου δαμάλεις δύο, κριοὺς πέντε, ἀμνάδας ἐνιαυσίας πέντε· τοῦτο τὸ δῶρον Ἐλιὰβ υἱοῦ Χαιλών.
and into to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged to-heifers to-two, to-rams to-five, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-five; the-one-this the-one a-gift of-an-Eliab of-a-son of-a-Chailôn.
Note: to-rams to-five in 03 : + to-billies to-five in 02 03C1 is correct; primitive omission. A resolution is required to explain the sum of billies (60) in Num_7:88.
7:29 κριους πεντε] + τραγους πεντε Ba b mg inf A F1 mg (τρ. έ) | Χαιλων] Χελων F
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 7:30 Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τετάρτῃ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Ῥουβήν, Ἐλισοὺρ υἱὸς Ἐδισούρ.
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-fourth firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Roubên, an-Elisour a-son of-an-Edisour.
Note: an-Elisour in 02 03 : an-Eleisour is correct; primitive assimilation.
Note: of-an-Edisour in 03 : of-a-Sedisour in 03C1 03C2 is correct; primitive error.
7:30 Εδισουρ] Σεδισουρ Ba b Ελισουρ A Σεδιουρ (? Σελ) F
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 7:31 τὸ δῶρον αὐτοῦ τρυβλίον ἀργυροῦν ἕν, τριάκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν ὁλκὴ αὐτοῦ, φιάλην μίαν ἀργυρᾶν, ἑβδομήκοντα σίκλων κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον, ἀμφότερα πλήρη σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ εἰς θυσίαν·
To-the-one to-a-gift of-it to-a-dishlet to-silvern to-one, of-thirty and of-a-hundred a-hauleeing of-it, to-a-bowl to-one to-silvern, of-seventy of-shekels down to-the-one to-a-shekel to-the-one to-hallow-belonged, to-more-around to-fullinged of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet into to-a-surging-unto;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 7:32 θυίσκην μίαν δέκα χρυσῶν, πλήρη θυμιάματος·
to-a-censering to-one of-ten of-golden, to-fullinged of-an-incensing-to;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 7:33 μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν, κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνὸν ἕνα ἐνιαύσιον εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα·
to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen, to-a-ram to-one, to-a-lamb to-one to-being-in-unto-it-belonged into to-a-whole-en-burning-to;
7:33 om ενα 3° A
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 7:34 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας·
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
7:34 εκ| αιγ. F
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 4)
Num 7:35 καὶ εἰς θυσίαν σωτηρίου δαμάλεις δύο, κριοὺς πέντε, τράγους πέντε, ἀμνάδας ἐνιαυσίας πέντε· τοῦτο τὸ δῶρον Ἐλισοὺρ υἱοῦ Σεδιούρ.
and into to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged to-heifers to-two, to-rams to-five, to-billies to-five, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-five; the-one-this the-one a-gift of-an-Elisour of-a-son of-a-Sediour.
Note: of-an-Elisour in 02 03 : of-an-Eleisour is correct; primitive assimilation.
Note: of-a-Sediour in 02 03 : of-a-Sedisour is correct; primitive assimilation to the Hebrew.
7:35 om κριους πεντε A | ενιαυσιους F* (ενιαυσιας F1)
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 5)
Num 7:36 Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ πέμπτῃ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Συμεών, Σαλαμιὴλ υἱὸς Σουρισαδαί.
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-fifth firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Sumeôn, a-Salamiêl a-son of-a-Sourisadai.
Note: of-a-Sourisadai in 02 03 : of-a-Soureisadai is correct; primitive assimilation.
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 5)
Num 7:37 τὸ δῶρον αὐτοῦ τρυβλίον ἀργυροῦν ἕν, τριάκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν ὁλκὴ αὐτοῦ, φιάλην μίαν ἀργυρᾶν, ἑβδομήκοντα σίκλων κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον, ἀμφότερα πλήρη σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ εἰς θυσίαν·
To-the-one to-a-gift of-it to-a-dishlet to-silvern to-one, of-thirty and of-a-hundred a-hauleeing of-it, to-a-bowl to-one to-silvern, of-seventy of-shekels down to-the-one to-a-shekel to-the-one to-hallow-belonged, to-more-around to-fullinged of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet into to-a-surging-unto;
7:37 [Appendix] πλη F* (πληρη F1?)
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 5)
Num 7:38 θυίσκην μίαν δέκα χρυσῶν, πλήρη θυμιάματος·
to-a-censering to-one of-ten of-golden, to-fullinged of-an-incensing-to;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 5)
Num 7:39 μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν, κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνὸν ἕνα ἐνιαύσιον εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα·
to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen, to-a-ram to-one, to-a-lamb to-one to-being-in-unto-it-belonged into to-a-whole-en-burning-to;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 5)
Num 7:40 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας·
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 5)
Num 7:41 καὶ εἰς θυσίαν σωτηρίου δαμάλεις δύο, κριοὺς πέντε, ἀμνάδας ἐνιαυσίας πέντε· τοῦτο τὸ δῶρον Σαλαμιὴλ υἱοῦ Σουρισαδαί.
and into to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged to-heifers to-two, to-rams to-five, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-five; the-one-this the-one a-gift of-a-Salamiêl of-a-son of-a-Sourisadai.
Note: to-rams to-five in 03 : + to-billies to-five in 02 03C1 03C2 is correct; primitive omission. A resolution is required to explain the sum of billies (60) in Num_7:88.
Note: of-a-Sourisadai in 02 03 : of-a-Soureisadai is correct; primitive assimilation.
7:41 κριους πεντε] + τραγους πεντε Ba b mg inf A F1 mg (τρ. έ)
[Appendix] δαμαλις A
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 7:42 Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἕκτῃ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Γάδ, Ἐλεισάφ υἱὸς Ῥαγουήλ.
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-sixth firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Gad, an-Eleisaf a-son of-a-Ragouêl.
7:42 Ελισαφ A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 7:43 τὸ δῶρον αὐτοῦ τρυβλίον ἀργυροῦν ἕν, τριάκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν ὁλκὴ αὐτοῦ, φιάλην μίαν ἀργυρᾶν, ἑβδομήκοντα σίκλων κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον, ἀμφότερα πλήρη σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ εἰς θυσίαν·
To-the-one to-a-gift of-it to-a-dishlet to-silvern to-one, of-thirty and of-a-hundred a-hauleeing of-it, to-a-bowl to-one to-silvern, of-seventy of-shekels down to-the-one to-a-shekel to-the-one to-hallow-belonged, to-more-around to-fullinged of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet into to-a-surging-unto;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 7:44 θυίσκην μίαν δέκα χρυσῶν, πλήρη θυμιάματος·
to-a-censering to-one of-ten of-golden, to-fullinged of-an-incensing-to;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 7:45 μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν, κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνὸν ἕνα ἐνιαύσιον εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα·
to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen, to-a-ram to-one, to-a-lamb to-one to-being-in-unto-it-belonged into to-a-whole-en-burning-to;
7:45 om ενα 3° A
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 7:46 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας·
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 6)
Num 7:47 καὶ εἰς θυσίαν σωτηρίου δαμάλεις δύο, κριοὺς πέντε, τράγους πέντε, ἀμνάδας ἐνιαυσίας πέντε· τοῦτο τὸ δῶρον Ἐλεισὰφ υἱοῦ Ῥαγουήλ.
and into to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged to-heifers to-two, to-rams to-five, to-billies to-five, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-five; the-one-this the-one a-gift of-an-Eleisaf of-a-son of-a-Ragouêl.
7:47 Ελισαφ A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 7:48 Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Ἐφράιμ, Ἐλισαμὰ υἱὸς Ἐμιούδ.
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-seventh firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Efraim, an-Elisama a-son of-an-Emioud.
Note: of-an-Elisama in 02 03 : of-an-Eleisama is correct; primitive assimilation.
7:48 Εμιουδ] Σεμιουδ F
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 7:49 τὸ δῶρον αὐτοῦ τρυβλίον ἀργυροῦν ἕν, τριάκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν ὁλκὴ αὐτοῦ, φιάλην μίαν ἀργυρᾶν, ἑβδομήκοντα σίκλων κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον, ἀμφότερα πλήρη σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ εἰς θυσίαν·
To-the-one to-a-gift of-it to-a-dishlet to-silvern to-one, of-thirty and of-a-hundred a-hauleeing of-it, to-a-bowl to-one to-silvern, of-seventy of-shekels down to-the-one to-a-shekel to-the-one to-hallow-belonged, to-more-around to-fullinged of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet into to-a-surging-unto;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 7:50 θυίσκην μίαν δέκα χρυσῶν, πλήρη θυμιάματος·
to-a-censering to-one of-ten of-golden, to-fullinged of-an-incensing-to;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 7:51 μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν, κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνὸν ἕνα ἐνιαύσιον εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα·
to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen, to-a-ram to-one, to-a-lamb to-one to-being-in-unto-it-belonged into to-a-whole-en-burning-to;
7:51 om ενα 3° A
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 7:52 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας·
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 7)
Num 7:53 καὶ εἰς θυσίαν σωτηρίου δαμάλεις δύο, κριοὺς πέντε, τράγους πέντε, ἀμνάδας ἐνιαυσίας πέντε· τοῦτο τὸ δῶρον Ἐλεισαμὰ υἱοῦ Ἐμιούδ.
and into to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged to-heifers to-two, to-rams to-five, to-billies to-five, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-five; the-one-this the-one a-gift of-an-Eleisama of-a-son of-an-Emioud.
7:53 Ελισαμα A F | πεντη (1°) Bedit
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 7:54 Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Μανασσή, Γαμαλιὴλ υἱὸς Φαδασσούρ.
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-eighth firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Manassês, a-Gamaliêl a-son of-a-Fadassour.
7:54 Μαννασση A
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 7:55 τὸ δῶρον αὐτοῦ τρυβλίον ἀργυροῦν ἕν, τριάκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν ὁλκὴ αὐτοῦ, φιάλην μίαν ἀργυρᾶν, ἑβδομήκοντα σίκλων κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον, ἀμφότερα πλήρη σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ εἰς θυσίαν·
To-the-one to-a-gift of-it to-a-dishlet to-silvern to-one, of-thirty and of-a-hundred a-hauleeing of-it, to-a-bowl to-one to-silvern, of-seventy of-shekels down to-the-one to-a-shekel to-the-one to-hallow-belonged, to-more-around to-fullinged of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet into to-a-surging-unto;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 7:56 θυίσκην μίαν δέκα χρυσῶν, πλήρη θυμιάματος·
to-a-censering to-one of-ten of-golden, to-fullinged of-an-incensing-to;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 7:57 μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν, κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνὸν ἕνα ἐνιαύσιον εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα·
to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen, to-a-ram to-one, to-a-lamb to-one to-being-in-unto-it-belonged into to-a-whole-en-burning-to;
7:57 om ενα 3° A
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 7:58 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας·
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 8)
Num 7:59 καὶ εἰς θυσίαν σωτηρίου δαμάλεις δύο, κριοὺς πέντε, τράγους πέντε, ἀμνάδας ἐνιαυσίας πέντε· τοῦτο τὸ δῶρον Γαμαλιὴλ υἱοῦ Φαδασσούρ.
and into to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged to-heifers to-two, to-rams to-five, to-billies to-five, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-five; the-one-this the-one a-gift of-a-Gamaliêl of-a-son of-a-Fadassour.
7:59 om δαμαλεις δυο F* (hab F1 mg)
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 7:60 Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἐνάτῃ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Βενιαμείν, Ἀβειδὰν υἱὸς Γαδαιωνεί.
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-ninth firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Beniamein, an-Abeidan a-son of-a-Gadaiônei.
Note: of-a-Gadaiônei in 03: of-a-Gedeônei in is correct; primitive assimilation.
7:60 Αβιδαν A | Γαδεωνι A Γεδεωνι F
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 7:61 τὸ δῶρον αὐτοῦ τρυβλίον ἀργυροῦν ἕν, τριάκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν ὁλκὴ αὐτοῦ, φιάλην μίαν ἀργυρᾶν, ἑβδομήκοντα σίκλων κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον, ἀμφότερα πλήρη σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ εἰς θυσίαν·
To-the-one to-a-gift of-it to-a-dishlet to-silvern to-one, of-thirty and of-a-hundred a-hauleeing of-it, to-a-bowl to-one to-silvern, of-seventy of-shekels down to-the-one to-a-shekel to-the-one to-hallow-belonged, to-more-around to-fullinged of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet into to-a-surging-unto;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 7:62 θυίσκην μίαν δέκα χρυσῶν, πλήρη θυμιάματος·
to-a-censering to-one of-ten of-golden, to-fullinged of-an-incensing-to;
7:62 χρυσω A* (ν superscr A1) | πληρης B A
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 7:63 μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν, κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνὸν ἕνα ἐνιαύσιον εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα·
to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen, to-a-ram to-one, to-a-lamb to-one to-being-in-unto-it-belonged into to-a-whole-en-burning-to;
7:63 om ενα 3° A
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 7:64 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας·
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 9)
Num 7:65 καὶ εἰς θυσίαν σωτηρίου δαμάλεις δύο, κριοὺς πέντε, τράγους πέντε, ἀμνάδας ἐνιαυσίας πέντε· τοῦτο τὸ δῶρον Ἀβειδὰν υἱοῦ Γαδεωνεί.
and into to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged to-heifers to-two, to-rams to-five, to-billies to-five, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-five; the-one-this the-one a-gift of-an-Abeidan of-a-son of-a-Gadeônei.
Note: of-a-Gadeônei in 03: of-a-Gedeônei is correct; primitive assimilation.
7:65 Αβιδαν A F | Γαδεωνι A Γεδεωνι F
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 10)
Num 7:66 Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ δεκάτῃ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Δάν, Ἀχιέζερ υἱὸς Ἀμεισαδαί.
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-tenth firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Dan, an-Achiezer a-son of-an-Ameisadai.
7:66 Αμισαδαι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 10)
Num 7:67 τὸ δῶρον αὐτοῦ τρυβλίον ἀργυροῦν ἕν, τριάκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν ὁλκὴ αὐτοῦ, φιάλην μίαν ἀργυρᾶν, ἑβδομήκοντα σίκλων κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον, ἀμφότερα πλήρη σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ εἰς θυσίαν·
To-the-one to-a-gift of-it to-a-dishlet to-silvern to-one, of-thirty and of-a-hundred a-hauleeing of-it, to-a-bowl to-one to-silvern, of-seventy of-shekels down to-the-one to-a-shekel to-the-one to-hallow-belonged, to-more-around to-fullinged of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet into to-a-surging-unto;
7:67 πληρης B
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 10)
Num 7:68 θυίσκην μίαν δέκα χρυσῶν, πλήρη θυμιάματος·
to-a-censering to-one of-ten of-golden, to-fullinged of-an-incensing-to;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 10)
Num 7:69 μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν, κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνὸν ἕνα ἐνιαύσιον εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα·
to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen, to-a-ram to-one, to-a-lamb to-one to-being-in-unto-it-belonged into to-a-whole-en-burning-to;
7:69 ενιαυσιον] + αμωναν A
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 10)
Num 7:70 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας·
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 10)
Num 7:71 καὶ εἰς θυσίαν σωτηρίου δαμάλεις δύο, κριοὺς πέντε, τράγους πέντε, ἀμνάδας ἐνιαυσίας πέντε· τοῦτο τὸ δῶρον Ἀχιέζερ υἱοῦ Ἀμεισαδαί.
and into to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged to-heifers to-two, to-rams to-five, to-billies to-five, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-five; the-one-this the-one a-gift of-an-Achiezer of-a-son of-an-Ameisadai.
7:71 om τραγους πεντε F* (hab τραγους̣ πεν [sic] F1 mg) | Αμισαδαι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 11)
Num 7:72 Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑνδεκάτῃ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Ἀσήρ, Φαγεὴλ υἱὸς Ἐχράν.
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-one-tenth firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Asêr, a-Fageêl a-son of-an-Echran.
Note: a-Fageêl in 03: a-Fagaiêl in 02 is correct; primitive assimilation.
7:72 Αση A* (ρ superscr A1) Φαγαιηλ A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 11)
Num 7:73 τὸ δῶρον αὐτοῦ τρυβλίον ἀργυροῦν ἕν, τριάκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν ὁλκὴ αὐτοῦ, φιάλην μίαν ἀργυρᾶν, ἑβδομήκοντα σίκλων κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον, ἀμφότερα πλήρη σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ εἰς θυσίαν·
To-the-one to-a-gift of-it to-a-dishlet to-silvern to-one, of-thirty and of-a-hundred a-hauleeing of-it, to-a-bowl to-one to-silvern, of-seventy of-shekels down to-the-one to-a-shekel to-the-one to-hallow-belonged, to-more-around to-fullinged of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet into to-a-surging-unto;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 11)
Num 7:74 θυίσκην μίαν δέκα χρυσῶν, πλήρη θυμιάματος·
to-a-censering to-one of-ten of-golden, to-fullinged of-an-incensing-to;
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 11)
Num 7:75 μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν, κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνὸν ἕνα ἐνιαύσιον εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα·
to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen, to-a-ram to-one, to-a-lamb to-one to-being-in-unto-it-belonged into to-a-whole-en-burning-to; a-lamb
7:75 om ενα 3° A
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 11)
Num 7:76 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας·
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1489 B.C. Zif 11; History 1489 B.C. Zif 11)
Num 7:77 καὶ εἰς θυσίαν σωτηρίου δαμάλεις δύο, κριοὺς πέντε, τράγους πέντε, ἀμνάδας ἐνιαυσίας πέντε· τοῦτο τὸ δῶρον Φαγεὴλ υἱοῦ Ἐχράν.
and into to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged to-heifers to-two, to-rams to-five, to-billies to-five, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-five; the-one-this the-one a-gift of-a-Fageêl of-a-son of-an-Echran.
Note: of-a-Fageêl in 03: of-a-Fagaiêl in 02 is correct; primitive assimilation.
7:77 om τραγους πεντε F* (hab F1 mg) | τουτο δωρον A* (τουτο το δ. A1) | Φαγαι| A Φαγαιηλ F
(1489 B.C. Zif 12 Sabbath; Zif 13; History 1489 B.C. Zif 12)
Num 7:78 Τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ δωδεκάτῃ ἄρχων τῶν υἱῶν Νεφθαλεί, Ἀχειρὲ υἱὸς Αἰνάν.
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-two-tenth firsting of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Nefthalei, an-Acheire a-son of-an-Ainan.
7:78 Νεφθαλι A | Αχιρε A
(1489 B.C. Zif 13; History 1489 B.C. Zif 12)
Num 7:79 τὸ δῶρον αὐτοῦ τρυβλίον ἀργυροῦν ἕν, τριάκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν ὁλκὴ αὐτοῦ, φιάλην μίαν ἀργυρᾶν, ἑβδομήκοντα σίκλων κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον, ἀμφότερα πλήρη σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ εἰς θυσίαν.
To-the-one to-a-gift of-it to-a-dishlet to-silvern to-one, of-thirty and of-a-hundred a-hauleeing of-it, to-a-bowl to-one to-silvern, of-seventy of-shekels down to-the-one to-a-shekel to-the-one to-hallow-belonged, to-more-around to-fullinged of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet into to-a-surging-unto;
7:79 πληρης B (ληρης sup ras B1? a? b)
(1489 B.C. Zif 13; History 1489 B.C. Zif 12)
Num 7:80 θυίσκην μίαν δέκα χρυσῶν, πλήρη θυμιάματος·
to-a-censering to-one of-ten of-golden, to-fullinged of-an-incensing-to;
7:80 δεκα χρυ sup ras B1? a? b)
(1489 B.C. Zif 13; History 1489 B.C. Zif 12)
Num 7:81 μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν, κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνὸν ἕνα ἐνιαύσιον εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα·
to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen, to-a-ram to-one, to-a-lamb to-one to-being-in-unto-it-belonged into to-a-whole-en-burning-to;
(1489 B.C. Zif 13; History 1489 B.C. Zif 12)
Num 7:82 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας·
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1489 B.C. Zif 13; History 1489 B.C. Zif 12)
Num 7:83 καὶ εἰς θυσίαν σωτηρίου δαμάλεις δύο, κριοὺς πέντε, τράγους πέντε, ἀμνάδας ἐνιαυσίας πέντε· τοῦτο τὸ δῶρον Ἀχειρὲ υἱοῦ Αἰνάν.
and into to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged to-heifers to-two, to-rams to-five, to-billies to-five, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-five; the-one-this the-one a-gift of-an-Acheire of-a-son of-an-Ainan.
7:83 Αχιρε A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 13)
Num 7:84 Οὗτος ὁ ἐγκαινισμὸς τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ἔχρισεν αὐτὸ παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ· τρυβλία ἀργυρᾶ δώδεκα, φιάλαι ἀργυραῖ ιβ´, θυίσκαι χρυσαῖ ιβ´.
The-one-this the-one a-freshening-in-to-of of-the-one of-a-surgerlet unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness it-anointed to-it beside of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl; dishlets silvern two-ten, bowls silvern two-ten, censerings golden two-ten.
Note: of-sons in 03* : pr of-firsting in 02 03C1 03C2.
7:84 υιων] pr αρχοντων Ba b (mgg) pr αρχ. των A F | ιβ´ (bis)] δωδεκα A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 13)
Num 7:85 τριάκοντα καὶ ἑκατὸν σίκλων τὸ τρυβλίον τὸ ἕν, καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα σίκλων ἡ φιάλη ἡ μία· πᾶν τὸ ἀργύριον τῶν σκευῶν δισχίλιοι καὶ τετρακόσιοι σίκλοι, ἐν τῷ σίκλῳ τῶν ἁγίων.
Of-thirty and of-a-hundred of-shekels the-one a-dishlet the-one one, and of-seventy of-shekels the-one a-bowl the-one one; all the-one a-silverlet of-the-ones of-equipeednesses twice-thousand and four-hundred shekels, in unto-the-one unto-a-shekel of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged.
7:85 η μια] om η B* (superscr Ba b) | των αγιων] τω αγιω A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 13)
Num 7:86 θυίσκαι χρυσαῖ δώδεκα, πλήρεις θυμιάματος· πᾶν τὸ χρυσίον τῶν θυισκῶν εἴκοσι καὶ ἑκατὸν χρυσοῖ.
Censerings golden two-ten, fullinged of-an-incensing-to; all the-one a-goldlet of-the-ones of-censors twenty and a-hundred golden.
7:86 πληρεις] πληρης B F | θυμιαματος] + φιαλαι αργυραι δωδεκα η θυισκη εν τω αγιων A (αματος φ. αργ. δωδ. η θυισκη sup ras Aa)
[Appendix] εικοσει F
(1489 B.C. Zif 13)
Num 7:87 πᾶσαι αἱ βόες αἱ εἰς ὁλοκαύτωσιν μόσχοι ιβ´· κριοὶ δώδεκα, ἀμνοὶ ἐνιαύσιοι ιβ´, καὶ αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν· καὶ χίμαροι ἐξ αἰγῶν δώδεκα περὶ ἁμαρτίας.
All the-ones oxen the-ones into to-a-whole-en-burning calves two-ten; rams two-ten, lambs being-in-unto-it-belonged two-ten, and the-ones surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libations of-them; and pour-belong-flowed out of-goats two-ten about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto.
Note: pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
7:87 om αι 2° A F | ολοκαυτωσιν] σιν sup ras Ba (ολοκαυτωμα B* vid) | ιβ´ (bis)] δωδεκα A F | om και 1° Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 13)
Num 7:88 πᾶσαι αἱ βόες εἰς θυσίαν σωτηρίου δαμάλεις εἴκοσι τέσσαρες· καὶ κριοὶ ἑξήκοντα, ἀμνάδες ἑξήκοντα ἐνιαύσιαι ἄμωμοι, τράγοι ἑξήκοντα. αὕτη ἡ ἐγκαίνωσις τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου μετὰ τὸ πληρῶσαι τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ καὶ μετὰ τὸ χρίσαι αὐτόν.
All the-ones oxen into to-a-surging-unto of-saviored-belonged heifers twenty four; and rams sixty, lambs sixty being-in-unto-it-belonged un-blemished, billies sixty. The-one-this the-one a-freshening-in of-the-one of-a-surgerlet with to-the-one to-have-en-filled to-the-ones to-hands of-it and with to-the-one to-have-anointed to-it.
7:88 om και 1° Ba b A F | αμναδες εξηκ. ενιαυσιαι αμωμοι τραγοι εξηκ. Ba??] αμν. εξηκ. τραγοι εξηκ. ενιαυσιαι αμ. B* τραγοι εξηκ. αμν. εξηκ. ενιαυσιαι (ενιαυσιοι F) αμ. A F | εγκαινωσις] εγκαινισις A F
[Appendix] χρεισαι B* F (χρισ. Bb A)
(1489 B.C. Zif 13)
Num 7:89 ἐν τῷ εἰσπορεύεσθαι Μωυσῆν εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου λαλῆσαι αὐτῷ, καὶ ἤκουσεν τὴν φωνὴν Κυρίου λαλοῦντος πρὸς αὐτὸν ἄνωθεν τοῦ ἱλαστηρίου, ὅ ἐστιν ἐπὶ τῆς κιβωτοῦ τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν δύο χερουβείμ· καὶ ἐλάλει πρὸς αὐτόν.
In unto-the-one to-traverse-into-of to-a-Môusês into to-the-one to-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet to-have-spoken-unto unto-it, and it-heard of-the-one of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-speaking-unto toward to-it up-unto-which-from of-the-one of-sectionater-belonged, which it-be upon of-the-one of-a-box of-the-one of-a-witnesslet up to-middle of-the-ones of-two of-cheroubeim'; and it-was-speaking-unto toward to-it.
Note: of-cheroubeim' in 02 03 : a-cheroub is a Divine vehicle; a-cheroubein is a Divine vehicle as one of a group of cheroubein'; a-cheroub and cheroubeim' refer to the carved or woven representations.
7:89 χερουβειν F
(1489 B.C. Zif 14)
Num 8:1 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 14)
Num 8:2 Λάλησον τῷ Ἀαρὼν καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτόν Ὅταν ἐπιτιθῇς τοὺς λύχνους, ἐκ μέρους κατὰ πρόσωπον τῆς λυχνίας φωτιοῦσιν οἱ ἑπτὰ λύχνοι.
Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-the-one unto-an-Aarôn and thou-shall-utter toward to-it, Which-also-ever thou-might-place-upon to-the-ones to-luminatings-of, out of-a-portioneedness down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-luminating-of-unto they-shall-light-to, the-ones seven luminatings-of.
(1489 B.C. Zif 14)
Num 8:3 καὶ ἐποίησεν οὕτως Ἀαρών· ἐκ τοῦ ἑνὸς μέρους κατὰ πρόσωπον τῆς λυχνίας ἐξῆψεν τοὺς λύχνους αὐτῆς.
And it-did-unto unto-the-one-this, an-Aarôn; out of-the-one of-one of-a-portioneedness down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-luminating-of-unto it-fastened-out to-the-ones to-luminatings-of of-it.
8:3 εξηψεν τους λυχνους αυτης sup ras Ba + καθα συνεταξεν κ̅̅ς̅̅ τω Μωυση Ba mg inf A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 14)
Num 8:4 καὶ αὕτη ἡ κατασκευὴ τῆς λυχνίας· στερεὰ χρυσῆ, ὁ καυλὸς αὐτῆς καὶ τὰ κρίνα αὐτῆς, στερεὰ ὅλη· κατὰ τὸ εἶδος ὃ ἔδειξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ, οὕτως ἐποίησεν τὴν λυχνίαν.
And the-one-this the-one an-equipping-down of-the-one a-luminating-of-unto; stabled golden, the-one a-stem of-it and the-ones lilies of-it, stabled whole; down to-the-one to-a-sighteedness to-which it-en-showed, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês, unto-the-one-this it-did-unto to-the-one to-a-luminating-of-unto.
8:4 om αυτης 1° A
(1489 B.C. Zif 14)
Num 8:5 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 14)
Num 8:6 Λάβε τοὺς Λευείτας ἐκ μέσου υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἀφαγνιεῖς αὐτούς.
Thou-should-have-had-taken to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers out of-middle of-sons of-an-Israêl and thou-shall-purify-off-to to-them.
8:6 υιων] pr των A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:7 καὶ οὕτως ποιήσεις αὐτοῖς τὸν ἁγνισμὸν αὐτῶν· περιρρανεῖς αὐτοὺς ὕδωρ ἁγνισμοῦ, καὶ ἐπελεύσεται ξυρὸν ἐπὶ πᾶν τὸ σῶμα αὐτῶν, καὶ πλυνοῦσιν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν, καὶ καθαροὶ ἔσονται.
And unto-the-one-this thou-shall-do-unto unto-them to-the-one to-a-purifying-to-of of-them; thou-shall-sprinkle-about to-them to-a-water of-a-purifying-to-of, and it-shall-come-upon, a-razor, upon to-all to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to of-them, and they-shall-rinsen to-the-ones to-apparelets of-them, and cleansed they-shall-be.
8:7 om αυτοις A | αγνισμον] αγνιασμον F | περιρανιεις F | om παν A
[Appendix] πλυνου F* (πλυνουσιν F1 (vid))
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:8 καὶ λήμψονται μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν καὶ τούτου θυσίαν σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένην ἐν ἐλαίῳ, καὶ μόσχον ἐνιαύσιον ἐκ βοῶν λήμψῃ περὶ ἁμαρτίας.
And they-shall-take to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen and of-the-one-this to-a-surging-unto of-a-flour to-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet, and to-a-calf to-being-in-unto-it-belonged out of-oxen thou-shall-take about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto.
8:8 θυσιαν] θυμιαμα F | σεμιδαλεως] σεμιδαλιν A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:9 καὶ προσάξεις τοὺς Λευείτας ἔναντι τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ συνάξεις πᾶσαν συναγωγὴν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ·
And thou-shall-lead-toward to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, and thou-shall-lead-together to-all to-a-leading-together of-sons of-an-Israêl;
8:9 εναντιον F
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:10 καὶ προσάξεις τοὺς Λευείτας ἔναντι Κυρίου, καὶ ἐπιθήσουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τοὺς Λευείτας·
and thou-shall-lead-toward to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and they-shall-place-upon, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, to-the-ones to-hands of-them upon to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers;
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:11 καὶ ἀφοριεῖ Ἀαρὼν τοὺς Λευείτας ἀπόδομα ἔναντι Κυρίου παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἔσονται ὥστε ἐργάζεσθαι τὰ ἔργα Κυρίου.
and it-shall-bound-off-to, an-Aarôn, to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers to-a-giving-off-to in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) beside of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl, and they-shall-be as-also to-work-to to-the-ones to-works of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
8:11 και αφοριει Ααρων| τους Λευιτας F1 mg (om F*)
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:12 οἱ δὲ Λευεῖται ἐπιθήσουσιν τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τὰς κεφαλὰς τῶν μόσχων, καὶ ποιήσει τὸν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας καὶ τὸν ἕνα εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα Κυρίῳ, ἐξιλάσασθαι περὶ αὐτῶν.
The-ones then-also Leuei-belongers they-shall-place-upon to-the-ones to-hands upon to-the-ones to-heads of-the-ones of-calves, and it-shall-do-unto to-the-one to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto and to-the-one to-one into to-a-whole-en-burning-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-have-sectionated-out about of-them.
8:12 χειρας] + αυτων A | Κυριω] pr τω F
[Appendix] εξειλασασθαι B
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:13 καὶ στήσεις τοὺς Λευείτας ἔναντι Κυρίου, ἔναντι Ἀαρὼν καὶ ἔναντι τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀποδώσεις αὐτοὺς ἀπόδομα ἔναντι Κυρίου·
And thou-shall-stand to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged, in-ever-a-one of-an-Aarôn and in-ever-a-one of-the-ones of-sons of-it, and thou-shall-give-off to-them to-a-giving-off-to in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh);
8:13 εναντι 2°] pr και Ba b A F | εναντι Κυριου 2°] κ̅̅ω̅̅ A
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:14 καὶ διαστελεῖς τοὺς Λευείτας ἐκ μέσου υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἔσονται ἐμοί.
and thou-shall-set-through to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers out of-middle of-sons of-an-Israêl, and they-shall-be unto-ME.
8:14 υιων] pr των F
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:15 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσελεύσονται οἱ Λευεῖται ἐργάζεσθαι τὰ ἔργα τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ καθαριεῖς αὐτούς, καὶ ἀποδώσεις αὐτοὺς ἔναντι Κυρίου.
And with to-the-ones-these they-shall-come-into, the-ones Leuei-belongers, to-work-to to-the-ones to-works of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, and thou-shall-cleanse-to to-them, and thou-shall-give-off to-them in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged;
8:15 εργαζεσθε A
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:16 ὅτι ἀπόδομα ἀποδεδομένοι οὗτοί μοί εἰσιν ἐκ μέσου υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ· ἀντὶ τῶν διανοιγόντων πᾶσαν μήτραν πρωτοτόκων πάντων τῶν ἐκ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ εἴληφα αὐτοὺς ἐμοί.
To-which-a-one a-giving-off-to having-had-come-to-be-given-off the-ones-these unto-me they-be out of-middle of-sons of-an-Israêl; ever-a-one of-the-ones of-opening-up-through to-all to-an-en-motheredness of-most-before-creationed of-all of-the-ones out of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl I-hath-had-come-to-take to-them unto-ME;
Note: to-an-en-motheredness : used to refer to the womb.
8:16 των εκ των υιων] om των 1° Ba b A om των εκ F
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:17 ὅτι ἐμοὶ πᾶν πρωτότοκον ἐν υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπων ἕως κτήνους· ᾗ ἡμέρᾳ ἐπάταξα πᾶν πρωτότοκον ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ ἡγίασα αὐτοὺς ἐμοί.
to-which-a-one unto-ME all most-before-creationed in unto-sons of-an-Israêl off of-mankinds unto-if-which of-a-befoundeedness; unto-which unto-a-dayedness I-smote to-all to-most-before-creationed in unto-a-soil unto-an-Aiguptos I-hallow-belonged-to to-them unto-ME.
Note: of-a-befoundeedness : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
8:17 εν υιοις] εξ υιων A | ανθρωπου A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:18 καὶ ἔλαβον τοὺς Λευείτας ἀντὶ παντὸς πρωτοτόκου ἐν υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ.
And I-had-taken to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers ever-a-one of-all of-most-before-creationed in unto-sons of-an-Israêl.
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:19 καὶ ἀπέδωκα τοὺς Λευείτας ἀπόδομα δεδομένους Ἀαρὼν καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς αὐτοῦ ἐκ μέσου υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, ἐργάζεσθαι τὰ ἔργα τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου καὶ ἐξιλάσκεσθαι περὶ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ· καὶ οὐκ ἔσται τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ προσεγγίζων πρὸς τὰ ἅγια.
And I-gave-off to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers to-a-giving-off-to to-having-had-come-to-be-given unto-an-Aarôn and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-it out of-middle of-sons of-an-Israêl, to-work-to to-the-ones to-works of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet and to-sectionate-out about of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl; and not it-shall-be unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl nearing-toward-to toward to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged.
8:19 τοις υιοις 2°] pr en A F | προσεγγιζων] + των υιων Ισραηλ A F
[Appendix] εξειλασκεσθαι B
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:20 καὶ ἐποίησεν Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν καὶ πᾶσα συναγωγὴ υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ τοῖς Λευείταις, καθὰ ἐνετείλατο Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ περὶ τῶν Λευειτῶν· οὕτως ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ.
And it-did-unto, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn and all a-leading-together of-sons of-an-Israêl, unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers, down-to-which it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês about of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers; unto-the-one-this they-did-unto unto-them, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl.
8:20 υιων] pr των F
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:21 καὶ ἡγνίσαντο οἱ Λευεῖται καὶ ἐπλύναντο τὰ ἱμάτια· καὶ ἀπέδωκεν αὐτοὺς Ἀαρὼν ἀπόδομα ἔναντι Κυρίου, καὶ ἐξιλάσατο περὶ αὐτῶν Ἀαρὼν ἀφαγνίσασθαι αὐτούς.
And they-purified-to, the-ones Leuei-belongers, and they-rinsened to-the-ones to-apparelets; and it-gave-off to-them, an-Aarôn, to-a-giving-off-to in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-sectionated-out about of-them, an-Aarôn, to-have-purified-off-to to-them.
8:21 επλυναντο] επλυναν A F | ιματια] + αυτων A F | απεδωκαν F
[Appendix] εξειλασατο B
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:22 καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσῆλθον οἱ Λευεῖται λειτουργεῖν τὴν λειτουργίαν αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἔναντι Ἀαρὼν καὶ ἔναντι τῶν υἱῶν αὐτοῦ· καθὼς συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ περὶ τῶν Λευειτῶν, οὕτως ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς.
And with to-the-ones-these they-had-came-into, the-ones Leuei-belongers, to-public-work-unto to-the-one to-a-public-working-unto of-them in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet in-ever-a-one of-an-Aarôn and in-ever-a-one of-the-ones of-sons of-it; down-as it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês about of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers, unto-the-one-this they-did-unto unto-them.
8:22 εισηλθοσαν A F | καθως] καθα Ba b A F
[Appendix] λιτουργ. B* bis (λειτουργ. Ba? b?: item 25, 26) | λειτουργειαν A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:23 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:24 Τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ περὶ τῶν Λευειτῶν· ἀπὸ πέντε καὶ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω εἰσελεύσονται ἐνεργεῖν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου·
The-one-this it-be the-one about of-the-ones of-Leuei-belongers; off of-five and of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which they-shall-come-into to-work-in-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet;
8:24 τουτεστιν A F | ενεργειν] λειτουργειν λειτουργειαν εν εργοις A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:25 καὶ ἀπὸ πεντηκονταετοῦς ἀποστήσεται τῆς λειτουργίας καὶ οὐκ ἐργάζεται ἔτι,
and off of-fifty-yearinged it-shall-stand-off of-the-one of-a-public-working-unto and not it-worketh-to if-to-a-one,
8:25 της λειτουργιας] pr απο Ba b A F (αποστης λειτουργειας F* απο της λ. F1 vid) | ουκ] ουχι A F | εργαζεται] εργαται A F
[Appendix] λειτουργειας A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 15)
Num 8:26 καὶ λειτουργήσει ὁ ἀδελφὸς αὐτοῦ ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου φυλάσσειν φυλακάς, ἔργα δὲ οὐκ ἐργάζεται. οὕτως ποιήσεις τοῖς Λευείταις ἐν ταῖς φυλακαῖς αὐτῶν.
and it-shall-public-work-unto, the-one brethrened of-it, in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet to-guarder to-guarderies, to-works then-also not it-worketh-to. Unto-the-one-this thou-shall-do-unto unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers in unto-the-ones unto-guarderies of-them.
8:26 εργαζεται] εργαται Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 16; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:1 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Σεινὰ ἐν τῷ ἔτει τῷ δευτέρῳ ἐξελθόντων αὐτῶν ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, ἐν τῷ μηνὶ τῷ πρώτῳ, λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês in unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Seina in unto-the-one unto-a-yeareedness unto-the-one unto-second of-having-had-came-out of-them out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos, in unto-the-one unto-a-month unto-the-one unto-most-before, forthing,
9:1 Σινα B1 A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 16; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:2 Εἰπὸν καὶ ποιείτωσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ τὸ πάσχα καθ' ὥραν αὐτοῦ·
Thou-should-have-said and they-should-do-unto, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, to-the-one to-Pascha down to-an-houredness of-it;
(1489 B.C. Zif 16; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:3 τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ πρώτου πρὸς ἑσπέραν ποιήσεις αὐτὸ κατὰ καιρούς, κατὰ τὸν νόμον αὐτοῦ καὶ κατὰ τὴν σύνκρισιν αὐτοῦ ποιήσεις αὐτό.
unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth unto-a-dayedness of-the-one of-a-month of-the-one of-most-before toward to-an-into-acrossedness thou-shall-do-unto to-it down to-times, down to-the-one to-a-parcelee of-it and down to-the-one to-a-separating-together of-it thou-shall-do-unto to-it.
9:3, 5, 11 τεσσαρισκαιδεκ. Ba b
9:3 ποιησεις 1°] ποιησετε A F | καιρους] καιρον αυτου A καιρους αυτου F
[Appendix] συγκρισιν Bb A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 16; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:4 καὶ ἐλάλησεν Μωυσῆς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ ποιῆσαι τὸ πάσχα,
And it-spoke-unto, a-Môusês, unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-Pascha,
(1489 B.C. Zif 16; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:5 ἐναρχομένου τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ μηνὸς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τοῦ Σεινά· καθὰ συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ, οὕτως ἐποίησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ.
of-firsting-in unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth unto-a-dayedness of-the-one of-a-month in unto-the-one unto-solituded of-the-one of-a-Seina; down-to-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês, unto-the-one-this they-did-unto, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl.
9:3, 5, 11 τεσσαρισκαιδεκ. Ba b
9:5 του Σεινα] Σινα A του Σινα Bb F
(1489 B.C. Zif 16; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:6 Καὶ παρεγένοντο οἱ ἄνδρες οἳ ἦσαν ἀκάθαρτοι ἐπὶ ψυχῇ ἀνθρώπου καὶ οὐκ ἠδύναντο ποιῆσαι τὸ πάσχα ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, καὶ προσῆλθον ἐναντίον Μωυσῆ καὶ Ἀαρὼν ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ·
And they-had-became-beside, the-ones men which they-were un-cleansabled upon unto-a-breathing of-a-mankind and not they-were-abling to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-Pascha in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-thither, and they-had-came-toward to-ever-a-oned-in of-a-Môusês and of-an-Aarôn in unto-the-one-thither unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness;
9:6 ψυχη] ψυχην F
[Appendix] η|ημερα (1°) B
(1489 B.C. Zif 16; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:7 καὶ εἶπαν οἱ ἄνδρες ἐκεῖνοι πρὸς αὐτόν Ἡμεῖς ἀκάθαρτοι ἐπὶ ψυχῇ ἀνθρώπου· μὴ οὖν ὑστερήσωμεν προσενέγκαι τὸ δῶρον Κυρίῳ κατὰ καιρὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν μέσῳ υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ;
and they-said, the-ones men the-ones-thither, toward to-it, We un-cleansabled upon unto-a-breathing of-a-mankind; lest accordingly we-might-have-lattered-unto to-have-beared-toward to-the-one to-a-gift unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) down to-a-time of-it in unto-middle of-sons of-an-Israêl? un-cleansed/
9:7 ειπον Fcor vid | αυτον] αυτους A F | προσενεγκαι] pr ωστε A F
[Appendix] εμμεσω A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 16; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:8 καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς αὐτοὺς Στῆτε αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκούσομαι τί ἐντελεῖται Κύριος περὶ ὑμῶν.
And it-had-said, a-Môusês, toward to-them, Ye-should-have-had-stood of-it, and I-shall-hear to-what-one it-shall-finish-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), about of-ye.
9:8 προς αυτους Μωυσης B? A F | εντελειται] εντελλεται F
[Appendix] εντελειτε A
(1489 B.C. Zif 17; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:9 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 17; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:10 Λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ λέγων Ἄνθρωπος ἄνθρωπος ὃς ἐὰν γένηται ἀκάθαρτος ἐπὶ ψυχῇ ἀνθρώπου, ἢ ἐν ὁδῷ μακρὰν ὑμῖν ἢ ἐν ταῖς γενεαῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ ποιήσει τὸ πάσχα Κυρίῳ·
Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl forthing, A-mankind a-mankind which if-ever it-might-have-had-became un-cleansabled upon unto-a-breathing of-a-mankind, or in unto-a-way to-en-longed unto-ye or in unto-the-ones unto-becomednesses of-ye, and it-shall-do-unto to-the-one to-a-Pascha unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh);
9:10 εαν] αν F | ανθρωπου] αν (in αν̅̅ο̅̅υ̅̅) sup ras Aa | υμιν] pr η εν A | Κυριω] pr τω A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 17; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:11 ἐν τῷ μηνὶ τῷ δευτέρῳ ἐν τῇ τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τὸ πρὸς ἑσπέραν ποιήσουσιν αὐτό. ἐπ' ἀζύμων καὶ πικρίδων φάγονται αὐτό,
in unto-the-one unto-a-month unto-the-one unto-second in unto-the-one unto-four-and-tenth unto-a-dayedness to-the-one toward to-an-into-acrossedness they-shall-do-unto to-it. Upon of-un-fermented and of-a-bittering they-shall-devour to-it,
9:3, 5, 11 τεσσαρισκαιδεκ. Ba b
9:11 το προς εσπεραν] om το A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 17; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:12 οὐ καταλείψουσιν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ εἰς τὸ πρωί, καὶ ὀστοῦν οὐ συντρίψουσιν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ· κατὰ τὸν νόμον τοῦ πάσχα ποιήσουσιν αὐτό.
not they-shall-remainder-down off of-it into to-the-one unto-before-belonged, and to-a-bone not they-shall-rub-together off of-it; down to-the-one to-a-parcelee of-the-one of-a-Pascha they-shall-do-unto to-it.
9:12 συντρψουσιν] συντριψεται A
[Appendix] καταλιψουσιν B* (καταλειψ. Ba (vid) b)
(1489 B.C. Zif 17; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:13 καὶ ἄνθρωπος ὃς ἐὰν καθαρὸς ᾖ καὶ ἐν ὁδῷ μακρᾷ οὐκ ἔστιν καὶ ὑστερήσῃ ποιῆσαι τὸ πάσχα, ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἡ ψυχὴ ἐκείνη ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτῆς· ὅτι τὸ δῶρον Κυρίῳ οὐ προσήνεγκεν κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν αὐτοῦ, ἁμαρτίαν αὐτοῦ λήμψεται ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐκεῖνος.
And a-mankind which if-ever cleansed it-might-be and in unto-a-way unto-en-longed not it-be and it-might-have-lattered-unto to-have-done-unto to-the-one to-a-Pascha, it-shall-be-destructed-out-of the-one a breathing the-one-thither out of-the-one of-a-people of-it; to-which-a-one to-the-one to-a-gift unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) not it-beared-toward down to-the-one to-a-time of-it, to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto of-it it-shall-take, the-one a-mankind the-one-thither.
9:13 εαν] αν A F | μακραν A F | υστερησει F | ποιησαι] pr του A | κ̅̅υ̅̅ A F | προσηνεγκαν A* (προσηνεγκεν Aa)
[Appendix] εξολοθρ. Ba b
(1489 B.C. Zif 17; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:14 ἐὰν δὲ προσέλθῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς προσήλυτος ἐν τῇ γῇ ὑμῶν καὶ ποιήσει τὸ πάσχα Κυρίῳ, κατὰ τὸν νόμον τοῦ πάσχα καὶ κατὰ τὴν σύνταξιν αὐτοῦ ποιήσει αὐτό· νόμος εἷς ἔσται ὑμῖν καὶ τῷ προσηλύτῳ καὶ τῷ αὐτόχθονι τῆς γῆς.
If-ever then-also it-might-have-had-came-toward toward to-ye, comeable-toward, in unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-ye and it-shall-do-unto to-the-one to-a-Pascha unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), down to-the-one to-a-parcelee of-the-one of-a-Pascha and down to-the-one to-an-arranging-together of-it it-shall-do-unto to-it; a-parcelee one it-shall-be unto-ye and unto-the-one unto-comeable-toward and unto-the-one unto-self-earthed of-the-one of-a-soil.
9:14 ποιησει 1°] ποιηση F | ποιησει 2°] ουτως ποιησει A ουτως ποιησουσιν F
(1489 B.C. Zif 17; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:15 Καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ᾗ ἐστάθη ἡ σκηνὴ ἐκάλυψεν ἡ νεφέλη τὴν σκηνήν, τὸν οἶκον τοῦ μαρτυρίου· καὶ τὸ ἑσπέρας ἦν ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς ὡς εἶδος πυρὸς ἕως πρωί.
And unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-which it-was-stood the-one a-tenting it-shrouded, the-one a-clouding, to-the-one to-a-tenting, to-the-one to-a-house of-the-one of-a-witnesslet; and to-the-one of-an-into-acrossedness it-was upon of-the-one of-a-tenting as a-sighteedness of-a-fire unto-if-which unto-before-belonged.
9:15 σκηνης] γης A
[Appendix] ιδος Ba (ειδος (B* b)
(1489 B.C. Zif 17; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:16 οὕτως ἐγίνετο διὰ παντός, ἡ νεφέλη ἐκάλυπτεν αὐτὴν ἡμέρας καὶ εἶδος πυρὸς τὴν νύκτα.
Unto-the-one-this it-was-becoming through of-all, the-one a-clouding it-was-shrouding to-it to-dayednesses and a-sighteedness of-a-fire to-the-one to-a-night.
9:16 εγεινετο B* (εγιν. Bb)
[Appendix] ιδος Ba b (ειδος B*)
(1489 B.C. Zif 17; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:17 καὶ ἡνίκα ἀνέβη ἡ νεφέλη ἀπὸ τῆς σκηνῆς, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀπῆραν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἐν τῷ τόπῳ οὗ ἂν ἔστη ἡ νεφέλη, ἐκεῖ παρενέβαλον οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ.
And to-which-belonged-of it-had-stepped-up, the-one a-clouding, off of-the-one of-a-tenting, and with to-the-ones-these they-lifted-off, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, and in unto-the-one unto-an-occasion of-which ever it-had-stood, the-one a-clouding, thither they-had-casted-in-beside, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl.
9:17 απηρον A F | παρενεβαλλον A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 17; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:18 διὰ προστάγματος Κυρίου παρεμβαλοῦσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ· διὰ προστάγματος Κυρίου ἀπαροῦσιν· πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας ἐν αἷς σκιάζει ἡ νεφέλη ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς, παρεμβαλοῦσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ.
Through of-an-arranging-toward-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) they-shall-cast-in-beside, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl; through to-an-arranging-toward-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) they-shall-lift-off; to-all to-the-ones to-dayednesses in unto-which it-shadoweth-to, the-one a-clouding, upon of-the-one of-a-tenting, they-shall-cast-in-beside, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl.
9:18 παρεμβαλουσιν 1°] παρεμβαλλ. A | δια προσταγμ. 2°] pr και Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 17; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:19 καὶ ὅταν ἐφέλκηται ἡ νεφέλη ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς ἡμέρας πλείους, καὶ φυλάξονται οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ τὴν φυλακὴν τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ οὐ μὴ ἐξάρωσιν·
And which-also-ever it-might-be-hauled-upon the-one a-clouding upon of-the-one of-a-tenting to-dayednesses to-beyond, and they-shall-guarder, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, to-the-one to-a-guardery of-the-one of-a-Deity and not lest they-might-have-lifted-out;
9:19 οταν] οπαν F* (οτ. F1) | om Ισραηλ F* (superscr F1)
(1489 B.C. Zif 17; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:20 καὶ ἔσται ὅταν σκεπάσῃ ἡ νεφέλη ἡμέρας ἀριθμῷ ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς, διὰ φωνῆς Κυρίου παρεμβαλοῦσιν καὶ διὰ προστάγματος Κυρίου ἀπαροῦσιν.
and it-shall-be which-also-ever it-might-have-covered-to, the-one a-clouding, to-dayednesses unto-a-number upon of-the-one of-a-tenting, through of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) they-shall-cast-in-beside and through of-an-arranging-toward-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) they-shall-lift-off.
9:20 απαρουσιν] εξαρουσιν A
(1489 B.C. Zif 17; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:21 καὶ ἔσται ὅταν γένηται ἡ νεφέλη ἀφ' ἑσπέρας ἕως πρωί, καὶ ἀναβῇ ἡ νεφέλη τὸ πρωί, καὶ ἀπαροῦσιν, ἡμέρας ἢ νυκτός.
And it-shall-be which-also-ever it-might-have-had-became the-one a-clouding off of-an-into-acrossedness unto-if-which unto-before-belonged, and it-might-have-had-stepped-up, the-one a-clouding, to-the-one unto-before-belonged, and they-shall-lift-off, of-a-dayedness or of-a-night.
9:21 εσπερου F | om πρωι και αναβη η νεφελη F | νυκτος] + και αναβη (ανεβη F) η νεφελη απαρουσιν A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 17; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:22 μηνός, ἡμέρας, πλεοναζούσης τῆς νεφέλης σκιαζούσης ἐπ' αὐτῆς, παρεμβαλοῦσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀπάρωσιν.
Of-a-month, of-a-dayedness, of-beyonding-to of-the-one of-a-clouding of-shadowing-to upon of-it, they-shall-cast-in-beside, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, and not lest they-might-have-lifted-off;
9:22 μηνος] pr ημερας η A F | om της νεφελης σκιαζουσης A F | παρεμβαλωσιν A | απαρουσιν F
(1489 B.C. Zif 17; Moses writes the events here; History: 1489 B.C. Abib 14-15 Lev_16:1)
Num 9:23 ὅτι διὰ προστάγματος Κυρίου ἀπαροῦσιν, τὴν φυλακὴν Κυρίου ἣν ἐφυλάξαντο διὰ προστάγματος Κυρίου ἐν χειρὶ Μωυσῆ.
to-which-a-one through of-an-arranging-toward-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) they-shall-lift-off, to-the-one to-a-guardery of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-which they-guardered through of-an-arranging-toward-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) in unto-a-hand of-a-Môusês.
9:23 om οτι δια προσταγματος Κυριου απαρουσιν F | om ην Ba b A F | εφυλαξαν A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 18)
Num 10:1 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Zif 18)
Num 10:2 Ποίησον σεαυτῷ δύο σάλπιγγας, ἐλατὰς ἀργυρᾶς ποιήσεις σεαυτῷ· καὶ ἔσονταί σοι ἀνακαλεῖν τὴν συναγωγὴν καὶ ἐξαίρειν τὰς παρεμβολάς.
Thou-should-have-done-unto unto-thyself to-two to-trumpets, to-droved to-silvern thou-shall-do-unto unto-thyself; and they-shall-be unto-thee to-call-up-unto to-the-one to-a-leading-together and to-lift-out to-the-ones to-castings-in-beside.
10:2 αργυρας· ελατας A F | σεαυτω 2°] αυτας Ba b (sup ras) A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 18)
Num 10:3 καὶ σαλπίσεις ἐν αὐταῖς, καὶ συναχθήσεται πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγὴ ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου·
And thou-shall-trumpet-to in unto-them and it-shall-be-led-together all the-one a-leading-together upon to-the-one to-a-portaledness of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet;
10:3 σαλπιεις Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 18)
Num 10:4 ἐὰν δὲ ἐν μιᾷ σαλπίσωσιν, προσελεύσονται πρὸς σὲ πάντες οἱ ἄρχοντες, ἀρχηγοὶ Ἰσραήλ.
if-ever then-also in unto-one they-might-have-trumpeted-to, they-shall-come-toward toward to-thee, all the-ones firsting, first-led of-an-Israêl.
10:4 σαλπιωσιν F
(1489 B.C. Zif 18)
Num 10:5 καὶ σαλπιεῖτε σημασίαν, καὶ ἐξαροῦσιν αἱ παρεμβολαὶ αἱ παρεμβάλουσαι ἀνατολάς·
And ye-shall-trumpet-to to-a-signifying-unto, and they-shall-lift-out, the-ones castings-in-beside the-ones having-had-casted-in-beside to-finishings-up;
10:5 παρεμβαλλ. Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 18)
Num 10:6 καὶ σαλπιεῖτε σημασίαν δευτέραν, καὶ ἐξαροῦσιν αἱ παρεμβολαὶ αἱ παρεμβάλλουσαι λίβα· καὶ σαλπιεῖτε σημασίαν τρίτην, καὶ ἐξαροῦσιν αἱ παρεμβολαὶ αἱ παρεμβάλλουσαι παρὰ θάλασσαν· καὶ σαλπιεῖτε σημασίαν τετάρτην, καὶ ἐξαροῦσιν αἱ παρεμβολαὶ αἱ παρεμβάλλουσαι πρὸς βορρᾶν· σημασίᾳ σαλπιοῦσιν ἐν τῇ ἐξάρσει αὐτῶν.
and ye-shall-trumpet-to to-a-signifying-unto to-second, and they-shall-lift-out, the-ones castings-in-beside the-ones casting-in-beside to-a-south; and ye-shall-trumpet-to to-a-signifying-unto to-third, and they-shall-lift-out, the-ones castings-in-beside the-ones casting-in-beside beside to-a-flourisheredness; and ye-shall-trumpet-to to-a-signifying-unto to-fourth, and they-shall-lift-out, the-ones castings-in-beside the-ones casting-in-beside toward to-a-north; unto-a-signifying-unto they-shall-trumpet-to in unto-the-one unto-a-lifting-out of-them.
10:6 δευτερον Ba b | λιβα] νοτον A F | om παρα A | om προς Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 18)
Num 10:7 καὶ ὅταν συναγάγητε τὴν συναγωγήν, σαλπιεῖτε, καὶ οὐ σημασίᾳ.
And which-also-ever ye-might-have-had-led-together to-the-one to-a-leading-together, ye-shall-trumpet-to, and not unto-a-signifying-unto.
(1489 B.C. Zif 18)
Num 10:8 καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἀαρὼν οἱ ἱερεῖς σαλπιοῦσιν ταῖς σάλπιγξιν, καὶ ἔσται ὑμῖν νόμιμον αἰώνιον εἰς τὰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν.
And the-ones sons of-an-Aarôn the-ones sacreders-of they-shall-trumpet-to unto-the-ones unto-trumpets, and it-shall-be unto-ye parcelee-belonged-unto aged-belonged into to-the-ones to-becomednesses of-ye.
(1489 B.C. Zif 18)
Num 10:9 ἐὰν δὲ ἐξέλθητε εἰς πόλεμον ἐν τῇ γῇ ὑμῶν πρὸς τοὺς ὑπεναντίους τοὺς ἀνθεστηκότας ὑμῖν, καὶ σημανεῖτε ταῖς σάλπιγξιν, καὶ ἀναμνησθήσεσθε ἔναντι Κυρίου, καὶ διασωθήσεσθε ἀπὸ τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὑμῶν.
If-ever then-also ye-might-have-had-came-out into to-a-war in unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-ye toward to-the-ones to-ever-a-oned-in-under to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-ever-a-one-stand unto-ye, and ye-shall-trumpet-to unto-the-ones unto-trumpets and ye-shall-be-up-memoried-unto in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and ye-shall-be-saved-through-to off of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-ye.
10:9 σημανειτε] σαλπιειτε A
(1489 B.C. Zif 18)
Num 10:10 καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς εὐφροσύνης ὑμῶν καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἑορταῖς ὑμῶν καὶ ἐν ταῖς νουμηνίαις ὑμῶν σαλπιεῖτε ταῖς σάλπιγξιν ἐπὶ τοῖς ὁλοκαυτώμασιν καὶ ἐπὶ ταῖς θυσίαις τῶν σωτηρίων ὑμῶν, καὶ ἔσται ὑμῖν ἀνάμνησις ἔναντι τοῦ θεοῦ ὑμῶν· ἐγὼ Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν.
And in unto-the-ones unto-dayednesses of-the-one of-a-goodly-centeringedness of-ye and in unto-the-ones unto-festivals of-ye and in unto-the-ones unto-new-monthings-unto of-ye ye-shall-trumpet-to unto-the-ones unto-trumpets upon unto-the-ones unto-whole-en-burnings-to and upon unto-the-ones unto-surgings-unto of-the-ones of-saviored-belonged of-ye, and it-shall-be unto-ye a-memorying-up in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye; I Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye.
(1489 B.C. Zif 19 Sabbath; Zif 20)
Num 10:11 Καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ἐνιαυτῷ τῷ δευτέρῳ ἐν τῷ μηνὶ τῷ δευτέρῳ εἰκάδι τοῦ μηνὸς ἀνέβη ἡ νεφέλη ἀπὸ τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου,
And it-had-became in unto-the-one unto-a-being-in-unto-it unto-the-one unto-second in unto-the-one unto-a-month unto-the-one unto-second unto-a-twentieth of-the-one of-a-month it-had-stepped-up, the-one a-clouding, off of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet,
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:12 καὶ ἐξῆραν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ σὺν ἀπαρτίαις αὐτῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Σεινά· καὶ ἔστη ἡ νεφέλη ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τοῦ Φαράν.
and they-lifted-out, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, together unto-adjustings-off-unto of-them in unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Seina; and it-had-stood, the-one a-clouding, in unto-the-one unto-solituded of-the-one of-a-Faran.
10:12 Σεινα] Σινα Bb του Σινα A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:13 καὶ ἐξῆραν πρῶτοι διὰ φωνῆς Κυρίου ἐν χειρὶ Μωυσῆ.
And they-lifted-out, most-before, through of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) in unto-a-hand of-a-Môusês.
10:13 [Appendix] εξηρἦραν F
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:14 καὶ ἐξῆραν τάγμα παρεμβολῆς υἱῶν Ἰούδα πρῶτοι σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτῶν Ναασσὼν υἱὸς Ἀμειναδάβ·
And they-lifted-out, an-arranging-to of-a-casting-in-beside of-sons of-an-Ioudas, most-before together unto-an-ability of-them, and upon of-the-one of-an-ability of-them a-Naassôn a-son of-an-Ameinadab;
10:14 υιων] pr των A om F | Αμειναδαβ] Αμιναδαβ Bb A Αβιναδαβ F
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:15 καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς δυνάμεως φυλῆς υἱῶν Ἰσσαχὰρ Ναθαναὴλ υἱὸς Σωγάρ·
and upon of-the-one of-an-ability of-a-tribing of-sons of-an-Issachar a-Nathanaêl a-son of-a-Sôgar;
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:16 καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς δυνάμεως φυλῆς υἱῶν Ζαβουλὼν Ἐλιὰβ υἱὸς Χαιλών·
and upon of-the-one of-an-ability of-a-tribing of-sons of-a-Zaboulôn an-Eliab a-son of-a-Chailôn;
10:16 Χελων F
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:17 καὶ καθελοῦσιν τὴν σκηνὴν καὶ ἐξαροῦσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Γεδσὼν καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Μεραρεί, αἴροντες τὴν σκηνήν.
and they-shall-have-sectioned-down to-the-one to-a-tenting and they-shall-lift-out, the-ones sons of-a-Gedsôn and the-ones sons of-a-Merarei, lifting to-the-one to-a-tenting.
10:17 Μεραρι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:18 Καὶ ἐξῆραν τάγμα παρεμβολῆς Ῥουβὴν σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτῶν Ἐλισοὺρ υἱὸς Σεδιούρ·
And they-lifted-out, an-arranging-to of-a-casting-in-beside of-a-Roubên, together unto-an-ability of-them, and upon of-the-one of-an-ability of-them an-Elisour a-son of-a-Sediour;
Note: an-Elisour : an-Eleisour is correct as in Num_1:5. A primitive assimilation.
10:18 [Appendix] δυναμι B* (δυναμει Ba b: item 22, 25, 28)
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:19 καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς δυνάμεως φυλῆς υἱῶν Συμεὼν Σαλαμιὴλ υἱὸς Σουρισαδαί·
and upon of-the-one of-an-abiliy of-a-tribing of-sons of-a-Sumeôn a-Salamiêl a-son of-a-Sourisadai;
Note: of-a-Sourisadai : of-a-Soureisadai is correct as in Num_1:6. A primitive assimilation.
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:20 καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς δυνάμεως φυλῆς υἱῶν Γὰδ Ἐλεισὰφ ὁ τοῦ Ῥαγουήλ.
and upon of-the-one of-an-ability of-a-tribing of-sons of-a-Gad an-Eleisaf the-one of-the-one of-a-Ragouêl. an-Eleisaf
10:20 Ελισαφ A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:21 καὶ ἐξαροῦσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Καὰθ αἴροντες τὰ ἅγια, καὶ στήσουσιν τὴν σκηνήν ἕως παραγένωνται.
And they-shall-lift-out, the-ones sons of-a-Kaath, lifting to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged, and they-shall-stand to-the-one to-a-tenting unto-if-which they-might-have-had-became-beside.
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:22 Καὶ ἐξαροῦσιν τάγμα παρεμβολῆς Ἐφράιμ σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν· ἐπὶ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτῶν Ἐλισαμὰ υἱὸς Ἐμιούδ·
And they-shall-lift-out, an-arranging-to of-a-casting-in-beside of-an-Efraim, together unto-an-ability of-them; upon of-the-one of-an-ability of-them an-Elisama a-son of-an-Emioud;
Note: an-Elisama : an-Eleisama is correct as in Num_1:9. A primitive assimilation.
10:22 επι της δυν.] pr και Ba b A F | Εμιουδ] Σεμιουδ F
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:23 καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς δυνάμεως φυλῆς υἱῶν Μανασσὴ Γαμαλιὴλ ὁ τοῦ Φαδασσούρ·
and upon of-the-one of-an-ability of-a-tribing of-sons of-a-Manassês a-Gamaliêl the-one of-the-one of-a-Fadassour;
10:23 Μαννασση A
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:24 καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς δυνάμεως φυλῆς υἱῶν Βενιαμεὶν Ἀβειδὰν ὁ τοῦ Γαδεωνεί.
and upon of-the-one of-an-ability of-a-tribing of-sons of-a-Beniamein an-Abeidan the-one of-the-one of-a-Gadeônei.
Note: of-a-Gadeônei : of-a-Gedeônei is correct as in Num_1:11. A primitive assimilation.
10:24 Αβιδαν A F | ο του] υιος A | Γαδεωνι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:25 Καὶ ἐξαροῦσιν τάγμα παρεμβολῆς υἱῶν Δὰν ἔσχατοι πασῶν τῶν παρεμβολῶν σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς δυνάμεως αὐτῶν Ἀχιέζερ ὁ τοῦ Ἀμεισαδαί·
And they-shall-lift-out, an-arranging-to of-a-casting-in-beside of-sons of-a-Dan, most-bordered of-all of-the-ones of-castings-in-beside together unto-an-ability of-them, and upon of-the-one of-an-ability of-them an-Achiezer the-one of-the-one of-an-Ameisadai;
10:25 Αμεισαδαι] Μισαδαι A Αμισαδαι F
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:26 καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς δυνάμεως φυλῆς υἱῶν Ἀσὴρ Φαγαιὴλ υἱὸς Ἐχράν·
and upon of-the-one of-an-ability of-a-tribing of-sons of-an-Asêr a-Fagaiêl a-son of-an-Echran;
10:26 Εχραν] ρ sup ras Aa
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:27 καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς δυνάμεως φυλῆς υἱῶν Νεφθαλεὶ Ἀχειρὲ υἱὸς Αἰνάν.
and upon of-the-one of-an-ability of-a-tribing of-sons of-a-Nefthalei an-Acheire a-son of-an-Ainan.
10:27 Νεφθαλι A | Αχιρε F
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:28 αὗται αἱ στρατιαὶ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἐξῆραν σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν.
The-ones-these the-ones amassings-unto of-sons of-an-Israêl, and they-lifted-out together unto-an-ability of-them.
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:29 Καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς τῷ Ὀβὰβ υἱῷ Ῥαγουὴλ τῷ Μαδιανείτῃ τῷ γαμβρῷ Μωυσῆ Ἐξαίρομεν ἡμεῖς εἰς τὸν τόπον ὃν εἶπεν Κύριος Τοῦτον δώσω ὑμῖν· δεῦρο μεθ' ἡμῶν, καὶ εὖ σε ποιήσομεν, ὅτι Κύριος ἐλάλησεν καλὰ περὶ Ἰσραήλ.
And it-had-said, a-Môusês, unto-the-one unto-an-Obab unto-a-son of-a-Ragouêl unto-the-one unto-a-Madian-belonger unto-the-one unto-an-en-marrying of-a-Môusês, We-lift-out, we, into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-which it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), To-the-one-this I-shall-give unto-ye; thou-should-be-en-hithered-of with of-us, and goodly to-thee we-shall-do-unto, to-which-a-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-spoke-unto to-seemly about of-an-Israêl.
10:29 Οβ. (Ωβ. A) υιω] Ιω.....F* (+βαβ υιω F1 mg) | Μαδιανιτη Bb F Μαδιανιτι A | τω γαμβρω] om τω Ba b A F | εξαιρομεν] ρ sup ras Aa | om ημεις F
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:30 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτόν Οὐ πορεύσομαι ἀλλὰ εἰς τὴν γῆν μου καὶ εἰς τὴν γενεάν μου.
And it-had-said toward to-it, Not I-shall-traverse-of other into to-the-one to-a-soil of-me and into to-the-one to-a-becomedness of-me.
10:30 αλλα] αλλ A αλλ η F
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:31 καὶ εἶπεν Μὴ ἐγκαταλίπῃς ἡμᾶς, οὗ εἵνεκεν ἦσθα μεθ' ἡμῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ ἔσῃ ἐν ἡμῖν πρεσβύτης·
And it-had-said, Lest thou-might-have-had-remaindered-down-in to-us, of-which if-in-out-in thou-was with of-us in unto-the-one unto-solituded, and thou-shall-be in unto-us a-more-elder;
10:31 εγκαταλειπης A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 20)
Num 10:32 καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν πορευθῇς μεθ' ἡμῶν, καὶ ἔσται τὰ ἀγαθὰ ἐκεῖνα ὅσα ἐὰν ἀγαθοποιήσῃ Κύριος ἡμᾶς, καὶ εὖ σε ποιήσομεν.
and it-shall-be if-ever thou-might-have-been-traversed-of with of-us, and it-shall-be the-ones excess-placed the-ones-thither to-which-a-which if-ever it-might-have-excess-place-done-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-us, and to-goodly to-thee we-shall-do-unto.
10:32 οσα εαν] οσα αν Ba b α αν A
(1489 B.C. Zif 21-23)
Num 10:33 Καὶ ἐξῆραν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους Κυρίου ὁδὸν τριῶν ἡμερῶν· καὶ ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης Κυρίου προεπορεύετο προτέρα αὐτῶν ὁδὸν τριῶν ἡμερῶν, κατασκέψασθαι αὐτοῖς ἀνάπαυσιν.
And they-lifted-out out of-the-one of-a-jutteedness of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-a-way of-three of-dayednesses; and the-one a-box of-the-one of-a-placement-through of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-was-traversing-of to-more-before of-them to-a-way of-three of-dayednesses, to-have-scouted-down unto-them to-a-ceasing-up.
Note: about 15 miles south; see Num_33:16.
10:33 της διαθηκης] om της A F
[Appendix] τους ορ. A | κειβωτος F | κατασκεψασθε A
(1489 B.C. Zif 21-23)
Num 10:34 καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ἐξαίρειν τὴν κιβωτὸν καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς Ἐξεγέρθητι Κύριε, διασκορπισθήτωσαν οἱ ἐχθροί σου, φυγέτωσαν πάντες οἱ μισοῦντές σε.
And it-had-became in unto-the-one to-lift-out to-the-one to-a-box and it-had-said, a-Môusês, Thou-should-have-been-roused-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), they-should-have-been-scattered-through-to the-ones en-enmitied of-thee, they-should-have-had-fled, all the-ones hating-unto to-thee.
Note: HS has this as verse 35.
10:34 εξεγερθητι] εγερθητι Ba b
[Appendix] μεισουντες B* (μισ. Bb)
(1489 B.C. Zif 21-23)
Num 10:35 καὶ ἐν τῇ καταπαύσει εἶπεν Ἐπίστρεφε, Κύριε, χιλιάδας μυριάδας ἐν τῷ Ἰσραήλ.
And in unto-the-one unto-a-ceasing-down it-had-said, Thou-should-beturn-upon, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-thousands to-myriads in unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl.
Note: HS has this as verse 36.
10:35 [Appendix] καταπαυσι B* (καταπαυσει Ba b) | χειλ. B*
(1489 B.C. Zif 21-23)
Num 10:36 καὶ ἡ νεφέλη ἐγένετο σκιάζουσα ἐπ' αὐτοῖς ἡμέρας καὶ ἐν τῷ ἐξαίρειν αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς.
And the-one a-clouding it-had-became shadowing-to upon unto-them to-dayednesses and in unto-the-one to-lift-out to-them out of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside.
Note: HS has this as verse 34.
10:36 om και 2° Ba b A F
[Appendix] σκιαζου F
(1489 B.C. Zif 24)
Num 11:1 Καὶ ἦν ὁ λαὸς γογγύζων πονηρὰ ἔναντι Κυρίου· καὶ ἤκουσεν Κύριος καὶ ἐθυμώθη ὀργῇ, καὶ ἐξεκαύθη ἐν αὐτοῖς πῦρ παρὰ Κυρίου καὶ κατέφαγεν μέρος τι τῆς παρεμβολῆς.
And it-was the-one a-people murmuring-of-to to-en-necessitated in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh); and it-heard, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-was-en-passioned unto-a-stressing, and it-was-burn-belonged-out in unto-them a-fire beside of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and it-had-devoured-down to-a-portioneedness to-a-one of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside.
11:1 πονηρα γογγυζων F
(1489 B.C. Zif 24)
Num 11:2 καὶ ἐκέκραξεν ὁ λαὸς πρὸς Μωυσῆν· καὶ ηὔξατο Μωυσῆς πρὸς Κύριον, καὶ ἐκόπασεν τὸ πῦρ.
And it-out-clamored-to, the-one a-people, toward to-a-Môusês; and it-goodly-held, a-Môusês, toward to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-felled-to, the-one a-fire.
11:2 ο λαος sup ras Aa
(1489 B.C. Zif 24)
Num 11:3 καὶ ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου Ἐνπυρισμός, ὅτι ἐξεκαύθη ἐν αὐτοῖς πῦρ παρὰ Κυρίου.
And it-was-called-unto the-one a-naming-to of-the-one of-an-occasion of-the-one-thither A-firing-in-to-of, to-which-a-one it-was-burn-belonged-out in unto-them a-fire beside of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
11:3 om πυρ B* vid (hab Ba b A F)
[Appendix] εμπυρισμ. Ba? b A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 25-26; Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:4 Καὶ ὁ ἐπίμικτος ὁ ἐν αὐτοῖς ἐπεθύμησεν ἐπιθυμίαν· καὶ καθίσαντες ἔκλαιον καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ εἶπαν Τίς ἡμᾶς ψωμιεῖ κρέας;
And the-one mingled-upon the-one in unto-them it-passioned-upon-unto to-a-passioning-upon-unto; and having-sat-down-to they-were-sob-belonging, and the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, and they-said, What-one to-us it-shall-morsel-to to-a-meat?
Note: to-a-meat in 03 : to-meats in 02 03C1 03C2.
11:4 επεθυμησαν A F | om και 4° F | κρεα Ba b A F
[Appendix] καθεισαντες A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 25-26; Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:5 ἐμνήσθημεν τοὺς ἰχθύας οὓς ἠσθίομεν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ δωρεάν, καὶ τοὺς σικύας καὶ τοὺς πέπονας καὶ τὰ πράσα καὶ τὰ κρόμμυα καὶ τὰ σκόρδα·
We-were-memoried-unto to-the-ones to-fishes to-which we-were-eat-belonging in unto-an-Aiguptos to-a-giftedness, and to-the-ones to-cucumbers and to-the-ones to-melons and to-the-ones to-leeks and to-the-ones to-onions and to-the-ones to-garlics;
11:5 σικυους Ba b | κρομυα A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 25-26; Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:6 νυνὶ δὲ ἡ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν κατάξηρος, οὐδὲν πλὴν εἰς τὸ μάννα οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ ἡμῶν.
unto-now then-also the-one a-breathing of-us dried-down, to-not-then-also-one to-beyond into to-the-one to-a-manna the-ones eyes of-us.
11:6 νυνι Bb (νυνει B*) A] νυν F | om ουδεν B* (hab Ba b)
[Appendix] νυνει B* (νυνι Bb)
(1489 B.C. Zif 25-26; Zif 26 Sabbath; History 1490 B.C. Zif 15 - 1489 B.C. Zif 28; see Exo_16:15)
Num 11:7 τὸ δὲ μάννα ὡσεὶ σπέρμα κορίου ἐστίν, καὶ τὸ εἶδος αὐτοῦ εἶδος κρυστάλλου.
The-one then-also a-manna as-if a-whorling-to of-a-shearagelet it-be, and the-one a-sighteedness of-it a-sighteedness of-a-crystal.
Note: of-a-shearagelet : having the look of a small broom head, i.e., a brushed look.
11:7 ειδος 2°] pr ως A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 25-26; Zif 26 Sabbath; History 1490 B.C. Zif 15 - 1489 B.C. Zif 28; see Exo_16:15)
Num 11:8 καὶ διεπορεύετο ὁ λαὸς καὶ συνέλεγον, καὶ ἤληθον αὐτὸ ἐν τῷ μύλῳ καὶ ἔτριβον ἐν τῇ θυίᾳ, καὶ ἥψουν αὐτὸ ἐν τῇ χύτρᾳ καὶ ἐποίουν αὐτὸ ἐνκρυφίας· καὶ ἦν ἡ ἡδονὴ αὐτοῦ ὡσεὶ γεῦμα ἐνκρὶς ἐξ ἐλαίου.
And it-was-traversing-through-of, the-one a-people, and they-were-forthing-together, and they-were-grinding to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-mill and they-were-rubbing in unto-the-one unto-a-mortar, and they-were-seething to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-pipkin and they-were-doing-unto to-it to-hidenings-in; and it-was the-one a-pleasuring of-it as-if a-tasting-to a-mixing-in out of-an-oillet.
Note: to-hidenings-in : used to refer to forming cakes by cupping hands.
11:8 χυθρα F | om γευμα F
[Appendix] ετρειβον B* (ετριβ. Bb) | εγκρυφιας Bb (ενκρ. B* A F) | εγκρις Bb A F (ενκρ. B*)
(1489 B.C. Zif 25-26; Zif 26 Sabbath; History 1490 B.C. Zif 15 - 1489 B.C. Zif 28; see Exo_16:15)
Num 11:9 καὶ ὅταν κατέβη ἡ δρόσος ἐπὶ τὴν παρεμβολὴν νυκτός, κατέβαινεν τὸ μάννα ἐπ' αὐτῆς.
And which-also it-had-stepped-down, the-one a-dew, upon to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside of-a-night, it-was-stepping-down, the-one a-manna, upon of-it.
11:9 κατεβαινε A
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:10 καὶ ἤκουσεν Μωυσῆς κλαιόντων αὐτῶν κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν, ἕκαστον ἐπὶ τῆς θύρας αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐθυμώθη ὀργῇ Κύριος σφόδρα, καὶ ἔναντι Μωυσῆ ἦν πονηρόν.
And it-heard, a-Môusês, of-sob-belonging of-them down to-localities of-them, to-each upon of-the-one of-a-portaledness of-it; and it-was-en-passioned unto-a-stressing Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-vehemented, and in-ever-a-one of-a-Môusês it-was en-necessitated.
11:10 εκαστος A | επι της θυρας] κατα την θυραν A | οργη Κυριος] om οργη F* (hab post κυριος F1 (mg)) | Μωυση ην πονηρο̅̅ sup ras Aa
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:11 καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς Κύριον Ἵνα τί ἐκάκωσας τὸν θεράποντά σου; καὶ διὰ τί οὐχ εὕρηκα χάριν ἐναντίον σου, ἐπιθεῖναι τὴν ὁρμὴν τοῦ λαοῦ τούτου ἐπ' ἐμέ;
And it-had-said, a-Môusês, toward to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), So to-what-one thou-en-wedge-wedged to-the-one to-a-minister of-thee? And through to-what-one not I-had-come-to-find to-a-granting to-ever-a-oned-in of-thee, to-have-had-placed-upon to-the-one to-a-cording of-the-one of-a-people of-the-one-this upon to-ME?
11:11 ορμην] οργην A F
[Appendix] ουκ B* F (ουχ Ba? b A)
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:12 μὴ ἐγὼ ἐν γαστρὶ ἔλαβον πάντα τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον, ἢ ἐγὼ ἔτεκον αὐτούς, ὅτι λέγεις μοι Λάβε αὐτὸν εἰς τὸν κόλπον σου, ὡσεὶ ἄραι τιθηνὸς τὸν θηλάζοντα, εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ὤμοσας τοῖς πατράσιν αὐτῶν;
Lest I in unto-a-stomach I-had-taken to-all to-the-one to-a-people to-the-one-this, or I I-had-creationed to-them, to-which-a-one thou-forthed unto-me, Thou-should-have-had-taken to-it into to-the-one to-a-bosom of-thee, as-if it-may-have-lifted, fostered, to-the-one to-teating-to, into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which thou-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-them?
11:12 παντα τον λαον] τον παντα λ. A F | ετεκον] τετοκα A | αυτον] αυτους A F | την γην] om την A
[Appendix] εγγαστρι A
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:13 πόθεν μοι κρέα δοῦναι παντὶ τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ; ὅτι κλαίουσιν ἐπ' ἐμοὶ λέγοντες Δὸς ἡμῖν κρέα ἵνα φάγωμεν.
Whither-from unto-me to-meats to-have-had-given unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-people unto-the-one-this? To-which-a-one they-sob-belong upon unto-ME forthing, Thou-should-have-had-given unto-us to-meats so we-might-have-had-devoured.
11:13 om μοι A | επ εμοι] επ εμε A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:14 οὐ δυνήσομαι ἐγὼ μόνος φέρειν τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον, ὅτι βαρύτερόν μοί ἐστιν τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο.
Not I-shall-able I stayeed to-bear to-the-one to-a-people to-the-one-this, to-which-a-one more-weighted unto-me it-be the-one an-uttering-to the-one-this.
11:14 βαρυτερον] βαρυ A F* (βαρυς F1 mg) | om το ρημα τουτο F
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:15 εἰ δὲ οὕτως σὺ ποιεῖς μοι, ἀπόκτεινόν με ἀναιρέσει, εἰ εὕρηκα ἔλεος παρὰ σοί, ἵνα μὴ ἴδω μου τὴν κάκωσιν.
If then-also unto-the-one-this thou thou-do-unto unto-me, thou-should-have-killed-off to-me unto-a-sectioning-along-up if I-had-come-to-find to-a-besectionateedness beside unto-thee, so lest I-might-have-had-seen of-me to-the-one to-a-wedge-wedging.
Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.
11:15 δε] δ A F | ουτω A | om αναιρεσει F* (hab ανερεσει F1 (mg)) | om ει F | ελεος] χαριν F (Ακ. ελεος F1 mg) | την κακωσιν μου A F
[Appendix] ειδω A
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:16 Καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν Συνάγαγέ μοι ἑβδομήκοντα ἄνδρας ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων Ἰσραήλ, οὓς αὐτὸς σοι εἶδες ὅτι οὗτοί εἰσιν πρεσβύτεροι τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ γραμματεῖς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἄξεις αὐτοὺς πρὸς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ στήσονται ἐκεῖ μετὰ σοῦ.
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês, Thou-should-have-had-led-together unto-me to-seventy to-men off of-the-ones of-more-eldered of-an-Israêl, to-which it unto-thee thou-had-come-to-see to-which-a-one the-ones-these they-be more-eldered of-the-one of-a-people and scribing-toers-of of-them, and thou-shall-lead to-them toward to-the-one to-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, and they-shall-stand thither with of-thee.
11:16 αυτος σοι ειδες] αυτος συ οιδας Ba συ αυτος οιδας F | προς 2°] εις A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:17 καὶ καταβήσομαι καὶ λαλήσω ἐκεῖ μετὰ σοῦ, καὶ ἀφελῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἐπὶ σοὶ καὶ ἐπιθήσω ἐπ' αὐτούς· καὶ συναντιλήψονται μετὰ σοῦ τὴν ὁρμὴν τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ οὐκ οἴσεις αὐτοὺς σὺ μόνος.
And I-shall-step-down and I-shall-speak-unto thither with of-thee, and I-shall-have-sectioned-off off of-the-one of-a-currenting-to of-the-one upon unto-thee and I-shall-place-upon upon to-them; and they-shall-ever-a-one-take-together with of-thee to-the-one to-a-cording of-the-one of-a-people, and not thou-shall-bear to-them thou stayeed.
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:18 καὶ τῷ λαῷ ἐρεῖς Ἁγνίσασθε εἰς αὔριον, καὶ φάγεσθε κρέα· ὅτι ἐκλαύσατε ἔναντι Κυρίου λέγοντες Τίς ἡμᾶς ψωμιεῖ κρέα; ὅτι καλὸν ἡμῖν ἐστιν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ· καὶ δώσει Κύριος ὑμῖν κρέα φαγεῖν, καὶ φάγεσθε κρέα.
And unto-the-one unto-a-people thou-shall-utter, Ye-should-have-purified-to into to-morrow, and ye-shall-devour to-meats; to-which-a-one ye-sob-belonged in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) forthing, What-one to-us it-shall-morsel-to to-meats? To-which-a-one seemly unto-us it-be in unto-an-Aiguptos; and it-shall-give, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-ye to-meats to-have-had-devoured, and ye-shall-devour to-meats.
11:18 ημιν] υμιν A | κρεα φαγειν] φαγειν κρεα F
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:19 οὐχ ἡμέραν μίαν φάγεσθε, οὐδὲ δύο οὐδὲ πέντε ἡμέρας, οὐδὲ δέκα ἡμέρας, οὐδὲ εἴκοσι ἡμέρας·
Not to-a-dayedness to-one ye-shall-devour, not-then-also to-two not-then-also to-five to-dayednesses, not-then-also to-ten to-dayednesses, not-then-also to-twenty to-dayednesses;
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:20 ἕως μηνὸς ἡμερῶν φάγεσθε, ἕως ἂν ἐξέλθῃ ἐκ τῶν μυκτήρων ὑμῶν κρέα· καὶ ἔσται ὑμῖν εἰς χολέραν· ὅτι ἠπειθήσατε Κυρίῳ ὅς ἐστιν ἐν ὑμῖν, καὶ ἐκλαύσατε ἐναντίον αὐτοῦ λέγοντες Ἵνα τί ἡμῖν ἐξελθεῖν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου;
unto-if-which of-a-month of-dayednesses ye-shall-devour, unto-if-which ever it-might-have-had-came-out out of-the-ones of-snouts of-ye, meats; and it-shall-be unto-ye into to-a-cholera; to-which-a-one ye-un-sured-unto unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) which it-be in unto-ye, and ye-sob-belonged to-ever-a-oned-in of-it forthing, So what-one unto-us to-have-had-came-out out of-an-Aiguptos?
11:20–22 εξ Αιγυπτου…αρκεσει αυτοις 2° sup ras Aa
11:20 om κρεα Ba b A F | ημιν εξελθειν] εξηλθομεν F
[Appendix] φαγεσθαι A
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:21 καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς Κύριον Ἑξακόσιαι χιλιάδες πεζῶν ὁ λαός ἐν οἷς εἰμὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ σὺ εἶπας Κρέα δώσω αὐτοῖς φαγεῖν, καὶ φάγονται μῆνα ἡμερῶν·
And it-had-said, a-Môusês, toward to-Authority-belonged, Six-hundred thousands of-afoot the-one a-people in unto-which I-be in unto-them, and thou thou-said, To-meats I-shall-give unto-them to-have-had-devoured, and they-shall-devour to-a-month of-dayednesses;
11:20–22 εξ Αιγυπτου…αρκεσει αυτοις 2° sup ras Aa
11:21 om προς Κυριον Ba b Aa F | κρεας Aa | om φαγειν Aa F
[Appendix] χειλ. B
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:22 μὴ πρόβατα καὶ βόες σφαγήσονται αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἀρκέσει αὐτοῖς; ἢ πᾶν τὸ ὄψος τῆς θαλάσσης συναχθήσεται αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἀρκέσει αὐτοῖς;
lest stepped-before and oxen they-shall-be-slaughtered-to unto-them, and it-shall-lift-belong-of-unto unto-them? Or all the-one a-provision of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness it-shall-be-led-together unto-them and it-shall-lift-belong-of-unto unto-them?
11:20–22 εξ Αιγυπτου…αρκεσει αυτοις 2° sup ras Aa
11:22 om αυτοις 3° Aa
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:23 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν Μὴ χεὶρ Κυρίου οὐκ ἐξαρκέσει; ἤδη γνώσει εἰ ἐπικαταλήψεταί σε ὁ λόγος μου ἢ οὔ.
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês, Lest a-hand of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) not it-shall-lift-belong-of-out-unto? Which-then thou-shall-acquaint if it-shall-take-down-upon to-thee, the-one a-forthee of-me, or not.
11:23 χειρ] pr η Aa | ουκ] ουχι Aa F | εξαρκεσι (εξαρκεσει Ba? b) sup ras B1? a? | γνωσει B*b] γνωση Ba b (vid) A F | ει] η B
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:24 καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Μωυσῆς καὶ ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τὸν λαὸν τὰ ῥήματα Κυρίου, καὶ συνήγαγεν ἑβδομήκοντα ἄνδρας ἀπὸ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων τοῦ λαοῦ, καὶ ἔστησεν αὐτοὺς κύκλῳ τῆς σκηνῆς.
And it-had-came-out, a-Môusês, and it-spoke-unto toward to-the-one to-a-people to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-had-led-together to-seventy to-men off of-the-ones of-more-eldered of-the-one of-a-people, and it-stood to-them unto-a-circle of-the-one of-a-tenting.
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:25 καὶ κατέβη Κύριος ἐν νεφέλῃ καὶ ἐλάλησεν πρὸς αὐτόν, καὶ παρείλατο ἀπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος τοῦ ἐπ' αὐτῷ καὶ ἐπέθηκεν ἐπὶ τοὺς ἑβδομήκοντα ἄνδρας τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους· ὡς δὲ ἐπανεπαύσατο τὸ πνεῦμα ἐπ' αὐτούς, καὶ ἐπροφήτευσαν, καὶ οὐκέτι προσέθεντο.
And it-had-stepped-down, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), in unto-a-clouding and it-spoke-unto toward to-it, and it-sectioned-beside off of-the-one of-a-currenting-to of-the-one upon unto-it and it-placed-upon upon to-the-ones to-seventy to-men to-the-ones to-more-eldered; as then-also it-ceased-up-upon, the-one a-currenting-to, upon to-them, and they-declared-before-of, and not-if-to-a-one they-had-placed-toward.
11:25 ελαλησεν] + κ̅̅ς̅̅ A | επ αυτους το πνευμα A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:26 καὶ κατελείφθησαν δύο ἄνδρες ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ, ὄνομα τῷ ἑνὶ Ἐλδὰδ καὶ ὄνομα τῷ δευτέρῳ Μωδάδ, καὶ ἐπανεπαύσατο ἐπ' αὐτοὺς πνεῦμα· καὶ οὗτοι ἦσαν τῶν καταγεγραμμένων, καὶ οὐκ ἦλθον πρὸς τὴν σκηνήν· καὶ ἐπροφήτευσαν ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ.
And they-were-remaindered-down two men in unto-the-one unto-a-casting-in-beside, a-naming-to unto-the-one unto-one an-Eldad and a-naming-to unto-the-one unto-second a-Môdad, and it-ceased-up-upon upon to-them, a-currenting-to, and the-ones-these they-were of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-scribed-down and not they-had-came toward to-the-one to-a-tenting, and they-declared-before-of in unto-the-one unto-a-casting-in-beside.
11:26 πνευμα] pr το A F | προς] εις A F
[Appendix] κατελιφθησαν B* (κατελειφθ. Ba? b)
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:27 καὶ προσδραμὼν ὁ νεανίσκος ἀπήγγειλεν Μωυσῇ καὶ εἶπεν λέγων Ἐλδὰδ καὶ Μωδὰδ προφητεύουσιν ἐν τῇ παρεμβολῇ.
And having-had-circuited-toward, the-one a-new-belonging-of, it-leadeeered-off unto-a-Môusês and it-had-said forthing, An-Eldad and a-Môdad they-declare-before-of in unto-the-one unto-a-casting-in-beside.
11:27 Μωυση] pr τω A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:28 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυὴ ὁ παρεστηκὼς Μωυσῇ ὁ ἐκλεκτὸς εἶπεν Κύριε Μωυσῆ, κώλυσον αὐτούς.
And having-been-separated-off, an-Iêsous the-one of-the-one of-a-Nauê the-one having-had-come-to-stand-beside unto-a-Môusês the-one forthed-out, it-had-said, Authority-belonged(adon) Môusês, thou-should-have-prevented to-them.
11:28 ο εκλεκτος] + αυτου A F | Κυριε] + μου A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:29 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Μωυσῆς Μὴ ζηλοῖς σὺ ἐμέ; καὶ τίς δῴη πάντα τὸν λαὸν Κυρίου προφήτας, ὅταν δῷ Κύριος τὸ πνεῦμα αὐτοῦ ἐπ' αὐτούς;
And it-had-said unto-it, a-Môusês, Lest thou-might-en-crave, thou, to-ME? And what-one it-may-have-had-given to-all to-the-one to-a-people of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-declarers-before, which-also-ever it-might-have-had-given, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-one to-a-currenting-to of-it, upon to-them?
11:29 εμε] μοι A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 26 Sabbath)
Num 11:30 καὶ ἀπῆλθεν Μωυσῆς εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι Ἰσραήλ.
And it-had-came-off, a-Môusês, into to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside, it and the-ones more-eldered of-an-Israêl.
(1489 B.C. Zif 27)
Num 11:31 Καὶ πνεῦμα ἐξῆλθεν παρὰ Κυρίου καὶ ἐξεπέρασεν ὀρτυγομήτραν ἀπὸ τῆς θαλάσσης, καὶ ἐπέβαλεν ἐπὶ τὴν παρεμβολὴν ὁδὸν ἡμέρας ἐντεῦθεν καὶ ὁδὸν ἡμέρας ἐντεῦθεν κύκλῳ τῆς παρεμβολῆς, ὡσεὶ δίπηχυ ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς.
And a-currenting-to it-had-came-out beside of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and it-out-acrossed-unto to-a-quail-en-motheredness off of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness, and it-had-casted-upon upon to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside to-a-way of-a-dayedness in-also-from and to-a-way of-a-dayedness in-also-from unto-a-circle of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside, as-if to-two-fored off of-the-one of-a-soil.
Note: to-a-quail-en-motheredness : used to refer to the turnix quail where the male incubates the eggs, versus the coturnix quail where the female incubates the eggs.
11:31 ορτυγομητρα F | της θαλασσης] om της A | om και οδον ημερας εντευθεν B* (hab Ba b A F) | διπηχυν A1 (διπηχυ A*)
(1489 B.C. Zif 27-28)
Num 11:32 καὶ ἀναστὰς ὁ λαὸς ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ ὅλην τὴν νύκτα καὶ ὅλην τὴν ἡμέραν τὴν ἐπαύριον, καὶ συνήγαγον τὴν ὀρτυγομήτραν· ὁ τὸ ὀλίγον συνήγαγεν δέκα κόρους· καὶ ἔσφαξαν ἑαυτοῖς ψυγμοὺς κύκλῳ τῆς παρεμβολῆς.
And having-had-stood-up, the-one a-people, to-whole to-the-one to-a-dayedness and to-whole to-the-one to-a-night and to-whole to-the-one to-a-dayedness to-the-one upon-to-morrow, and they-had-led-together to-the-one to-a-quail-en-motheredness; the-one to-the-one to-little it-had-led-together to-ten to-kor'; and they-slaughtered-to unto-selves to-breathings-of unto-a-circle of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside.
Note: to-a-quail-en-motheredness : used to refer to the turnix quail where the male incubates the eggs, versus the coturnix quail where the female incubates the eggs.
Note: to-kor' : largest Hebrew dry measure, about 64 gallons.
Note: to-breathings-of : used to refer the cooling or drying effect of a breath of air and places conducive to it; here the quail were put in comparitively cool dry places around the camp, possibly of their own building or forming.
11:32 την επαυριον] τη επ. A | εσφαξαν] εψυξαν A F
(1489 B.C. Zif 27-28)
Num 11:33 τὰ κρέα ἔτι ἦν ἐν τοῖς ὀδοῦσιν αὐτῶν πρὶν ἢ ἐκλείπειν, καὶ Κύριος ἐθυμώθη εἰς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ· καὶ Κύριος ἐπάταξεν τὸν λαὸν πληγὴν μεγάλην σφόδρα.
The-ones meats if-to-a-one it-was in unto-the-ones unto-teeth of-them ere or to-remainder-out, and Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-was-en-passioned into to-the-one to-a-people of-it; and Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-was-smiting to-the-one to-a-people to-a-smiting to-great to-vehemented.
11:33 εκλιπειν A | om αυτου Ba b A F | επαταξεν κυριος B? A F | τον λαον 2°] εν τω λαω A
(1489 B.C. Zif 29 - Sivan 26; Sivan 3, Sivan 10, Sivan 17, Sivan 24 Sabbaths)
Num 11:34 καὶ ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου Μνήματα τῆς ἐπιθυμίας· ἐκεῖ ἔθαψαν τὸν λαὸν τὸν ἐπιθυμητήν.
And it-was-called-unto the-one a-naming-to of-the-one of-an-occasion of-the-one-thither Memoryings-to of-the-one of-a-passioning-upon-unto; thither they-burialed to-the-one to-a-people to-the-one to-a-passioner-upon.
11:34 εκει] pr οτι A F
(1489 B.C. Sivan 27 - Thammus 7; Thammus 1 Sabbath)
Num 11:35 ἀπὸ Μνημάτων ἐπιθυμίας ἐξῆρεν ὁ λαὸς εἰς Ἁσηρώθ, καὶ ἐγένετο ὁ λαὸς ἐν Ἁσηρώθ.
Off of-Memoryings-to of-a-passioning-upon it-lifted-out, the-one a-people, into to-a-Hasêrôth, and it-had-became, the-one a-people, in unto-a-Hasêrôth.
Note: about 80 miles northeast; see Num_33:17.
11:35–12:1 om και εγενετο…και ελαλησεν B* vid (hab B1? a?)
11:35 επιθυμιας] pr της A
(1489 B.C. Thammus 8 Sabbath)
Num 12:1 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Μαριὰμ καὶ Ἀαρὼν κατὰ Μωυσῆ ἕνεκεν τῆς γυναικὸς τῆς Αἰθιοπίσσης ἣν ἔλαβεν Μωυσῆς, ὅτι γυναῖκα Αἰθιόπισσαν ἔλαβεν.
And it-spoke-unto, a-Mariam and an-Aarôn, down of-a-Môusês, in-out-in of-the-one of-a-woman of-the-one of-an-Aithiopess to-which it-had-taken, a-Môusês, to-which-a-one to-a-woman to-an-Aithiopess it-had-taken.
11:35–12:1 om και εγενετο…και ελαλησεν B* vid (hab B1? a?)
12:1 Μαρια F* (Μαριαμ F1 vid) | Αιθιοπ. (bis)] Αι sup ras Aa (Εθιοπ. A* vid) | ην] ης A
(1489 B.C. Thammus 8 Sabbath)
Num 12:2 καὶ εἶπαν Μὴ Μωυσῇ μόνῳ λελάληκεν Κύριος; οὐχὶ καὶ ἡμῖν ἐλάλησεν; καὶ ἤκουσεν Κύριος.
And they-said, Lest unto-a-Môusês unto-stayeed it-had-come-to-speak-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh)? Unto-not and unto-us it-spoke-unto? And it-heard, Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
12:2 λελαληκεν] ελαλησεν A F | ημιν] pr εν A
(1489 B.C. Thammus 8 Sabbath)
Num 12:3 καὶ ὁ ἄνθρωπος Μωυσῆς πραὺς σφόδρα παρὰ πάντας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς ὄντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς.
And the-one a-mankind a-Môusês mild to-vehemented beside to-all to-the-ones to-mankinds to-the-ones to-being upon of-the-one of-a-soil.
(1489 B.C. Thammus 8 Sabbath)
Num 12:4 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Μαριὰμ καὶ Ἀαρὼν Ἐξέλθατε ὑμεῖς οἱ τρεῖς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου· καὶ ἐξῆλθον οἱ τρεῖς εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου.
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês and to-a-Mariam and to-an-Aarôn, Ye-should-have-came-out, ye the-ones three, to-the-one to-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet; and they-had-came-out, the-ones three, into to-the-one to-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet.
12:4 Κυριος] + παραχρημα Ba b (superscr) A F | Ααρων και Μαριαμ F | την σκηνην 1°] pr εις A F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 8 Sabbath)
Num 12:5 καὶ κατέβη Κύριος ἐν στύλῳ νεφέλης, καὶ ἔστη ἐπὶ τῆς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου· καὶ ἐκλήθησαν Ἀαρὼν καὶ Μαριάμ, καὶ ἐξήλθοσαν ἀμφότεροι.
And it-had-stepped-down, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), in unto-a-pillar of-a-clouding, and it-had-stood upon of-the-one of-a-portaledness of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet; and they-were-called-unto an-Aarôn and a-Mariam, and they-hath-had-came-out more-around.
12:5 εξηλθον Ba b F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 8 Sabbath)
Num 12:6 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς Ἀκούσατε τῶν λόγων μου· ἐὰν γένηται προφήτης ὑμῶν Κυρίῳ, ἐν ὁράματι αὐτῷ γνωσθήσομαι καὶ ἐν ὕπνῳ λαλήσω αὐτῷ.
And it-had-said toward to-them, Ye-should-have-heard of-the-ones of-forthees of-me; if-ever it-might-have-had-became a-declarer-before of-ye unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), in unto-a-naming-to unto-it I-shall-be-acquainted and in unto-a-sleep I-shall-speak-unto unto-it.
12:6 Κυριω] κ̅̅υ̅̅ B* vid | οροματι B* (οραμ. Ba b)
(1489 B.C. Thammus 8 Sabbath)
Num 12:7 οὐχ οὕτως ὁ θεράπων μου Μωυσῆς· ἐν ὅλῳ τῷ οἴκῳ μου πιστός ἐστιν·
Not unto-the-one-this the-one a-minister of-me a-Môusês; in unto-whole unto-the-one unto-a-house of-me trusted it-be;
12:7 ουτως] + ως A F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 8 Sabbath)
Num 12:8 στόμα κατὰ στόμα λαλήσω αὐτῷ, ἐν εἴδει καὶ οὐ δι' αἰνιγμάτων, καὶ τὴν δόξαν Κυρίου εἶδεν· καὶ διὰ τί οὐκ ἐφοβήθητε καταλαλῆσαι κατὰ τοῦ θεράποντός μου Μωυσῆ;
to-a-becutteeing-to down to-a-becutteeing-to I-shall-speak-unto unto-it, in unto-a-sighteedness and not through of-riddlings-to, and to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-had-seen; and through to-what-one not ye-were-feareed-unto to-have-spoken-down-unto of-the-one of-a-minister of-me of-a-Môusês?
12:8 Κυριου] μου A
[Appendix] ειδι B* A ιδει Ba b | ενιγματων A
(1489 B.C. Thammus 8 Sabbath)
Num 12:9 καὶ ὀργὴ θυμοῦ Κυρίου ἐπ' αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἀπῆλθεν.
And a-stressing of-a-passion of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) upon unto-them, and it-had-came-off.
12:9 απηλθον A F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 8 Sabbath)
Num 12:10 καὶ ἡ νεφέλη ἀπέστη ἀπὸ τῆς σκηνῆς, καὶ ἰδοὺ Μαριὰμ λεπρῶσα ὡσεὶ χιών. καὶ ἐπέβλεψεν Ἀαρὼν ἐπὶ Μαριάμ, καὶ ἰδοὺ λεπρῶσα.
And the-one a-clouding it-had-stood-off off of-the-one of-a-tenting, and thou-should-have-had-seen, a-Maraim en-peeling-unto as-if a-snow. And it-viewed-upon, an-Aarôn, upon to-a-Mariam, and thou-should-have-had-seen, en-peeling-unto.
12:10 απεστη] απηλθεν A | Αρων A* (α superscr A1) | επι] προς A F | επι Μ. και ιδου] προς Μ. F* | προς Μ. και ιδου Μαριαμ F1
[Appendix] χειων B* (χιων Bb)
(1489 B.C. Thammus 8 Sabbath)
Num 12:11 καὶ εἶπεν Ἀαρὼν πρὸς Μωυσῆν Δέομαι, Κύριε, μὴ συνεπιθῇ ἡμῖν ἁμαρτίαν, διότι ἠγνοήσαμεν καθότι ἡμάρτομεν·
And it-had-said, an-Aarôn, toward to-a-Môusês, I-bind, Authority-belonged(adon), lest thou-might-have-had-placed-upon-together unto-us to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto, through-to-which-a-one we-un-en-mulled-unto down-to-which-a-one we-had-un-adjusted-along;
12:11 αμαρτια[.] F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 8 Sabbath)
Num 12:12 μὴ γένηται ὡσεὶ ἴσον θανάτῳ, ὡσεὶ ἔκτρωμα ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ μήτρας μητρός· κατεσθίει τὸ ἥμισυ τῶν σαρκῶν αὐτῆς.
lest it-might-have-had-became as-if samed unto-a-death, as-if a-wounding-out-to traversing-out-of out of-an-en-motheredness of-a-mother; it-eat-belongeth-down to-the-one to-half of-the-ones of-fleshes of-it.
Note: to-a-wounding-out-to : used to refer to coming out of the womb injured, particulary prematurely or aborted.
Note: of-an-en-motheredness : used to refer to the womb.
12:12 γενηται] γενοιτο A | ωσει ισον] ως| εισον F | om ωσει εκτρωμα F* (hab F1 mg) | κατεσθιει] pr και Ba b A F | αυτης sup ras Aa
(1489 B.C. Thammus 8 Sabbath)
Num 12:13 καὶ ἐβόησεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς Κύριον λέγων Ὁ θεός, δέομαί σου, ἴασαι αὐτήν.
And it-hollered-unto, a-Môusês, toward to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) forthing, The-one a-Deity(El), I-bind of-thee, thou-should-have-cured-unto to-it.
12:13 [Appendix] δαιομαι A
(1489 B.C. Thammus 8 Sabbath)
Num 12:14 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν Εἰ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῆς πτύων ἐνέπτυσεν εἰς τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτῆς, οὐκ ἐντραπήσεται ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας; ἀφορισθήτω ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσελεύσεται.
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês, If the-one a-father of-it spewing it-spewed-in into to-the-one to-looked-toward of-it, not it-shall-have-been-turned-in to-seven to-dayednesses? It-should-have-been-bounded-off-to to-seven to-dayednesses out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside, and with to-the-ones-these it-shall-come-into.
12:14 εντραπησεται·επτα A F | αφορισθητω] αφορισθησεται A | om επτα ημερας 2° A F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 9-15; Thammus 15 Sabbath)
Num 12:15 καὶ ἀφωρίσθη Μαριὰμ ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας· καὶ ὁ λαὸς οὐκ ἐξῆρεν ἕως ἐκαθαρίσθη Μαριάμ.
And it-was-bounded-off-to a-Mariam out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside to-seven to-dayednesses; and the-one a-people not it-lifted-out unto-if-which it-was-cleansed-to a-Mariam.
12:15 εκαθαρισθη] καθερισθη A
(1489 B.C. Thammus 16-28; Thammus 22 Sabbath)
Num 13:1 (Num 12:16) καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἐξῆρεν ὁ λαὸς ἐξ Ἁσηρώθ, καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Φαράν.
(Num 12:16) And with to-the-ones-these it-lifted-out, the-one a-people, out of-a-Hasêrôth, and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Faran.
Note: about 80 miles northwest; near a-Kadês; see Num_33:18.
13:1 παρενεβαλεν A | Φαραν] pr του Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:2 (Num 13:1) Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
(Num 13:1) And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:3 (Num 13:2) Ἀπόστειλον σεαυτῷ ἄνδρας, καὶ κατασκεψάσθωσαν τὴν γῆν τῶν Χαναναίων, ἣν ἐγὼ δίδωμι τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ εἰς κατάσχεσιν· ἄνδρα ἕνα κατὰ φυλήν, κατὰ δήμους πατριῶν αὐτῶν ἀποστείλας αὐτούς, πάντα ἀρχηγὸν ἐξ αὐτῶν.
(Num 13:2) Thou-should-have-set-off unto-thyself to-men, and they-should-have-scouted-down to-the-one to-a-soil of-the-ones of-Chanan-belonged, to-which I I-shall-give unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl into to-a-holdening-down; to-a-man to-one down to-a-tribing, down to-localities of-fatherings-unto of-them having-set-off to-them, to-all to-first-led out of-them.
13:3 αποστειλας] αποστελεις A F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:4 (Num 13:3) καὶ ἐξαπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς Μωυσῆς ἐκ τῆς ἐρήμου Φαρὰν διὰ φωνῆς Κυρίου· πάντες ἄνδρες ἀρχηγοὶ υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ οὗτοι.
(Num 13:3) And it-set-off-out to-them, a-Môusês, out of-the-one of-solituded of-a-Faran through of-a-sound of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh); all men first-led of-sons of-an-Israêl the-ones-these.
13:4 εξαπεστειλεν] απεστειλεν A
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:5 (Num 13:4) καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν· τῆς φυλῆς Ῥουβήν, Σαμουὴλ υἱὸς Ζάκχυρ.
(Num 13:4) And the-ones-these the-ones namings-to of-them; of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Roubên, a-Samouêl a-son of-a-Zakchur.
13:5 Σαμουηλ] Σαμαλιηλ A Σαμμου| F | υιος] υιου A | Ζακχυρ] Ζαχρου A Ζα.χουρ F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:6 (Num 13:5) τῆς φυλῆς Συμεών, Σαφὰτ υἱὸς Σουρεί·
(Num 13:5) Of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Sumeôn, a-Safat a-son of-a-Sourei;
13:6 Σαφατ] Σαφαν F | Σουρι A F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:7 (Num 13:6) τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα, Χαλὲβ υἱὸς Ἰεφοννή·
(Num 13:6) of-the-one of-a-tribing of-an-Ioudas, a-Chaleb a-son of-an-Iefonnê;
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:8 (Num 13:7) τῆς φυλῆς Ἰσσαχάρ, Ἰλαὰλ υἱὸς Ἰωσήφ·
(Num 13:7) of-the-one of-a-tribing of-an-Issachar, an-Ilaal a-son of-an-Iôsêf;
13:8 Ισαχαρ F | Ιλααλ] Ιγαλ A F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:9 (Num 13:8) τῆς φυλῆς Ἐφράιμ, Αὑσὴ υἱὸς Ναυή·
(Num 13:8) of-the-one of-a-tribing of-an-Efraim, a-Hausê a-son of-a-Nauê;
13:9 Ναυη] Ναυνα F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:10 (Num 13:9) τῆς φυλῆς Βενιαμείν, Φαλτεὶ υἱὸς Ῥαφού·
(Num 13:9) of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Beniamein, a-Faltei a-son of-a-Rafou;
13:10 om F* (hab της φυλης Βενιαμειν Φαλτι υιος Ραφαν F1 mg inf) | Φαλτι A
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:11 (Num 13:10) τῆς φυλῆς Ζαβουλών, Γουδιὴλ υἱὸς Σουδεί·
(Num 13:10) of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Zaboulôn, a-Goudiêl a-son of-a-Soudei;
13:11 om F* (hab της φυλης Ζαβουλων Γουζιηλ υιος Σουδι F1 mg inf) | Σουδι A
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:12 (Num 13:11) τῆς φυλῆς Ἰωσὴφ τῶν υἱῶν Μανασσή, Γαδδεὶ υἱὸς Σουσεί·
(Num 13:11) of-the-one of-a-tribing of-an-Iôsêf of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Manassês, a-Gaddei a-son of-a-Sousei.
13:12 Μαννασση A | Γαδδι A F | Σουσι A F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:13 (Num 13:12) τῆς φυλῆς Δάν, Ἀμειὴλ υἱὸς Γαμαί·
(Num 13:12) of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Dan, an-Ameiêl a-son of-a-Gamai;
13:13 Αμιηλ A F | Γαμαι] Γαμαλι A Μ.|λι F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:14 (Num 13:13) τῆς φυλῆς Ἀσήρ, Σαθοὺρ υἱὸς Μειχαήλ·
(Num 13:13) of-the-one of-a-tribing of-an-Asêr, a-Sathour a-son of-a-Meichaêl;
13:14 Μιχαηλ Bb A F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:15 (Num 13:14) τῆς φυλῆς Νεφθαλεί, Ναβεὶ υἱὸς Ἰαβεί·
(Num 13:14) of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Nefthalei, a-Nabei a-son of-an-Iabei;
13:15 Νεφθαλι A | Ναβει] Ναβα A Ναβι F | Ιαβι A F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:16 (Num 13:15) τῆς φυλῆς Γάδ, Γουδιὴλ υἱὸς Μακχί.
(Num 13:15) of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Gad, a-Goudiêl a-son of-a-Makchi.
13:16 Τουδιηλ] B* (fort) b | Μακχι B* b] Μακοσι Ba b Μαχι A Μαχειρ F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:17 (Num 13:16) ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν ἀνδρῶν οὓς ἀπέστειλεν Μωυσῆς κατασκέψασθαι τὴν γῆν. καὶ ἐπωνόμασεν Μωυσῆς τὸν Αὑσὴ υἱὸν Ναυὴ Ἰησοῦν.
(Num 13:16) The-ones-these the-ones namings-to of-the-ones of-men to-which it-set-off, a-Môusês, to-have-scouted-down to-the-one to-a-soil. And it-upon-named-to, a-Môusês, to-the-one to-a-Hausê to-a-son of-a-Nauê to-an-Iêsous.
13:17 υιος A
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:18 (Num 13:17) καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς Μωυσῆς κατασκέψασθαι τὴν γῆν Χανάαν καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς Ἀνάβητε ταύτῃ τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ ἀναβήσεσθε εἰς τὸ ὄρος·
(Num 13:17) And it-set-off to-them, a-Môusês, to-have-scouted-down to-the-one to-a-soil of-a-Chanaan and it-had-said toward to-them, Ye-should-have-had-stepped-up unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-solituded, and ye-shall-step-up into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness;
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:19 (Num 13:18) καὶ ὄψεσθε τὴν γῆν τίς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸν λαὸν τὸν ἐνκαθήμενον ἐπ' αὐτῆς, εἰ ἰσχυρότερός ἐστιν ἢ ἀσθενής, ἢ ὀλίγοι εἰσὶν ἢ πολλοί·
(Num 13:18) and ye-shall-behold to-the-one to-a-soil what-one it-be, and to-the-one to-a-people to-the-one to-sitting-down-in upon of-it, if more-force-held it-be or un-vigoringed, or little they-be or much;
13:19 ει] η A F | ισχυποτερος] ισχυρος A F | η 2°] ει A F
[Appendix] εγκαθημενον Bb A F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:20 (Num 13:19) καὶ τίς ἡ γῆ εἰς ἣν οὗτοι ἐνκάθηνται ἐπ' αὐτῆς, ἢ καλή ἐστιν ἢ πονηρά· καὶ τίνες αἱ πόλεις εἰς ἃς οὗτοι κατοικοῦσιν ἐν αὐταῖς, ἢ ἐν τειχήρεσιν ἢ ἐν ἀτειχίσταις·
(Num 13:19) and what-one the-one a-soil into to-which the-ones-these they-sit-down-in upon of-it, or seemly or en-necessitated; and what-ones the-ones cities into to-which the-ones-these they-house-down-unto in unto-them, or in unto-lineationinged or in unto-un-lineationed;
Note: unto-un-lineationed (ATEIXISTAIS) in 03: unto-un-lineationed (ATEIXISTOIS) in 02 03C1 03C2 is correct.
13:20 η 2°] ει A | η 4°] ει A F | η 5°] ει F | ατειχισταις] ατειχιστοις Ba b et (ατιχ.) A F
[Appendix] εγκαθηνται Bb A F | τιχηρεσιν B* A (τειχ. Ba b)
(1489 B.C. Thammus 29)
Num 13:21 (Num 13:20) καὶ τίς ἡ γῆ, ἢ πίων ἢ παρειμένη, ἢ ἔστιν ἐν αὐτῇ δένδρα ἢ οὔ. καὶ προσκαρτερήσαντες λήμψεσθε ἀπὸ τῶν καρπῶν τῆς γῆς. καὶ αἱ ἡμέραι ἡμέραι ἔαρος, πρόδρομοι σταφυλῆς.
(Num 13:20) and what-one the-one a-soil, or plumpinged-of or having-had-come-to-be-sent-beside, or it-be in unto-it en-treeings or not. And having-more-secured-toward-unto ye-shall-take off of-the-ones of-fruits of-the-one of-a-soil. And the-ones dayednesses dayednesses of-a-spring, circuited-before of-a-grape.
13:21 η 4°] ει A | εαρος Ba b A] αερος B* Fvid (.ερος) | προδομοι A* (προδρ. A1)
(1489 B.C. Thammus 30 - Elul 10; Ab 6, Ab 13, Ab 20, Ab 27, Elul 4 Sabbaths)
Num 13:22 (Num 13:21) καὶ ἀναβάντες κατεσκέψαντο τὴν γῆν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐρήμου Σεὶν ἕως Ῥαάβ, εἰσπορευομένων Ἑφαάθ.
(Num 13:21) And having-had-stepped-up they-scouted-down to-the-one to-a-soil off of-the-one of-solituded of-a-Sein unto-if-which of-a-Raab, of-traversing-into-of to-a-Hefaath.
Note: of-the-one to-solituded of-a-Sein : there are two areas called the-one solituded of-a-Sein. (a) an area about 55 miles southwest of Ailôn (Sept.)/Elath (KJV); (b) an area about 40 miles north northwest of Ailôn (Sept.)/Elath (KJV); here the location is (b).
13:22 κατεσεψατο A* (ν superscr A1) | Σιν A F | Ρααβ] Ροωβ A Ροωθ F | Εφααθ] Αιμαθ A ε.αθ F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 30 - Elul 10; Ab 6, Ab 13, Ab 20, Ab 27, Elul 4 Sabbaths)
Num 13:23 (Num 13:22) καὶ ἀνέβησαν κατὰ τὴν ἔρημον καὶ ἦλθον ἕως Χεβρών, καὶ ἐκεῖ Ἀχειμὰν καὶ Σεσσεὶ καὶ Θελαμείν, γενεαὶ Ἐνάχ· καὶ Χεβρὼν ἑπτὰ ἔτεσιν ᾠκοδομήθη πρὸ τοῦ Τάνιν Αἰγύπτου.
(Num 13:22) And they-had-stepped-up down to-the-one to-solituded and they-had-came unto-if-which of-a-Chebrôn, and thither an-Acheiman and a-Sessei and a-Thelamein, becomednesses of-an-Enach; and a-Chebrôn unto-seven unto-yeareednesses it-was-house-built-unto before of-the-one of-a-Tanin of-an-Aiguptos.
13:23 Αχειμαν] Αχικαμ A Αχιμαν F | Σεσσει] Σεμει A ΣεσειF | Θαλαμει F | Εναχ] Ενακ A
(1489 B.C. Thammus 30 - Elul 10; Ab 6, Ab 13, Ab 20, Ab 27, Elul 4 Sabbaths)
Num 13:24 (Num 13:23) καὶ ἤλθον ἕως Φάραγγος βότρυος, καὶ κατεσκέψαντο αὐτήν· καὶ ἔκοψαν ἐκεῖθεν κλήματα καὶ βότρυν σταφυλῆς ἕνα ἐπ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἦραν αὐτὸν ἐπ' ἀναφορεῦσιν, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ῥοῶν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν σικύων.
(Num 13:23) And they-had-came unto-if-which of-a-chasm of-a-cluster, and they-scouted-down to-it; and they-felled thither-from to-branchings-to and to-a-cluster of-a-grape to-one upon of-it, and they-lifted to-it upon unto-bearers-up-of, and off of-the-ones of-pomegranates and off of-the-ones of-cucumbers.
13:24 ηλθοσαν A F | κλημα A F | ηρον A F | σικυων] συκων Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Thammus 30 - Elul 10; Ab 6, Ab 13, Ab 20, Ab 27, Elul 4 Sabbaths)
Num 13:25 (Num 13:24) τὸν τόπον ἐκεῖνον ἐπωνόμασαν Φάραγξ βότρυος, διὰ τὸν βότρυν ὃν ἔκοψαν ἐκεῖθεν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ.
(Num 13:24) To-the-one to-an-occasion to-the-one-thither they-upon-named-to A-chasm of-a-cluster, through to-the-one to-a-cluster to-which they-felled thither-from, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl.
(1489 B.C. Elul 10)
Num 13:26 (Num 13:25) Καὶ ἀπέστρεψαν ἐκεῖθεν κατασκεψάμενοι τὴν γῆν μετὰ τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας.
(Num 13:25) And they-beturned-off thither-from having-scouted-down to-the-one to-a-soil with to-forty to-dayednesses.
13:26 επεστρεψαν A | τεσσαρακοντα Bb
(1489 B.C. Elul 10)
Num 13:27 (Num 13:26) καὶ πορευθέντες ἦλθον πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρὼν καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν συναγωγὴν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ εἰς τὴν ἔρημον Φαρὰν Καδής· καὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν αὐτοῖς ῥῆμα καὶ πάσῃ συναγωγῇ, καὶ ἔδειξαν τὸν καρπὸν τῆς γῆς.
(Num 13:26) And having-been-traversed-of they-had-came toward to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn and toward to-all to-a-leading-together of-sons of-an-Israêl into to-the-one to-solituded of-a-Faran to-a-Kadês; and they-were-separated-off unto-them to-an-uttering-to and unto-all unto-a-leading-together, and they-en-showed to-the-one to-a-fruit of-the-one of-a-soil.
13:27 συναγωγη] pr τη A F
[Appendix] ερη F
(1489 B.C. Elul 10)
Num 13:28 (Num 13:27) καὶ διηγήσαντο αὐτῷ καὶ εἶπαν Ἤλθαμεν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἀπέστειλας ἡμᾶς, γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι, καὶ οὗτος ὁ καρπὸς αὐτῆς·
(Num 13:27) And they-led-through-unto unto-it and they-said, We-had-came into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which thou-set-off to-us, to-a-soil to-flowing to-a-milk and to-a-honey, and the-one-this the-one a-fruit of-it;
13:28 ηλθομεν A F | ην] pr εις A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 10)
Num 13:29 (Num 13:28) ἀλλ' ἢ ὅτι θρασὺ τὸ ἔθνος τὸ κατοικοῦν ἐπ' αὐτῆς, καὶ πόλεις ὀχυραὶ τετειχισμέναι καὶ μεγάλαι σφόδρα, καὶ τὴν γενεὰν Ἐνὰχ ἑωράκαμεν ἐκεῖ·
(Num 13:28) other or to-which-a-one boldened the-one a-placeedness-belonging-to the-one housing-down-unto upon of-it, and cities holdationed having-had-come-to-be-lineationed-to and great to-vehemented, and to-the-one to-a-becomedness of-an-Enach we-had-come-to-seeee-unto thither;
13:29 επ αυτης] την γην A F | πολεις] pr αι A F1 | om και 2° A F | Εναχ] Αινακ A Ενακ F
[Appendix] θραυ A* (θρασυ A1) | τετιχισμ. B* (τετειχισμ. Ba? b A) τετειχεισμ. F
(1489 B.C. Elul 10)
Num 13:30 (Num 13:29) καὶ Ἀμαλὴκ κατοικεῖ ἐν τῇ γῇ τῇ πρὸς νότον, καὶ ὁ Χετταῖος καὶ ὁ Εὑαῖος καὶ ὁ Ἰεβουσαῖος καὶ ὁ Ἀμορραῖος κατοικεῖ ἐν τῇ ὀρεινῇ, καὶ ὁ Χαναναῖος κατοικεῖ παρὰ θάλασσαν.
(Num 13:29) and an-Amalêk it-houseth-down-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-soil unto-the-one toward to-a-tropic, and the-one Chet-belonged and the-one Heu-belonged and the-one Iebous-belonged and the-one Amor-belonged it-houseth-down-unto in unto-the-one unto-jutted-belonged-to, and the-one Chanan-belonged it-houseth-down-unto beside to-a-flourisheredness.
13:30 τη προς νοτον] om τη A F | ορινη A F | θαλασσαν] + και παρα τον Ιορδανην ποταμον Ba b (mg) A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 10)
Num 13:31 (Num 13:30) καὶ κατεσιώπησεν Χαλὲβ τὸν λαὸν πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Οὐχί, ἀλλὰ ἀναβάντες ἀναβησόμεθα καὶ κατακληρονομήσομεν αὐτήν, ὅτι δυνατοὶ δυνησόμεθα πρὸς αὐτούς.
(Num 13:30) And it-down-muted-unto, a-Chaleb, to-the-one to-a-people toward to-a-Môusês and it-had-said unto-it, Unto-not, other having-had-stepped-up we-shall-step-up and we-shall-lot-parcelee-down-unto to-it, to-which-a-one able we-shall-able toward to-them.
13:31 κατακληπονομησωμεν A
(1489 B.C. Elul 10)
Num 13:32 (Num 13:31) καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ συναναβάντες μετ' αὐτοῦ εἶπαν Οὐκ ἀναβαίνομεν, ὅτι οὐ μὴ δυνώμεθα ἀναβῆναι πρὸς τὸ ἔθνος· ὅτι ἰσχυρότερόν ἐστιν ἡμῶν μᾶλλον.
(Num 13:31) And the-ones mankinds the-ones having-had-stepped-up-together with of-it they-said, Not we-step-up, to-which-a-one, not lest we-might-able to-have-had-stepped-up toward to-the-one to-a-placeedness-belonging-to; to-which-a-one more-force-held it-be of-us more-such.
13:32 μετ αυτου] μετ αυτων A F | αναβαινομεν] αναβησομεθα F | om μη F* (superscr F1) | ημων εστιν F
(1489 B.C. Elul 10)
Num 13:33 (Num 13:32) καὶ ἐξήνεγκαν ἔκστασιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἣν κατεσκέψαντο αὐτήν πρὸς τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ λέγοντες Τὴν γῆν ἣν παρήλθομεν αὐτὴν κατασκέψασθαι, γῆ κατέσθουσα τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπ' αὐτῆς ἐστίν. πᾶς ὁ λαὸς ὃν ἑωράκαμεν ἐν αὐτῇ ἄνδρες ὑπερμήκεις ἐκεῖ.
(Num 13:32) And they-beared-out to-a-standing-out upon of-the-one of-a-soil to-which they-scouted-down to-it toward to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl forthing, To-the-one to-a-soil to-which we-had-came-beside to-it to-have-scouted-down, a-soil eating-down to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto upon of-it it-be. All the-one a-people to-which we-had-come-to-seeee-unto in unto-it men over-longinged thither.
13:33 om επι Ba b A F | πας] pr και A F | εορακαμεν F1 mg | om εκει A F
[Appendix] κατασκεψασθε A |
(1489 B.C. Elul 10)
Num 13:34 (Num 13:33) καὶ ἐκεῖ ἑωράκαμεν τοὺς γίγαντας, καὶ ἦμεν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν ὡσεὶ ἀκρίδες· ἀλλὰ καὶ οὕτως ἦμεν ἐνώπιον αὐτῶν.
(Num 13:33) And thither we-had-come-to-seeee-unto to-the-ones to-mighty, and we-were to-in-look-belonged of-them as-if extremityings; other and unto-the-one-this we-were to-in-look-belonged of-them.
Note: extremityings : used to refer to mature leaping locusts, also grasshoppers and crickets.
13:34 εορακαμεν F1 mg
[Appendix] ακρειδες B* (ακριδ. Bb)
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:1 Καὶ ἀναλαβοῦσα πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγὴ ἐνέδωκεν φωνῇ, καὶ ἔκλαιεν ὁ λαὸς ὅλην τὴν νύκτα ἐκείνην.
And having-had-taken-up, all the-one a-leading-together, it-gave-in unto-a-sound, and it-was-sob-belonging, the-one a-people, to-whole to-the-one to-a-night to-the-one-thither.
14:1 ενεδωκεν φωνη] εδωκεν φωνην A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:2 καὶ διεγόγγυζον ἐπὶ Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρὼν πάντες οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ εἶπαν πρὸς αὐτοὺς πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγή Ὄφελον ἀπεθάνομεν ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ, ἢ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ταύτῃ εἰ ἀπεθάνομεν·
And they-were-through-murmuring-of-to upon to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn, all the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, and they-said toward to-them, all the-one a-leading-together, Having-had-debted we-had-died-off in unto-a-soil unto-an-Aiguptos, or in unto-the-one unto-solituded unto-the-one-this if we-had-died-off;
14:2 αυτοις F* (αυτους F1)
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:3 καὶ ἵνα τί Κύριος εἰσάγει ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν γῆν ταύτην πεσεῖν ἐν πολέμῳ; αἱ γυναῖκες ἡμῶν καὶ τὰ παιδία ἔσονται εἰς διαρπαγήν· νῦν οὖν βέλτιον ἡμῖν ἐστιν ἀποστραφῆναι εἰς Αἴγυπτον.
and so to-what-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-leadeth-into to-us into to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-one-this to-have-had-fallen in unto-a-war? The-ones women of-us and the-ones childlets they-shall-be into to-a-snatching-through; now accordingly better-belonginged-of unto-us it-be to-have-had-been-beturned-off into to-an-Aiguptos.
14:3 παιδια] + ημων A F | εις διαπρ. εσονται A | om ημιν Ba b
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:4 καὶ εἶπαν ἕτερος τῷ ἑτέρῳ Δῶμεν ἀρχηγὸν καὶ ἀποστρέψωμεν εἰς Αἴγυπτον.
And they-said, different unto-the-one unto-different, We-might-have-had-given to-first-led and we-might-have-beturned-off into to-an-Aiguptos.
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:5 καὶ ἔπεσεν Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον ἐναντίον πάσης συναγωγῆς υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.
And it-had-fallen, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn, upon to-looked-toward to-ever-a-oned-in of-all of-a-leading-together of-sons of-an-Israêl.
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:6 Ἰησοῦς δὲ ὁ τοῦ Ναυὴ καὶ Χαλὲβ ὁ τοῦ Ἰεφοννὴ τῶν κατασκεψαμένων τὴν γῆν διέρρηξαν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν,
An-Iêsous then-also the-one of-the-one of-a-Nauê and a-Chaleb the-one of-the-one of-an-Iefonnê of-the-ones of-having-scouted-down to-the-one to-a-soil they-en-bursted-through to-the-ones to-apparelets of-them,
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:7 καὶ εἶπαν πρὸς πᾶσαν συναγωγὴν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ λέγοντες Ἡ γῆ, ἣν κατεσκεψάμεθα αὐτήν, ἀγαθή ἐστιν σφόδρα σφόδρα·
and they-said toward to-all to-a-leading-together of-sons of-an-Israêl forthing, The-one a-soil, to-which we-scouted-down to-it, excess-placed it-be to-vehemented to-vehemented;
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:8 εἰ αἱρετίζει ἡμᾶς Κύριος, εἰσάξει ἡμᾶς εἰς τὴν γῆν ταύτην καὶ δώσει αὐτὴν ἡμῖν, γῆ ἥτις ἐστὶν ῥέουσα γάλα καὶ μέλι.
if it-sectioneth-along-to to-us, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-shall-lead-into to-us into to-the-one to-a-soil to-the-one-this and it-shall-give to-it unto-us, a-soil which-a-one it-be flowing to-a-milk and to-a-honey.
14:8 αιρετιζει A F] ερεθιζει B
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:9 ἀλλὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ κυρίου μὴ ἀποστάται γίνεσθε· ὑμεῖς δὲ μὴ φοβηθῆτε τὸν λαὸν τῆς γῆς, ὅτι κατάβρωμα ἡμῖν ἐστίν· ἀφέστηκεν γὰρ ὁ καιρὸς ἀπ' αὐτῶν, ὁ δὲ κύριος ἐν ἡμῖν· μὴ φοβηθῆτε αὐτούς.
Other off of-the-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) lest standers-off ye-should-become; ye then-also lest ye-might-have-been-feareed-unto to-the-one to-a-people of-the-one of-a-soil, to-which-a-one to-a-feedeeing-down-to unto-us it-be; it-had-come-to-stand-off too-thus, the-one a-time, off of-them, the-one then-also Authority-belonged(Yahveh) in unto-us; lest ye-might-have-been-feareed-unto to-them.
14:9 του κυριου] om του F | εστιν] εισιν F
[Appendix] γεινεσθε B A
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:10 καὶ εἶπεν πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγὴ καταλιθοβολῆσαι αὐτούς. καὶ ἡ δόξα Κυρίου ὤφθη ἐν νεφέλῃ ἐπὶ τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου πᾶσι τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ.
And it-had-said, all the-one a-leading-together, to-have-stone-casted-down-unto to-them. And the-one a-reckonedness of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-was-beheld in unto-a-clouding upon of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet unto-all unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl.
14:10 ειπαν F | αυτους] + εν λιθοις Ba b A F1 mg (λιθοις F*) | πασι] εν πασιν A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:11 Καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν Ἕως τίνος παροξύνει με ὁ λαὸς οὗτος; καὶ ἕως τίνος οὐ πιστεύουσίν μοι ἐν πᾶσιν τοῖς σημείοις οἷς ἐποίησα ἐν αὐτοῖς;
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês, Unto-if-which of-what-one it-sharpeneth-beside to-me, the-one a-people the-one-this, and unto-if-which of-what-one not they-trust-of unto-me in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-signlets-of unto-which I-did-unto in unto-them?
Note: trust does not come through signs, but through hearing the anointed words predicting them; Unto-a-hearing ye-shall-hear and not lest ye-might-have-had-sent-together : Isa 6:9; Mat 13:14.
14:11 πασι A F | σημειοις] θαυμασιοις A
[Appendix] σημιοις F
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath HS reads Gr. Num 14:12 πατάξω αὐτοὺς θανάτῳ καὶ ἀπολῶ αὐτούς, καὶ ποιήσω σὲ καὶ τὸν οἶκον τοῦ πατρός σου εἰς ἔθνος μέγα καὶ πολὺ μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦτο.
I-shall-smite to-them unto-a-death and I-shall-destruct-off to-them, and I-shall-do-unto to-thee and to-the-one to-a-house of-the-one of-a-father of-thee into to-a-placeedness-belonging-to to-great and to-much more-such or to-the-one-this.
Note: this being said to garner a response from Môusês.
14:12 απολω] αποκτεινω F* (απολω F1 mg)
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:13 καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς Κύριον Καὶ ἀκούσεται Αἴγυπτος, ὅτι ἤγαγες τῇ ἰσχύι σου τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον ἐξ αὐτῶν·
And it-had-said, a-Môusês, toward to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), And it-shall-hear, an-Aiguptos, to-which-a-one thou-had-led unto-the-one unto-force-holding of-thee to-the-one to-a-people to-the-one-this out of-them;
14:13 ηγαγες] ανηγαγες Ba b A F | τη ισχυι (ισχυει B)] εν ισχυι A F
[Appendix] ισχυει B* (ισχυι Ba b)
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:14 ἀλλὰ καὶ πάντες οἱ κατοικοῦντες ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ταύτης ἀκηκόασιν ὅτι σὺ εἶ Κύριος ἐν τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ, ὅστις ὀφθαλμοῖς κατ' ὀφθαλμοὺς ὀπτάζῃ, Κύριε. καὶ ἡ νεφέλη σου ἐφέστηκεν ἐπ' αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐν στύλῳ νεφέλης συνπορεύῃ πρότερος αὐτῶν τὴν ἡμέραν καὶ ἐν στύλῳ πυρὸς τὴν νύκτα.
other and all the-ones housing-down-unto upon of-the-one of-a-soil of-the-one-this they-hath-had-come-to-hear to-which-a-one thou thou-be Authority-belonged(Yahveh) in unto-the-one unto-a-people unto-the-one-this, which-a-one unto-eyes down to-eyes thou-behold-to, Authority-belonged(Yahveh). And the-one a-clouding of-thee it-had-come-to-stand-upon of-them, and in unto-a-pillar of-a-clouding thou-traverse-together-of more-before of-them to-the-one to-a-dayedness and in unto-a-pillar of-a-fire to-the-one to-a-night.
14:14 οφθαλμοις] οφθαλμους A | οπταζη] οπτανη F1 (vid) pr συ F | συνπορευη] συμπορευη Ba b συ πορευη A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:15 καὶ ἐκτρίψεις τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον ὡσεὶ ἄνθρωπον ἕνα, καὶ ἐροῦσιν τὰ ἔθνη ὅσοι ἀκηκόασιν τὸ ὄνομά σου λέγοντες
And thou-shall-rub-out to-the-one to-a-people to-the-one-this as-if to-a-mankind to-one, and they-shall-utter, the-ones placeedness-belongings-to, which-a-which they-hath-had-come-to-hear to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-thee forthing,
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:16 Παρὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι Κύριον εἰσαγαγεῖν τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ὤμοσεν αὐτοῖς, κατέστρωσεν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ.
Beside to-the-one lest to-be-abled to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-have-had-led-into to-the-one to-a-people to-the-one-this into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which it-en-oathed unto-them, it-en-strewed-down to-them in unto-the-one unto-solituded.
14:16 τον λαον τουτον] αυτους A
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:17 καὶ νῦν ὑψωθήτω ἡ ἰσχύς σου, Κύριε, ὃν τρόπον εἶπας λέγων
And now it-should-have-been-en-lofteed the-one a-force-holding of-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-which to-a-turn thou-said forthing,
Note: Authority-belonged(Yahveh) : 1 of the 134 places noted in Massorah (107-15, Ginsburg's edition) where Yahveh was altered to Adonay by the Sopherim.
14:17 ισχυς] χειρ A
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:18 Κύριος μακρόθυμος καὶ πολυέλεος καὶ ἀληθινός, ἀφαιρῶν ἀνομίας καὶ ἀδικίας καὶ ἁμαρτίας· καὶ καθαρισμῷ οὐ καθαριεῖ τὸν ἔνοχον, ἀποδιδοὺς ἁμαρτίας πατέρων ἐπὶ τέκνα ἕως τρίτης καὶ τετάρτης.
Authority-belonged(Yahveh) en-long-passioned and much-besectionated and un-secluded-belonged-to, sectioning-along-off-unto to-un-parceleeings-unto and to-un-coursings-unto and to-un-adjustings-along-unto; and unto-a-cleansing-to-of not it-shall-cleanse-to to-the-one to-held-in, giving-off to-un-adjustings-along-unto of-fathers upon to-creationees unto-if-which of-third and of-fourth.
14:18 τεταρτης] + γενεας A F
[Appendix] αληθεινος A F | αφερων A
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:19 ἄφες τὴν ἁμαρτίαν τῷ λαῷ τούτῳ κατὰ τὸ μέγα ἔλεός σου, καθάπερ ἵλεως αὐτοῖς ἐγένου ἀπ' Αἰγύπτου ἕως τοῦ νῦν.
Thou-should-have-had-sent-off to-the-one to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto unto-the-one unto-a-people unto-the-one-this down to-the-one to-great to-a-besectionateedness of-thee, down-to-which-very sectionated unto-them thou-had-became off of-an-Aiguptos unto-if-which of-the-one now.
Note: to-a-besectionateedness : a sectionating off from peril, affliction, misery, distress, predicament, etc.
14:19 εγενου αυτοις A F | απ] απο F
[Appendix] ειλεως B* (ιλ. Bb: item 20)
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:20 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν Ἵλεως αὐτοῖς εἰμι κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμά σου·
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês, Sectionated unto-them I-be down to-the-one to-an-uttering-to of-thee;
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:21 ἀλλὰ ζῶ ἐγὼ καὶ ζῶν τὸ ὄνομά μου, καὶ ἐμπλήσει ἡ δόξα Κυρίου πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν.
other I-life-unto I and lifing-unto, the-one a-naming-to of-me, and it-shall-replete-in, the-one a-reckonedness of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-all to-the-one to-a-soil;
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:22 ὅτι πάντες οἱ ἄνδρες οἱ ὁρῶντες τὴν δόξαν μου καὶ τὰ σημεῖα ἃ ἐποίησα ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ ἐπείρασάν με τοῦτο δέκατον καὶ οὐκ εἰσήκουσάν μου τῆς φωνῆς,
to-which-a-one all the-ones men the-ones seeeeing-unto to-the-one to-a-reckonedness of-me and to-the-ones to-signlets to-which I-did-unto in unto-an-Aiguptos and in unto-the-one unto-solituded, and they-across-belonged-to to-me to-the-one-this to-tenth and not they-heard-into of-me of-the-one of-a-sound,
14:22 τη ερημω] + ταυτη A F | της φωνης μου A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:23 εἰ μὴν οὐκ ὄψονται τὴν γῆν ἣν ὤμοσα τοῖς πατράσιν αὐτῶν· ἀλλ' ἢ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν ἅ ἐστιν μετ' ἐμοῦ ὧδε, ὅσοι οὐκ οἴδασιν ἀγαθὸν οὐδὲ κακόν, πᾶς νεώτερος ἄπειρος, τούτοις δώσω τὴν γῆν· πάντες δὲ οἱ παροξύναντές με οὐκ ὄψονται αὐτήν.
if unto-indeed not they-shall-behold to-the-one to-a-soil to-which I-en-oathed unto-the-ones unto-fathers of-them; other or the-ones creationees of-them which it-be with of-ME unto-which-then-also, which-a-which not they-had-come-to-see to-excess-placed not-then-also to-wedge-wedged, all more-new un-across-belonged, unto-the-ones-these I-shall-give to-the-one to-a-soil; all then-also the-ones having-sharpened-beside to-me not they-shall-behold to-it.
14:23 ουδε] η A F | παροξυνοντες A F | αυτην Ba b A F] την B*
[Appendix] ουχ B* b (ουκ Bb)
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:24 ὁ δὲ παῖς μου Χαλέβ, ὅτι ἐγενήθη πνεῦμα ἕτερον ἐν αὐτῷ, καὶ ἐπηκολούθησέν μοι, εἰσάξω αὐτὸν εἰς τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν εἰσῆλθεν ἐκεῖ, καὶ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτοῦ κληρονομήσει αὐτήν.
The-one then-also a-child of-me a-Chaleb, to-which-a-one it-was-became a-currenting-to different in unto-it, and it-pathed-along-upon-unto unto-me, I-shall-lead-into to-it into to-the-one to-a-soil into to-which it-had-came-into thither, and the-one a-whorling-to of-it it-shall-lot-parcelee-unto to-it.
14:24 εισαξω] pr και A F | εισηλθ.ν F
(1489 B.C. Elul 11 Sabbath)
Num 14:25 ὁ δὲ Ἀμαλὴκ καὶ ὁ Χαναναῖος κατοικοῦσιν ἐν τῇ κοιλάδι· αὔριον ἐπιστράφητε ὑμεῖς καὶ ἀπάρατε εἰς τὴν ἔρημον, ὁδὸν θάλασσαν ἐρυθράν.
The-one then-also an-Amalêk and the-one Chanan-belonged they-house-down-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-hollow; to-morrow ye-should-have-had-been-beturned-upon ye and ye-should-have-lifted-off into to-the-one to-solituded to-a-way to-a-flourisheredness to-red.
14:25 επιστραφηται A | υμεις και απαρατε] και απαρατε υμεις A και απαρατε F* + υμεις F1 mg
(1489 B.C. Elul 12)
Num 14:26 Καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρὼν λέγων
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn forthing,
(1489 B.C. Elul 12)
Num 14:27 Ἕως τίνος τὴν συναγωγὴν τὴν πονηρὰν ταύτην; αὐτοὶ γογγύζουσιν ἐναντίον ἐμοῦ· τὴν γόγγυσιν τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, ἣν ἐγόγγυσαν περὶ ὑμῶν, ἀκήκοα.
Unto-if-which of-what-one to-the-one to-a-leading-together to-the-one to-en-necessitated to-the-one-this? Them they-murmur-of-to to-ever-a-oned-in of-ME; to-the-one to-a-murmuring of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl to-which they-murmured-of-to about of-ye I-hath-had-come-to-hear.
14:27 αυτοι] pr α Ba b A F | εμου] μου A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 12)
Num 14:28 εἰπὸν αὐτοῖς Ζῶ ἐγώ, λέγει Κύριος, εἰ μὴν ὃν τρόπον λελαλήκατε εἰς τὰ ὦτα μου, οὕτως ποιήσω ὑμῖν·
Thou-should-have-said unto-them, I-life-unto I, it-fortheth, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), if unto-indeed to-which to-a-turn ye-had-come-to-speak-unto into to-the-ones to-ears of-me, unto-the-one-this I-shall-do-unto unto-ye;
14:28 ει μην] ει μη A | om εις τα ωτα μου A
(1489 B.C. Elul 12)
Num 14:29 ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ταύτῃ πεσεῖται τὰ κῶλα ὑμῶν καὶ πᾶσα ἡ ἐπισκοπὴ ὑμῶν καὶ οἱ κατηριθμημένοι ὑμῶν ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, ὅσοι ἐγόγγυσαν ἐπ' ἐμοί·
in unto-the-one unto-solituded unto-the-one-this it-shall-fall, the-ones limbs of-ye, and all the-one a-scouteeing-upon of-ye and the-ones having-had-come-to-be-numbered-unto of-ye off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, which-a-which they-murmured-of-ti upon unto-ME;
14:29 πεσειται] αι sup ras B? πεσειτε B* vid A | οι κατηριθμ.] οι sup ras B? vid
(1489 B.C. Elul 12)
Num 14:30 εἰ ὑμεῖς εἰσελεύσεσθε εἰς τὴν γῆν ἐφ' ἣν ἐξέτεινα τὴν χεῖρά μου κατασκηνῶσαι ὑμᾶς ἐπ' αὐτῆς, ἀλλ' ἢ Χαλὲβ υἱὸς Ἰεφοννὴ καὶ Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυή.
if ye ye-shall-come-into into to-the-one to-a-soil upon to-which I-stretched-out to-the-one to-a-hand of-me to-have-en-tented-down to-ye upon of-it, other or a-Chaleb a-son of-an-Iefonnê and an-Iêsous the-one of-the-one of-a-Nauê.
14:30 αυτης] αυτην F1 | Ναυη | inter υ et η ras 1 lit A?
[Appendix] εισελευσεσθαι A
(1489 B.C. Elul 12)
Num 14:31 καὶ τὰ παιδία ἃ εἴπατε ἐν διαρπαγῇ ἔσεσθαι, εἰσάξω αὐτοὺς εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ κληρονομήσουσιν τὴν γῆν ἣν ὑμεῖς ἀπέστητε ἀπ' αὐτῆς.
And to-the-ones to-childlets to-which ye-said in unto-a-snatching-through to-shall-have-been, I-shall-lead-into to-them into to-the-one to-a-soil, and they-shall-lot-parcelee-unto to-the-one to-a-soil to-which ye ye-had-stood-off off of-it.
14:31 εν διαρπαγη] εις διαρπαγην A F | εσεσθαι] αι sup ras B? εσονται A | κατακληρονομησουσιν F
(1489 B.C. Elul 12)
Num 14:32 καὶ τὰ κῶλα ὑμῶν πεσεῖται ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ταύτῃ·
And the-ones limbs of-ye it-shall-fall in unto-the-one unto-solituded unto-the-one this;
14:32 πεσειτε A
(1489 B.C. Elul 12; History B.C 1490 Ab 15 - 1450 B.C Ab 15)
Num 14:33 οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν ἔσονται νεμόμενοι ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη, καὶ ἀνοίσουσιν τὴν πορνείαν ὑμῶν ἕως ἀναλωθῇ τὰ κῶλα ὑμῶν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ.
the-ones then-also sons of-ye they-shall-be being-parceled in unto-the-one unto-solituded to-forty to-yeareednesses, and they-shall-bear-up to-the-one to-a-harloting-of of-ye unto-if-which it-might-have-been-other-alonged-up the-ones limbs of-ye in unto-the-one unto-solituded.
14:33 om εν τη ερημω 1° F | τεσσαρακοντα Bb | υμων 2°] αυτων A | αναλωθη] ανηλ. Ba b pr αν Ba b F1
[Appendix] πορνιαν B* (πορνειαν Ba b A F) |
(1489 B.C. Elul 12; History B.C 1490 Ab 15 - 1450 B.C Ab 15)
Num 14:34 κατὰ τὸν ἀριθμὸν τῶν ἡμερῶν ὅσας κατεσκέψασθε τὴν γῆν, τεσσεράκοντα ἡμέρας, ἡμέραν τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ, λήμψεσθε τὰς ἁμαρτίας ὑμῶν τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη, καὶ γνώσεσθε τὸν θυμὸν τῆς ὀργῆς μου.
Down to-the-one to-a-number of-the-ones of-dayednesses to-which-a-which ye-scouted-down to-the-one to-a-soil, to-forty to-dayednesses, to-a-dayedness of-the-one of-a-being-in-unto-it, ye-shall-take to-the-one to-un-adjustings-along-unto of-ye to-forty to-yeareednesses, and ye-shall-acquaint to-the-one to-a-passion of-the-one of-a-stressing of-me.
14:34 αριθμον] αρτον F* vid (αριθμον F1) | κατεσκεψασθε] επεσκεψασθε Ba b | τεσσαρακοντα Bb (bis)
(1489 B.C. Elul 12)
Num 14:35 ἐγὼ Κύριος ἐλάλησα, εἰ μὴ οὕτως ποιήσω τῇ συναγωγῇ τῇ πονηρᾷ ταύτῃ τῇ ἐπισυνεσταμένῃ ἐπ' ἐμέ· ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ταύτῃ ἐξαναλωθήσονται καὶ ἐκεῖ ἀποθανοῦνται.
I Authority-belonged(Yahveh) I-spoke-unto, if lest unto-the-one-this I-might-have-done-unto unto-the-one unto-a-leading-together unto-the-one unto-en-necessitated unto-the-one-this unto-the-one unto-having-had-come-to-stand-together-upon upon to-ME; in unto-the-one unto-solituded unto-the-this they-shall-be-other-alonged-up-out and thither they-shall-die-off.
14:35 ει μη] ει μην Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 12)
Num 14:36 καὶ οἱ ἄνθρωποι οὓς ἀπέστειλεν Μωυσῆς κατασκέψασθαι τὴν γῆν, καὶ παραγενηθέντες διεγόγγυσαν κατ' αὐτῆς πρὸς τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐξενέγκαι ῥήματα πονηρὰ περὶ τῆς γῆς,
And the-ones mankinds to-which it-set-off, a-Môusês, to-have-scouted-down to-the-one to-a-soil, and having-been-became-beside they-through-murmured-of-to down of-it toward to-the-one to-a-leading-together to-have-beared-out to-utterings-to to-en-necessitated about of-the-one of-a-soil,
14:36 εξενεγκαι] αι sup ras B? | περι] επι A
[Appendix] κατασκεψασθε A
(1489 B.C. Elul 12)
Num 14:37 καὶ ἀπέθανον οἱ ἄνθρωποι οἱ κατείπαντες κατὰ τῆς γῆς πονηρὰ ἐν τῇ πληγῇ ἔναντι Κυρίου·
and they-had-died-off, the-ones mankinds the-ones having-said-down down of-the-one of-a-soil to-en-necessitated, in unto-the-one unto-a-smiting in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh);
14:37 οι κατειπαντες] om οι B* (hab Ba b A F) | κατειποντες F | πονηρα κατα της γης A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 12)
Num 14:38 καὶ Ἰησοῦς υἱὸς Ναυὴ καὶ Χαλὲβ υἱὸς Ἰεφοννὴ ἔζησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐκείνων τῶν πεπορευμένων κατασκέψασθαι τὴν γῆν.
and an-Iêsous a-son of-a-Nauê and a-Chaleb a-son of-an-Iefonnê they-lifed-unto off of-the-ones of-mankinds of-the-ones-thither of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-traverse-of to-have-scouted-down to-the-one to-a-soil.
(1489 B.C. Elul 12)
Num 14:39 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Μωυσῆς τὰ ῥήματα ταῦτα πρὸς πάντας υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἐπένθησεν ὁ λαὸς σφόδρα.
And it-spoke-unto, a-Môusês, to-the-ones to-utterings-to to-the-ones-these toward to-all to-sons of-an-Israêl, and it-grieved-unto, the-one a-people, to-vehemented.
(1489 B.C. Elul 13)
Num 14:40 καὶ ὀρθρίσαντες τὸ πρωὶ ἀνέβησαν εἰς τὴν κορυφὴν τοῦ ὄρους λέγοντες Ἰδοὺ οἵδε ἡμεῖς ἀναβησόμεθα εἰς τὸν τόπον ὃν εἶπεν Κύριος, ὅτι ἡμάρτομεν.
And having-ruddy-jutted-to to-the-one unto-before-belonged they-had-stepped-up into to-the-one to-a-crest of-the-one of-a-jutteedness forthing, Thou-should-have-had-seen, the-ones-then-also we we-shall-step-up into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-which it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-which-a-one we-had-un-adjusted-along.
14:40 το πρωι] pr εις Ba b | εις] επι A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 13)
Num 14:41 καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς Ἵνα τί ὑμεῖς παραβαίνετε τὸ ῥῆμα Κυρίου; οὐκ εὔοδα ἔσται ὑμῖν.
And it-had-said, a-Môusês, So to-what-one ye ye-step-beside to-the-one to-an-uttering-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh)? Not goodly-wayed it-shall-be unto-ye.
(1489 B.C. Elul 13)
Num 14:42 μὴ ἀναβαίνετε, οὐ γάρ ἐστιν Κύριος μεθ' ὑμῶν, καὶ πεσεῖσθε πρὸ προσώπου τῶν ἐχθρῶν ὑμῶν.
Lest ye-should-step-up, not too-thus it-be Authority-belonged(Yahveh) with of-ye, and ye-shall-fall before of-looked-toward of-the-ones of-en-enmitied of-ye;
(1489 B.C. Elul 13)
Num 14:43 ὅτι ὁ Ἀμαλὴκ καὶ ὁ Χαναναῖος ἐκεῖ ἔμπροσθεν ὑμῶν, καὶ πεσεῖσθε μαχαίρᾳ· οὗ εἵνεκεν ἀπεστράφητε ἀπειθοῦντες Κυρίῳ, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται Κύριος ἐν ὑμῖν.
to-which-a-one the-one an-Amalêk and the-one Chanan-belonged thither in-toward-from of-ye, and ye-shall-fall unto-a-battle-section-alongedness of-which if-in-out-in ye-had-been-beturned-off un-suring-unto unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and not it-shall-be Authority-belonged(Yahveh) in unto-ye.
14:43 ο Αμαληκ] om ο A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 13)
Num 14:44 καὶ διαβιασάμενοι ἀνέβησαν ἐπὶ τὴν κορυφὴν τοῦ ὄρους· ἡ δὲ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης Κυρίου καὶ Μωυσῆς οὐκ ἐκινήθησαν ἐκ τῆς παρεμβολῆς.
And having-through-dureeated-to they-had-stepped-up upon to-the-one to-a-crest of-the-one of-a-jutteedness; the-one then-also a-box of-the-one of-a-placement-through of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and a-Môusês not they-were-moved-unto out of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside.
14:44 την κ.] om την A | της παρεμβ.] pr μεσου A F
[Appendix] εκεινηθησαν A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 13-18; Elul 18 Sabbath)
Num 14:45 καὶ κατέβη ὁ Ἀμαλὴκ καὶ ὁ Χαναναῖος ὁ ἐνκαθήμενος ἐν τῷ ὄρει ἐκείνῳ, καὶ ἐτρέψαντο αὐτοὺς καὶ κατέκοψαν αὐτοὺς ἕως Ἑρμάν· καὶ ἀπεστράφησαν εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν.
And it-had-stepped-down, the-one an-Amalêk and the-one Chanan-belonged the-one sitting-down-in in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness unto-the-one-thither, and they-turned to-them and they-felled-down to-them unto-if-which of-a-Herman; and they-had-been-beturned-off into to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside.
14:45 και κατεβη] κατεβη δε A F | ο Αμαληκ] om ο F | ετρεψατο A | Ερμα A F
[Appendix] εγκαθημενος Bb A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:1 Καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
15:1 ειπεν] ελαλησεν A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:2 Λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς Ὅταν εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν γῆν τῆς κατοικήσεως ὑμῶν ἣν ἐγὼ δίδωμι ὑμῖν,
Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl and thou-shall-utter toward to-them, Which-also-ever ye-might-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-soil of-the-one of-a-housing-down of-ye to-which I I-give unto-ye,
15:2 κατοικησεως] κατασχεσεως A
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:3 καὶ ποιήσεις ὁλοκαυτώματα Κυρίῳ, ὁλοκάρπωμα ἢ θυσίαν, μεγαλῦναι εὐχὴν ἢ καθ' ἑκούσιον, ἢ ἐν ταῖς ἑορταῖς ὑμῶν ποιῆσαι ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας Κυρίῳ, εἰ μὲν ἀπὸ τῶν βοῶν ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν προβάτων·
and thou-shall-do-unto to-whole-en-burnings-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-a-whole-en-fruiting-to or to-a-surging-unto, to-have-greatened to-a-goodly-holding or down to-be-out-belonged, or in unto-the-ones unto-festivals of-ye to-have-done-unto to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), if indeed off of-the-ones of-oxen or off of-the-ones of-stepped-before;
15:3 ποιησεις] ποιησητε A ποιησετε F | ολοκαυτωματα] καρπωμα A F | Κυριω] pr τω F | ολοκαρπωμα] ολοκαυτωματα A ολοκαυτωμα F | ποιησαι] ποιησεται F
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:4 καὶ προσοίσει ὁ προσφέρων τὸ δῶρον αὐτοῦ Κυρίῳ, θυσίαν σεμιδάλεως, δέκατον τοῦ οἰφί, ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ ἐν τετάρτῳ τοῦ εἵν·
and it-shall-bear-toward, the-one bearing-toward, to-the-one to-a-gift of-it unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-a-surging-unto of-a-flour, to-tenth of-the-one of-an-oifi, of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet in unto-fourth of-the-one of-a-hein;
Note: of-an-oifi : used to refer to about 4 quarts.
Note: of-a-hein : about 1 gallon liquid measure.
15:4 αναπεποιημενης] πεφυραμενης A πεφυραμενην F | εν ελαιω εν τετ. του ειν] εν τετ. του ιν (ειν F) ελαιω A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:5 καὶ οἶνον εἰς σπονδὴν τὸ τέταρτον τοῦ εἳν ποιήσετε ἐπὶ τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως ἢ ἐπὶ τῆς θυσίας· τῷ ἀμνῷ τῷ ἑνὶ ποιήσεις τοσοῦτο, κάρπωμα, ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας τῷ κυρίῳ.
And to-a-wine into to-a-libationing to-the-one to-fourth of-the-one of-a-hein ye-shall-do-unto upon of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning or upon of-the-one of-a-surging-unto; unto-the-one unto-a-lamb unto-the-one unto-one thou-shall-do-unto to-the-one-which-the-one-this to-an-en-fruiting-to, to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged.
Note: of-a-hein : about 1 gallon liquid measure.
15:5 ιν A F (ita fere ubique) | τω ενι] om τω F* (superscr F1 vid)
[Appendix] ευωδειας A (item 7, 10)
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:6 καὶ τῷ κριῷ, ὅταν ποιῆτε αὐτὸν ἢ εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα ἢ εἰς θυσίαν, ποιήσεις θυσίαν σεμιδάλεως δύο δέκατα ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ, τὸ τρίτον τοῦ εἵν·
And unto-the-one unto-ram, which-also-ever ye-might-do-unto to-it or into to-a-whole-en-burning-to or into to-a-surging-unto, thou-shall-do-unto to-a-surging-unto of-a-flour to-two to-tenth of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet, to-the-one to-third of-the-one of-a-hein;
Note: of-a-hein : about 1 gallon liquid measure.
15:6 om η 1° A F | om ποιησεις θυσιαν A | αναπεποιημενης] αναπεφυραμενης A F
[Appendix] κρειω B* (κριω Bb)
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:7 καὶ οἶνον εἰς σπονδὴν τὸ τρίτον τοῦ εἳν προσοίσετε εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας Κυρίῳ.
and to-a-wine into to-a-libationing to-the-one to-third of-the-one of-a-hein ye-shall-bear-toward into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
Note: of-a-hein : about 1 gallon liquid measure.
15:7 προσοισεται A
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:8 ἐὰν δὲ ἀπὸ τῶν βοῶν ποιῆτε εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα ἢ εἰς θυσίαν μεγαλῦναι εὐχὴν εἰς σωτήριον Κυρίῳ,
If-ever then-also off of-the-ones of-oxen ye-might-do-unto into to-a-whole-en-burning-to or into to-a-surging-unto to-have-greatened to-a-goodly-holding into to-saviored-belonged unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh),
15:8 ποιητε απο των βοων A F | εις 1°] pr ποιησεται A1? a? | ολοκαυτωμα] ολοκαυτωσιν F | εις σωτηριον] pr η Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:9 καὶ προσοίσει ἐπὶ τοῦ μόσχου θυσίαν σεμιδάλεως τρία δέκατα ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ, ἥμισυ τοῦ εἳν,
and it-shall-bear-toward upon of-the-one of-a-calf to-a-surging-unto of-a-flour to-three to-tenth of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet, to-half of-the-one of-a-hein,
Note: of-a-hein : about 1 gallon liquid measure.
15:9 αναπεποιημενης] αναπεφυραμενης A F | ημισυ] ημισει F
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:10 κάρπωμα ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας Κυρίῳ.
to-an-en-fruiting-to to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
15:10 καρπωμα] pr και οινον εις σπονδην το ημισυ (ημισει F) του ειν (ιν A F) Ba b A F | οσμην] οσμη F
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:11 οὕτως ποιήσεις τῷ μόσχῳ τῷ ἑνὶ ἢ τῷ κριῷ τῷ ἑνὶ ἢ τῷ ἀμνῷ τῷ ἑνὶ ἐκ τῶν προβάτων ἢ ἐκ τῶν αἰγῶν·
Unto-the-one-this thou-shall-do-unto unto-the-one unto-a-calf unto-the-one unto-one or unto-the-one unto-a-ram unto-the-one unto-one or unto-the-one unto-a-lamb unto-the-one unto-one out of-the-ones of-stepped-before or out of-the-ones of-goats;
15:11 [Appendix] ενει 1°, 3° A1: 2°, A
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:12 κατὰ τὸν ἀριθμὸν ὧν ἐὰν ποιήσητε, οὕτω ποιήσετε τῷ ἑνὶ κατὰ τὸν ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν.
down to-the-one to-a-number of-which if-ever ye-might-have-done-unto, unto-the-one-this ye-shall-do-unto unto-the-one unto-one down to-the-one to-a-number of-them.
15:12 ων εαν] ον A | ποιησητε] ποιητε F | ουτως A F
[Appendix] των ενι A
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:13 πᾶς ὁ αὐτόχθων ποιήσει οὕτως τοιαῦτα, προσενέγκαι καρπώματα εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας Κυρίῳ.
All the-one self-earthed it-shall-do-unto unto-the-one-this to-the-ones-unto-the-ones-these, to-have-beared-toward to-an-en-fruiting-to into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:14 ἐὰν δὲ προσήλυτος ἐν ὑμῖν προσγένηται ἐν τῇ γῇ ὑμῶν ἢ ὃς ἂν γένηται ἐν ὑμῖν ἐν ταῖς γενεαῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ ποιήσει κάρπωμα ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας Κυρίῳ, ὃν τρόπον ποιεῖτε ὑμεῖς, οὕτως ποιήσει ἡ συναγωγὴ Κυρίῳ.
If-ever then-also comeable-toward in unto-ye it-might-have-had-became-toward in unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-ye or which ever it-might-have-had-became in unto-ye in unto-the-ones unto-becomednesses of-ye, and it-shall-do-unto to-an-en-fruiting-to to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-which to-a-turn ye-do-unto ye, unto-the-one-this it-shall-do-unto, the-one a-leading-together, unto-Authority-belonged.
15:14 ποιησει 1° B F1] ποιηση A ποιησεν (sic) F*
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:15 νόμος εἷς ἔσται ὑμῖν καὶ τοῖς προσηλύτοις τοῖς προσκειμένοις ἐν ὑμῖν, νόμος αἰώνιος εἰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν· ὡς ὑμεῖς, καὶ ὁ προσήλυτος ἔσται ἔναντι Κυρίου.
A-parcelee one it-shall-be unto-ye and unto-the-ones unto-comeable-toward unto-the-ones unto-situating-toward in unto-ye, a-parcelee aged-belonged into to-becomednesses of-ye; as ye, and the-one comeable-toward it-shall-be in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
15:15 om εσται 1° Ba b F | γενεας] pr τας A F | εναντι (εναυτι A)] εναντιον F
(1489 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 15:16 νόμος εἷς ἔσται καὶ δικαίωμα ἓν ἔσται καὶ τῷ προσηλύτῳ τῷ προσκειμένῳ ἐν ὑμῖν.
A-parcelee one it-shall-be and an-en-course-belonging-to one it-shall-be and unto-the-one unto-comeable-toward unto-the-one unto-situating-toward in unto-ye.
15:16 εσται 2°] + υμιν Ba b A F | τω προσηλ.] πρω (sic) προσηλ. A
(1489 B.C. Elul 20)
Num 15:17 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Elul 20)
Num 15:18 Λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς Ἐν τῷ εἰσπορεύεσθαι ὑμᾶς εἰς τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν ἐγὼ εἰσάγω ὑμᾶς ἐκεῖ,
Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl and thou-shall-utter toward to-them, In unto-the-one to-traverse-into-of to-ye into to-the-one to-a-soil into to-which I I-lead-into to-ye thither,
(1489 B.C. Elul 20)
Num 15:19 καὶ ἔσται ὅταν ἔσθητε ὑμεῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἄρτων τῆς γῆς, ἀφελεῖτε ἀφαίρεμα ἀφόρισμα Κυρίῳ·
and it-shall-be which-also-ever ye-might-eat ye off of-the-ones of-adjustations of-the-one of-a-soil, ye-shall-have-sectioned-off to-a-sectioning-along-off-to to-a-bounding-off-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh);
Note: of-adjustations : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.
15:19 αφελειτε (αφαιλειτε F1)] αφαιρειτε F* | Κυριω] pr τω A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 20)
Num 15:20 ἀπαρχὴν φυράματος ὑμῶν ἄρτον ἀφαίρεμα ἀφοριεῖτε αὐτό· ὡς ἀφαίρεμα ἀπὸ ἅλω, οὕτως ἀφελεῖτε αὐτόν,
to-a-firsting-off of-a-jumbling-to of-ye to-an-adjustation to-a-sectioning-along-off-to ye-shall-bound-off-to to-it; as to-a-sectioning-along-off-to off of-a-bethreshing, unto-the-one-this ye-shall-have-sectioned-off to-it,
Note: to-an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.
15:20 απαρχων A | αφοριειται F | αυτο] αυτον F | αλω] αλωνος A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 20)
Num 15:21 ἀπαρχὴν φυράματος ὑμῶν· καὶ δώσετε Κυρίῳ ἀφαίρεμα εἰς τὰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν.
a-firsting-off of-a-jumbling-to of-ye; and ye-shall-give unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-a-sectioning-along-off-to into to-the-ones to-becomednesses of-ye.
15:21 απαρχην] αρτον απαρχης A | Κυριω] pr τω F
(1489 B.C. Elul 20)
Num 15:22 Ὅταν δὲ διαμάρτητε καὶ μὴ ποιήσητε πάσας τὰς ἐντολὰς ταύτας ἃς ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν,
Which-also-ever then-also ye-might-have-had-un-adjusted-along-through and lest ye-might-have-done-unto to-all to-the-ones to-finishing-in to-the-ones-these to-which it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês,
15:22 διαμαρτητε] διαμαρτυρητε A
(1489 B.C. Elul 20)
Num 15:23 καθὰ συνέταξεν Κύριος πρὸς ὑμᾶς ἐν χειρὶ Μωυσῆ, ἀπὸ τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς συνέταξεν Κύριος πρὸς ὑμᾶς καὶ ἐπέκεινα εἰς τὰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν·
down-to-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-ye in unto-a-hand of-a-Môusês, off of-the-one of-a-dayedness of-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-ye and thither-upon into to-the-ones to-becomednesses of-ye;
15:23 προς υμας 1°] υμιν A F
[Appendix] επεκινα F
(1489 B.C. Elul 20)
Num 15:24 καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν ἐξ ὀφθαλμῶν τῆς συναγωγῆς γενηθῇ ἀκουσίως, καὶ ποιήσῃ πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγὴ μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν ἄμωμον εἰς ὁλοκαύτωμα εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας Κυρίῳ, καὶ θυσίαν τούτου καὶ σπονδὴν αὐτοῦ κατὰ τὴν σύνταξιν καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας·
and it-shall-be if-ever out of-eyes of-the-one of-a-leading-together it-might-have-been-became unto-un-be-out-belonged, and it-might-have-done-unto, all the-one a-leading-together, to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen to-un-blemished into to-a-whole-en-burning-to into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and to-a-surging-unto of-the-one-this and to-libationing of-it down to-the-one to-an-arranging-together and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
15:24 γενηθη της συναγωγης F | ποιησει A | συνταξιν] + αυτου A F
[Appendix] χειμαρον B* (χιμ. Bb) χειμαρρον A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 20)
Num 15:25 καὶ ἐξιλάσεται περὶ αὐτοῦ ὁ ἱερεύς, περὶ πάσης συναγωγῆς υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἀφεθήσεται αὐτοῖς· ὅτι ἀκούσιόν ἐστιν· καὶ αὐτοὶ ἤνεγκαν τὸ δῶρον αὐτῶν κάρπωμα Κυρίῳ περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας αὐτῶν ἔναντι Κυρίου περὶ τῶν ἀκουσίων αὐτῶν.
and it-shall-sectionate-out about of-it, the-one a-first-sacreder-of, about of-all of-a-leading-together of-sons of-an-Israêl, and it-shall-be-sent-off unto-them; to-which-a-one un-be-out-belonged it-be; and them they-beared to-the-one to-a-gift of-them to-an-en-fruiting-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) about of-the-one of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto of-them in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) about of-the-ones of-un-be-out-belonged of-them.
15:25 om περι αυτου Ba b A F
[Appendix] εξειλασεται B item 28)
(1489 B.C. Elul 20)
Num 15:26 καὶ ἀφεθήσεται κατὰ πᾶσαν συναγωγὴν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τῷ προσηλύτῳ τῷ προσκειμένῳ πρὸς ὑμᾶς, ὅτι παντὶ τῷ λαῷ ἀκούσιον.
And it-shall-be-sent-off down to-all to-a-leading-together of-sons of-an-Israêl and unto-the-one unto-comeable-toward unto-the-one unto-situating-toward toward to-ye, to-which-a-one unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-people un-be-out-belonged.
15:26 κατα πασαν συναγωγην] πασα η συναγωγη A παση συναγωγη F | τω προσκειμενω] και τω προσπορευομενω A τω προσπορ. F
(1489 B.C. Elul 20)
Num 15:27 ἐὰν δὲ ψυχὴ μία ἁμάρτῃ ἀκουσίως, προσάξει αἶγα μίαν ἐνιαυσίαν περὶ ἁμαρτίας·
If-ever then-also a-breathing one it-might-have-had-un-adjusted-along unto-un-be-out-belonged, it-shall-lead-toward to-a-goat to-one to-being-in-unto-it-belonged about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto;
15:27 [Appendix] αιγαν A
(1489 B.C. Elul 20)
Num 15:28 καὶ ἐξιλάσεται ὁ ἱερεὺς περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς τῆς ἀκουσιασθείσης καὶ ἁμαρτούσης ἀκουσίως ἔναντι Κυρίου, ἐξιλάσασθαι περὶ αὐτοῦ.
and it-shall-sectionate-out, the-one a-sacreder-of, about of-the-one of-a-breathing of-the-one of-having-been-un-be-out-belonged-to and of-having-had-un-adjusted-along unto-un-be-out-belonged in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-have-sectionated-out about of-it.
15:28 περι αυτου] + και αφεθησεται αυτω A
[Appendix] εξειλασασθαι B
(1489 B.C. Elul 20)
Num 15:29 τῷ ἐνχωρίῳ ἐν υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τῷ προσηλύτῳ τῷ προσκειμένῳ ἐν αὐτοῖς, νόμος εἷς ἔσται αὐτοῖς, ὃς ἂν ποιήσῃ ἀκουσίως.
Unto-the-one unto-space-belonged-in in unto-sons of-an-Israêl and unto-the-one unto-comeable-toward unto-the-one unto-situating-toward in unto-them, a-parcelee one it-shall-be unto-them, which ever it-might-have-done-unto unto-un-be-out-belonged.
15:29 αυτοις 2°] pr εν F | αν] εαν F
[Appendix] εγχωριω Bb A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 20)
Num 15:30 καὶ ψυχὴ ἥτις ποιήσει ἐν χειρὶ ὑπερηφανίας ἀπὸ τῶν αὐτοχθόνων ἢ ἀπὸ τῶν προσηλύτων, τὸν θεὸν οὗτος παροξύνει· ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἡ ψυχὴ ἐκείνη ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ αὐτῆς.
And a-breathing which-a-one it-shall-do-unto in unto-a-hand of-a-manifesting-over-unto off of-the-ones of-self-earthed or off of-the-ones of-comeable-toward, to-the-one to-a-Deity the-one-this it-sharpeneth-beside; it-shall-be-destructed-out-of the-one a-breathing the-one-thither out of-the-one of-a-people of-it;
15:30 ποιησει] pr εαν F | υπερηφανιαν F* (υπερηφανιας F1 mg vid) | εξολεθρευθησεται] pr και A F
[Appendix] εξολοθρ. B?
(1489 B.C. Elul 20)
Num 15:31 ὅτι τὰ ῥήματα Κυρίου ἐφαύλισεν καὶ τὰς ἐντολὰς αὐτοῦ διεσκέδασεν· ἐκτρίψει ἐκτριβήσεται ἡ ψυχὴ ἐκείνη, ἡ ἁμαρτία αὐτῆς ἐν αὐτῇ.
to-which-a-one to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-pettied-to and to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-it it-through-bespersed-to; unto-a-rubbing-out it-shall-have-been-rubbed-out the-one a-breathing the-one-thither, the-one an-un-adjusting-along-unto of-it in unto-it.
15:31 τα ρηματα] το ρημα Ba b A F | η αμαρτια] om η Ba b
[Appendix] εκτρειψει B* (εκτριψ. Ba b)
(1489 B.C. Elul 21-25; Elul 25 Sabbath)
Num 15:32 Καὶ ἦσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ εὗρον ἄνδρα συλλέγοντα ξύλα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων.
And they-were the-ones sons of-an-Israêl in unto-the-one unto-solituded, and they-had-found to-a-man to-forthing-together to-woods unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness of-the-ones of-sabbaths.
15:32 τη ημερα] pr εν A | των σαββατων] του σαββατου A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 25 Sabbath)
Num 15:33 καὶ προσήγαγον αὐτὸν οἱ εὑρόντες συλλέγοντα ξύλα τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρὼν καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν συναγωγὴν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.
And they-had-led-toward to-it, the-ones having-had-found to-forthing-together to-woods unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness of-the-ones of-sabbaths, toward to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn and toward to-all to-a-leading-together of-sons of-an-Israêl.
15:33 συλλεγοντα (συλλεγοντες B* corr Ba b) ξυλα τη ημ. των σαββ.] αυτον συλλεγοντα τα ξυλα A αυτον F
(1489 B.C. Elul 25 Sabbath)
Num 15:34 καὶ ἀπέθεντο αὐτὸν εἰς φυλακήν, οὐ γὰρ συνέκριναν τί ποιήσωσιν αὐτόν.
And they-had-placed-off to-it into to-a-guardery, not too-thus they-separated-together to-what-one they-might-have-done-unto to-it.
15:34 αυτον 2°] αυτω A F
[Appendix] συνεκρειναν B* (συνεκριν. Bb)
(1489 B.C. Elul 25 Sabbath)
Num 15:35 καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων Θανάτῳ θανατούσθω ὁ ἄνθρωπος· λιθοβολήσατε αὐτὸν λίθοις πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγή.
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing, Unto-a-death it-should-be-en-deathed the-one a-mankind; ye-should-have-stone-casted-unto to-it unto-stones, all the-one a-leading-together.
15:35 λιθοις] pr εν A
(1489 B.C. Elul 25 Sabbath)
Num 15:36 καὶ ἐξήγαγον αὐτὸν πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγὴ ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς· καὶ ἐλιθοβόλησεν αὐτον πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγὴ λίθοις ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς, καθὰ συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ.
And they-had-led-out to-it, all the-one a-leading-together, out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside; and it-stone-casted-unto to-it, all the-one a-leading-together, unto-stones out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside, down-to-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês.
15:36 ελιθοβολησαν A F | om πασα η συν. λιθοις εξω της παρεμβολης F | λιθοις] pr εν A | συνεταξεν] ελαλησεν A F | τω Μωυση] προς Μωυσην A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 26)
Num 15:37 Καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Elul 26)
Num 15:38 Λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς, καὶ ποιησάτωσαν ἑαυτοῖς κράσπεδα ἐπὶ τὰ πτερύγια τῶν ἱματίων αὐτῶν εἰς τὰς γενεὰς αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐπιθήσετε ἐπὶ τὰ κράσπεδα τῶν πτερυγίων κλῶσμα ὑακίνθινον.
Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl and thou-shall-utter toward to-them, and they-should-have-done-unto unto-selves to-fringed-footments upon to-the-ones to-winglets of-the-ones of-apparelets of-them into to-the-ones to-becomednesses of-them; and ye-shall-place-upon upon to-the-ones to-fringed-footments of-the-ones of-winglets to-a-twirling-to to-hyacinthed-belonged-to.
15:38 επιθησεται A
(1489 B.C. Elul 26)
Num 15:39 καὶ ἔσται ὑμῖν ἐν τοῖς κρασπέδοις, καὶ ὄψεσθε αὐτά, καὶ μνησθήσεσθε πασῶν τῶν ἐντολῶν Κυρίου καὶ ποιήσετε αὐτάς, καὶ οὐ διαστραφήσεσθε ὀπίσω τῶν διανοιῶν ὑμῶν καὶ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν ἐν οἷς ἐκπορνεύετε ὀπίσω αὐτῶν·
And it-shall-be unto-ye in unto-the-ones unto-fringed-footments, and ye-shall-behold to-them and ye-shall-be-memoried-unto of-all of-the-ones of-finishings-in of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and ye-shall-do-unto to-them, and not ye-shall-have-been-beturned-through aback-unto-which of-the-ones of-en-mullings-through-unto of-ye and of-the-ones of-eyes in unto-which ye-harlot-out-of aback-unto-which of-them;
15:39 των οφθαλμων] pr οπισω A F + υμων A F | εκπορνευετε] pr υμεις Ba b A F
[Appendix] διαστραφησεσθαι A
(1489 B.C. Elul 26)
Num 15:40 ὅπως ἂν μνησθῆτε καὶ ποιήσητε πάσας τὰς ἐντολάς μου, καὶ ἔσεσθε ἅγιοι τῷ θεῷ ὑμῶν.
unto-which-whither ever ye-might-have-been-memoried-unto and ye-might-have-done-unto to-all to-the-ones to-finishings-in of-me, and ye-shall-be hallow-belonged unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye.
15:40 μνησθηται, ποιησηται F
(1489 B.C. Elul 26)
Num 15:41 ἐγὼ Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν, ὁ ἐξαγαγῶν ὑμᾶς ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου εἶναι ὑμῶν θεός· ἐγὼ Κύριος ὁ θεὸς ὑμῶν.
I Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye, the-one having-had-led-out to-ye out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos to-be of-ye a-Deity(Elohim); I Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-ye.
15:41 om Κυριος 1° F | om ο εξαγαγων…ο θεος υμων 2° F
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:1 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κόρε υἱὸς Ἰσσαὰρ υἱοῦ Καὰθ υἱοῦ Λευεί, καὶ Δαθὰν καὶ Ἀβειρὼν υἱοὶ Ἐλιάβ, καὶ Αὒν υἱὸς Φάλεθ υἱοῦ Ῥουβήν·
And it-spoke-unto, a-Kore a-son of-an-Issaar of-a-son of-a-Kaath of-a-son of-a-Leuei, and a-Dathan and an-Abeirôn sons of-an-Eliab, and an-Aun a-son of-a-Faleth of-a-son of-a-Roubên;
16:1 Ισσααρ] Ιασ|σααρ F* (Ισααρ F1) | Λευι A F (ita ubique) | Αβαρων A | Αυν] Αυναν A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:2 καὶ ἀνέστησαν ἔναντι Μωυσῆ, καὶ ἄνδρες τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ πεντήκοντα καὶ διακόσιοι, ἀρχηγοὶ συναγωγῆς, σύνκλητοι βουλῆς καὶ ἄνδρες ὀνομαστοί·
and they-had-stood-up in-ever-a-one of-a-Môusês, and men of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl fifty and two-hundred first-led of-a-leading-together, called-together of-a-purposing and men namable;
16:2 [Appendix] συγκλητοι Bb A
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:3 συνέστησαν ὀπίσω Μωυσῆ καὶ Ἀαρὼν καὶ εἶπαν Ἐχέτω ὑμῖν, ὅτι πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγὴ πάντες ἅγιοι, καὶ ἐν αὐτοῖς Κύριος· καὶ διὰ τί κατανίστασθε ἐπὶ τὴν συναγωγὴν Κυρίου;
they-had-stood-together aback unto-which of-a-Môusês and of-an-Aarôn and they-said, It-should-hold unto-ye to-which-a-one all the-one a-leading-together all hallow-belonged, and in unto-them Authority-belonged(Yahveh); and through to-what-one ye-stand-up-down upon to-the-one to-a-leading-together of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh)?
16:3 οπισω Μωυση] επι Μωυσην Ba? A F | ειπαν] + προς αυτους A F
[Appendix] κατανιστασθαι A
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:4 καὶ ἀκούσας Μωυσῆς ἔπεσεν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον,
And having-heard, a-Môusês, it-had-fallen upon to-looked-toward,
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:5 καὶ ἐλάλησεν πρὸς Κόρε καὶ πρὸς πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ τὴν συναγωγὴν λέγων Ἐπέσκεπται καὶ ἔγνω ὁ θεὸς τοὺς ὄντας αὐτοῦ καὶ τοὺς ἁγίους, καὶ προσηγάγετο πρὸς ἑαυτόν, καὶ οὓς ἐξελέξατο ἑαυτῷ προσηγάγετο πρὸς ἑαυτόν.
and it-spoke-unto toward to-a-Kore and toward to-all of-it to-the-one to-a-leading-together forthing, It-had-come-to-scout-upon and it-had-acquainted, the-one a-Deity, to-the-ones to-being of-it and to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged, and it-had-led-toward toward to-self, and to-which it-forthed-out unto-self it-had-led-toward toward to-self.
16:5 om και 5° A F | εξελεξατο] pr ουκ A F | προσηγαγετο 2°] pr ου A F
[Appendix] επεσκεπτε A
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:6 τοῦτο ποιήσατε· λάβετε ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς πυρεῖα, Κόρε καὶ πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγὴ αὐτοῦ,
To-the-one-this ye-should-have-done-unto; ye-should-have-had-taken unto-ye unto-them to-en-firelets, a-Kore and all the-one a-leading-together of-it,
16:6 εαυτοις A F | πυρια F (ita F ubique) | εαυτου A
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:7 καὶ ἐπίθετε ἐπ' αὐτὰ πῦρ, καὶ ἐπίθετε ἐπ' αὐτὰ θυμίαμα ἔναντι Κυρίου αὔριον· καὶ ἔσται ὁ ἀνήρ ὃν ἂν ἐκλέγηται Κύριος, οὗτος ἅγιος· ἱκανούσθω ὑμῖν, υἱοὶ Λευεί.
and ye-should-have-had-placed-upon upon to-them to-a-fire, and ye-should-have-had-placed-upon upon to-them to-an-incensing-to in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-morrow; and it-shall-be the-one a-man to-which ever it-might-forth-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), the-one-this hallow-belonged; it-should-be-en-ampled unto-ye, Sons of-a-Leuei.
16:7 om και επιθετε επ αυτα πυρ B* (hab Ba b mg A F) | om ο ανηρ F | εκλεγεται] εκλελεκται Ba b αν εκλεξηται A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:8 καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς Κόρε Εἰσακούσατέ μου, υἱοὶ Λευεί.
And it-had-said, a-Môusês, toward to-a-Kore, Ye-should-have-heard-into of-me, Sons of-Leuei.
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:9 μὴ μικρόν ἐστιν τοῦτο ὑμῖν ὅτι διέστειλεν ὁ θεὸς Ἰσραὴλ ὑμᾶς ἐκ συναγωγῆς Ἰσραήλ, καὶ προσηγάγετο ὑμᾶς πρὸς ἑαυτὸν λειτουργεῖν τὰς λειτουργίας τῆς σκηνῆς Κυρίου καὶ παρίστασθαι ἔναντι τῆς σκηνῆς λατρεύειν αὐτοῖς,
Lest small it-be the-one-this unto-ye to-which-a-one it-set-through, the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-an-Israêl, to-ye out of-a-leading-together of-an-Israêl, and it-had-led-toward to-ye toward to-self to-public-work-unto to-the-ones to-public-workings-unto of-the-one of-a-tenting of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and to-stand-beside in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-tenting to-minister-of unto-them,
16:9 υμιν τουτο F | υμας ο θεος Ισρ. A F | om εκ συναγωγης Ισραηλ F* (hab F1 (mgg)) | bis scr κ̅̅υ̅̅ και παριστασθαι εναντι της σκηνης B | εναντιον F | σκηνης 2°] συναγωγης A F
[Appendix] μεικρον B* (μικρ. Bb: item 13) | λιτουργ. B* bis (λειτουργ. Ba b: λειτουργειν τας λειτουργειας A F)
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:10 καὶ προσηγάγετό σε καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου υἱοὺς Λευεὶ μετὰ σοῦ; καὶ ζητεῖτε καὶ ἱερατεύειν;
and it-had-led-toward to-thee and to-all to-the-ones to-brethrened of-thee to-sons of-a-Leuei with of-thee? And ye-seek-unto and to-sacreder-of?
16:10 om και 4° A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:11 οὕτως σὺ καὶ πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγή σου ἡ συνηθροισμένη πρὸς τὸν θεόν· καὶ Ἀαρὼν τίς ἐστιν ὅτι διαγογγύζετε κατ' αὐτοῦ;
Unto-the-one-this thou and all the-one a-leading-together of-thee the-one having-had-come-to-be-flurried-along-together-to toward to-the-one to-a-Deity; and an-Aarôn what-one it-be to-which-a-one ye-through-murmur-of-to down of-it?
16:11 οι συνηθροισμενοι F* (η συνηθροισμενη F1 mg) | τις] τι A
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:12 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Μωυσῆς καλέσαι Δαθὰν καὶ Ἀβειρὼν υἱοὺς Ἐλιάβ. καὶ εἶπαν Οὐκ ἀναβαίνομεν·
And it-set-off, a-Môusês, to-have-called-unto to-a-Dathan and to-an-Abeirôn to-sons of-an-Eliab. And they-said, Not we-step-up;
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:13 μὴ μικρὸν τοῦτο ὅτι ἀνήγαγες ἡμᾶς εἰς γῆν ῥεούσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι, ἀποκτεῖναι ἡμᾶς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, ὅτι κατάρχεις ἡμῶν ἄρχων;
lest small the-one-this to-which-a-one thou-had-led-up to-us into to-a-soil to-flowing to-a-milk and to-a-honey, to-have-killed-off to-us in unto-the-one unto-solituded, to-which-a-one thou-first-down of-us firsting?
16:13–14 αρχων. ει και A F (deest imterpunct in B)
16:13 εις γην] pr εις| γης ημας F* (om F1)
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:14 εἰ καὶ εἰς γῆν ῥέουσαν γάλα καὶ μέλι εἰσήγαγες ἡμᾶς, καὶ ἔδωκας ἡμῖν κλῆρον ἀγροῦ καὶ ἀμπελῶνας. τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἐκείνων ἂν ἐξέκοψας· οὐκ ἀναβαίνομεν.
If and into to-a-soil to-flowing to-a-milk and to-a-honey thou-had-led-into to-us, and thou-gave unto-us to-a-lot of-a-field and to-vinings. To-the-ones to-eyes of-the-ones of-mankinds of-the-ones-thither ever thou-felled-out; not we-step-up.
16:13–14 αρχων. ει και A F (deest imterpunct in B)
16:14 και 1°] + συ A F | γην] την B (?) | εισηγαγες] pr ει F | κληρον] καιρον B
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:15 καὶ ἐβαρυθύμησεν Μωυσῆς σφόδρα, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς Κύριον Μὴ προσχῇς εἰς τὴν θυσίαν αὐτῶν· οὐκ ἐπιθύμημα οὐδενὸς αὐτῶν εἴληφα, οὐδὲ ἐκάκωσα οὐδένα αὐτῶν.
And it-weightedly-passioned-unto, a-Môusês, to-vehemented, and it-had-said toward to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), Lest thou-might-have-had-held-before into to-the-one to-a-surging-unto of-them; not to-a-passioning-upon-to of-not-then-also-one of-them I-hath-had-come-to-take, not-then-also I-en-wedge-wedged to-not-then-also-one of-them.
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:16 καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς Κόρε Ἁγίασον τὴν συναγωγήν σου, καὶ γίνεσθε ἕτοιμοι ἔναντι Κυρίου σὺ καὶ αὐτοὶ καὶ Ἀαρὼν αὔριον·
And it-had-said, a-Môusês, toward to-a-Kore, Thou-should-have-hallow-belonged-to to-the-one to-a-leading-together of-thee, and ye-should-become readied-of in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), thou and them and an-Aarôn to-morrow;
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:17 καὶ λάβετε ἕκαστος τὸ πυρεῖον αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐπιθήσετε ἐπ' αὐτὰ θυμιάματα, καὶ προσάξετε ἔναντι Κυρίου ἕκαστος τὸ πυρεῖον αὐτοῦ, πεντήκοντα καὶ διακόσια πυρεῖα, καὶ σὺ καὶ Ἀαρὼν ἕκαστος τὸ πυρεῖον αὐτοῦ.
and ye-should-have-had-taken, each, to-the-one to-an-en-firelet of-it and ye-shall-place-upon upon to-them to-incensings-to, and ye-shall-lead-toward in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), each, to-the-one to-an-en-firelet of-it, to-fifty and to-two-hundred to-en-firelets, and thou and an-Aarôn each to-the-one to-an-en-firelet of-it.
16:17–19 και επιθησεται επ αυτα…του μαρτυριου sup ras A1
16:17 θυμιαμα Ba b A1 F
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:18 καὶ ἔλαβεν ἕκαστος τὸ πυρεῖον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπέθηκαν ἐπ' αὐτὰ πῦρ, καὶ ἐπέβαλον ἐπ' αὐτὸ θυμίαμα· καὶ ἔστησαν παρὰ τὰς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρών.
And it-had-taken, each, to-the-one to-an-en-firelet of-it, and they-placed-upon upon to-them to-a-fire, and they-had-casted upon to-it to-an-incensing-to; and they-had-stood beside to-the-ones to-portalednesses of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn.
16:17–19 και επιθησεται επ αυτα…του μαρτυριου sup ras A1
16:18 om και επεθηκαν επ αυτα πυρ A1 | επ αυτα] επ αυτο Ba b | επ αυτο] επ αυτα Ba b A1 F
(1489 B.C. Elul 27)
Num 16:19 καὶ ἐπισυνέστησεν ἐπ' αὐτοὺς Κόρε τὴν πᾶσαν αὐτοῦ συναγωγὴν παρὰ τὴν θύραν τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου· καὶ ὤφθη ἡ δόξα Κυρίου πάσῃ τῇ συναγωγῇ.
And it-stood-together-upon upon to-them, a-Kore, to-the-one to-all of-it to-a-leading-together beside to-the-one to-a-portaledness of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet; and it-was-beheld the-one a-reckonedness of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-all unto-the-one unto-a-leading-together.
16:17–19 και επιθησεται επ αυτα…του μαρτυριου sup ras A1
16:19 επισυνεστησεν επ αυτους] ο επισυστησας αυτους F | την πασαν αυτου] πασαν αυτου την A1 | την θυραν] τας θυρας A1
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:20 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρὼν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn forthing,
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:21 Ἀποσχίσθητε ἐκ μέσου τῆς συναγωγῆς ταύτης, καὶ ἐξαναλώσω αὐτοὺς εἰς ἅπαξ.
Ye-should-have-been-severed-off-to out of-middle of-the-one of-a-leading-together of-the-one-this, and I-shall-other-along-up-out to-them into to-once.
16:21 om ταυτης F* (hab F1 mg)
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:22 καὶ ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν καὶ εἶπαν Θεός, θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων καὶ πάσης σαρκός, εἰ ἄνθρωπος εἷς ἥμαρτεν, ἐπὶ πᾶσαν τὴν συναγωγὴν ὀργὴ Κυρίου;
And they-falled upon to-looked-toward of-them and they-said, A-Deity(El), a-Deity(Elohim) of-the-ones of-currentings-to and of-all of-a-flesh, if a-mankind one it-had-un-adjusted-along, upon of-all of-the-one of-a-leading-together a-stressing of-Authority-belonged?
Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.
16:22 επεσαν] α sup ras B1 vid | θεος θεος] θεε θεε F | οργη] pr η A
[Appendix] και ε| και επεσαν F
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:23 καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:24 Λάλησον τῇ συναγωγῇ λέγων Ἀναχωρήσατε κύκλῳ ἀπὸ τῆς συναγωγῆς Κόρε.
Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-the-one unto-a-leading-together forthing, Ye-should-have-spaced-up-unto unto-a-circle off of-the-one of-a-leading-together of-a-Kore.
16:24 Κορε] + και Δαθαν και Αβειρων A
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:25 καὶ ἀνέστη Μωυσῆς καὶ ἐπορεύθη πρὸς Δαθὰν καὶ Ἀβειρών, καὶ συνεπορεύθησαν μετ' αὐτοῦ πάντες οἱ πρεσβύτεροι Ἰσραήλ.
And it-had-stood-up, a-Môusês, and it-was-traversed-of toward to-a-Dathan and to-an-Abeirôn, and they-were-traversed-together-of with of-it all the-ones more-eldered of-an-Israêl.
16:25 Αβιρων F
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:26 καὶ ἐλάλησεν πρὸς τὴν συναγωγὴν λέγων Ἀποσχίσθητε ἀπὸ τῶν σκηνῶν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν σκληρῶν τούτων, καὶ μὴ ἅπτεσθε ἀπὸ πάντων ὧν ἐστιν αὐτοῖς, μὴ συναπόλησθε ἐν πάσῃ τῇ ἁμαρτίᾳ ὑμῶν.
And it-spoke-unto toward to-the-one to-a-leading-together forthing, Ye-should-have-been-severed-off-to off of-the-ones of-tentings of-the-ones of-mankinds of-the-ones of-stiffened of-the-ones-these, and lest ye-should-fasten off of-all of-which it-be unto-them, lest ye-might-have-had-destructed-off-together in unto-all unto-the-one unto-an-un-adjusting-along-unto of-ye.
16:26 ων] οσα A F | απαρτια υμων] αμαρτια αυτων A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:27 καὶ ἀπέστησαν ἀπὸ τῆς σκηνῆς Κόρε κύκλῳ· καὶ Δαθὰν καὶ Ἀβειρὼν ἐξῆλθον, καὶ ἱστήκεισαν παρὰ τὰς θύρας τῶν σκηνῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ τέκνα αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ ἀποσκευὴ αὐτῶν.
And they-had-stood-off off of-the-one of-a-tenting of-a-Kore unto-a-circle; and a-Dathan and an-Abeirôn they-had-came-out, and they-had-come-to-have-had-stood beside to-the-ones to-portalednesses of-the-ones of-tentings of-them, and the-ones women of-them and the-ones creationees of-them and the-one an-equipping-off of-them.
16:27 σκηνης Κορε] + και Δαθαν και Αβειρων A Κορε συναγωγης F | Αβιρων F | ειστηκ. Ba b | σκηνων] σκηνωματων A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:28 καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς Ἐν τούτῳ γνώσεσθε ὅτι Κύριος ἀπέστειλέν με ποιῆσαι πάντα τὰ ἔργα ταῦτα, ὅτι οὐκ ἀπ' ἐμαυτοῦ·
And it-had-said, a-Môusês, In unto-the-one-this ye-shall-acquaint to-which-a-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-set-off to-me to-have-done-unto to-all to-the-ones to-works to-the-ones-these, to-which-a-one not off of-myself;
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:29 εἰ κατὰ θάνατον πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἀποθανοῦνται οὗτοι, εἰ καὶ κατ' ἐπίσκεψιν πάντων ἀνθρώπων ἐπισκοπὴ ἔσται αὐτῶν, οὐχὶ Κύριος ἀπέσταλκέν με.
if down to-a-death of-all of-mankinds they-shall-be-en-deathed the-ones-these, if and down to-a-scouting-upon of-all of-mankinds a-scouteeing-upon it-shall-be of-them, unto-not Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-had-come-to-set-off to-me.
16:29 om ουχι F* (hab F1 mg) | απεσταλκεν] απεστειλεν A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:30 ἀλλ' ἢ ἐν φάσματι δείξει Κύριος, καὶ ἀνοίξασα ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς καταπίεται αὐτοὺς καὶ τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς σκηνὰς αὐτῶν καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἐστὶν αὐτοῖς, καὶ καταβήσονται ζῶντες εἰς ᾅδου, καὶ γνώσεσθε ὅτι παρώξυναν οἱ ἄνθρωποι οὗτοι τὸν κύριον.
Other or in unto-a-manifesting-to it-shall-en-show, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and having-opened-up, the-one a-soil, to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-it it-shall-drink-down to-them and to-the-ones to-houses of-them and to-the-ones to-tentings of-them and to-all which-a-which it-be unto-them, and they-shall-step-down lifing-unto into of-a-hadês and ye-shall-acquaint to-which-a-one they-sharpened-beside, the-ones mankinds the-ones-these, to-the-one to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
16:30 καταβησονται] ονται sup ras Aa | γνωσεσθαι (εσθ rescr) A
[Appendix] διξει A
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:31 ὡς δὲ ἐπαύσατο λαλῶν πάντας τοὺς λόγους τούτους, ἐρράγη ἡ γῆ ὑποκάτω αὐτῶν,
As then-also it-ceased speaking-unto to-all to-the-ones to-forthees to-the-ones-these, it-had-been-en-bursted the-one a-soil under-down-unto-which of-them,
16:31 παντα A* (ς superscr A1) | υποκατω] + των ποδων A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:32 καὶ ἠνοίχθη ἡ γῆ καὶ κατέπιεν αὐτοὺς καὶ τοὺς οἴκους αὐτῶν καὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀνθρώπους τοὺς ὄντας μετὰ Κόρε καὶ τὰ κτήνη αὐτῶν.
and it-was-opened-up the-one a-soil and it-had-drank-down to-them and to-the-ones to-houses of-them and to-all to-the-ones to-mankinds to-the-ones to-being with of-a-Kore and to-the-one to-befoundeednesses of-them.
Note: it-was-opened-up (HNOIXQH) in 01 02; it-was-opened-up (ANEWXQH), same meaning, is probably the original form as in Luk 1:64; dialect or later usage motivated the change.
Note: to-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:33 καὶ κατέβησαν αὐτοὶ καὶ ὅσα ἐστὶν αὐτῶν ζῶντα εἰς ᾅδου, καὶ ἐκάλυψεν αὐτοὺς ἡ γῆ, καὶ ἀπώλοντο ἐκ μέσου τῆς συναγωγῆς.
And they-had-stepped-down, them and which-a-which it-be of-them lifing-unto, into of-a-hadês, and it-shrouded to-them, the-one a-soil, and they-had-destructed-off out of-middle of-the-one of-a-leading-together.
16:33 οσα] pr παντα A F | αυτων] αυτοις A F | ζωντες A
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:34 καὶ πᾶς Ἰσραὴλ οἱ κύκλῳ αὐτῶν ἔφυγον ἀπὸ τῆς φωνῆς αὐτῶν, ὅτι λέγοντες Μή ποτε καταπίῃ ἡμᾶς ἡ γῆ.
And all an-Israêl the-ones unto-a-circle of-them they-had-fled off of-the-one of-a-sound of-them, to-which-a-one forthing, Lest whither-also it-might-have-had-drank-down to-us, the-one a-soil.
16:34 λεγοντες] pr ειπαν A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:35 καὶ πῦρ ἐξῆλθεν παρὰ Κυρίου καὶ κατέφαγεν τοὺς πεντήκοντα καὶ διακοσίους ἄνδρας τοὺς προσφέροντας τὸ θυμίαμα.
And a-fire it-had-came-out beside of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and it-had-devoured-down to-the-ones to-fifty and to-two-hundred to-men to-the-ones to-bearing-toward to-the-one to-an-incensing-to.
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:36 (Num 17:1 Heb.) Καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν
(Num 17:1 Heb.) And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês,
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:37 (Num 17:2 Heb.) καὶ πρὸς Ἐλεαζὰρ τὸν υἱὸν Ἀαρὼν τὸν ἱερέα Ἀνέλεσθε τὰ πυρεῖα τὰ χαλκᾶ ἐκ μέσου τῶν κατακεκαυμένων, καὶ τὸ πῦρ τὸ ἀλλότριον τοῦτο σπεῖρον ἐκεῖ, ὅτι ἡγίασαν [β] τὰ πυρεῖα τῶν ἁμαρτωλῶν τούτων ἐν ταῖς ψυχαῖς αὐτῶν·
(Num 17:2 Heb.) and toward to-an-Eleazar to-the-one to-a-son of-an-Aarôn to-the-one to-a-sacreder-of, Ye-should-have-had-sectioned-up to-the-ones to-en-firelets to-the-ones to-coppern out of-middle of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-burn-belonged-down, and to-the-one to-a-fire to-the-one to-other-belonged to-the-one-this thou-should-have-whorled thither, to-which-a-one they-hallow-belonged-to to-the-ones to-en-firelets of-the-ones of-un-adjusted-along of-the-ones-these in unto-the-ones unto-breathings of-them;
16:37 τον υιον] om τον F
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:38 (Num 17:3 Heb.) καὶ ποίησον αὐτὰ λεπίδας ἐλατάς, περίθεμα τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ, ὅτι προσηνέχθησαν ἔναντι Κυρίου καὶ ἡγιάσθησαν, καὶ ἐγένοντο εἰς σημεῖον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ.
(Num 17:3 Heb.) and thou-should-have-done-unto to-them to-en-peelings to-droved, to-a-placing-about-to unto-the-one unto-a-surgerlet, to-which-a-one they-were-beared-toward in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and they-were-hallow-belonged-to, and they-had-became into to-a-signlet-of unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl.
16:38 λεπιδες B* (λεπιδας Ba b) | τοις υιοις] pr εν A
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:39 (Num 17:4 Heb.) καὶ ἔλαβεν Ἐλεαζὰρ υἱὸς Ἀαρὼν τοῦ ἱερέως τὰ πυρεῖα τὰ χαλκᾶ ὅσα προσήνεγκαν οἱ κατακεκαυμένοι, καὶ προσέθηκαν αὐτὰ περίθεμα τῷ θυσιαστηρίῳ,
(Num 17:4 Heb.) And it-had-taken, an-Eleazar a-son of-an-Aarôn of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of, to-the-ones to-en-firelets to-the-ones to-coppern to-which-a-which they-beared-toward, the-ones having-had-come-to-be-burn-belonged-down, and they-placed-toward to-them to-a-placing-about-to unto-the-one unto-a-surgerlet,
(1489 B.C. Elul 28)
Num 16:40 (Num 17:5 Heb.) μνημόσυνον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, ὅπως ἂν μὴ προσέλθῃ μηθεὶς ἀλλογενής, ὃς οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος Ἀαρών, ἐπιθεῖναι θυμίαμα ἔναντι Κυρίου, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ὥσπερ Κόρε καὶ ἡ ἐπισύστασις αὐτοῦ· καθὰ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος ἐν χειρὶ Μωυσῆ αὐτῷ.
(Num 17:5 Heb.) to-a-remembrance unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl, unto-which-whither ever lest it-might-have-had-came-toward, lest-from-one other-becominged, which not it-be out of-the-one of-a-whorling-to of-an-Aarôn, to-have-had-placed-upon to-an-incensing-to in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and not it-shall-be as-very a-Kore and the-one a-standing-together-upon of-it; down-to-which it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), in unto-a-hand of-a-Môusês unto-it.
16:40 προσελθητε B* (προσελθη Ba) | μηδεις A F | αυτου] ου sup ras Ba b | om εν χειρι Μωυση αυτω B* (hab Ba b (vid) et sine αυτω A F)
[Appendix] θυμια F
(1489 B.C. Elul 29)
Num 16:41 (Num 17:6 Heb.) Καὶ ἐγόγγυσαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ τῇ αὔριον ἐπὶ Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρὼν λέγοντες Ὑμεῖς ἀπεκτάγκατε τὸν λαὸν Κυρίου.
(Num 17:6 Heb.) And they-murmured-of-to, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, unto-the-one to-morrow upon to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn forthing, Ye ye-had-come-to-kill-off to-the-one to-a-people of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
16:41 Ι̅̅̅σ̅̅̅λ̅̅̅ τη Ba b (mg) | αυριον] sup ras Ba b επαυριον A F | απεκταγκατε Ba mg vid
(1489 B.C. Elul 29)
Num 16:42 (Num 17:7 Heb.) καὶ ἐγένετο ἐν τῷ ἐπισυστρέφεσθαι τὴν συναγωγὴν ἐπὶ Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρών, καὶ ὥρμησαν ἐπὶ τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου· καὶ τήνδε, ἐκάλυψεν αὐτὴν ἡ νεφέλη, καὶ ὤφθη ἡ δόξα Κυρίου.
(Num 17:7 Heb.) And it-had-became in unto-the-one to-beturn-together-upon to-the-one to-a-leading-together upon to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn, and they-corded-unto upon to-the-one to-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet; and to-the-one-then-also, it-shrouded to-it, the-one a-clouding, and it-was-beheld the-one a-reckonedness of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
16:42 [Appendix] επισυστρεφεσθε F
(1489 B.C. Elul 29)
Num 16:43 (Num 17:8 Heb.) καὶ εἰσῆλθεν Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν κατὰ πρόσωπον τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου·
(Num 17:8 Heb.) And it-had-came-into, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn, down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet;
(1489 B.C. Elul 29)
Num 16:44 (Num 17:9 Heb.) καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρὼν λέγων
(Num 17:9 Heb.) and it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn forthing,
16:44 om και Ααρων A* (hab A1? a? mg)
(1489 B.C. Elul 29)
Num 16:45 (Num 17:10 Heb.) Ἐκχωρήσατε ἐκ μέσου τῆς συναγωγῆς ταύτης, καὶ ἐξαναλώσω αὐτοὺς εἰς ἅπαξ. καὶ ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον αὐτῶν.
(Num 17:10 Heb.) Ye-should-have-spaced-out-unto out of-middle of-the-one of-a-leading-together of-the-one-this, and I-shall-other-along-up-out to-them into to-once. And they-falled upon to-looked-toward of-them.
Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.
16:45 επεσαν] α sup ras Ba επεσον B*? A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 29)
Num 16:46 (Num 17:11 Heb.) καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς Ἀαρών Λάβε τὸ πυρεῖον, καὶ ἐπίθες ἐπ' αὐτὸ πῦρ ἀπὸ τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, καὶ ἐπίβαλε ἐπ' αὐτὸ θυμίαμα, καὶ ἀπένεγκε τὸ τάχος εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν, καὶ ἐξιλάσεται περὶ αὐτῶν· ἐξῆλθεν γὰρ ὀργὴ ἀπὸ προσώπου Κυρίου, ἦρκται θραύειν τὸν λαόν.
(Num 17:11 Heb.) And it-had-said, a-Môusês, toward to-an-Aarôn, Thou-should-have-had-taken to-the-one to-an-en-firelet, and thou-should-have-had-placed-upon upon to-it to-a-fire off of-the-one of-a-surgerlet, and thou-should-have-had-casted-upon upon to-it to-an-incensing-to, and thou-should-have-had-beared-off to-the-one to-quickeedness into to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside, and it-shall-sectionate-out about of-them; it-had-came-out too-thus a-stressing off of-looked-toward of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), it-had-come-to-first to-crush to-the-one to-a-people.
Note: thou-should-have-had-beared-off (APENEGKE) : APENEGKAI is correct; phonetic error.
16:46 απενεγκαι A F | εξιλασεται (εξειλ.) B*] εξειλασε Ba (εξιλ. Bb) εξιλασαι A F | οργη απο προ sup ras Aa (om οργη A* vid)
(1489 B.C. Elul 29)
Num 16:47 (Num 17:12 Heb.) καὶ ἔλαβεν Ἀαρὼν καθάπερ ἐλάλησεν αὐτῷ Μωυσῆς, καὶ ἔδραμεν εἰς τὴν συναγωγήν· καὶ ἤδη ἐνῆρκται ἡ θραῦσις ἐν τῷ λαῷ. καὶ ἐπέβαλεν τὸ θυμίαμα καὶ ἐξιλάσατο περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ·
(Num 17:12 Heb.) And it-had-taken, an-Aarôn, down-to-which-very it-spoke-unto unto-it, a-Môusês, and it-had-circuited into to-the-one to-a-leading-together; and which-then it-had-come-to-first-in, the-one a-crushing, in unto-the-one unto-a-people. And it-had-casted-upon to-the-one to-an-incensing-to and it-sectionated-out about of-the-one of-a-people;
16:47 ενηρκται] ενηρκτο Ba A ηρκτο F | επεβαλεν] pr ελαβεν και A
[Appendix] ελαβν F | εξειλασατο B* (εξιλ. Bb)
(1489 B.C. Elul 29)
Num 16:48 (Num 17:13 Heb.) καὶ ἔστη ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν τεθνηκότων καὶ τῶν ζώντων, καὶ ἐκόπασεν ἡ θραῦσις ἐν τῷ λαῷ.
(Num 17:13 Heb.) and it-had-stood up to-middle of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-die and of-the-ones of-lifing-unto, and it-felled-to, the-one a-crushing, in unto-the-one unto-a-people.
16:48 om εν τω λαω Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Elul 29)
Num 16:49 (Num 17:14 Heb.) καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ τεθνηκότες ἐν τῇ θραύσει τέσσαρες καὶ δέκα χιλιάδες καὶ ἑπτακόσιοι, χωρὶς τῶν τεθνηκότων ἕνεκεν Κόρε.
(Num 17:14 Heb.) And they-had-became the-ones having-had-come-to-die in unto-the-one unto-a-crushing four and ten thousands and seven-hundred, of-spaced of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-die in-out-in of-a-Kore.
16:49 [Appendix] θραυσι B* (θραυσει Ba b) | χειλ. B
(1489 B.C. Elul 30 - Ethanim 2 Sabbath)
Num 16:50 (Num 17:15 Heb.) καὶ ἐπέστρεψεν Ἀαρὼν πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ ἐκόπασεν ἡ θραῦσις.
(Num 17:15 Heb.) And it-beturned-upon, an-Aarôn, toward to-a-Môusês, upon to-the-one to-a-portaledness of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, and it-felled-to, the-one a-crushing.
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 3) 6)
Num 17:1 (Num 17:16 Heb.) Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
(Num 17:16 Heb.) And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 3)
Num 17:2 (Num 17:17 Heb.) Λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, καὶ λάβε παρ' αὐτῶν ῥάβδον, ῥάβδον κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν παρὰ πάντων τῶν ἀρχόντων αὐτῶν, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, δώδεκα ῥάβδους· καὶ ἑκάστου τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐπίγραψον ἐπὶ τῆς ῥάβδου.
(Num 17:17 Heb.) Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl, and thou-should-have-had-taken beside of-them to-a-rod, to-a-rod down to-houses of-fatherings-unto beside of-all of-the-ones of-firsting of-them, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, to-two-ten to-rods; and of-each to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-it thou-should-have-scribed-upon upon of-the-one of-a-rod.
17:2 πατριων 1°] + αυτων A F | om και 2° A | ραβδου] + αυτου A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 3)
Num 17:3 (Num 17:18 Heb.) καὶ τὸ ὄνομα Ἀαρὼν ἐπίγραψον ἐπὶ τῆς ῥάβδου Λευεί· ἔστιν γὰρ ῥάβδος μία, κατὰ φυλὴν οἴκου πατριῶν αὐτῶν δώσουσιν.
(Num 17:18 Heb.) And to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-an-Aarôn thou-should-have-scribed-upon upon of-the-one of-a-rod of-a-Leuei; it-be too-thus a-rod one, down to-a-tribing of-a-house of-fatherings-unto of-them they-shall-give.
17:3 Ααρων] αυτου A | om γαρ A
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 3)
Num 17:4 (Num 17:19 Heb.) καὶ θήσεις αὐτὰς ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου κατέναντι τοῦ μαρτυρίου, ἐν οἷς γνωσθήσομαί σοι ἐκεῖ.
(Num 17:19 Heb.) And thou-shall-place to-them in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet down-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, in unto-which I-shall-be-acquainted unto-thee thither.
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 3)
Num 17:5 (Num 17:20 Heb.) καὶ ἔσται ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὃν ἐὰν ἐκλέξωμαι αὐτόν, ἡ ῥάβδος αὐτοῦ ἐκβλαστήσει· καὶ περιελῶ ἀπ' ἐμοῦ τὸν γογγυσμὸν τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ· ἃ αὐτοὶ γογγύζουσιν ἐφ' ὑμῖν.
(Num 17:20 Heb.) And it-shall-be the-one a-mankind to-which if-ever I-might-have-forthed-out to-it, the-one a-rod of-it it-shall-sprout-out; and I-shall-have-sectioned-about off of-ME to-the-one to-a-murmuring-of-to of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl; to-which them they-murmur-of-to upon unto-ye.
17:5 εαν] αν A F | απ εμου] απο σου A F | των υιων] om των Ba b A F | α] οσα A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 3)
Num 17:6 (Num 17:21 Heb.) καὶ ἐλάλησεν Μωυσῆς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ· καὶ ἔδωκαν αὐτῷ πάντες οἱ ἄρχοντες αὐτῶν ῥάβδον, τῷ ἄρχοντι τῷ ἑνὶ ῥάβδον κατὰ ἄρχοντα, κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, ιβ´ ῥάβδους· καὶ ἡ ῥάβδος Ἀαρὼν ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν ῥάβδων αὐτῶν.
(Num 17:21 Heb.) And it-spoke-unto, a-Môusês, unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl; and they-gave unto-it, all the-ones firsting of-them, to-a-rod, unto-the-one unto-firsting unto-the-one unto-one to-a-rod down to-firsting, down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, to-two-ten to-rods; and the-one a-rod of-an-Aarôn up to-middle of-the-ones of-rods of-them.
17:6 ιβ´] δωδεκα A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 3)
Num 17:7 (Num 17:22 Heb.) καὶ ἀπέθηκεν Μωυσῆς τὰς ῥάβδους ἔναντι Κυρίου ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου.
(Num 17:22 Heb.) And it-placed-off, a-Môusês, to-the-ones to-rods in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslest.
17:7 επεθηκεν F* (απ. F1 (vid))
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 4)
Num 17:8 (Num 17:23 Heb.) καὶ ἐγένετο τῇ ἐπαύριον καὶ εἰσῆλθεν Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐβλάστησεν ἡ ῥάβδος Ἀαρὼν εἰς οἶκον Λευεί, καὶ ἐξήνεγκεν βλαστὸν καὶ ἐξήνθησεν ἄνθη καὶ ἐβλάστησεν κάρυα.
(Num 17:23 Heb.) And it-had-became unto-the-one upon-to-morrow and it-had-came-into, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn, into to-the-one to-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, and thou-should-have-had-seen, it-sprouted, the-one a-rod of-an-Aarôn, into to-a-house of-a-Leuei, and it-beared-out to-a-sprout and it-placeednessed-up-out-unto to-placeednesses-up and it-sprouted to-nuts.
Note: to-placeednesses-up : a flower, a bloom, a highest point, a surfacing, etc.
17:8 Ααρων 2°] pr η A F | εξηνεγκεν] εξηνθησεν A | εξηνθησεν] εξηνεγκεν F | καροια B
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 4)
Num 17:9 (Num 17:24 Heb.) καὶ ἐξήνεγκεν Μωυσῆς πάσας τὰς ῥάβδους ἀπὸ προσώπου Κυρίου πρὸς πάντας υἱοὺς Ἰσραήλ· καὶ εἶδον, καὶ ἔλαβεν ἕκαστος τὴν ῥάβδον αὐτοῦ.
(Num 17:24 Heb.) And it-beared-out, a-Môusês, to-all to-the-ones to-rods off of-looked-toward of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) toward to-all to-sons of-an-Israêl; and they-had-seen, and it-had-taken, each, to-the-one to-a-rod of-it.
17:9 ιδον F | ελαβεν] εβαλεν B εβαλον A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 4)
Num 17:10 (Num 17:25 Heb.) καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν Ἀπόθες τὴν ῥάβδον Ἀαρὼν ἐνώπιον τῶν μαρτυρίων εἰς διατήρησιν, σημεῖον τοῖς υἱοῖς τῶν ἀνηκόων· καὶ παυσάσθω ὁ γογγυσμὸς αὐτῶν ἀπ' ἐμοῦ, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνωσιν.
(Num 17:25 Heb.) And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-Môusês, Thou-should-have-had-placed-off to-the-one to-a-rod of-an-Aarôn to-in-look-belonged of-the-ones of-witnesslets into to-a-keeping-through, to-a-signlet-of unto-the-ones unto-sons of-the-ones of-un-heard; and it-should-have-ceased, the-one a-murmuring-of-to of-them, off of-ME, and not lest they-might-have-had-died-off.
17:10 σημειον] pr εις A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 4)
Num 17:11 (Num 17:26 Heb.) καὶ ἐποίησεν Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν καθὰ συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ, οὕτως ἐποίησαν.
(Num 17:26 Heb.) And it-did-unto, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn, down-to-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês, unto-the-one-this they-did-unto.
17:11 καθα] οσα A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 4)
Num 17:12 (Num 17:27 Heb.) Καὶ εἶπαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγοντες Ἰδοὺ ἐξανηλώμεθα, ἀπολώλαμεν, παρανηλώμεθα·
(Num 17:27 Heb.) And they-said, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, toward to-a-Môusês forthing, Thou-should-have-had-seen, we-had-come-to-be-other-alonged-up-out, we-had-come-to-destruct-off, we-had-come-to-be-other-alonged-up-beside;
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 4)
Num 17:13 (Num 17:28 Heb.) πᾶς ὁ ἁπτόμενος τῆς σκηνῆς Κυρίου ἀποθνήσκει· ἕως εἰς τέλος ἀποθάνωμεν;
(Num 17:28 Heb.) all the-one fastening of-the-one of-a-tenting of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-dieth-off; unto-if-which into to-a-finisheedness we-might-have-had-died-off?
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 4)
Num 18:1 Καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Ἀαρὼν λέγων Σὺ καὶ οἱ υἱοί σου καὶ ὁ οἶκος πατριᾶς σου λήμψεσθε τὰς ἀπαρχὰς τῶν ἁγίων· σὺ καὶ οἱ υἱοί σου λήμψεσθε τὰς ἁμαρτίας τῆς ἱερατίας ὑμῶν.
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-an-Aarôn forthing, Thou and the-ones sons of-thee and the-one a-house of-a-fathering-unto of-thee ye-shall-take to-the-ones to-firstings-off of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged; thou and the-ones sons of-thee ye-shall-take to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-unto of-the-one of-a-sacredering-unto of-ye.
18:1 πατριας σου] του πατρος (π.. F) σου μετα σου A F | απαρχας] αμαρτιας A F | συ 2°] pr και Ba b A F
[Appendix] ιερατειας B A
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 4)
Num 18:2 καὶ τοὺς ἀδελφούς σου, φυλὴν Λευεί, δῆμον τοῦ πατρός σου, προσαγάγου πρὸς σεαυτόν, καὶ προστεθήτωσάν σοι καὶ λειτουργείτωσάν σοι· καὶ σὺ καὶ οἱ υἱοί σου μετὰ σοῦ ἀπέναντι τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου.
And to-the-ones to-brethrened of-thee, to-a-tribing of-a-Leuei, to-a-locality of-the-one of-a-father of-thee, thou-should-have-had-led-toward toward to-thyself, and they-should-have-been-placed-toward unto-thee and they-should-public-work-unto unto-thee; and thou and the-ones sons of-thee with of-thee off-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet.
18:2 om σοι 1° A
[Appendix] λιτουργ. B* (λειτουργ. Ba? b?: item 4, 6 bis, 7 bis)
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 4)
Num 18:3 καὶ φυλάξονται τὰς φυλακάς σου καὶ τὰς φυλακὰς τῆς σκηνῆς· πλὴν πρὸς τὰ σκεύη τὰ ἅγια καὶ πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον οὐ προσελεύσονται, καὶ οὐκ ἀποθανοῦνται καὶ οὗτοι καὶ ὑμεῖς.
And they-shall-guarder to-the-ones to-guarderies of-thee and to-the-ones to-guarderies of-the-one of-a-tenting; to-beyond, toward to-the-ones to-equipeednesses to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged and toward to-the-one to-a-surgerlet not they-shall-come-toward, and not they-shall-die-off and the-ones-these and ye.
18:3 om και τας φυλ. της σκηνης F* (hab και τας φυλ. της σκ. σου A F1 mg inf)
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 4)
Num 18:4 καὶ προστεθήσονται πρὸς σέ, καὶ φυλάξονται τὰς φυλακὰς τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου κατὰ πάσας τὰς λειτουργίας τῆς σκηνῆς, καὶ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς οὐ προσελεύσεται πρὸς σέ.
And they-shall-be-placed-toward toward to-thee and they-shall-guarder to-the-ones to-guarderies of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet down to-all to-the-ones to-public-workings-unto of-the-one of-a-tenting, and the-one other-becominged not it-shall-come-toward toward to-thee.
18:4 [Appendix] λειτουργειας A F (item 6, F: 7, A F)
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 4)
Num 18:5 καὶ φυλάξεσθε τὰς φυλακὰς τῶν ἁγίων καὶ τὰς φυλακὰς τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται θυμὸς ἐν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ.
And ye-shall-guarder to-the-ones to-guarderies of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged and to-the-ones to-guarderies of-the-one of-a-surgerlet, and not it-shall-be a-passion in unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl.
18:5 φυλαξετε A | αγιων] + μου F | εσται] + ετι A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 4)
Num 18:6 καὶ ἐγὼ εἴληφα τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ὑμῶν τοὺς Λευείτας ἐκ μέσου υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, δόμα δεδομένον Κυρίῳ, λειτουργεῖν τὰς λειτουργίας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου·
And I I-hath-had-come-to-take to-the-ones to-brethrened of-ye to-the-ones to-Leuei-belongers out of-middle of-sons of-an-Israêl, to-a-giving-to to-having-had-come-to-be-given unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-public-work-unto to-the-ones to-public-workings-unto of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet;
18:6 υιων] pr των Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 4)
Num 18:7 καὶ σὺ καὶ οἱ υἱοί σου μετὰ σοῦ διατηρήσετε τὴν ἱερατίαν ὑμῶν, κατὰ πάντα τρόπον τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου καὶ τὸ ἔνδοθεν τοῦ καταπετάσματος, καὶ λειτουργήσετε τὰς λειτουργίας δόμα τῆς ἱερατίας ὑμῶν· καὶ ὁ ἀλλογενὴς ὁ προσπορευόμενος ἀποθανεῖται.
and thou and the-ones sons of-thee with of-thee ye-shall-keep-through-unto to-the-one to-a-sacredering-unto of-ye, down to-all to-a-turn of-the-one of-a-surgerlet and to-the-one in-then-also-which-from of-the-one of-a-spreading-down-to, and ye-shall-public-work-unto to-the-ones to-public-workings-unto to-a-giving-to of-the-one of-a-sacredering-unto of-ye; and the-one other-becominged the-one traversing-toward-of it-shall-die-off.
18:7 διατηρησατε F | ιερατιας] ιερωσυνης F
[Appendix] ιερατειαν, ιερατειας Ba b A
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:8 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Ἀαρών Καὶ ἐγὼ ἰδοὺ δέδωκα ὑμῖν τὴν διατήρησιν τῶν ἀπαρχῶν ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἡγιασμένων μοι παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ· σοὶ δέδωκα αὐτὰ εἰς γέρας καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς σου μετὰ σέ, νόμιμον αἰώνιον.
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-an-Aarôn, And I, thou-should-have-had-seen, I-had-come-to-give unto-ye to-the-one to-a-keeping-through of-the-ones of-firstings-off off of-all of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-hallow-belonged-to unto-me beside of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl; unto-thee I-had-come-to-give to-them into to-a-seniorness and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-thee with to-thee, parcelee-belonged-unto aged-belonged.
Note: to-a-seniorness : refers to a position of honor through experienece, usually with age, but not always.
18:8 των απαρχων Ba b] αυτων απ. B* των απ. μου A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:9 καὶ τοῦτο ἔστω ὑμῖν ἀπὸ τῶν ἡγιασμένων ἁγίων τῶν καρπωμάτων, ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν δώρων αὐτῶν καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν θυσιασμάτων καὶ ἀπὸ πάσης πλημμελίας αὐτῶν καὶ ἀπὸ πασῶν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν, ὅσα ἀποδιδόασίν μοι ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἁγίων, σοὶ ἔσται καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς σου.
And the-one-this it-should-be unto-ye off of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-hallow-belonged-to of-hallow-belonged of-the-ones of-en-fruitings-to, off of-all of-the-ones of-gifts of-them and off of-all of-the-ones of-surgings-to and off of-all of-a-beyond-membering-unto of-them and off of-all of-the-ones of-un-adjustings-along-unto, to-which-a-which they-give-off unto-me off of-all of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged, unto-thee it-shall-be and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-thee.
18:9 θυσιασματων] + αυτων Ba b A F | πλημμελιας] pr της A F | αμαρτιων] + αυτων F
[Appendix] πλημμελειας Ba b A
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:10 ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ τῶν ἁγίων φάγεσθε αὐτά· πᾶν ἀρσενικὸν φάγεται αὐτά, σὺ καὶ οἱ υἱοί σου· ἅγια ἔσται σοι.
In unto-the-one unto-hallow-belonged of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged ye-shall-devour to-them; all male-belonged-of it-shall-devour to-them, thou and the-ones sons of-thee; hallow-belonged it-shall-be unto-thee.
18:10 φαγεται] φαγετε B | συ Ba b F] σοι B* A
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:11 καὶ τοῦτο ἔσται ὑμῖν ἀπαρχὼν δομάτων αὐτῶν, ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἐπιθεμάτων τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ· σοὶ δέδωκα αὐτὰ καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς σου καὶ ταῖς θυγατράσιν σου μετὰ σοῦ, νόμιμον αἰώνιον· πᾶς καθαρὸς ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ σου ἔδεται αὐτά.
And the-one-this it-shall-be unto-ye a-firsting-off of-givings-to of-them, off of-all of-the-ones of-placings-upon-to of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl; unto-thee I-had-come-to-give to-them and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-thee and unto-the-ones unto-daughters of-thee with of-thee, parcelee-belonged-unto aged-belonged; all cleansed in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-thee it-shall-eat to-them.
18:11 υμιν εσται F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:12 πᾶσα ἀπαρχὴ ἐλαίου καὶ πᾶσα ἀπαρχὴ οἴνου, σίτου ἀπαρχὴ αὐτῶν, ὅσα ἂν δῶσι τῷ κυρίῳ, σοὶ δέδωκα αὐτά.
All a-firsting-off of-an-oillet and all a-firsting-off of-a-wine, of-a-grain a-firsting-off of-them, to-which-a-which ever they-might-have-had-given unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-thee I-had-come-to-give to-them.
18:12 οινου σιτου] σιτου και οινου A οινου και σιτου F | δωσι] δωσει Ba b δωσιν A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:13 τὰ πρωτογενήματα πάντα ὅσα ἐν τῇ γῇ αὐτῶν, ὅσα ἂν ἐνέγκωσιν Κυρίῳ, σοὶ ἔσται· πᾶς καθαρὸς ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ σου ἔδεται αὐτά.
The-ones most-before-becomings-to all which-a-which in unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-them, to-which-a-which ever they-might-have-beared unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-thee it-shall-be; all cleansed in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-thee it-shall-eat to-them.
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:14 πᾶν ἀνατεθεματισμένον ἐν υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ σοὶ ἔσται.
All having-had-come-to-be-placed-up-to in unto-sons of-an-Israêl unto-thee it-shall-be.
18:14 υιοις] pr τοις A
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:15 καὶ πᾶν διανοῖγον μήτραν ἀπὸ πάσης σαρκός, ἃ προσφέρουσιν Κυρίῳ ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου ἕως κτήνους, σοὶ ἔσται· ἀλλ' ἢ λύτροις λυτρωθήσεται τὰ πρωτότοκα τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ τὰ πρωτότοκα τῶν κτηνῶν τῶν ἀκαθάρτων λυτρώσῃ.
And all opening-up-through to-an-en-motheredness off of-all of-a-flesh, to-which they-bear-toward unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) off of-a-mankind unto-if-which of-a-befoundeedness, unto-thee it-shall-be; other or unto-en-loosings it-shall-be-en-loosed the-ones most-before-creationed of-the-ones of-mankinds, and to-the-ones to-most-before-creationed of-the-ones of-befoundeednesses of-the-ones of-un-cleansabled thou-shall-en-loose.
Note: to-an-en-motheredness : used to refer to the womb.
Note: of-a-befoundeedness : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
18:15 παν] πας A | μητραν] pr πασαν A | α] οσα Ba A
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:16 καὶ ἡ λύτρωσις αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ μηνιαίου· ἡ συντίμησις πέντε σίκλων κατὰ τὸν σίκλον τὸν ἅγιον, εἴκοσι ὀβολοί εἰσιν.
And the-one an-en-loosing of-it off of-month-belonged; the-one a-valuating-together of-five of-shekels down to-the-one to-a-shekel to-the-one to-hallow-belonged, twenty obol' they-be.
Note: obol' : about 1/4 of a shekel, thus here 5 shekels.
18:16 [Appendix] συντιμησεις B* A (συντιμησις Ba b)
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:17 πλὴν πρωτότοκα μόσχων καὶ πρωτότοκα προβάτων καὶ πρωτότοκα αἰγῶν οὐ λυτρώσῃ· ἅγιά ἐστιν· καὶ τὸ αἷμα αὐτῶν προσχεεῖς πρὸς τὸ θυσιαστήριον, καὶ τὸ στέαρ ἀνοίσεις κάρπωμα εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας Κυρίῳ·
To-beyond, to-most-before-creationed of-calves and to-most-before-creationed of-stepped-before and to-most-before-creationed of-goats not thou-shall-en-loose; hallow-belonged it-be; and to-the-one to-a-rushering-to of-them thou-shall-pour-toward toward to-the-one to-a-surgerlet, and to-the-one to-a-suet thou-shall-bear-up to-an-en-fruiting-to into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh);
18:17 μοσχων] μοσχου F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:18 καὶ τὰ κρέα ἔσται σοί· καὶ τὸ στηθύνιον τοῦ ἐπιθέματος, καὶ κατὰ τὸν βραχίονα τὸν δεξιόν, σοὶ ἔσται.
and the-ones meats it-shall-be unto-thee; and to-the-one to-a-chestlet of-the-one of-a-placing-upon-to, and down to-the-one to-more-short to-the-one to-right-belonged, unto-thee it-shall-be.
Note: to-the-one to-a-chestlet in 03 : pr down in 02 03C1 03C2.
18:18 και 2°] pr καθα Ba b A F | om κατα A | εσται σοι A
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:19 πᾶν ἀφαίρεμα τῶν ἁγίων, ὅσα ἂν ἀφέλωσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ Κυρίῳ, σοὶ δέδωκα καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς σου καὶ ταῖς θυγατράσιν σου μετὰ σοῦ, νόμιμον αἰώνιον· διαθήκη ἁλὸς αἰωνίου ἐστὶν ἔναντι Κυρίου σοὶ καὶ τῷ σπέρματί σου μετὰ σέ.
All a-sectioning-along-off-to of-the-ones of-hallow-belonged, to-which-a-which ever they-might-have-had-sectioned-off, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-thee I-had-come-to-give and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-thee and unto-the-ones unto-daughters of-thee with of-thee, parcelee-belonged-unto aged-belonged; a-placement-through of-a-salt of-aged-belonged it-be in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-thee and unto-the-one unto-a-whorling-to of-thee with to-thee.
18:19 αν] εαν A | δεδωκα σοι A F
[Appendix] αφαιλωσιν A | θυτρασιν A* (θυγατρασιν A1)
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:20 καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Ἀαρών Ἐν τῇ γῇ αὐτῶν οὐ κληρονομήσεις, καὶ μερὶς οὐκ ἔσται σοι ἐν αὐτοῖς, ὅτι ἐγὼ μερίς σου καὶ κληρονομία σου ἐν μέσῳ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-an-Aarôn, In unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-them not thou-shall-lot-parcelee-unto, and a-portion not it-shall-be unto-thee in unto-them, to-which-a-one I a-portion of-thee and a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-thee in unto-middle of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl.
18:20 Ααρων sup ras F1 | εν τη γη] pr λεγων F | om και κληρονομια σου A
[Appendix] εμμεσω A F (item 23, 24)
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:21 Καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς Λευεὶ ἰδοὺ δέδωκα πᾶν ἐπιδέκατον ἐν Ἰσραὴλ ἐν κλήρῳ ἀντὶ τῶν λειτουργιῶν αὐτῶν, ὅσα αὐτοὶ λειτουργοῦσιν λειτουργίαν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου.
And unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Leuei, thou-should-have-had-seen, I-had-come-to-give to-all to-tenthed-upon in unto-an-Israêl in unto-a-lot, ever-a-one of-the-ones of-public-workings-unto of-them, to-which-a-which them they-public-work-unto to-a-public-working-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet.
18:21 [Appendix] λιτουργ. B* ter (λειτουργ. Ba b: item 23 bis, 31) | λειτουργειων A (item 31) | λειτουργειαν A F (item 23)
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:22 καὶ οὐ προσελεύσονται ἔτι οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου, λαβεῖν ἁμαρτίαν θανατηφόρον.
And not they-shall-come-toward if-to-a-one, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, into to-the-one to-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, to-have-had-taken to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto to-death-beareed.
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:23 καὶ λειτουργήσει ὁ Λευείτης αὐτὸς τὴν λειτουργίαν τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ αὐτοὶ λήμψονται τὰ ἁμαρτήματα αὐτῶν, νόμιμον αἰώνιον εἰς τὰς γενεὰς αὐτῶν· καὶ ἐν μέσῳ υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν κληρονομίαν.
And it-shall-public-work-unto, the-one a-Leuei-belonger, it, to-the-one to-a-public-working-unto of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, and them they-shall-take to-the-ones to-un-adjustings-along-to of-them, parcelee-belonged-unto aged-belonged into to-the-ones to-becomednesses of-them; and in unto-middle of-sons of-an-Israêl not they-shall-lot-parcelee-unto to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto;
18:23 υιων] pr των A
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 5)
Num 18:24 ὅτι τὰ ἐπιδέκατα τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ὅσα ἂν ἀφορίσωσιν Κυρίῳ ἀφαίρεμα δέδωκα τοῖς Λευείταις ἐν κλήρῳ· διὰ τοῦτο εἴρηκα αὐτοῖς Ἐν μέσῳ υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ οὐ κληρονομήσουσιν κλῆρον.
to-which-a-one to-the-ones to-tenthed-upon of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl to-which-a-which ever they-might-have-bounded-off-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-a-sectioning-along-off-to I-had-come-to-give unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers in unto-a-lot; through to-the-one-this I-had-come-to-utter unto-them, In unto-middle of-sons of-an-Israêl not they-shall-lot-parcelee-unto to-a-lot.
18:24 υιων 2°] pr των A
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 6)
Num 18:25 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 6)
Num 18:26 Καὶ τοῖς Λευείταις λαλήσεις καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς Ἐὰν λάβητε παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ τὸ ἐπιδέκατον ὃ δέδωκα ὑμῖν παρ' αὐτῶν ἐν κλήρῳ, καὶ ἀφελεῖτε ὑμεῖς ἀπ' αὐτοῦ ἀφαίρεμα Κυρίῳ ἐπιδέκατον ἀπὸ τοῦ ἐπιδεκάτου.
And unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers thou-shall-speak-unto and thou-shall-utter toward to-them, If-ever ye-might-have-had-taken beside of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl to-the-one to-tenthed-upon to-which I-had-come-to-give unto-ye beside of-them in unto-a-lot, and ye-shall-have-sectioned-off, ye, off of-it to-a-sectioning-along-off-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-tenthed-upon off of-the-one of-tenthed-upon.
18:26 [Appendix] αφελειται F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 6)
Num 18:27 καὶ λογισθήσεται ὑμῖν τὰ ἀφαιρέματα ὑμῶν ὡς σῖτος ἀπὸ ἅλω καὶ ἀφαίρεμα ἀπὸ ληνοῦ.
And it-shall-be-fortheed-to unto-ye the-ones sectionings-along-off-to of-ye as a-grain off of-a-bethreshing and a-sectioning-along-off-to off of-a-trough. of-a-bethreshing
18:27 om σιτος F | απο αλω] αφ αλωνος A F | αφαιρεμα] pr ως A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 6)
Num 18:28 οὕτως ἀφελεῖτε αὐτοὺς καὶ ὑμεῖς ἀπὸ τῶν ἀφαιρεμάτων Κυρίου ἀπὸ πάντων ἐπιδεκάτων ὑμῶν ὅσα ἐὰν λάβητε παρὰ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ δώσετε ἀπ' αὐτῶν ἀφαίρεμα Ἀαρὼν τῷ ἱερεῖ.
Unto-the-one-this ye-shall-have-sectioned-off to-them, and ye, off of-the-ones of-sectionings-along-off-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) off of-all of-tenthed-upon of-ye to-which-a-which if-ever ye-might-have-had-taken beside of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl, and ye-shall-give off of-them to-a-sectioning-along-off-to unto-an-Aarôn unto-the-one unto-a-sacreder-of.
18:28 om αυτους A F | των αφαιρ.] παντων αφαιρ. A prπαντων F | επιδεκατων] pr των F | και 2°] κ sup ras B? | αφαιρεμα] + κυριω A F
[Appendix] αφαιλειτε A (item 29) αφελειται F | δωσεται A
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 6)
Num 18:29 ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν δομάτων ὑμῶν ἀφελεῖτε ἀφαίρεμα Κυρίῳ, ἢ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν ἀπαρχῶν τὸ ἡγιασμένον ἀπ' αὐτοῦ.
Off of-all of-the-ones of-givings-to of-ye ye-shall-have-sectioned-off to-a-sectioning-along-off-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), or off of-all of-the-ones of-firstings-off to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-hallow-belonged-to off of-it.
18:29 om η A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 6)
Num 18:30 καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς Ὅταν ἀφαιρῆτε τὴν ἀπαρχὴν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ, καὶ λογισθήσεται τοῖς Λευείταις ὡς γένημα ἀπὸ ἅλω καὶ ὡς γένημα ἀπὸ ληνοῦ.
And thou-shall-utter toward to-them, Which-also-ever ye-might-section-along-off-unto to-the-one to-a-firsting-off off of-it, and it-shall-be-fortheed-to unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers as a-becoming-to off of-a-bethreshing and as a-becoming-to off of-a-trough.
18:30 ερεις] ερειτε A | απ αυτου] om απ F* (superscr F1 ((vid)) | αλω] αλωνος A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 6)
Num 18:31 καὶ ἔδεσθε αὐτὸ ἐν παντὶ τόπῳ ὑμεῖς καὶ οἱ οἶκοι ὑμῶν, ὅτι μισθὸς οὗτος ὑμῖν ἐστιν ἀντὶ τῶν λειτουργιῶν ὑμῶν τῶν ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ τοῦ μαρτυρίου·
And ye-shall-eat to-it in unto-all unto-an-occasion ye and the-ones houses of-ye, to-which-a-one a-pay the-one-this unto-ye it-be ever-a-one of-the-ones of-public-workings-unto of-ye of-the-ones in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet;
18:31 αυτο] αυτα F | υμεις] + και οι υιοι υμων A | οτι] ο F* (οτι F1 (vid)) | αντι] απο Ba (Mai)
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 6)
Num 18:32 καὶ οὐ λήμψεσθε δι' αὐτὸ ἁμαρτίαν, ὅτι ἂν ἀφαιρῆτε τὴν ἀπαρχὴν ἀπ' αὐτοῦ· καὶ τὰ ἅγια τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ οὐ βεβηλώσετε, ἵνα μὴ ἀποθάνητε.
and not ye-shall-take through to-it to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto, to-which-a-one ever ye-might-section-along-off-unto to-the-one to-a-firsting-off off of-it; and to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl not ye-shall-en-step-step-of, so lest they-might-have-had-died-off.
Note: ye-shall-en-step-step-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.
18:32 ου λημψεσθε] ουτοι λημψονται A
[Appendix] αφαιρητε A | αποθανηται F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:1 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρὼν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn forthing,
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:2 Αὕτη ἡ διαστολὴ τοῦ νόμου, ὅσα συνέταξεν Κύριος λέγων Λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, καὶ λαβέτωσαν πρὸς σὲ δάμαλιν πυρρὰν ἄμωμον, ἥτις οὐκ ἔχει ἐν αὐτῇ μῶμον καὶ ᾗ οὐκ ἐπεβλήθη ἐπ' αὐτὴν ζυγός.
The-one-this the-one a-seteeing-through of-the-one of-a-parcelee, to-which-a-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), forthing, Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl, and they-should-have-had-taken toward to-thee to-a-heifer to-fired to-un-blemished, which-a-one not it-holdeth in unto-it to-a-blemish and unto-which not it-was-casted-upon upon to-it a-couplage.
19:2 om προς̣ σε F | δαμαλι̅̅ sup ras Ba b | εν αυτη] εν εαυτη A | επ αυτην] εν αυτη F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:3 καὶ δώσεις αὐτὴν πρὸς Ἐλεαζὰρ τὸν ἱερέα· καὶ ἐξάξουσιν αὐτὴν ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς εἰς τόπον καθαρόν, καὶ σφάξουσιν αὐτὴν ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ·
And thou-shall-give to-it toward to-an-Eleazar to-the-one to-a-sacreder-of; and they-shall-lead-out to-it out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside into to-an-occasion to-cleansed, and they-shall-slaughter-to to-it to-in-look-belonged of-it.
19:3 δωσει F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:4 καὶ λήμψεται Ἐλεαζὰρ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτῆς, καὶ ῥανεῖ ἀπέναντι τοῦ προσώπου τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος αὐτῆς ἑπτάκις.
And it-shall-take, an-Eleazar, off of-the-one of-a-rushering-to of-it, and it-shall-sprinkle off-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet off of-the-one of-a-rushering-to of-it seven-oft.
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:5 καὶ κατακαύσουσιν αὐτὴν ἐναντίον αὐτοῦ· καὶ τὸ δέρμα καὶ τὰ κρέα αὐτῆς καὶ τὸ αἷμα αὐτῆς σὺν τῇ κόπρῳ αὐτῆς κατακαυθήσεται.
And they-shall-burn-belong-down to-it to-ever-a-oned-in of-it; and the-one an-aparting-to and the-ones meats of-it and the-one a-rushering-to of-it together unto-the-one unto-an-en-felling of-it it-shall-be-burn-belonged-down.
19:5 το δερμα] + αυτης A F | τα κρ. αυτης] om αυτης A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:6 καὶ λήμψεται ὁ ἱερεὺς ξύλον κέδρινον καὶ ὕσσωπον καὶ κόκκινον, καὶ ἐμβαλοῦσιν εἰς μέσον τοῦ κατακαύματος τῆς δαμάλεως.
And it-shall-take, the-one a-sacreder-of, to-a-wood to-cedar-belonged-to and to-hyssoped and to-kerneled-belonged-to, and they-shall-cast-in into to-middle of-the-one of-a-burning-down-to of-the-one of-a-heifer.
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:7 καὶ πλυνεῖ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ ὁ ἱερεὺς καὶ λούσεται τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ ὕδατι, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν· καὶ ἀκάθαρτος ἔσται ὁ ἱερεὺς ἕως ἑσπέρας.
And it-shall-rinsen to-the-ones to-apparelets of-it, the-one a-sacreder-of, and it-shall-bathe to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to of-it unto-a-water, and with to-the-ones-these it-shall-come-into into to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside; and un-cleansabled it-shall-be the-one a-sacreder-of unto-if-which of-an-into-acrossedness.
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:8 καὶ ὁ κατακαίων αὐτὴν πλυνεῖ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ καὶ λούσεται τὸ σῶμα αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀκάθαρτος ἔσται ἕως ἑσπέρας.
And the-one burn-belonging-down to-it it-shall-rinsen to-the-ones to-apparelets of-it and it-shall-bathe to-the-one to-an-en-capsuling-to of-it, and un-cleansabled it-shall-be unto-if-which of-an-into-acrossedness.
19:8 το σωμα αυτου] + υδατι A
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:9 καὶ συνάξει ἄνθρωπος καθαρὸς τὴν σποδὸν τῆς δαμάλεως καὶ ἀποθήσει ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς εἰς τόπον καθαρόν. καὶ ἔσται τῇ συναγωγῇ υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ εἰς διατήρησιν· ὕδωρ ῥαντισμοῦ, ἅγνισμά ἐστιν.
And it-shall-lead-together, a-mankind cleansed, to-the-one to-an-ash of-the-one of-a-heifer and it-shall-place-off out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside into to-an-occasion to-cleansed. And it-shall-be unto-the-one unto-a-leading-together of-sons of-an-Israêl into to-a-keeping-through; a-water of-a-sprinkling-to-of, a-purifying-to it-be.
19:9 δαμαλεως] μαλεως F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:10 καὶ πλυνεῖ τὰ ἱμάτια ὁ συνάγων τὴν σποδιὰν τῆς δαμάλεως, καὶ ἀκάθαρτος ἔσται ἕως ἑσπέρας· καὶ ἔσται τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ τοῖς προσκειμένοις προσηλύτοις νόμιμον αἰώνιον.
And it-shall-rinsen to-the-ones to-apparelets, the-one leading-together to-the-one to-an-ash of-the-one of-a-heifer, and un-cleansabled it-shall-be unto-if-which of-an-into-acrossedness; and it-shall-be unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl and unto-the-ones unto-situating-toward unto-comeable-toward parcelee-belonged-unto age-belonged.
19:10 ο συν. την σποδον της δαμ. πλυνει τα ιματια αυτου A F | προσκειμ. προσηλ.] προσηλ. τοις προσκειμ. (προσκιμ. F) εμμεσω υμων A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:11 Ὁ ἁπτόμενος τοῦ τεθνηκότος πάσης ψυχῆς ἀνθρώπου ἀκάθαρτος ἔσται ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας·
The-one fastening of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-die of-all of-a-breathing of-a-mankind un-cleansabled it-shall-be to-seven to-dayednesses;
19:11 επτα ημ.] + εως εσπερας Aa? mg
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:12 οὗτος ἁγνισθήσεται τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ, καὶ καθαρὸς ἔσται· ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀφαγνισθῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ, οὐ καθαρὸς ἔσται.
the-one-this it-shall-be-purified-to unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-third and unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-seventh, and cleansed it-shall-be; if-ever then-also lest it-might-have-been-purified-off-to unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-third and unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-seventh, not cleansed it-shall-be.
19:12 τη ημερα 1°] pr και A | εσται 1°] εστιν A | τη τριτη 2°] bis scr τη B
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:13 πᾶς ὁ ἁπτόμενος τοῦ τεθνηκότος ἀπὸ ψυχῆς ἀνθρώπου, ἐὰν ἀποθάνῃ καὶ μὴ ἀφαγνισθῇ, τὴν σκηνὴν Κυρίου ἐμίανεν· ἐκτριβήσεται ἡ ψυχὴ ἐκείνη ἐξ Ἰσραήλ, ὅτι ὕδωρ ῥαντισμοῦ οὐ περιεραντίσθη ἐπ' αὐτόν· ἀκάθαρτός ἐστιν, ἔτι ἡ ἀκαθαρσία αὐτοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ ἐστιν.
All the-one fastening of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-die off of-a-breathing of-a-mankind, if-ever it-might-have-had-died-off, and lest it-might-have-been-purified-to, to-the-one to-a-tenting of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-stain-belonged; it-shall-have-been-rubbed-out the-one a-breathing the-one-thither out of-an-Israêl, to-which-a-one a-water of-a-sprinkling-to-of not it-was-sprinkled-about upon to-it; un-cleansabled it-be, if-to-a-one the-one an-un-cleansing-unto of-it in unto-it it-be.
19:13 ψυχης] pr πασης A F | om επ αυτον F* (hab F1 (mg))
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:14 καὶ οὗτος ὁ νόμος· ἄνθρωπος ἐὰν ἀποθάνῃ ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ, πᾶς ὁ εἰσπορευόμενος εἰς τὴν οἰκίαν καὶ ὅσα ἐστὶν ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ ἀκάθαρτα ἔσται ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας·
And the-one-this a-parcelee; a-mankind if-ever it-might-have-had-died-off in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto, all the-one traversing-into-of into to-the-one to-a-housing-unto and which-a-which it-be in unto-the-one unto-a-housing-unto un-cleansabled it-shall-be to-seven to-dayednesses;
19:14 τη οικια 1°] om τη Ba b A F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:15 καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ἀνεῳγμένον, ὅσα οὐχὶ δεσμὸν καταδέδεται ἐν αὐτῷ, ἀκάθαρτά ἐστιν.
and all an-equipeedness having-had-come-to-be-opened-up, which-a-which unto-not to-a-bindee it-had-come-to-be-binded-down in unto-it, un-cleansabled it-be.
19:15 ουχι Ba b F] ουκ εχι B* ουκ εχει A | εν αυτω] επ αυτω Ba? b A F | ακαθαρτον F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:16 καὶ πᾶς ὃς ἐὰν ἅψηται ἐπὶ προσώπου τοῦ πεδίου τραυματίου ἢ νεκροῦ ἢ ὀστέου ἀνθρωπίνου ἢ μνήματος, ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας ἀκάθαρτος ἔσται.
And all which if-ever it-might-have-fastened upon of-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-footinglet of-a-wounded-belonger or of-en-deaded or of-an-en-boning of-mankind-belonged-to or of-a-memorying-to, to-seven to-dayednesses un-cleansabled it-shall-be.
19:16 εαν] αν A F | προσωπον A | ανου̅̅̅ A
[Appendix] παιδιου A
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:17 καὶ λήμψονται τῷ ἀκαθάρτῳ ἀπὸ τῆς σποδιᾶς τῆς κατακεκαυμένης τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ, καὶ ἐκχεοῦσιν ἐπ' αὐτὴν ὕδωρ ζῶν εἰς σκεῦος·
And they-shall-take unto-the-one unto-un-cleansabled off of-the-one of-an-ash of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-burn-belonged-down of-the-one of-a-purifying-to-of, and they-shall-pour-out upon to-it to-a-water to-lifing-unto into to-an-equipeedness;
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:18 καὶ λήμψεται ὕσσωπον καὶ βάψει εἰς τὸ ὕδωρ ἀνὴρ καθαρός, καὶ περιρανεῖ ἐπὶ τὸν οἶκον καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ σκεύη καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς ψυχάς, ὅσαι ἐὰν ὦσιν ἐκεῖ, καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν ἡμμένον τοῦ ὀστέου τοῦ ἀνθρωπίνου ἢ τοῦ τραυματίου ἢ τοῦ τεθνηκότος ἢ τοῦ μνήματος·
and it-shall-take to-hyssoped and it-shall-dip into to-a-water, a-man cleansed, and it-shall-sprinkle-about upon to-the-one to-a-house and upon to-the-ones to-equipeednesses and upon to-the-ones to-breathings, which if-ever they-might-be thither, and upon to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-fasten of-the-one of-an-en-boning of-the-one of-mankind-belonged-to or of-the-one of-a-wounded-belonger or of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-die or of-the-one of-a-memorying-to;
19:18 υσσωπιον B* (υσσωπον Ba b) | περιρανιει F | επ του ημμενον (sic) A | τραυματιου] τραυματος A
[Appendix] τραμματιου F
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:19 καὶ περιρανεῖ ὁ καθαρὸς ἐπὶ τὸν ἀκάθαρτον ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ καὶ ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ, καὶ ἀφαγνισθήσεται τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ· καὶ πλυνεῖ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ καὶ λούσεται ὕδατι, καὶ ἀκάθαρτος ἔσται ἕως ἑσπέρας.
and it-shall-sprinkle-about, the-one cleansed, upon to-the-one to-un-cleansabled in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-third and in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-seventh, and it-shall-be-purified-to unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-seventh; and it-shall-rinsen to-the-ones to-apparelets of-it and it-shall-bathe unto-a-water, and un-cleansabled it-shall-be unto-if-which of-an-into-acrossedness.
19:19 και 2°] pr επιτα A | om και αφαγν. τη ημ. τη εβδ. B* (hab Ba b mg inf F και αφαγν. εν τη ημ. τη εβδ. A) | ακαθαρτος] καθαρος F* (ακαθ. F1 (vid))
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:20 καὶ ἄνθρωπος ὃς ἐὰν μιανθῇ καὶ μὴ ἀφαγνισθῇ, ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἡ ψυχὴ ἐκείνη ἐκ μέσου τῆς συναγωγῆς, ὅτι τὰ ἅγια Κυρίου ἐμίανεν· ὅτι ὕδωρ ῥαντισμοῦ οὐ περιεραντίσθη ἐπ' αὐτόν, ἀκάθαρτός ἐστιν.
And a-mankind which if-ever it-might-have-been-stain-belonged and lest it-might-have-been-purified-to, it-shall-be-destructed-out-of the-one a-breathing the-one-thither out of-middle of-the-one of-a-leading-together, to-which-a-one to-the-ones to-hallow-belonged of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-stain-belonged; to-which-a-one a-water of-a-sprinkling-to-of not it-was-sprinkled-about upon to-it, un-cleansabled it-be.
19:20 εαν] αν A F | μιανθη] post ι ras 1 litt A?
[Appendix] εξολοθρ. Bb
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7)
Num 19:21 καὶ ἔσται ὑμῖν νόμιμον αἰώνιον· καὶ ὁ περιραίνων ὕδωρ ῥαντισμοῦ πλυνεῖ τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, καὶ ὁ ἁπτόμενος τοῦ ὕδατος τοῦ ῥαντισμοῦ ἀκάθαρτος ἔσται ἕως ἑσπέρας·
And it-shall-be unto-ye parcelee-belonged-unto aged-belonged; and the-one sprinkling-about to-a-water of-a-sprinkling-to-of it-shall-rinsen to-the-ones to-apparelets of-it, and the-one fastening of-the-one of-a-water of-the-one of-a-sprinkling-to-of un-cleansabled it-shall-be unto-if-which of-an-into-acrossedness;
(1489 B.C. Ethanim 7; Israêl remains here, in unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Faran (Num_12:16), in Rathama (deduced from Num_33:18), for another 178 days, until it leaves for a-Remmôn (Num_33:19-36))
Num 19:22 καὶ παντὸς οὗ ἐὰν ἅψηται αὐτοῦ ὁ ἀκάθαρτος, ἀκάθαρτον ἔσται, καὶ ἡ ψυχὴ ἡ ἁπτομένη ἀκάθαρτος ἔσται ἕως ἑσπέρας.
And of-all of-which if-ever it-might-have-fastened of-it, the-one un-cleansabled, un-cleansabled it-shall-be, and the-one a-breathing the-one fastening un-cleansabled it-shall-be unto-if-which of-an-into-acrossedness.
(1451 B.C. Abib 1)
Num 20:1 Καὶ ἦλθον οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγή, εἰς τὴν ἔρημον Σεὶν ἐν τῷ μηνὶ τῷ πρώτῳ, καὶ κατέμεινεν ὁ λαὸς ἐν Καδής· καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν ἐκεῖ Μαριάμ, καὶ ἐτάφη ἐκεῖ.
And they-had-came, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, all the-one a-leading-together, into to-the-one to-solituded of-a-Sein in unto-the-one unto-a-month unto-the-one unto-most-before, and it-stayed-down, the-one a-people, in unto-a-Kadês; and it-finished-of-unto thither, a-Mariam, and it-had-been-burialed thither.
Note: into to-the-one to-solituded of-a-Sein in 01 02 03 : into to-the-one to-solituded of-a-Faran is correct : primitive assimilation to the Hebrew; see Num_33:36 in 02 03, the journey to Sein takes place before this one, where Israel stays for some 25 months (Sebat 1454 B.C. - Adar 1452 B.C.).
Note: about 40 miles north; Sein to Kadês in Faran.
20:1 Σιν A F | πρωτω] πρω sup ras Ba b (τριτω B* vid)
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:2 καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὕδωρ τῇ συναγωγῇ, καὶ ἠθροίσθησαν ἐπὶ Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρών.
And not it-was a-water unto-the-one unto-a-leading-together, and they-were-flurried-along-to upon to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn.
20:2 ηθροισθ.] συνηθροισθ. A F
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:3 καὶ ἐλοιδορεῖτο ὁ λαὸς πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγοντες Ὄφελον ἀπεθάνομεν ἐν τῇ ἀπωλίᾳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν ἔναντι Κυρίου.
And it-was-reviling-unto, the-one a-people, toward to-a-Môusês forthing, Having-had-debted we-had-died-off in unto-the-one unto-a-destructing-off-unto of-the-ones of-brethrened of-us in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
20:3 απεθανομεν] απωλομεθα A F
[Appendix] απωλεια Ba b A
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:4 καὶ ἵνα τί ἀνηγάγες τὴν συναγωγὴν Κυρίου εἰς τὴν ἔρημον ταύτην ἀποκτεῖναι ἡμᾶς καὶ τὰ κτήνη ἡμῶν;
And so to-what-one thou-had-led-up to-the-one to-a-leading-together of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) into to-the-one to-solituded to-the-one-this to-have-killed-off to-us and to-the-ones to-befoundeednesses of-us?
Note: to-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
20:4 ανηγαγετε Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:5 καὶ ἵνα τί τοῦτο ἀνηγάγες ἡμᾶς ἐξ Αἰγύπτου παραγενέσθαι εἰς τὸν τόπον τοῦτον; τόπος οὗ οὐ σπείρεται, οὐδὲ συκαῖ οὐδὲ ἄμπελοι οὐδὲ ῥόαι, οὐδὲ ὕδωρ ἐστὶν πιεῖν.
And so to-what-one to-the-one-this thou-had-led-up to-us out of-an-Aiguptos to-have-had-became-beside into to-the-one to-an-occasion to-the-one-this, an-occasion of-which not it-be-whorled, not-then-also figgings not-then-also vines not-then-also pomegranates, not-then-also a-water it-be to-have-had-drank?
Note: to-an-occasion in 03 : + to-the-one to-en-necessitated in 02 03C1 03C2.
20:5 τοπον] + τον πονηρον Ba b A (om B* F) | σπειρεται] σπειρειται A | ουδε 3°, 4°] ουτε A F
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:6 καὶ ἦλθεν Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν ἀπὸ προσώπου τῆς συναγωγῆς ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου, καὶ ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ πρόσωπον· καὶ ὤφθη ἡ δόξα Κυρίου πρὸς αὐτούς.
And it-had-came, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn, off of-looked-toward of-the-one of-a-leading-together upon to-the-one to-a-portaledness of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet, and they-falled upon to-looked-toward; and it-was-beheld the-one a-reckonedness of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) toward to-them.
Note: they-falled : old English form used to avoid confusion with the Verb to-fell.
20:6 επεσαν B* (vid) A F
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:7 καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:8 Λάβε τὴν ῥάβδον, καὶ ἐκκλησίασον τῇ συναγωγῇ σὺ καὶ Ἀαρὼν ὁ ἀδελφός σου, καὶ λαλήσατε πρὸς τὴν πέτραν ἔναντι αὐτῶν, καὶ δώσει τὰ ὕδατα αὐτῆς· καὶ ἐξοίσετε αὐτοῖς ὕδωρ ἐκ τῆς πέτρας, καὶ ποτιεῖτε τὴν συναγωγὴν καὶ τὰ κτήνη αὐτῶν.
Thou-should-have-had-taken to-the-one to-a-rod, and thou-should-have-out-called-to unto-the-one unto-a-leading-together, thou and an-Aarôn the-one brethrened of-thee, and ye-should-have-spoken-unto toward to-the-one to-a-rockedness in-ever-a-one of-them, and it-shall-give to-the-ones to-waters of-it; and ye-shall-bear-out to-them to-a-water out of-the-one of-a-rockedness, and ye-shall-drinkation-to to-the-one to-a-leading-together and to-the-ones to-befoundeednesses of-them.
Note: to-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
20:8 τη συναγωγη] την συναγωγην A F | εναντιον A F | εξοισεται A F
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:9 καὶ ἔλαβεν Μωυσῆς τὴν ῥάβδον τὴν ἀπέναντι Κυρίου, καθὰ συνέταξεν Κύριος·
And it-had-taken, a-Môusês, to-the-one to-a-rod to-the-one off-in-ever-of-one of-Authority-belonged, down-to-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh);
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:10 καὶ ἐξεκκλησίασεν Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἀαρὼν τὴν συναγωγὴν ἀπέναντι τῆς πέτρας, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς Ἀκούσατέ μου, οἱ ἀπειθεῖς· μὴ ἐκ τῆς πέτρας ταύτης ἐξάξομεν ὑμῖν ὕδωρ;
and it-out-callinged-out-to, a-Môusês and an-Aarôn, to-the-one to-a-leading-together off-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-rockedness, and it-had-said toward to-them, Ye-should-have-heard of-me, the-ones un-suringed; lest out of-the-one of-a-rockedness of-the-this we-shall-lead-out unto-ye to-a-water?
20:10 [Appendix] ακουσαται A | απιθεις A
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:11 καὶ ἐπάρας Μωυσῆς τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ ἐπάταξεν τὴν πέτραν τῇ ῥάβδῳ δίς, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ὕδωρ πολύ, καὶ ἔπιεν ἡ συναγωγὴ καὶ τὰ κτήνη αὐτῶν.
And having-lifted-upon, a-Môusês, to-the-one to-a-hand of-it it-smote to-the-one to-a-rockedness unto-the-one unto-a-rod to-twice, and it-had-came-out, a-water much, and it-had-drank, the-one a-leading-together and the-ones befoundeednesses of-them.
Note: befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:12 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρὼν Ὅτι οὐκ ἐπιστεύσατε ἁγιάσαι με ἐναντίον υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, διὰ τοῦτο οὐκ εἰσάξετε ὑμεῖς τὴν συναγωγὴν ταύτην εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν δέδωκα αὐτοῖς.
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn, To-which-a-one not ye-trusted-of to-have-hallow-belonged-to to-me to-ever-a-oned-in of-sons of-an-Israêl, through to-the-one-this not ye-shall-lead-into, ye, to-the-one to-a-leading-together to-the-one-this into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which I-had-come to-give unto-them.
20:12 υιων] pr των A | εδωκα A
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:13 τοῦτο ὕδωρ ἀντιλογίας, ὅτι ἐλοιδορήθησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἔναντι Κυρίου, καὶ ἡγιάσθη ἐν αὐτοῖς.
The-one-this a-water of-An-ever-a-one-fortheeing-unto, to-which-a-one they-were-reviled-unto the-ones sons of-an-Israêl in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-was-hallow-belonged-to in unto-them.
20:13 υδωρ] pr το F
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:14 Καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Μωυσῆς ἀγγέλους ἐκ Καδὴς πρὸς βασιλέα Ἐδὼμ λέγων Τάδε λέγει ὁ ἀδελφός σου Ἰσραήλ Σὺ ἐπίστῃ πάντα τὸν μόχθον τὸν εὑρόντα ἡμᾶς·
And it-set-off, a-Môusês, to-leadeeers out of-a-Kadês toward to-a-ruler-of to-an-Edôm forthing, To-the-ones-then-also it-fortheth, the-one brethrened of-thee an-Israêl, Thou thou-stand-upon to-all to-the-one to-a-toil to-the-one to-having-had-found to-us;
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:15 καὶ κατέβησαν οἱ πατέρες ἡμῶν εἰς Αἴγυπτον, καὶ παρῳκήσαμεν ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ ἡμέρας πλείους, καὶ ἐκάκωσαν ἡμᾶς οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι καὶ τοὺς πατέρας ἡμῶν·
and they-had-stepped-down, the-ones fathers of-us, into to-an-Aiguptos, and we-housed-beside-unto in unto-an-Aiguptos to-dayednesses to-beyond, and they-en-wedge-wedged to-us, the-ones Aiguptos-belonged, and to-the-ones to-fathers of-us;
20:15 om και 1° F* (superscr F1) | παρωκηκαμεν F | εν Αιγ.] εις Αιγυπτον A | om ημ. πλ. A | οι Αιγ.] + ημερας πλειους A
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:16 καὶ ἀνεβοήσαμεν πρὸς Κύριον, καὶ εἰσήκουσεν Κύριος τῆς φωνῆς ἡμῶν, καὶ ἀποστείλας ἄγγελον ἐξήγαγεν ἡμᾶς ἐξ Αἰγύπτου· καὶ νῦν ἐσμὲν ἐν Καδής, πόλει ἐκ μέρους τῶν ὁρίων σου.
And we-up-hollered-unto toward to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-heard-into, Authority-belonged, of-the-one of-a-sound of-us, and having-set-off to-a-leadeeer it-had-led-out to-us out of-an-Aiguptos; and now we-be in unto-a-Kadês, unto-a-city out of-a-portioneedness of-the-ones of-boundlets of-thee.
20:16 om ημων F* (superscr F1)
[Appendix] πολι B* (πολει Ba b) | ορειων B* (οριων Bb: item 21)
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:17 παρελευσόμεθα διὰ τῆς γῆς σου· οὐ διελευσόμεθα δι' ἀγρῶν οὐδὲ δι' ἀμπελώνων, οὐδὲ πιόμεθα ὕδωρ ἐκ λάκκου σου· ὁδῷ βασιλικῇ πορευσόμεθα, καὶ οὐκ ἐκκλινοῦμεν δεξιὰ οὐδὲ εὐώνυμα ἕως ἂν παρέλθωμεν τὰ ὅριά σου.
We-shall-come-beside through of-the-one of-a-soil of-thee; not we-shall-come-through through of-fields not-then-also through of-vinings, not-then-also we-shall-drink to-a-water out of-a-reservoir of-thee; unto-a-way unto-ruler-belonged-of we-shall-traverse-of, and not we-shall-cline-out to-right-belonged not-then-also to-goodly-named unto-if-which ever we-might-have-had-came-beside to-the-ones to-boundlets of-thee.
Note: to-goodly-named : used to refer to the left side.
20:17 om και Ba b A F
[Appendix] βασιλεικη B* A F (βασιλικη Bb) | εκκλεινουμεν B* F (εκκλιν. Bb)
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:18 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν Ἐδώμ Οὐ διελεύσῃ δι' ἐμοῦ· εἰ δὲ μή, ἐν πολέμῳ ἐξελεύσομαι εἰς συνάντησίν σοι.
And it-had-said toward to-it, an-Edôm, Not thou-shall-come-through through of-ME; if then-also lest, in unto-a-war I-shall-come-out into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-thee.
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:19 καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ Παρὰ τὸ ὄρος παρελευσόμεθα· ἐὰν δὲ τοῦ ὕδατός σου πίωμεν ἐγώ τε καὶ τὰ κτήνη, δώσω τιμήν σοι· ἀλλὰ τὸ πρᾶγμα οὐδέν ἐστιν, παρὰ τὸ ὄρος παρελευσόμεθα.
And they-forth unto-it, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, Beside to-the-one to-a-jutteedness we-shall-come-beside; if-ever then-also of-the-one of-a-water of-thee we-might-have-had-drank, I also and the-ones befoundeednesses, I-shall-give to-a-valuation unto-thee; other the-one a-practicing-to not-then-also-one it-be, beside to-the-one to-a-jutteedness we-shall-come-beside.
Note: befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
20:19 τε] δε A | κτηνη] + μου A F | παρελευσ. 2°] πορευομεθα A
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:20 ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Οὐ διελεύσῃ δι' ἐμοῦ· καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Ἐδὼμ εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτῷ ἐν ὄχλῳ βαρεῖ καὶ ἐν χειρὶ ἰσχυρᾷ.
The-one then-also it-had-said, Not thou-shall-come-through through of-ME; and it-had-came-out, an-Edôm, into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-it in unto-a-crowd unto-weighted and in unto-a-hand unto-force-held.
20:20 αυτου A
(1451 B.C. Abib 2 - Zif 15)
Num 20:21 καὶ οὐκ ἠθέλησεν Ἐδὼμ δοῦναι τῷ Ἰσραὴλ παρελθεῖν διὰ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἐξέκλινεν Ἰσραὴλ ἀπ' αὐτοῦ.
And not it-determined, an-Edôm, to-have-abled unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl to-have-had-came-beside through of-the-ones of-boundlets of-it; and it-clined-out, an-Israêl, off of-it.
20:21 [Appendix] εξεκλεινεν B A F
(1451 B.C. Ziff 17 Sabbath; Ziff 18-20)
Num 20:22 Καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Καδής· καὶ παρεγένοντο οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, πᾶσα συναγωγή, εἰς Ὣρ τὸ ὄρος.
And they-lifted-off out of-a-Kadês; and they-had-became-beside, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, all a-leading-together, into to-a-Hôr to-the-one to-a-jutteedness.
Note: about 10 miles.
20:22 συναγωγη] pr η Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Ziff 21-30)
Num 20:23 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρὼν ἐν Ὣρ τῷ ὄρει ἐπὶ τῶν ὁρίων γῆς Ἐδὼμ λέγων
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn, in unto-a-Hôr unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness upon of-the-ones of-boundlets of-a-soil of-an-Edôm forthing,
20:23 Ωρ] pr τω F
[Appendix] ορειων F
(1451 B.C. Ziff 21-30)
Num 20:24 Προστεθήτω Ἀαρὼν πρὸς τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, ὅτι οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθητε εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν δέδωκα τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, διότι παρωξύνατέ με ἐπὶ τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς λοιδορίας.
It-should-have-been-placed-toward an-Aarôn toward to-the-one to-a-people of-it, to-which-a-one not lest ye-might-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which I-had-come-to-give unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl, through-to-which-a-one ye-sharpened-beside to-me upon of-the-one of-a-water of-the-one of-a-reviling-unto.
20:24 εδωκα A | Ισραηλ] + εν κατασχεσει A F
(1451 B.C. Ziff 21-30)
Num 20:25 λάβε τὸν Ἀαρὼν καὶ Ἐλεαζὰρ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀναβίβασον αὐτοὺς εἰς Ὣρ τὸ ὄρος ἔναντι πάσης τῆς συναγωγῆς·
Thou-should-have-had-taken to-the-one to-an-Aarôn and to-an-Eleazar to-the-one to-a-son of-it, and thou-should-have-up-step-stepped-to to-them into to-a-Hôr to-the-one to-a-jutteedness in-ever-a-one of-all of-the-one of-a-leading-together;
20:25 Ααρων] + τον αδελφον σου A | εναντιον A F
(1451 B.C. Ziff 21-30)
Num 20:26 καὶ ἔκδυσον Ἀαρὼν τὴν στολὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἔνδυσον Ἐλεαζὰρ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ Ἀαρὼν προστεθεὶς ἀποθανέτω ἐκεῖ.
and thou-should-have-sunk-out to-an-Aarôn to-the-one to-a-seteeing of-it and thou-should-have-sunk-in to-an-Eleazar to-the-one to-a-son of-it, and an-Aarôn having-been-placed-toward it-should-have-had-died-off thither.
Note: to-a-seteeing : used to refer to an outfit.
(1451 B.C. Ab 1)
Num 20:27 καὶ ἐποίησεν Μωυσῆς καθὰ συνέταξεν Κύριος, καὶ ἀνεβίβασεν αὐτὸν εἰς Ὣρ τὸ ὄρος ἐναντίον πάσης τῆς συναγωγῆς.
And it-did-unto, a-Môusês, down-to-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-up-step-stepped-to to-it into to-a-Hôr to-the-one to-a-jutteedness to-ever-a-oned-in of-all of-the-one of-a-leading-together.
20:27 Κυριος] pr αυτω Ba b + αυτω A F | αυτον] αυτους A F
(1451 B.C. Ab 1)
Num 20:28 καὶ ἐξέδυσεν Ἀαρὼν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐνέδυσεν Ἐλεαζὰρ τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἀπέθανεν Ἀαρὼν ἐπὶ τῆς κορυφῆς τοῦ ὄρους, καὶ κατέβη Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἐλεαζὰρ ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους.
And it-sunk-out to-an-Aarôn to-the-ones to-apparelets of-it and it-sunk-in to-an-Eleazar to-the-one to-a-son of-it; and it-had-died-off, an-Aarôn, upon of-the-one of-a-crest of-the-one of-a-jutteedness, and it-had-stepped-down, a-Môusês and an-Eleazar, out of-the-one of-a-jutteedness.
20:28 Ααρων 1°] pr τον B | ενεδυσεν] + αυτα Ba b A F1 + αυτον F* | Ααρων 2°] + εκει A
(1451 B.C. Ab 1; mourning for Aarôn)
Num 20:29 καὶ εἴδεν πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγὴ ὅτι ἀπελύθη Ἀαρών· καὶ ἔκλαυσαν τὸν Ἀαρὼν τριάκοντα ἡμέρας πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραήλ.
And it-had-seen, all the-one a-leading-together, to-which-one it-was-loosed-off an-Aarôn; and they-sob-belonged to-the-one to-an-Aarôn to-thirty to-dayednesses, all a-house of-an-Israêl.
20:29 ιδεν A | om πας οικος Ισραηλ F
(1451 B.C. Ab 2; mourning for Aarôn)
Num 21:1 Καὶ ἤκουσεν ὁ Χανανείς, βασιλεὺς Ἀράδ, ὁ κατοικῶν κατὰ τὴν ἔρημον· ἦλθεν γὰρ Ἰσραὴλ ὁδὸν Ἀθαρείν· καὶ ἐπολέμησεν πρὸς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ κατεπρονόμευσαν ἐξ αὐτῶν αἰχμαλωσίαν.
And it-heard, the-one a-Chananeis a-ruler-of of-an-Arad, the-one housing-down-unto down to-the-one to-solituded; it-had-came too-thus, an-Israêl, to-a-way of-an-Atharein; and it-warred-unto toward to-an-Israêl and they-parceleed-before-down-of out of-them to-a-spear-capturing-unto.
21:1 Χανανεις] Χαναναιος A Χανανις F | ηλθεν γαρ] οτι ηλθεν A F | Αθαρειμ A F
(1451 B.C. Ab 3-4 Sabbath; mourning for Aarôn)
Num 21:2 καὶ ηὔξατο Ἰσραὴλ εὐχὴν Κυρίῳ καὶ εἶπεν Ἐάν μοι παραδῷς τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον ὑποχείριον, ἀναθεματιῶ αὐτὸν καὶ τὰς πόλεις αὐτοῦ.
And it-goodly-held, an-Israêl, to-a-goodly-holding unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and it-had-said, If-ever unto-me thou-might-have-had-given-beside to-the-one to-a-people to-the-one-this to-hand-belonged-under I-shall-place-up-to to-it and to-the-ones to-cities of-it.
(1451 B.C. Ab 3-4 Sabbath; mourning for Aarôn)
Num 21:3 καὶ εἰσήκουσεν Κύριος τῆς φωνῆς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ παρέδωκεν τὸν Χανανεὶν ὑποχείριον αὐτοῦ· καὶ ἀνεθεμάτισεν αὐτὸν καὶ τὰς πόλεις αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπεκάλεσαν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ τόπου ἐκείνου Ἀνάθεμα.
And it-heard-into, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), of-the-one of-a-sound of-an-Israêl and it-gave-beside to-the-one to-a-Chananeis to-hand-belonged-under of-it; and it-placed-up-to to-it and to-the-ones to-cities of-it, and they-called-upon-unto to-the-one to-a-naming-to of-the-one of-an-occasion of-the-one-thither, A-placing-up-to.
21:3 παρεδωκεν] + κυριος F | Χανανι A Χανανιν F | αυτου 1°] αυτω A F | επεκαλεσεν A
(1451 B.C. Ab 5-18; Ab 11 and Ab 18 Sabbaths; mourning for Aarôn)
Num 21:4 Καὶ ἀπάραντες ἐξ Ὣρ τοῦ ὄρους ὁδὸν ἐπὶ θάλασσαν ἐρυθρὰν περιεκύκλωσαν γῆν Ἐδώμ· καὶ ὠλιγοψύχησεν ὁ λαὸς ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ.
And having-lifted-off out of-a-Hôr of-the-one of-a-jutteedness to-a-way upon to-a-flourisheredness to-red they-en-circled-about to-a-soil of-an-Edôm; and it-little-breathed-unto, the-one a-people, in unto-the-one unto-a-way.
Note: movement concluded in Num_21:10; about 50 east, 10 miles south southwest, 10 miles west northwest; see Num_33:41-43.
21:4 γην] pr την A F | Εδωμ] Εδεμ F1 mg | ολιγοψ. F
(1451 B.C. Ab 5-18; Ab 11 and Ab 18 Sabbaths; mourning for Aarôn)
Num 21:5 καὶ κατελάλει ὁ λαὸς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ κατὰ Μωυσῆ λέγοντες Ἵνα τί τοῦτο ἐξήγαγες ἡμᾶς ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἀποκτεῖναι ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ; ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν ἄρτος οὐδὲ ὕδωρ, ἡ δὲ ψυχὴ ἡμῶν προσώχθισεν ἐν τῷ ἄρτῳ τῷ διακένῳ.
And it-was-speaking-down-unto, the-one a-people, toward to-the-one to-a-Deity(Elohim) and down of-a-Môusês forthing, So to-what-one to-the-one-this thou-had-led-out to-us out of-an-Aiguptos to-have-killed-off in unto-the-one unto-solituded, to-which-a-one not it-be an-adjustation not-then-also a-water, the-one then-also a-breathing of-us it-vexed-toward-to in unto-the-one unto-an-adjustation unto-the-one unto-emptied-through?
Note: an-adjustation : used to refer to a processed food staple, most frequently a loaf of bread.
21:5 om τουτο A F | εξηγαγετε A | om ημας F* (hab F1 (mg)) | αποκτειναι] + ημας A F | διακενω] + τουτω A F
[Appendix] προσωχθεισεν A F | διακαινω A
(1451 B.C. Ab 5-18; Ab 11 and Ab 18 Sabbaths; mourning for Aarôn)
Num 21:6 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Κύριος εἰς τὸν λαὸν τοὺς ὄφεις τοὺς θανατοῦντας, καὶ ἔδακνον τὸν λαόν· καὶ ἀπέθανεν λαὸς πολὺς τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.
And it-set-off, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), into to-the-one to-a-people to-the-ones to-snakes to-the-ones to-en-deathing, and they-were-biting to-the-one to-a-people; and it-had-died-off, a-people much of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl.
21:6 οφις A | εδαγνον A
(1451 B.C. Ab 5-18; Ab 11 and Ab 18 Sabbaths; mourning for Aarôn)
Num 21:7 καὶ παραγενόμενος ὁ λαὸς πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἔλεγον ὅτι Ἡμάρτομεν ὅτι κατελαλήσαμεν κατὰ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ κατὰ σοῦ· εὖξαι οὖν πρὸς Κύριον, καὶ ἀφελέτω ἀφ' ἡμῶν τὸν ὄφιν. καὶ ηὔξατο Μωυσῆς πρὸς Κύριον περὶ τοῦ λαοῦ.
And having-had-became-beside, the-one a-people, toward to-a-Môusês they-were-forthing to-which-a-one, We-had-un-adjusted-along to-which-a-one we-spoke-down-unto down of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and down of-thee; thou-should-have-goodly-held accordingly toward to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-should-have-had-sectioned-off off of-us to-the-one to-a-snake. And it-goodly-held, a-Môusês, toward to-Authority-belonged about of-the-one of-a-people.
21:7 ημαρτομεν] ημαρτηκαμεν A F | σου ευξαι ουν sup ras Ba vid | αφ ημων τον οφιν ϗ ευξατο Μωυσης προς κ̅̅ν̅̅ περι του λαου sup ras et in mgg Ba b vid
[Appendix] αφαιλετω A
(1451 B.C. Ab 5-18; Ab 11 and Ab 18 Sabbaths; mourning for Aarôn)
Num 21:8 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν Ποίησον σεαυτῷ ὄφιν, καὶ θὲς αὐτὸν ἐπὶ σημείου· καὶ ἔσται ἐὰν δάκῃ ὄφις ἄνθρωπον, πᾶς ὁ δεδηγμένος ἰδὼν αὐτὸν ζήσεται.
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês, Thou-should-have-done-unto unto-thyself to-a-snake, and thou-should-have-had-placed to-it upon of-a-signlet-of; and it-shall-be if-ever it-might-have-had-bitten, a-snake, to-a-mankind, all the-one having-had-come-to-be-bitten having-had-seen to-it it-shall-life-unto.
21:8 οφις] pr ο F1 (mg) ?
[Appendix] σημιου F
(1451 B.C. Ab 5-18; Ab 11 and Ab 18 Sabbaths; mourning for Aarôn)
Num 21:9 καὶ ἐποίησεν Μωυσῆς ὄφιν χαλκοῦν, καὶ ἔστησεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ σημείου· καὶ ἐγένετο ὅταν ἔδακνεν ὄφις ἄνθρωπον, καὶ ἐπέβλεψεν ἐπὶ τὸν ὄφιν τὸν χαλκοῦν, καὶ ἔζη.
And it-did-unto, a-Môusês, to-a-snake to-coppern, and it-stood to-it upon of-a-signlet-of; and it-had-became which-also-ever it-was-biting, a-snake, to-a-mankind, and it-viewed-upon upon to-the-one to-a-snake to-the-one to-coppern, and it-was-lifing-unto.
21:9 εδακνεν] εδακεν A om F | οφις] pr ο F1 mg vid | om και 5° F
(1451 B.C. Ab 5-18; Ab 11 and Ab 18 Sabbaths; mourning for Aarôn)
Num 21:10 καὶ ἀπῆραν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν Ὠβώθ.
And they-lifted-off, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-an-Ôbôth.
Note: conclusion of movements in Num_21:4-10; about 50 east, 10 miles south southwest, 10 miles west northwest; see Num_33:41-43.
21:10–11 om εν Ωβωθ…παρενεβαλον B* (hab Ba b mg inf)
(1451 B.C. Ab 19-25; Ab 25 Sabbath; mourning for Aarôn)
Num 21:11 καὶ ἐξάραντες ἐξ Ὠβώθ, καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν Χαλγαεὶ ἐκ τοῦ πέραν, ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ ἥ ἐστιν κατὰ πρόσωπον Μωὰβ κατὰ ἀνατολὰς ἡλίου.
And having-lifted-out out of-an-Ôbôth, and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-a-Chalgaei out of-the-one to-across in unto-the-one unto-solituded which it-be down to-looked-toward of-a-Môab down to-finishings-up of-a-sun.
Note: about 30 miles northeast; see Num_33:44.
21:10–11 om εν Ωβωθ…παρενεβαλον B* (hab Ba b mg inf)
21:11 om και 2° A F | Χαλγαει] Αχελγαι A Fvid (Αχελ.αι) | εκ του περαν] τω περαν A F | κατα 2°] κατ A F
(1451 B.C. Ab 26 - Elul 2; Elul 2 Sabbath; mourning for Aarôn ends Ab 30)
Num 21:12 ἐκεῖθεν ἀπῆραν, καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς φάραγγα Ζάρετ.
Thither-from they-lifted-off, and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-chasm of-a-Zaret.
Note: about 30 miles north; see Num_33:45.
21:12 om εκειθεν…Ζαρετ F | Ζαρε A
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:13 ἐκεῖθεν ἀπάραντες καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς τὸ πέραν Ἀρνὼν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, τὸ ἐξέχον ἀπὸ τῶν ὁρίων τῶν Ἀμορραίων· ἔστιν γὰρ Ἀρνὼν ὅρια Μωὰβ ἀνὰ μέσον Μωὰβ καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ Ἀμορραίου.
Thither-from having-lifted-off and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-the-one to-across of-an-Arnôn in unto-the-one unto-solituded, to-the-one to-holding-out off of-the-ones of-boundlets of-the-ones of-Amor-belonged; it-be too-thus an-Arnôn boundlets of-a-Môab up to-middle of-a-Môab and up to-middle of-the-one of-Amor-belonged.
Note: movement details listed in Num_21:13-35 are not mentioned in Num 33; a sum of about 20 miles north northwest culminating in Num_22:1; see Num_33:46-48.
21:13 εκειθεν] pr και A F | περα B* (ν superscr Ba b) | om εν τη ερημω F | εξεχον Ba b A F] εξον B* | om ανα μεσον Μωαβ F
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:14 διὰ τοῦτο λέγεται ἐν βιβλίῳ Πόλεμος τοῦ κυρίου Τὴν Ζωὸβ ἐφλόγισεν καὶ τοὺς χειμάρρους Ἀρνών·
Through to-the-one-this it-be-forthed in unto-a-paperlet, A-war of-the-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-the-one to-a-Zôob it-blazed-to and to-the-ones to-pour-flowed of-an-Arnôn;
21:14 λεγετε A | βιβλω A | του κυριου] om του A | Ζοοβ F
[Appendix] χιμαρρους· B
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:15 καὶ τοὺς χειμάρρους κατέστησεν κατοικίσαι Ἤρ, καὶ πρόσκειται τοῖς ὁρίοις Μωάβ.
and to-the-ones to-pour-flowed it-stood-down to-have-housed-down-to to-an-Êr, and it-situateth-toward unto-the-ones unto-boundlets of-a-Môab.
21:15 [Appendix] κατοικεισαι F
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:16 καὶ ἐκεῖθεν τὸ φρέαρ· τοῦτό φρέαρ ὃ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν Συνάγαγε τὸν λαόν, καὶ δώσω αὐτοῖς ὕδωρ πιεῖν.
And thither-from to-the-one to-a-cistern; the-one-this a-cistern to-which it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês, Thou-should-have-had-led-together to-the-one to-a-people, and I-shall-give unto-them to-a-water to-have-had-drank.
Note: movement details listed in Num_21:13-35 are not mentioned in Num 33; a sum of about 20 miles north northwest culminating in Num_22:1; see Num_33:46-48.
21:16 τουτο φρεαρ] τουτο εστιν το φρ. A | om συναγαγε το λαον A (hab συναγαγ— | [συναγαγειν?] τον λ. F)
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:17 τότε ᾖσεν Ἰσραὴλ τὸ ᾆσμα τοῦτο ἐπὶ τοῦ φρέατος Ἐξάρχετε αὐτῷ·
To-the-one-which-also it-songed, an-Israêl, to-the-one to-a-songing-to to-the-one-this upon of-the-one of-a-cistern, Ye-should-first-out unto-it;
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:18 φρέαρ, ὤρυξαν αὐτὸ ἄρχοντες, ἐξελατόμησαν αὐτὸ βασιλεῖς ἐθνῶν, ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτῶν, ἐν τῷ κυριεῦσαι αὐτῶν. καὶ ἀπὸ φρέατος εἰς Μανθαναείν·
A-cistern, they-gougered to-it, firsting, they-stone-cut-out-unto to-it, rulers-of of-placeedness-belongings-to, in unto-the-one unto-a-ruling-of of-them, in unto-the-one to-have-authority-belonged-of of-them. And off of-a-cistern into to-a-Manthanaein;
Note: movement details listed in Num_21:13-35 are not mentioned in Num 33; a sum of about 20 miles north northwest culminating in Num_22:1; see Num_33:46-48.
21:18 εθνων] θνων F | om εν τη βασ. αυτων B* (Ba b A F) | Μανθανιν A Μανθανεν F* (Μανθαναειν F1)
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:19 καὶ ἀπὸ Μανθαναεὶν εἰς Μαναήλ· καὶ ἀπὸ Μαναὴλ εἰς Βαμώθ·
and off of-a-Manthanaein into to-a-Manaêl; and off of-a-Manaêl into to-a-Bamôth;
Note: movement details listed in Num_21:13-35 are not mentioned in Num 33; a sum of about 20 miles north northwest culminating in Num_22:1; see Num_33:46-48.
21:19 om και απο Μανθ. F* (hab και απο Μανθανεν Fmg Μανθαναειν Fa mg]) | Μαναηλ (bis)] Μαναναηλ Ba b vid Νααλιηλ A .α— |ηλ (1°) .α. |λιηλ (2°) F
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:20 καὶ ἀπὸ Βαμὼθ εἰς Ἰανήν, ἥ ἐστιν ἐν τῷ πεδίῳ Μωὰβ ἀπὸ κορυφῆς τοῦ λελαξευμένου, τὸ βλέπον κατὰ πρόσωπον τῆς ἐρήμου.
and off of-a-Bamôth into to-an-Ianês, which it-be in unto-the-one unto-a-footinglet of-a-Môab off of-a-crest of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-quarried-of, the-one viewing down to-looked-toward of-the-one of-solituded.
Note: movement details listed in Num_21:13-35 are not mentioned in Num 33; a sum of about 20 miles north northwest culminating in Num_22:1; see Num_33:46-48.
21:20 απο 1° εκ F | Ιανην] ναπην A ναπην Ιαννα F
[Appendix] παιδιω A
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:21 Καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Μωυσῆς πρέσβεις πρὸς Σηὼν βασιλέα Ἀμορραίων λόγοις εἰρηνικοῖς λέγων
And it-set-off, a-Môusês, to-elders toward to-a-Sêôn to-a-ruler-of of-Amor-belonged unto-forthees unto-joinify-belonged-of forthing,
21:21 Μωυσης] Ισραηλ F | om Σηων F
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:22 Παρελευσόμεθα διὰ τῆς γῆς σου· τῇ ὁδῷ πορευσόμεθα, οὐκ ἐκκλινοῦμεν οὔτε εἰς ἀγρὸν οὔτε εἰς ἀμπελῶνα, οὐ πιόμεθα ὕδωρ ἐκ φρέατός σου· ὁδῷ βασιλικῇ πορευσόμεθα ἕως παρέλθωμεν τὰ ὅριά σου.
We-shall-come-beside through of-the-one of-a-soil of-thee; unto-the-one unto-a-way we-shall-traverse-of, not we-shall-cline-out not-also into to-a-field not-also into to-a-vining, not we-shall-drink to-a-water out of-a-cistern of-thee; unto-a-way unto-ruler-belonged-of we-shall-traverse-of unto-if-which we-might-have-had-came-beside to-the-ones to-boundlets of-thee.
21:22 τη οδω] om τη A | πορευσομεθα 1°] B* b? c? A F] πορευσομαι Ba | αμπελωνα] + σου A | εως] + αν A F
[Appendix] εκκλεινουμεν B εκλειν. F | βασιλεικη B* A F (βασιλικη Bb) | ορεια B* (ορια Bb)
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:23 καὶ οὐκ ἔδωκεν Σηὼν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ παρελθεῖν διὰ τῶν ὁρίων αὐτοῦ· καὶ συνήγαγεν Σηὼν πάντα τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξῆλθεν παρατάξασθαι Ἰσραὴλ εἰς τὴν ἔρημον· καὶ ἦλθεν εἰς Εἴσσα, καὶ παρετάξατο τῷ Ἰσραήλ.
And not it-gave, a-Sêôn, unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl to-have-had-came-beside through of-the-ones of-boundlets of-it; and it-had-led-together, a-Sêôn, to-all to-the-one to-a-people of-it, and it-had-came-out to-have-arranged-beside unto-an-Israêl into to-the-one to-solituded; and it-had-came into to-an-Eissa, and it-arranged-beside unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl.
21:23 Ισραηλ 2°] pr τω Ba b A F | την ερημον F1 mg (πολεμον F*) | Εισσα] Ιασσα Ba A F
[Appendix] ορειων B | παραταξασθε F
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:24 καὶ ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν Ἰσραὴλ φόνῳ μαχαίρης, καὶ κατεκυρίευσαν τῆς γῆς αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ Ἀρνὼν ἕως Ἰαβόκ, ἕως υἱῶν Ἀμμάν· ὅτι Ἰαζὴρ ὅρια υἱῶν Ἀμμών ἐστιν.
And it-smote to-it, an-Israêl, unto-slayee of-a-battle-section-alongedness, and they-authority-belonged-down-of of-the-one of-a-soil of-it off of-an-Arnôn unto-if-which of-an-Iabok, unto-if-which of-sons of-an-Amman; to-which-a-one an-Iazêr boundlets of-sons of-an-Ammôn it-be.
21:24 μαχαιρας Ba b A F | om της γης F | Αμμων] Αμμαν A F
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:25 καὶ ἔλαβεν Ἰσραὴλ πάσας τὰς πόλεις ταύτας· καὶ κατῴκησεν Ἰσραὴλ ἐν πάσαις ταῖς πόλεσιν τῶν Ἀμορραίων, ἐν Ἑσεβὼν καὶ ἐν πάσαις ταῖς συνκυρούσαις αὐτῇ.
And it-had-taken, an-Israêl, to-all to-the-ones to-cities to-the-ones-these; and it-housed-down-unto, an-Israêl, in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-cities of-the-ones of-Amor-belonged, in unto-a-Hesebôn and in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-en-authoritied-together unto-it.
21:25 αυτη] αυταις A
[Appendix] συγκυρ. Bb A
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:26 ἔστιν γὰρ Ἑσεβών, πόλις Σηὼν τοῦ βασιλέως τῶν Ἀμορραίων ἐστιν· καὶ οὗτος ἐπολέμησεν βασιλέα Μωὰβ τὸ πρότερον, καὶ ἔλαβον πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ Ἀροὴρ ἕως Ἀρνών.
It-be too-thus a-Hesebôn a-city of-a-Sêôn of-the-one of-a-ruler-of of-the-ones of-Amor-belonged; it-be and the-one-this it-warred-unto to-a-ruler-of of-a-Môab to-the-one to-more-before, and they-had-taken to-all to-the-one to-a-soil of-it off of-an-Aroêr unto-if-which of-an-Arnôn.
21:26 εστιν 1°] εστι Ba vid ει Bb | πολεις B* A F (πολις Ba b) | om εστιν 2° A F | ελαβεν A | Αρνων] Ανων F
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:27 διὰ τοῦτο ἐροῦσιν οἱ αἰνιγματισταί Ἔλθετε εἰς Ἑσεβών, ἵνα οἰκοδομηθῇ καὶ κατασκευασθῇ πόλις Σηών.
Through to-the-one-this they-utter-unto, the-ones riddlers, Ye-should-have-had-came into to-a-Hesebôn, so it-might-have-been-house-built-unto and it-might-have-been-down-equipped-to a-city of-a-Sêôn;
21:27 οι αινιγμ. B*? b] οι ενιγμ. Ba (οι ε sup ras) A F | ελθατε A
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:28 ὅτι πῦρ ἐξῆλθεν ἐξ Ἑσεβών, φλὸξ ἐκ πόλεως Σηών· καὶ κατέφαγεν ἕως Μωάβ, καὶ κατέπιεν στήλας Ἀρνών.
to-which-a-one a-fire it-had-came-out out of-a-Hesebôn, a-blaze out of-a-city of-a-Sêôn; and it-had-devoured-down unto-if-which of-a-Môab, and it-had-drank-down to-blocks of-an-Arnôn.
21:28 εκ Εσ. F
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:29 Οὐαί σοι, Μωάβ· ἀπώλου, λαὸς Χαμώς. ἀπεδόθησαν οἱ υἱοὶ αὐτῶν διασώζεσθαι, καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες αὐτῶν αἰχμάλωτοι, τῷ βασιλεῖ τῶν Ἀμορραίων Σηών.
A-woe unto-thee, Môab; thou-had-destructed-off, a-people of-a-Chamôs. They-were-given-off the-ones sons of-them to-be-saved-through-to, and the-ones daughters of-them spear-captured unto-the-one unto-a-ruler-of of-the-ones of-Amor-belonged unto-a-Sêôn.
21:29 απολου A | om Σηων A
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:30 καὶ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτῶν ἀπολεῖται, Ἑσεβὼν ἕως Δαιβών, καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες ἔτι προσεξέκαυσαν πῦρ ἐπὶ Μωάβ.
And the-one a-whorling-to of-them it-shall-have-destructed-off, of-a-Hesebôn unto-if-which of-a-Daibôn, and the-ones women if-to-a-one they-burn-belonged-out-toward to-a-fire upon to-a-Môab.
21:30 απολειτε A | αι γυναικες] + αυτων A F | ετι] οτι F | προσεξεκαυσαν] εξεκαυσαν F
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:31 κατῴκησεν δὲ Ἰσραὴλ ἐν πάσαις ταῖς πόλεσιν τῶν Ἀμορραίων.
It-housed-down-unto then-also, an-Israêl, in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-cities of-the-ones of-Amor-belonged.
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:32 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν Μωυσῆς κατασκέψασθαι τὴν Ἰαζήρ, καὶ κατελάβοντο αὐτὴν καὶ τὰς κώμας αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐξέβαλον τὸν Ἀμορραῖον τὸν κατοικοῦντα ἐκεῖ.
And it-set-off, a-Môusês, to-have-scouted-down to-the-one to-an-Iazêr, and they-had-taken-down to-it and to-the-ones to-villages of-it, and they-had-casted-out to-the-one to-Amor-belonged to-the-one to-housing-down-unto thither.
21:32 κατελαβετο A | κατοικουντα] οντα A F
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:33 καὶ ἐπιστρέψαντες ἀνέβησαν ὁδὸν τὴν εἰς Βασάν· καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Ὢγ βασιλεὺς τῆς Βασὰν εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτοῖς, καὶ πᾶς ὁ λαὸς αὐτοῦ εἰς πόλεμον εἰς Ἐδράειν.
And having-beturned-upon they-had-stepped-up to-a-way to-the-one into to-a-Basan; and it-had-came-out, an-Ôg a-ruler-of of-the-one of-a-Basan, into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-them, and all the-one a-people of-it into to-a-war into to-an-Edraein.
Note: movement details listed in Num_21:13-35 are not mentioned in Num 33; a sum of about 20 miles north northwest culminating in Num_22:1; see Num_33:46-48.
21:33 Εδραι F
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:34 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν Μὴ φοβηθῇς αὐτόν, ὅτι εἰς τὰς χεῖράς σου παραδέδωκα αὐτὸν καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν αὐτοῦ· καὶ ποιήσεις αὐτῷ καθὼς ἐποίησας τῷ Σηὼν βασιλεῖ τῶν Ἀμορραίων, ὃς κατῴκει ἐν Ἑσεβών.
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês, Lest thou-might-have-been-feareed-unto to-it, to-which-a-one into to-the-ones to-hands of-thee I-had-come-to-give-beside to-it and to-all to-the-one to-a-people of-it and to-all to-the-one to-a-soil of-it; and thou-shall-do-unto unto-it down-as thou-did-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Sêôn unto-a-ruler-of of-the-ones of-Amor-belonged, which it-was-housing-down-unto in unto-a-Hesebôn.
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 21:35 καὶ ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν καὶ τοὺς υἱοὺς αὐτοῦ καὶ πάντα τὸν λαὸν αὐτοῦ, ἕως τοῦ μὴ καταλιπεῖν αὐτοῦ ζωγρείαν· καὶ ἐκληρονόμησαν τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν.
And it-smote to-it and to-the-ones to-sons of-it and to-all to-the-one to-a-people of-it, unto-if-which of-the-one lest to-have-had-remaindered-down of-it to-a-fielding-alive-of, and they-lot-parceleed-unto to-the-one to-a-soil of-them.
21:35 τον λαον] ον λ. F* (τον λ. F1 (vid)) | καταλειπειν F
[Appendix] ζωγριαν A F
(1451 B.C. Elul 3-19; Elul 9 and 16 Sabbaths)
Num 22:1 καὶ ἀπάραντες οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ παρενέβαλον ἐπὶ δυσμῶν Μωὰβ παρὰ τὸν Ἰορδάνην κατὰ Ἰερειχώ.
And having-lifted-off, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, they-had-casted-in-beside upon of-sinkeeings of-a-Môab beside to-the-one to-an-Iordanês down to-an-Iereichô.
Note: movement details listed in Num_21:13-35 are not mentioned in Num 33; a sum of about 20 miles north northwest culminating in Num_22:1; see Num_33:46-48.
22:1 Ιεριχω Bb A
(1451 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 22:2 Καὶ ἰδὼν Βάλακ υἱὸς Σεπφὼρ πάντα ὅσα ἐποίησεν Ἰσραὴλ τῷ Ἀμορραίῳ,
And having-had-seen, a-Balak a-son of-a-Sepfôr, to-all to-which-a-which it-did-unto, an-Israêl, unto-the-one unto-Amor-belonged,
22:2 [Appendix] ειδων F
(1451 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 22:3 καὶ ἐφοβήθη Μωὰβ τὸν λαὸν σφόδρα, ὅτι πολλοὶ ἦσαν· καὶ προσώχθισεν Μωὰβ ἀπὸ προσώπου υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.
and it-was-feareed-unto a-Môab to-the-one to-a-people to-vehemented, to-which-a-one much they-were; and it-vexed-toward-to, a-Môab, off of-looked-toward of-sons of-an-Israêl.
22:3 υιων] pr των F
[Appendix] προσωχθεισεν A F
(1451 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 22:4 καὶ εἶπεν Μωὰβ τῇ γερουσίᾳ Μαδιὰμ Νῦν ἐκλίξει ἡ συναγωγὴ αὕτη πάντας τοὺς κύκλῳ ἡμῶν, ὡς ἐκλίξαι ὁ μόσχος τὰ χλωρὰ ἐκ τοῦ πεδίου. καὶ Βάλακ υἱὸς Σεπφὼρ βασιλεὺς Μωὰβ ἦν κατὰ τὸν καιρὸν ἐκεῖνον.
And it-had-said, a-Môab, unto-the-one unto-a-senioring-unto of-a-Madiam, Now it-shall-lick-out, the-one a-leading-together the-one-this, to-all to-the-ones unto-a-circle of-us, as it-may-have-licked-out, the-one a-calf, to-the-ones to-greenish out of-the-one of-a-footinglet. And a-Balak a-son of-a-Sepfôr a-ruler-of of-a-Môab it-was down to-the-one to-a-time to-the-one-thither.
22:4 ως] ωσει A F | εκλιξαι] εκλιξει A F | τα χλωρα εκ του πεδιου· και sup ras Ba b | βασιλευ F* (βασιλευς F1) | Βωαβ F* (Μωαβ F1 (vid))
[Appendix] παιδιου A
(1451 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 22:5 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν πρέσβεις πρὸς Βαλαὰμ υἱὸν Βεὼρ Φαθούρα, ὅ ἐστιν ἐπὶ τοῦ ποταμοῦ γῆς υἱῶν λαοῦ αὐτοῦ, καλέσαι αὐτὸν λέγων Ἰδοὺ λαὸς ἐξελήλυθεν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, καὶ ἰδοὺ κατεκάλυψεν τὴν ὄψιν τῆς γῆς· καὶ οὗτος ἐνκάθηται ἐχόμενός μου.
And it-set-off to-elders toward to-a-Balaam to-a-son of-a-Beôr to-a-Fathoura, which it-be upon of-the-one of-a-drinkationing-of of-a-soil of-sons of-a-people of-it, to-have-called-unto to-it forthing, Thou-should-have-had-seen, a-people it-hath-had-come-to-come-out out of-an-Aiguptos, and thou-should-have-had-seen, it-shrouded-down to-the-one to-a-beholding of-the-one of-a-soil; and the-one-this it-sitteth-down-in holding of-me.
22:5 Βεωρ] Βαιωρ A | Φαθουρα] Βαθουρα A | ο] ος A F
[Appendix] εγκαθηται Ba b A F (item 11)
(1451 B.C. Elul 19)
Num 22:6 καὶ νῦν δεῦρο ἄρασαί μοι τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον, ὅτι ἰσχύει οὗτος ἢ ἡμεῖς, ἐὰν δυνώμεθα πατάξαι ἐξ αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκβαλῶ αὐτοὺς ἐκ τῆς γῆς· ὅτι οἶδα οὓς ἐὰν εὐλογήσῃς σύ, εὐλόγηνται, καὶ οὓς ἐὰν καταράσῃ σύ, κεκατήρανται.
And now thou-should-be-en-hithered-of, thou-should-have-cursed-unto unto-me to-the-one to-a-people to-the-one-this, to-which-a-one it-force-holdeth, the-one-this, or we, if-ever we-might-able to-have-smote out of-them, and I-shall-cast-out to-them out of-the-one of-a-soil; to-which-a-one I-had-come-to-see to-which if-ever thou-might-have-goodly-fortheed-unto, thou, they-had-come-to-be-goodly-fortheed-unto, and to-which if-ever thou-might-have-down-cursed-unto, thou, they-had-come-to-be-down-cursed-unto.
22:6 αρασαι] καταρασαι A | ισχυει (ισχυι F) ουτος η ημεις B F] ισχυροτερος μου εστιν A | εαν 1°] + δε F | εκ της sup ras Aa | οιδα] + οτι A | εαν 2°, 3°] αν A F | ευλογησης] ευλογης A | ηυλογηνται F | καικατηρανται F
(1451 B.C. Elul 19-30; Elul 23 and Elul 30 Sabbaths)
Num 22:7 καὶ ἐπορεύθη ἡ γερουσία Μωὰβ καὶ ἡ γερουσία Μαδιάμ, καὶ τὰ μαντεῖα ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτῶν· καὶ ἦλθον πρὸς Βαλαὰμ καὶ εἶπαν αὐτῷ τὰ ῥήματα Βάλακ.
And it-was-traversed-of the-one a-senioring-unto of-a-Môab and the-one a-senioring-unto of-a-Madiam, and the-ones augerlets in unto-the-ones unto-hands of-them; and they-had-came toward to-a-Balaam and they-said unto-it to-the-ones to-utterings-to of-a-Balak.
(1451 B.C. Elul 30; Sabbath)
Num 22:8 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτούς Καταλύσατε αὐτοῦ τὴν νύκτα, καὶ ἀποκριθήσομαι ὑμῖν πράγματα ἃ ἐὰν λαλήσῃ Κύριος πρὸς μέ. καὶ κατέμειναν οἱ ἄρχοντες Μωὰβ παρὰ Βαλαάμ.
And it-had-said toward to-them, Ye-should-have-loosed-down of-it to-the-one to-a-night, and I-shall-be-separated-off unto-ye to-practicings-to to-which if-ever it-might-have-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-me. And they-stayed-down, the-ones firsting of-a-Môab, beside unto-a-Balaam.
22:8 πραγμα A | εαν] αν A F
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 1)
Num 22:9 καὶ ἦλθεν ὁ θεὸς παρὰ Βαλαὰμ καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Τί οἱ ἄνθρωποι οὗτοι παρὰ σοί;
And it-had-came, the-one a-Deity(Elohim), beside to-a-Balaam and it-had-said unto-it, To-what-one the-ones mankinds the-ones-these beside unto-thee?
22:9 και ηλθεν ο θς̅̅ sup ras Ba | παρα 1° Ba (sup ras)] προς B*? b A F
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 1)
Num 22:10 καὶ εἶπεν Βαλαὰμ πρὸς τὸν θεόν Βάλακ υἱὸς Σεπφὼρ βασιλεὺς Μωὰβ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς πρὸς μέ λέγων
And it-had-said, a-Balaam, toward to-the-one to-a-Deity(haElohim), A-Balak a-son of-a-Sepfôr a-ruler-of of-a-Môab it-set-off to-them toward to-me forthing,
22:10 αυτους] αγγελους A
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 1)
Num 22:11 Ἰδοὺ λαὸς ἐξελήλυθεν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, καὶ ἰδοὺ κεκάλυφεν τὴν ὄψιν τῆς γῆς, καὶ οὗτος ἐνκάθηται ἐχόμενός μου· καὶ νῦν δεῦρο ἄρασαί μοι αὐτόν, εἰ ἄρα δυνήσομαι πατάξαι αὐτὸν καὶ ἐκβαλῶ αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῆς γῆς.
Thou-should-have-had-seen, a-people it-hath-had-come-to-come-out out of-an-Aiguptos, and thou-should-have-had-seen, it-had-come-to-shroud to-the-one to-a-beholding of-the-one of-a-soil, and the-one-this it-sitteth-down-in holding of-me; and now thou-should-be-en-hithered-of, thou-should-have-cursed-unto unto-me to-it, if thus I-shall-able to-have-smote to-it and I-shall-cast-out to-it off of-the-one of-a-soil.
22:11 om ιδου 2° A F | κεκαλυφεν] εκαλυψεν A F | απο] εκ A F
[Appendix] εξαιληλυθεν A
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 1)
Num 22:12 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ θεὸς πρὸς Βαλαάμ Οὐ πορεύσῃ μετ' αὐτῶν οὐδὲ καταράσῃ τὸν λαόν· ἔστιν γὰρ εὐλογημένος.
And it-had-said, the-one a-Deity(Elohim), toward to-a-Balaam, Not thou-shall-traverse-of with of-them not-then-also thou-shall-down-curse-unto to-the-one to-a-people; it-be too-thus having-had-come-to-be-goodly-fortheed-unto.
22:12 ηυλογημενος F
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 1)
Num 22:13 καὶ ἀναστὰς Βαλαὰμ τὸ πρωὶ εἶπεν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν Βάλακ Ἀποτρέχετε πρὸς τὸν κύριον ὑμῶν· οὐκ ἀφίησίν με ὁ θεὸς πορεύεσθαι μεθ' ὑμῶν.
And having-had-stood-up, a-Balaam, to-the-one unto-before-belonged it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-firsting of-a-Balak, Ye-should-circuit-off toward to-the-one to-authority-belonged of-ye; not it-sendeth-off to-me, the-one a-Deity, to-traverse-of with of-ye.
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 1-11; Ethanim 7 Sabbath)
Num 22:14 καὶ ἀναστάντες οἱ ἄρχοντες Μωὰβ ἦλθον πρὸς Βάλακ καὶ εἶπαν Οὐ θέλει Βαλαὰμ πορευθῆναι μεθ' ἡμῶν.
And having-had-stood-up, the-ones firsting of-a-Môab, they-had-came toward to-a-Balak and they-said, Not it-determineth, a-Balaam, to-have-been-traversed-of with of-us.
22:14 ειπαν] ειπον A + αυτω A F
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 12-24; Ethamin 14 and Ethanim 21 Sabbaths)
Num 22:15 καὶ προσέθετο Βάλακ ἔτι ἀποστεῖλαι ἄρχοντας πλείους καὶ ἐντιμοτέρους τούτων.
And it-had-placed-toward, a-Balak, if-to-a-one to-have-set-off to-firsting to-beyond and to-more-valued-in of-the-ones-these.
22:15 ετι Βαλακ A F
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 24)
Num 22:16 καὶ ἦλθον πρὸς Βαλαὰμ καὶ λέγουσιν αὐτῷ Τάδε λέγει Βάλακ ὁ τοῦ Σεπφώρ Ἀξιῶ σε, μὴ ὀκνήσῃς ἐλθεῖν πρὸς μέ·
And they-had-came toward to-a-Balaam and they-forth unto-it, To-the-ones-then-also it-fortheth, a-Balak the-one of-the-one of-a-Sepfôr, I-en-deem-belong to-thee, lest thou-might-have-hesitated-unto to-have-had-came toward to-me.
22:16 Βαλακ] Βαλααμ F
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 24)
Num 22:17 ἐντίμως γὰρ τιμήσω σε, καὶ ὅσα ἐὰν εἴπῃς ποιήσω σοι· καὶ δεῦρο ἐπικατάρασαί μοι τὸν λαὸν τοῦτον.
Unto-valued-in too-thus I-shall-valuate-unto to-thee, and to-which-a-which if-ever thou-might-have-had-said I-shall-do-unto unto-thee; and thou-should-be-en-hithered-of, thou-should-have-upon-down-cursed-unto unto-me to-the-one to-a-people to-the-one-this.
22:17 οσα] ο Ba b παντα οσα A παντα F | ειπης] + μοι A F | σοι] σε
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 24)
Num 22:18 καὶ ἀπεκρίθη Βαλαὰμ καὶ εἶπεν τοῖς ἄρχουσιν Βάλακ Ἐὰν δῷ μοι Βάλακ πλήρη τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ ἀργυρίου καὶ χρυσίου, οὐ δυνήσομαι παραβῆναι τὸ ῥῆμα Κυρίου τοῦ θεοῦ, ποιῆσαι αὐτὸ μικρὸν ἢ μέγα ἐν τῇ διανοίᾳ μου.
And it-was-separated-off a-Balaam and it-had-said unto-the-ones unto-firsting of-a-Balak, If-ever it-might-have-had-given unto-me, a-Balak, to-fullinged to-the-one to-a-house of-it of-a-silverlet and of-a-goldlet, not I-shall-able to-have-had-stepped-beside to-the-one to-an-uttering-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-one of-a-Deity(Elohim), to-have-done-unto to-it to-small or to-great in unto-the-one unto-an-en-mulling-through-unto of-me.
22:18 κριθη Βαλααμ ϗ ειπεν τοις αρχουσιν in mg et sup ras Aa (om και ειπεν τοις αρχουσιν Βαλακ A* vid) | Βαλακ] Βαλαμ A | και 3°] η A
[Appendix] μεικρον B* (μικρ. Bb)
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 24)
Num 22:19 καὶ νῦν ὑπομείνατε αὐτοῦ καὶ ὑμεῖς τὴν νύκτα ταύτην, καὶ γνώσομαι τί προσθήσει Κύριος λαλῆσαι πρὸς μέ.
And now ye-should-have-stayed-under of-it, and ye, to-the-one to-a-night to-the-one-this, and I-shall-acquaint to-what-one it-shall-place-toward, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-have-spoken-unto toward to-me.
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 25)
Num 22:20 καὶ ἦλθεν ὁ θεὸς πρὸς Βαλαὰμ καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Εἰ καλέσαι σε πάρεισιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι οὗτοι, ἀναστὰς ἀκολούθησον αὐτοῖς· ἀλλὰ τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἂν λαλήσω πρὸς σέ, τοῦτο ποιήσεις.
And it-had-came, the-one a-Deity(Elohim), toward to-a-Balaam and it-had-said unto-it, If to-have-called-unto to-thee they-be-beside, the-ones mankinds the-ones-these, having-had-stood-up thou-should-have-pathed-along-unto unto-them; other to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-which ever I-might-have-spoken-unto toward to-thee, to-the-one-this thou-shall-do-unto.
22:20 Βαλααμ] + νυκτος Ba b (superscr) A F | αν] εαν A F | λαλησω] ειπω A F | ποιησεις] ποιης F
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 25)
Num 22:21 καὶ ἀναστὰς Βαλαὰμ τὸ πρωὶ ἐπέσαξεν τὴν ὄνον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐπορεύθη μετὰ τῶν ἀρχόντων Μωάβ.
And having-had-stood-up, a-Balaam, to-the-one unto-before-belonged, it-packed-upon to-the-one to-a-donkey of-it, and it-was-traversed-of with of-the-ones of-firsting of-a-Môab.
22:21 αρχοντων] ανδρων A
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 25)
Num 22:22 καὶ ὠργίσθη θυμῷ ὁ θεὸς ὅτι ἐπορεύθη αὐτός, καὶ ἀνέστη ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐνδιαβαλεῖν αὐτόν· καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπιβεβήκει ἐπὶ τῆς ὄνου αὐτοῦ, καὶ δύο παῖδες αὐτοῦ μετ' αὐτοῦ.
And it-was-stressed-to unto-a-passion the-one a-Deity(Elohim) to-which-a-one it-was-traversed-of, it, and it-had-stood-up, the-one a-leadeeer of-the-one of-a-Deity, to-have-casted-through-in to-it; and it it-had-come-to-step-upon upon of-the-one of-a-donkey of-it, and two children of-it with of-it.
22:22 ο θεος] κυριος F | επορευθη] επορευετο A F | ενδιαβαλλειν A F | om και αυτος επιβεβηκει A | δυο] pr οι Ba A
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 25)
Num 22:23 καὶ ἰδοῦσα ἡ ὄνος τὸν ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ ἀνθεστηκότα ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ καὶ τὴν ῥομφαίαν ἐσπασμένην ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξέκλινεν ἡ ὄνος ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ αὐτῆς καὶ ἐπορεύετο εἰς τὸ πεδίον· καὶ ἐπάταξεν τὴν ὄνον τῇ ῥάβδῳ, τοῦ εὐθῦναι αὐτὴν ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ.
And having-had-seen, the-one a-donkey, to-the-one to-a-leadeeer of-the-one of-a-Deity to-having-had-come-to-ever-a-one-stand in unto-the-one unto-a-way and to-the-one to-a-sabre to-having-had-come-to-be-drawn-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-hand of-it, and it-clined-out, the-one a-donkey, out of-the-one of-a-way of-it and it-was-traversing-of into to-the-one to-a-footinglet; and it-smote to-the-one to-a-donkey unto-the-one unto-a-rod, of-the-one to-have-straightened to-it in unto-the-one unto-a-way.
22:23 om αυτης Ba b A F | επαταξεν] επαισεν F | τη ραβδω] pr εν A F + αυτου A
[Appendix] εξεκλεινεν B* F (εξεκλιν. Bb A) | παιδιον A
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 25)
Num 22:24 καὶ ἔστη ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ταῖς αὔλαξιν τῶν ἀμπέλων, φραγμὸς ἐντεῦθεν καὶ φραγμὸς ἐντεῦθεν·
And it-had-stood, the-one a-leadeeer of-the-one of-a-Deity, in unto-the-ones unto-channelors of-the-ones of-vines, a-hedging-of in-also-from and a-hedging-of in-also-from;
Note: unto-channelors : used to refer to something that channels, usually water, in feminine ploughed furrows, in masculine waterways, etc.
22:24 αμπελωνων A F
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 25)
Num 22:25 καὶ ἰδοῦσα ἡ ὄνος τὸν ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ προσέθλιψεν αὐτὸν πρὸς τὸν τοῖχον, καὶ ἀπέθλιψεν τὸν πόδα Βαλαάμ, καὶ προσέθετο ἔτι μαστίξαι αὐτήν.
and having-had-seen, the-one a-donkey, to-the-one to-a-leadeeer of-the-one of-a-Deity it-pressed-toward to-it toward to-the-one to-a-lineation, and it-pressed-off to-the-one to-a-foot of-a-Balaam, and it-had-placed-toward if-to-a-one to-have-thrashed-to to-it.
Note: to-a-lineation : lined siding.
22:25 αυτον] εαυτην A F | Βαλααμ] + προς τον τοιχον A
[Appendix] προσεθλειψεν, απεθλειψεν F | μαστειξαι B
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 25)
Num 22:26 καὶ προσέθετο ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ ἀπελθὼν ὑπέστη ἐν τόπῳ στενῷ, εἰς ὃν οὐκ ἦν ἐκκλῖναι δεξιὰν οὐδὲ ἀριστεράν.
And it-had-placed-toward, the-one a-leadeeer of-the-one of-a-Deity, and having-had-came-off it-had-stood-under in unto-an-occasion unto-narrowed, into to-which not it-was to-have-clined-out to-right-belonged not-then-also to-more-un-bounded.
Note: to-more-un-bounded : used to refer to the left hand or side as liberated to do tasks not assigned to the right.
22:26 αριστερα F
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 25)
Num 22:27 καὶ ἰδοῦσα ἡ ὄνος τὸν ἄγγελον τοῦ θεοῦ συνεκάθισεν ὑποκάτω Βαλαάμ· καὶ ἐθυμώθη Βαλαὰμ καὶ ἔτυπτεν τὴν ὄνον τῇ ῥάβδῳ.
And having-had-seen, the-one a-donkey, to-the-one to-a-leadeeer of-the-one of-a-Deity, it-sat-down-together-to under-down-unto-which of-a-Balaam; and it-was-en-passioned a-Balaam and it-was-strikering to-the-one to-a-donkey unto-the-one unto-a-rod.
22:27 του θεου] + ανθεστηκοτα εν τη οδω F* (om F1 vid)
[Appendix] συνεκαθεισεν A F
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 25)
Num 22:28 καὶ ἤνοιξεν ὁ θεὸς τὸ στόμα τῆς ὄνου, καὶ λέγει τῷ Βαλαὰμ Τί ἐποίησά σοι ὅτι πέπαικάς με τοῦτο τρίτον;
And it-opened-up, the-one a-Deity, to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-the-one of-a-donkey, and it-fortheth unto-the-one unto-a-Balaam, To-what-one I-did-unto unto-thee to-which-a-one thou-had-come-to-smite-belong to-me to-the-one-this to-third?
22:28 λεγει] ειπεν A | εποιησα] πεποιηκα A F | τριτον τουτο F
[Appendix] πεπεκας B* F (πεπαικας Ba A)
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 25)
Num 22:29 καὶ εἶπεν Βαλαὰμ τῇ ὄνῳ Ὅτι ἐμπέπαιχάς μοι· καὶ εἰ εἶχον μάχαιραν ἐν τῇ χειρί, ἤδη ἂν ἐξεκέντησά σε.
And it-had-said, a-Balaam, unto-the-one unto-a-donkey, To-which-a-one thou-had-come-to-child-in-to unto-me; and if I-was-holding to-a-battle-section-alongedness in unto-the-one unto-a-hand, which-then ever I-pricked-out-unto to-thee.
22:29 ει] η A F | χειρι] + μου A F
[Appendix] εμπεπεχας B* A (εμπεπαιχας Ba F)
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 25)
Num 22:30 καὶ λέγει ἡ ὄνος τῷ Βαλαὰμ Οὐκ ἐγὼ ἡ ὄνος σου, ἐφ' ἧς ἐπέβαινες ἀπὸ νεότητός σου ἕως τῆς σήμερον ἡμέρας; μὴ ὑπεροράσει ὑπεριδοῦσα ἐποίησά σοι οὕτως; ὁ δὲ εἶπεν Οὐχί.
And it-fortheth, the-one a-donkey, unto-the-one unto-a-Balaam, Not I the-one a-donkey of-thee, upon of-which thou-was-stepping-upon off of-a-newness of-thee unto-if-which of-the-one this-day of-a-dayedness? Lest unto-an-over-seeeeing having-had-seen-over I-did-unto unto-thee unto-the-one-this? The-one then-also it-had-said, Unto-not.
22:30 om σου 1° A | απο] εκ A | σημερον ημ.] ημ. ταυτης A | ουτως] τουτο A
[Appendix] υπερορασι B* (υπερορασει Ba b)
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 25)
Num 22:31 ἀπεκάλυψεν δὲ ὁ θεὸς τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς Βαλαάμ, καὶ ὁρᾷ τὸν ἄγγελον Κυρίου ἀνθεστηκότα ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ καὶ τὴν μάχαιραν ἐσπασμένην ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ, καὶ κύψας προσεκύνησεν τῷ προσώπῳ αὐτοῦ.
It-shrouded-off then-also, the-one a-Deity, to-the-ones to-eyes of-a-Balaam, and it-seeeeth-unto to-the-one to-a-leadeeer of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-having-had-come-to-ever-a-one-stand in unto-the-one unto-a-way and to-the-one to-a-battle-section-alongedness to-having-had-come-to-be-drawn-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-hand of-it, and having-leaned it-kissed-toward-unto unto-the-one unto-looked-toward of-it.
22:31 Βαλααμ] pr του A | Κυριου] του θεου A F | τω προσωπου (sic) A
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 25)
Num 22:32 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ Διὰ τί ἐπάταξας τὴν ὄνον σου τοῦτο τρίτον; καὶ ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ ἐξῆλθον εἰς διαβολήν σου, ὅτι οὐκ ἀστεία ἡ ὁδός σου ἐναντίον μου.
And it-had-said unto-it, the-one a-leadeeer of-the-one of-a-Deity, Through to-what-one thou-smote to-the-one to-a-donkey of-thee to-the-one-this to-third? And thou-should-have-had-seen, I I-had-came-out into to-a-casting-through of-thee, to-which-one not town-belonged the-one a-way of-thee to-ever-a-oned-in of-me.
22:32 ειπεν] λεγει A
[Appendix] αστια B* F (αστεια Ba b A)
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 25)
Num 22:33 καὶ ἰδοῦσά με ἡ ὄνος ἐξέκλινεν ἀπ' ἐμοῦ τρίτον τοῦτο· καὶ εἰ μὴ ἐξέκλινεν, νῦν οὖν σὲ μὲν ἀπέκτεινα, ἐκείνην δὲ περιεποιησάμην.
And having-had-seen to-me, the-one a-donkey, it-clined-out off of-ME to-third to-the-one-this; and if lest it-clined-out, now accordingly to-thee indeed I-killed-off, to-the-one-thither then-also I-did-about-unto.
22:33 τουτο τριτον A | εξεκλινεν 2°] + απ εμου A F | om ουν A F | απεκτεινα] pr αν F | δε B* vid] δ αν Ba b (α sup ras ν superscr) A F
[Appendix] εξεκλεινεν B F (bis) A (2°)
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 25)
Num 22:34 καὶ εἶπεν Βαλαὰμ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ Κυρίου Ἡμάρτηκα, οὐ γὰρ ἠπιστάμην ὅτι σύ μοι ἀνθέστηκας ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ εἰς συνάντησιν· καὶ νῦν εἰ μή σοι ἀρέσκει, ἀποστραφήσομαι.
And it-had-said, a-Balaam, unto-the-one unto-a-leadeeer of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), I-had-come-to-un-adjust-along, not too-thus I-was-standing-upon to-which-a-one thou unto-me thou-had-come-to-ever-a-one-stand in unto-the-one unto-a-way into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together; and now if lest unto-thee it-pleaseth, I-shall-have-been-beturned-off.
22:34 εν τη οδω εις συναντ.] εις συναντ. μοι εν τη οδω A F
[Appendix] αρεσκι B* (αρεσκει Ba b)
(1451 B.C. Ethanim 26 - Bul 8; Ethanim 27 and Bul 5 Sabbaths)
Num 22:35 καὶ εἶπεν ὁ ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ πρὸς Βαλαὰμ Συνπορεύθητι μετὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων· πλὴν τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐὰν εἴπω πρὸς σέ, τοῦτο φυλάξῃ λαλῆσαι. καὶ ἐπορεύθη Βαλαὰμ μετὰ τῶν ἀρχόντων Βάλακ.
And it-had-said, the-one a-leadeeer of-the-one of-a-Deity, toward to-a-Balaam, Thou-should-have-been-traversed-together-of with of-the-ones of-mankinds; to-beyond, to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-which if-ever I-might-have-had-said toward to-thee, to-the-one-this thou-shall-guarder to-have-spoken-unto. And it-was-traversed-of a-Balaam with of-the-ones of-firsting of-a-Balak.
22:35 [Appendix] συμπορ. Bb A F
(1451 B.C. Bul 8)
Num 22:36 καὶ ἀκούσας Βάλακ ὅτι ἥκει Βαλαάμ, ἐξῆλθεν εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτῷ εἰς πόλιν Μωάβ, ἥτις ἐπὶ τῶν ὁρίων Ἀρνών, ὅ ἐστιν ἐκ μέρους τῶν ὁρίων.
And having-heard, a-Balak, to-which-a-one it-arriveth, a-Balaam, it-had-came-out into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-it into to-a-city of-a-Môab, which-a-one upon of-the-ones of-boundlets of-an-Arnôn, which it-be out of-a-portioneedness of-the-ones of-boundlets.
22:36 ητις] η εστιν Ba b A F | ο] η A F
[Appendix] ορειων B* bis (οριων Bb)
(1451 B.C. Bul 8)
Num 22:37 καὶ εἶπεν Βάλακ πρὸς Βαλαάμ Οὐχὶ ἀπέστειλα πρὸς σὲ καλέσαι σε; διὰ τί οὐκ ἤρχου πρὸς μέ; οὐ δυνήσομαι ὄντως τιμῆσαί σε;
And it-had-said, a-Balak, toward to-a-Balaam, Unto-not I-set-off toward to-thee to-have-called-unto to-thee? Through to-what-one not thou-was-firsting toward to-me? Not I-shall-able unto-being to-have-valuated-unto to-thee?
22:37 οντως ου δυνησομαι A F
(1451 B.C. Bul 8)
Num 22:38 καὶ εἶπεν Βαλαὰμ πρὸς Βάλακ Ἰδοὺ ἥκω πρὸς σέ νῦν· δυνατὸς ἔσομαι λαλῆσαί τι; τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐὰν βάλῃ ὁ θεὸς εἰς τὸ στόμα μου, τοῦτο λαλήσω.
And it-had-said, a-Balaam, toward to-a-Balak, Thou-should-have-had-seen, I-arrive toward to-thee now. Able I-shall-be to-have-spoken-unto to-a-one; to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-which if-ever it-might-have-had-casted, the-one a-Deity(Elohim), into to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-me, to-the-one-this I-shall-speak-unto.
22:38 προς σε· νυν δυνατος A F | βαλη] εμβαλη A F | το στομα] την καρδιαν A | λαλησω] φυλαξω λαλησαι A
(1451 B.C. Bul 9)
Num 22:39 καὶ ἐπορεύθη Βαλαὰμ μετὰ Βάλακ, καὶ ἦλθον εἰς Πόλεις ἐπαύλεων.
And it-was-traversed-of, a-Balaam, with of-a-Balak, and they-had-came into to-a-Cities of-Channelings-upon.
(1451 B.C. Bul 10)
Num 22:40 καὶ ἔθυσεν Βάλακ πρόβατα καὶ μόσχους, καὶ ἀπέστειλεν τῷ Βαλαὰμ καὶ τοῖς ἄρχουσι τοῖς μετ' αὐτοῦ.
And it-surged, a-Balak, to-stepped-before and to-calves, and it-set-off unto-the-one unto-a-Balaam and unto-the-ones unto-firsting unto-the-ones with of-it.
22:40 αρχουσιν A F
(1451 B.C. Bul 11-14; Bul 12 Sabbath)
Num 22:41 καὶ ἐγενήθη πρωί, καὶ παραλαβὼν Βάλακ τὸν Βαλαὰμ ἀνεβίβασεν αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν στήλην τοῦ Βάαλ, καὶ ἔδειξεν αὐτῷ ἐκεῖθεν μέρος τι τοῦ λαοῦ.
And it-was-became unto-before-belonged, and having-had-taken-beside, a-Balak, to-the-one to-a-Balaam, it-up-step-stepped-to to-it upon to-the-one to-a-block of-the-one of-a-Baal, and it-en-showed unto-it thither-from to-a-portioneedness to-a-one of-the-one of-a-people.
(1451 B.C. Bul 14)
Num 23:1 Καὶ εἶπεν Βαλαὰμ τῷ Βάλακ Οἰκοδόμησόν μοι ἐνταῦθα ἑπτὰ βωμούς, καὶ ἑτοίμασόν μοι ἐνταῦθα ἑπτὰ μόσχους καὶ ἑπτὰ κριούς.
And it-had-said, a-Balaam, unto-the-one unto-a-Balak, Thou-should-have-house-built-unto unto-me in-unto-the-ones-these to-seven to-en-steppings-of, and thou-should-have-readied-to unto-me in-unto-the-ones-these to-seven to-calves and to-seven to-rams.
23:1 ενταυθα 1°] ενταυτα F | ενταυθα 2°] ενταυτα A
[Appendix] κρειους B* (κρι.. Bb: item 2, 4, 14, 29, 30)
(1451 B.C. Bul 14)
Num 23:2 καὶ ἐποίησεν Βάλακ ὃν τρόπον εἶπεν αὐτῷ Βαλαάμ, καὶ ἀνήνεγκεν μόσχον καὶ κριὸν ἐπὶ τὸν βωμόν.
And it-did-unto, a-Balak, to-which to-a-turn it-had-said unto-it, a-Balaam, and it-beared-up to-a-calf and to-a-ram upon to-the-one to-an-en-stepping-of.
23:2 επι τον βωμον] om τον F
(1451 B.C. Bul 14)
Num 23:3 καὶ εἶπεν Βαλαὰμ πρὸς Βάλακ Παράστηθι ἐπὶ τῆς θυσίας σου, καὶ πορεύσομαι, εἴ μοι φανεῖται ὁ θεὸς ἐν συναντήσει· καὶ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐάν μοι δείξῃ ἀναγγελῶ σοι. καὶ παρέστη Βάλακ ἐπὶ τῆς θυσίας αὐτοῦ· καὶ Βαλαὰμ ἐπορεύθη ἐπερωτῆσαι τὸν θεόν, καὶ ἐπορεύθη εὐθεῖαν.
And it-had-said, a-Balaam, toward to-a-Balak, Thou-should-have-had-stood-beside upon of-the-one of-a-surging-unto of-thee and I-shall-traverse-of if unto-me it-shall-manifest, the-one a-Deity, in unto-an-ever-a-oneing-together, and to-an-uttering-to to-which if-ever unto-me it-might-have-en-showed I-shall-leadeeer-up unto-thee; and it-had-stood-beside, a-Balak, upon of-the-one of-a-surging-unto of-it, and a-Balaam it-was-traversed-of to-have-upon-entreated-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity; and it-was-traversed-of to-straight.
23:3 και 2°] εγω δε A | ει μοι] εμοι A* (ι superscr A1)
[Appendix] φανειτε A | συναντησι B* (συναντησει Ba b)
(1451 B.C. Bul 14)
Num 23:4 καὶ ἐφάνη ὁ θεὸς τῷ Βαλαάμ, καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν Βαλαάμ Τοὺς ἑπτὰ βωμοὺς ἡτοίμασα, καὶ ἀνεβίβασα μόσχον καὶ κριὸν ἐπὶ τὸν βωμόν.
And it-had-been-manifested the-one a-Deity(Elohim) unto-the-one unto-a-Balaam, and it-had-said toward to-it, a-Balaam, To-the-ones to-seven to-en-steppings-of I-readied-to, and I-up-step-stepped-to to-a-calf and to-a-ram upon to-the-one to-an-en-stepping-of.
(1451 B.C. Bul 14)
Num 23:5 καὶ ἐνέβαλεν ὁ θεὸς ῥῆμα εἰς στόμα Βαλαὰμ καὶ εἶπεν Ἐπιστραφεὶς πρὸς Βάλακ οὕτως λαλήσεις.
And it-had-casted-in, the-one a-Deity, to-an-uttering-to into to-a-becutteeing-to of-a-Balaam and it-had-said, Having-had-been-beturned-upon toward to-a-Balak unto-the-one-this thou-shall-speak-unto.
23:5 στομα] pr το Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Bul 14)
Num 23:6 καὶ ἀπεστράφη πρὸς αὐτόν· καὶ ὅδε ἐφιστήκει ἐπὶ τῶν ὁλοκαυτωμάτων αὐτοῦ, καὶ πάντες οἱ ἄρχοντες Μωὰβ μετ' αὐτοῦ. [β] καὶ ἐγενήθη πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἐπ' αὐτῷ·
And it-had-been-beturned-off toward to-it; and the-one-then-also it-had-come-to-have-had-stood-upon upon of-the-ones of-whole-en-burnings-to of-it, and all the-ones firsting of-a-Môab with of-it. And it-was-became a-currenting-to of-a-Deity upon unto-it;
23:6 εφειστηκει Ba b | των ολοκαυτ.] της ολοκαυτωσεως F* (ματων F1 mg)
(1451 B.C. Bul 14)
Num 23:7 καὶ ἀναλαβὼν τὴν παραβολὴν αὐτοῦ εἶπεν Ἐκ Μεσοποταμίας μετεπέμψατό με Βάλακ, βασιλεὺς Μωὰβ ἐξ ὀρέων ἀπ' ἀνατολῶν, λέγων Δεῦρο ἄρασαί μοι τὸν Ἰακώβ, καὶ δεῦρο ἐπικατάρασαί μοι τὸν Ἰσραήλ.
and having-had-taken-up to-the-one to-a-casting-beside of-it it-had-said, Out of-a-Mesopotamia it-volleyed-with to-me, a-Balak, a-ruler-of of-a-Môab, out of-jutteednesses off of-finishings-up, forthing, Thou-should-be-en-hithered-of, thou-should-have-cursed-unto unto-me to-the-one to-an-Iakôb, and, Thou-should-be-en-hithered-of, thou-should-have-upon-down-cursed-unto unto-me to-the-one to-an-Israêl.
(1451 B.C. Bul 14)
Num 23:8 τί ἀράσωμαι ὃν μὴ καταρᾶται Κύριος; ἢ τί καταράσωμαι ὃν μὴ καταρᾶται ὁ θεός;
To-what-one I-might-have-cursed-unto to-which lest it-down-curseth-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) or to-what-one I-might-have-down-cursed-unto to-which lest it-down-curseth-unto, the-one a-Deity(El)?
23:8 αρασομαι A F | καταραται 1°] αραται A F | Κυριος] pr ο A | καταρασομαι A F
(1451 B.C. Bul 14)
Num 23:9 ὅτι ἀπὸ κορυφῆς ὀρέων ὄψομαι αὐτόν, καὶ ἀπὸ βουνῶν προσνοήσω αὐτόν. ἰδοὺ λαὸς μόνος κατοικήσει, καὶ ἐν ἔθνεσιν οὐ συλλογισθήσεται.
To-which-a-one off of-a-crest of-jutteednesses I-shall-behold to-it, and off of-mounds I-shall-en-mull-toward-unto to-it. Thou-should-have-had-seen, a-people stayeed it-shall-house-down-unto, and in unto-placeedness-belongings-to not it-shall-be-fortheed-together-to.
23:9 βουνων] pr των A | προνοησω Ba b | om ου A | συνλογισθησεται F
(1451 B.C. Bul 14)
Num 23:10 τίς ἐξηκριβάσατο τὸ σπέρμα Ἰακώβ; καὶ τίς ἐξαριθμήσεται δήμους Ἰσραήλ; ἀποθάνοι ἡ ψυχὴ μου ἐν ψυχαῖς δικαίων, καὶ γένοιτο τὸ σπέρμα μου ὡς τὸ σπέρμα τούτων.
What-one it-out-exacted-to to-the-one to-a-whorling-to of-an-Iakôb? And what-one it-shall-number-out-unto to-localities of-an-Israêl? It-may-have-had-died-off, the-one a-breathing of-me, in unto-breathings of-course-belonged, and it-may-have-had-became, the-one a-whorling-to of-me, as the-one a-whorling-to of-the-ones-these.
23:10 αποθανη F
[Appendix] εξηκρειβασατο B* (εξηκριβ. Bb)
(1451 B.C. Bul 14)
Num 23:11 καὶ εἶπεν Βάλακ πρὸς Βαλαάμ Τί πεποίηκάς μοι; εἰς κατάρασιν ἐχθρῶν μου κέκληκά σε, καὶ ἰδοὺ εὐλόγηκας εὐλογίαν.
And it-had-said, a-Balak, toward to-a-Balaam, To-what-one thou-had-come-to-do-unto unto-me? Into to-a-cursedness-down of-en-enmitied of-me I-had-come-to-call-unto to-thee, and thou-should-have-had-seen, thou-had-come-to-goodly-forthee-unto to-a-goodly-fortheeing-unto.
23:11 πεποιηκας] εποιησας A F | ευλογηκας] ευλογησας A F
(1451 B.C. Bul 14)
Num 23:12 καὶ εἶπεν Βαλαὰμ πρὸς Βάλακ Οὐχὶ ὅσα ἐὰν ἐμβάλῃ ὁ θεὸς εἰς τὸ στόμα μου, τοῦτο φυλάξω λαλῆσαι;
And it-had-said, a-Balaam, toward to-a-Balak, Unto-not to-which-a-which if-ever it-might-have-had-casted-in, the-one a-Deity, into to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-me, to-the-one-this I-shall-guarder to-have-spoken-unto?
23:12 om εαν A αν F
(1451 B.C. Bul 14)
Num 23:13 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτὸν Βάλακ Δεῦρο ἔτι μετ' ἐμοῦ εἰς τόπον ἄλλον, ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄψῃ αὐτὸν ἐκεῖθεν, ἀλλ' ἢ μέρος τι αὐτοῦ ὄψῃ, πάντας δὲ οὐ μὴ ἴδῃς· καὶ κατάρασαί μοι αὐτὸν ἐκεῖθεν.
And it-had-said toward to-it, a-Balak, Thou-thou-should-be-en-hithered-of if-to-a-one with of-ME into to-an-occasion to-other, out of-which not thou-shall-behold to-it thither-from, other or to-a-portioneedness to-a-one of-it thou-shall-behold, to-all then-also not lest thou-might-have-had-seen; and thou-should-have-down-cursed-unto unto-me to-it thither-from.
23:13 εξ ων] εξ ου A F
(1451 B.C. Bul 15-16)
Num 23:14 καὶ παρέλαβεν αὐτὸν εἰς ἀγροῦ σκοπιὰν ἐπὶ κορυφὴν Λελαξευμένου, καὶ ᾠκοδόμησεν ἐκεῖ ἑπτὰ βωμούς, καὶ ἀνεβίβασεν μόσχον καὶ κριὸν ἐπὶ τὸν βωμόν.
And it-had-taken-beside to-it into to-a-field to-a-scouteeing-unto upon of-a-crest of-having-had-come-to-be-quarried-of, and it-house-built-unto thither to-seven to-en-steppings-of, and it-up-step-stepped-to to-a-calf and to-a-ram upon to-the-one to-an-en-stepping-of.
(1451 B.C. Bul 16)
Num 23:15 καὶ εἶπεν Βαλαὰμ πρὸς Βάλακ Παράστηθι ἐπὶ τῆς θυσίας σου, ἐγὼ δὲ πορεύσομαι ἐπερωτῆσαι τὸν θεόν.
And it-had-said, a-Balaam, toward to-a-Balak, Thou-should-have-had-stood-beside upon of-the-one of-a-surging-unto of-thee, I then-also I-shall-traverse-of to-have-upon-entreated-unto to-the-one to-a-Deity.
(1451 B.C. Bul 16)
Num 23:16 καὶ συνήντησεν ὁ θεὸς τῷ Βαλαὰμ καὶ ἐνέβαλεν ῥῆμα εἰς τὸ στόμα αὐτοῦ καὶ εἶπεν Ἀποστράφητι πρὸς Βάλακ, καὶ τάδε λαλήσεις.
And it-together-ever-a-oned-unto, the-one a-Deity, unto-the-one unto-a-Balaam, and it-had-casted-in to-an-uttering-to into to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-it and it-had-said, Thou-should-have-had-been-beturned-off toward to-a-Balak, and to-the-ones-then-also thou-shall-speak-unto.
23:16 αποστραφητι B* A F] αποστραφηθι Ba? b
(1451 B.C. Bul 16)
Num 23:17 καὶ ἀπεστράφη πρὸς αὐτόν· ὁ δὲ ἐφιστήκει ἐπὶ τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως αὐτοῦ, καὶ πάντες οἱ ἄρχοντες Μωὰβ μετ' αὐτοῦ. καὶ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Βάλακ Τί ἐλάλησεν Κύριος;
And it-had-been-beturned-off toward to-it; the-one then-also it-had-come-to-have-had-stood-upon upon of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning of-it, and all the-ones firsting of-a-Môab with of-it. And it-had-said unto-it, a-Balak, To-what-one it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh)?
23:17 ο δε] και οδε Ba b A F | εφειστηκει Ba b | παντες] απαντες Ba b
(1451 B.C. Bul 16)
Num 23:18 καὶ ἀναλαβὼν τὴν παραβολὴν αὐτοῦ εἶπεν Ἀνάστηθι Βάλακ, καὶ ἄκουε· ἐνώτισαι μάρτυς, υἱὸς Σεπφώρ.
And having-had-taken-up to-the-one to-a-casing-beside of-it it-had-said, Thou-should-have-had-stood-up, Balak, and thou-should-hear; thou-should-have-eared-in-to, a-witness, a-son of-a-Sepfôr.
(1451 B.C. Bul 16)
Num 23:19 οὐχ ὡς ἄνθρωπος ὁ θεὸς διαρτηθῆναι, οὐδὲ ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἀπειληθῆναι· αὐτὸς εἴπας οὐχὶ ποιήσει; λαλήσει, καὶ οὐχὶ ἐμμενεῖ;
Not as a-mankind the-one a-Deity(El) to-have-been-through-adjusted-unto, not-then-also as a-son of-a-mankind to-have-been-poised-off-unto; it having-said unto-not it-shall-do-unto? It-shall-speak-unto, and unto-not it-shall-stay-in?
23:19 ουδε] ουδ A F | ουχι 2°] ουκ F
(1451 B.C. Bul 16)
Num 23:20 ἰδοὺ εὐλογεῖν παρείλημμαι· εὐλογήσω, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀποστρέψω.
Thou-should-have-had-seen, to-goodly-forthee-unto I-had-come-to-take-beside; I-shall-goodly-forthee-unto, and not lest I-shall-beturn-off.
23:20 [Appendix] παριλημμαι F
(1451 B.C. Bul 16)
Num 23:21 οὐκ ἔσται μόχθος ἐν Ἰακώβ, οὐδὲ ὀφθήσεται πόνος ἐν Ἰσραήλ· Κύριος ὁ θεὸς αὐτοῦ μετ' αὐτοῦ, τὰ ἔνδοξα ἀρχόντων ἐν αὐτῷ.
Not it-shall-be a-toil in unto-an-Iakôb, not-then-also it-shall-be-beheld a-necessitatee in unto-an-Israêl; Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-it with of-it, the-ones reckoned-in of-firsting in unto-it.
23:21 τα ενδοξα] τα δε ενδοξα A
(1451 B.C. Bul 16)
Num 23:22 θεὸς ὁ ἐξαγαγὼν αὐτοὺς ἐξ Αἰγύπτου· ὡς δόξα μονοκέρωτος αὐτῷ.
A-Deity(El) the-one having-had-led-out to-them out of-an-Aiguptos; as a-reckonedness of-a-stayeed-horning unto-it.
Note: of-a-stayeed-horning (MONOKERWTOS) : from the Noun MONOKERWN, not from the Adjective MONOKERWS as most Lexicons offer; the context supports the Noun choice. This word occurs only in OT Sept. and there is no Nominative case to help verify the -WS versus -WN debate.
23:22 θεος] pr ο A F | αυτους] αυτον A F
(1451 B.C. Bul 16)
Num 23:23 οὐ γάρ ἐστιν οἰωνισμὸς ἐν Ἰακώβ, οὐδὲ μαντεία ἐν Ἰσραήλ. κατὰ καιρὸν ῥηθήσεται Ἰακὼβ καὶ τῷ Ἰσραὴλ τί ἐπιτελέσει ὁ θεός.
Not too-thus it-be a-raptoring-to-of in unto-an-Iakôb, not-then-also augerlets in unto-an-Israêl. Down to-a-time it-shall-be-uttered unto-an-Iakôb and unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl to-what-one it-shall-finish-upon-unto, the-one a-Deity(El).
(1451 B.C. Bul 16)
Num 23:24 ἰδοὺ λαὸς ὡς σκύμνος ἀναστήσεται, καὶ ὡς λέων γαυριωθήσεται· οὐ κοιμηθήσεται ἕως φάγῃ θήραν, καὶ αἷμα τραυματιῶν πίεται.
Thou-should-have-had-seen, a-people as a-cub it-shall-stand-up, and as a-lion it-shall-be-en-grandeur-belonged; not it-shall-be-situateed-unto unto-if-which it-might-have-had-devoured to-a-beasting, and to-a-rushering-to of-wounded-belongers it-shall-drink.
23:24 γαυρωθησεται Ba b F | ου] pr και F
[Appendix] τραυμματιων F | ωσκυμνος (sic) A
(1451 B.C. Bul 16)
Num 23:25 καὶ εἶπεν Βάλακ πρὸς Βαλαὰμ Οὔτε κατάραις καταράσῃ μοι αὐτόν, οὔτε εὐλογῶν μὴ εὐλογήσῃς αὐτόν.
And it-had-said, a-Balak, toward to-a-Balaam, Not-also unto-cursednesses-down thou-might-have-down-cursed-unto unto-me to-it, not-also goodly-fortheeing-unto lest thou-might-have-goodly-fortheed-unto to-it.
23:25 ευλογησεις F
(1451 B.C. Bul 16)
Num 23:26 καὶ ἀποκριθεὶς Βαλαὰμ εἶπεν τῷ Βάλακ Οὐκ ἐλάλησά σοι λέγων Τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ ἐὰν λαλήσῃ ὁ θεός, τοῦτο ποιήσω;
And having-been-separated-off a-Balaam it-had-said unto-the-one unto-a-Balak, Not I-spoke-unto unto-thee forthing, To-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-which if-ever it-might-have-spoken-unto, the-one a-Deity, to-the-one-this I-shall-do-unto?
23:26 και αποκρ.] αποκρ. δε A F
(1451 B.C. Bul 16)
Num 23:27 καὶ εἶπεν Βάλακ πρὸς Βαλαάμ Δεῦρο παραλάβω σε εἰς τόπον ἄλλον, εἰ ἀρέσει τῷ θεῷ, καὶ κατάρασαί μοι αὐτὸν ἐκεῖθεν.
And it-had-said, a-Balak, toward to-a-Balaam, Thou-should-be-en-hithered-of, I-might-have-had-taken-beside to-thee into to-an-occasion to-other, if it-shall-please unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(haElohim), and thou-should-have-down-cursed-unto unto-me to-it thither-from.
23:27 om μοι F
(1451 B.C. Bul 17-18)
Num 23:28 καὶ παρέλαβεν Βάλακ τὸν Βαλαὰμ ἐπὶ κορυφὴν τοῦ Φογώρ, τὸ παρατεῖνον εἰς τὴν ἔρημον.
And it-had-taken-beside, a-Balak, to-the-one to-a-Balaam upon to-a-crest of-the-one of-a-Fogôr, the-one stretching-beside into to-the-one to-solituded.
23:28 κορυφην] pr την A
(1451 B.C. Bul 18)
Num 23:29 καὶ εἶπεν Βαλαὰμ πρὸς Βάλακ Οἰκοδόμησόν μοι ὧδε ἑπτὰ βωμούς, καὶ ἑτοίμασόν μοι ὧδε ἑπτὰ μόσχους καὶ ἑπτὰ κριούς.
And it-had-said, a-Balaam, toward to-a-Balak, Thou-should-have-house-built-unto unto-me unto-which-then-also to-seven to-en-steppings-of, and thou-should-have-readied-to unto-me unto-which-then-also to-seven to-calves and to-seven to-rams.
(1451 B.C. Bul 18)
Num 23:30 καὶ ἐποίησεν Βάλακ καθάπερ εἶπεν αὐτῷ Βαλαάμ, καὶ ἀνήνεγκεν μόσχον καὶ κριὸν ἐπὶ τὸν βωμόν.
And it-did-unto, a-Balak, down-to-which-very it-had-said unto-it, a-Balaam, and it-beared-up to-a-calf and to-a-ram upon to-the-one to-an-en-stepping-of.
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:1 Καὶ ἰδὼν Βαλαὰμ ὅτι καλόν ἐστιν ἔναντι Κυρίου εὐλογεῖν τὸν Ἰσραήλ, οὐκ ἐπορεύθη κατὰ τὸ εἰωθὸς εἰς συνάντησιν τοῖς οἰωνοῖς, καὶ ἀπέστρεψεν τὸ πρόσωπον εἰς τὴν ἔρημον.
And having-had-seen, a-Balaam, to-which-a-one seemly it-be in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-goodly-forthee-unto to-the-one to-an-Israêl, not it-was-traversed-of down to-the-one to-having-hath-had-come-to-placee into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-the-ones unto-raptors, and it-beturned-off to-the-one to-looked-toward into to-the-one to-solituded.
24:1 εναντιον A F | ευλογει A* (ν superscr A1) | ουκ] pr και F | ιωθος B* R (ειωθ. Ba b A) | οιωνοις] ωνοις A* (οι superscr A1) ιωνοις F | προσωπον] + αυτου Ba b A F
[Appendix] κα A* (κατα A1)
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:2 καὶ ἐξάρας Βαλαὰμ τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ καθορᾷ τὸν Ἰσραὴλ ἐστρατοπεδευκότα κατὰ φυλάς· καὶ ἐγένετο πνεῦμα θεοῦ ἐν αὐτῷ.
And having-lifted-out, a-Balaam, to-the-ones to-eyes of-it it-down-seeeeth-unto to-the-one to-an-Israêl to-having-had-come-to-foot-amass-of down to-tribings; and it-had-became, a-currenting-to of-a-Deity(Elohim), in unto-it.
24:2 πνευμα θεου εν αυτω] επ αυτω π̅̅ν̅̅α̅̅ θυ̅̅ A επ αυτον πν. θ. F* (επ αυτω F1 mg)
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:3 καὶ ἀναλαβὼν τὴν παραβολὴν αὐτοῦ εἶπεν Φησὶν Βαλαὰμ υἱὸς Βεώρ, φησὶν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ ἀληθινῶς ὁρῶν,
And having-had-taken-up to-the-one to-a-casting-beside of-it it-had-said, It-declareth, a-Balaam a-son of-a-Beôr, it-declareth, the-one a-mankind the-one unto-un-secluded-belonged-to seeeeing-unto,
24:3 Βαιωρ A | αληθεινος A
[Appendix] αληθεινος A F
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:4 φησὶν ἀκούων λόγια θεοῦ, ὅστις ὅρασιν θεοῦ εἶδεν, ἐν ὕπνῳ, ἀποκεκαλυμμένοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ·
it-declareth, hearing to-fortheelets of-a-Deity(El), which-a-one to-a-seeeeing of-a-Deity(Shaday) it-had-seen, in unto-a-sleep, having-had-come-to-be-shrouded-off the-ones eyes of-it;
24:4 om φησιν…θεου F | θεου 1°] + ισχυρου A | om οστις F* (hab F1? a? mg) | ειδεν· εν υπνω F | αποκεκαλ. (απεκαλ. A)] pr ras 2 forte litt B1? a?
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:5 ὡς καλοί σου οἱ οἶκοι, Ἰακώβ, αἱ σκηναί σου, Ἰσραήλ·
as seemly of-thee the-ones houses, Iakôb, the-ones tentings of-thee, Israêl;
24:5 σου οι οικοι] οικοι σου A οι οικοι σου F
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:6 ὡς νάπαι σκιάζουσαι, καὶ ὡσεὶ παράδεισος ἐπὶ ποταμῶν· καὶ ὡσεὶ σκηναὶ ἃς ἔπηξεν Κύριος, ὡσεὶ κέδροι παρ' ὕδατα.
as dells shadowing-to, and as-if a-sending-through-beside upon of-drinkationings-of; and as-if tentings to-which it-pitched, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), as-if cedars beside to-waters.
Note: a-sending-through-beside : used to refer to choice gardens as requiring special permission to enter, by implication a paradise or an exotic park.
24:6 ως B* vid F] ωσει B1? A | παραδεισοι Ba b A F (παραδισοι) | ποταμω Bb A | ωσει 3°] pr και F1? a?
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:7 ἐξελεύσεται ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ σπέρματος αὐτοῦ, καὶ κυριεύσει ἐθνῶν πολλῶν· καὶ ὑψωθήσεται ἢ Γὼγ βασιλεία, καὶ αὐξηθήσεται ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ.
It-shall-come-out, a-mankind, out of-the-one of-a-whorling-to of-it, and it-shall-authority-belong-of of-placeedness-belongings-to of-much; and it-shall-be-en-lofteed the-one of-a-Gôg a-ruling-of, and it-shall-be-largened the-one a-ruling-of of-it.
24:7 βασιλεια 1°] + αυτου A F
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:8 θεὸς ὡδήγησεν αὐτὸν ἐξ Αἰγύπτου, ὡς δόξα μονοκέρωτος αὐτῷ· ἔδεται ἔθνη ἐχθρῶν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὰ πάχη αὐτῶν ἐκμυελιεῖ, καὶ ταῖς βολίσιν αὐτοῦ κατατοξεύσει ἐχθρόν.
a-Deity(El) it-way-led-unto to-it out of-an-Aiguptos, as a-reckonedness of-a-stayeed-horning unto-it; it-shall-eat to-placeedness-belongings-to of-en-enmitied of-it, and to-the-ones to-thickeednesses of-them it-shall-marrow-out-to, and unto-the-ones unto-casteeings of-it it-shall-bow-down-of to-en-enmitied.
Note: it-shall-bow-down-of : as in bow and arrow.
24:8 θεος] pr ο A F | εκμυελει B A* (εκμυελιει A1 F)
[Appendix] εκχθρων A
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:9 κατακλιθεὶς ἀνεπαύσατο ὡς λέων καὶ ὡς σκύμνος· τίς ἀναστήσει αὐτόν; οἱ εὐλογοῦντές σε εὐλόγηνται, καὶ οἱ καταρώμενοί σε κεκατήρανται.
Having-been-clined-down it-ceased-up as a-lion and as a-cub; what-one it-shall-ever-a-one-stand to-it? The-ones goodly-fortheeing-unto to-thee they-had-come-to-be-goodly-fortheed-unto and the-ones down-cursing-unto to-thee they-had-come-to-be-down-cursed-unto.
24:9 ηυλογηνται A | καικατηρανται A
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:10 καὶ ἐθυμώθη Βάλακ ἐπὶ Βαλαάμ, καὶ συνεκρότησεν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτοῦ· καὶ εἶπεν Βάλακ πρὸς Βαλαάμ Καταρᾶσθαι τὸν ἐχθρόν μου κέκληκά σε, καὶ ἰδοὺ εὐλογῶν εὐλόγησας τρίτον τοῦτο.
And it-was-en-passioned, a-Balak, upon to-a-Balaam, and it-clattered-together-unto unto-the-ones unto-hands of-it; and it-had-said, a-Balak, toward to-a-Balaam, To-down-curse-unto to-the-one to-en-enmitied of-me I-had-come-to-call-unto to-thee, and thou-should-have-had-seen, goodly-fortheeing-unto thou-goodly-fortheed-unto to-third to-the-one-this.
24:10 καταρασθαι B (θαι sup ras)] καταρασασθαι A F (καταρασασθε) | τουτο τριτον A F
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:11 νῦν οὖν φεῦγε εἰς τὸν τόπον σου· εἶπα Τιμήσω σε, καὶ νῦν ἐστέρεσέν σε Κύριος τῆς δόξης.
Now accordingly thou-should-flee into to-the-one to-an-occasion of-thee; I-said, I-shall-valuate-unto to-thee, and now it-destituted-unto to-thee, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), of-the-one of-a-reckonedness.
24:11 τοπον] το sup ras B? vid | εστερησεν Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:12 καὶ εἶπεν Βαλαὰμ πρὸς Βάλακ Οὐχὶ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις σου οὓς ἀπέστειλας πρὸς μὲ ἐλάλησα λέγων
And it-had-said, a-Balaam, toward to-a-Balak, Unto-not and unto-the-ones unto-leadeeers of-thee to-which thou-set-off toward to-me I-spoke-unto forthing,
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:13 Ἐάν μοι δῷ Βάλακ πλήρη τὸν οἶκον αὐτοῦ ἀργυρίου καὶ χρυσίου, οὐ δυνήσομαι παραβῆναι τὸ ῥῆμα Κυρίου, ποιῆσαι αὐτὸ πονηρὸν ἢ καλὸν παρ' ἐμαυτοῦ· ὅσα ἐὰν εἴπῃ ὁ θεός, ταῦτα ἐρῶ.
If-ever unto-me it-might-have-had-given, a-Balak, to-fullinged to-the-one to-a-house of-it of-a-silverlet and of-a-goldlet, not I-shall-able to-have-had-stepped-beside to-the-one to-an-uttering-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-have-done-unto to-it to-en-necessitated or to-seemly beside of-myself; to-which-a-which if-ever it-might-have-had-said, the-one a-Deity, to-the-ones-these I-shall-utter.
24:13 δω μοι A F | πληρης A | καλον η πονηρον A F | εαν 2°] αν F | ειπη] + μοι A F
[Appendix] πα|ρευμαυτου F
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:14 καὶ νῦν ἰδοὺ ἀποτρέχω εἰς τὸν τόπον μου· δεῦρο συμβουλεύσω σοι τί ποιήσει ὁ λαὸς οὗτος τὸν λαόν σου ἐπ' ἐσχάτου τῶν ἡμερῶν.
And now thou-should-have-had-seen, I-circuit-off into to-the-one to-an-occasion of-me; thou-should-be-en-hithered-of, I-shall-purpose-together-of unto-thee to-what-one it-shall-do-unto, the-one a-people the-one-this, to-the-one to-a-people of-thee upon of-most-bordered of-the-ones of-dayednesses.
24:14 τοπον] οικον F
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:15 καὶ ἀναλαβὼν τὴν παραβολὴν αὐτοῦ εἶπεν Φησὶν Βαλαὰμ υἱὸς Βεώρ, φησὶν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ὁ ἀληθινὸς ὁρῶν,
And having-had-taken-up to-the-one to-a-casting-beside of-it it-had-said, It-declareth, a-Balaam a-son of-a-Beôr, it-declareth, the-one a-mankind the-one un-secluded-belonged-to seeeeing-unto,
24:15 Βαιωρ A | αληθεινως A F
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:16 ἀκούων λόγια θεοῦ, ἐπιστάμενος ἐπιστήμην παρὰ Ὑψίστου, καὶ ὅρασιν θεοῦ ἰδών, ἐν ὕπνῳ, ἀποκεκαλυμμένοι οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ·
hearing to-fortheelets of-a-Deity(El), standing-upon to-a-standing-upon-of beside of-most-lofteed, and to-a-seeeeing of-a-Deity(Shaday) having-had-seen, in unto-a-sleep, having-had-come-to-be-shrouded-off the-ones eyes of-it;
24:16 om παρα A F | ιδων· εν υπνω B Avid F | απεκαλ. A
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:17 δείξω αὐτῷ, καὶ οὐχὶ νῦν· μακαρίζω, καὶ οὐκ ἐγγίζει· ἀνατελεῖ ἄστρον ἐξ Ἰακώβ, καὶ ἀναστήσεται ἄνθρωπος ἐξ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ θραύσει τοὺς ἀρχηγοὺς Μωάβ, καὶ προνομεύσει πάντας υἱοὺς Σήθ.
I-shall-en-show unto-it, and unto-not now; I-bless-to, and not it-neareth-to; it-shall-finish-up, an-en-starring, out of-an-Iakôb, and it-shall-stand-up, a-mankind out of-an-Israêl, and it-shall-crush to-the-ones to-first-led of-a-Môab, and it-shall-parcelee-before-of to-all to-sons of-a-Sêth.
24:17 υιους] pr τους A
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:18 καὶ ἔσται Ἐδὼμ κληρονομία, καὶ ἔσται κληρονομία Ἠσαὺ ὁ ἐχθρὸς αὐτοῦ· καὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἐποίησεν ἐν ἰσχύι.
And it-shall-be an-Edôm a-lot-parceleeing-unto, and it-shall-be a-lot-parceleeing-unto an-Êsau the-one en-enmitied of-it; and an-Israêl it-did-unto in unto-a-force-holding.
24:18 εχθρος] αδελφος F* (εχρος [sic] F1 mg)
[Appendix] ισχυει B* (ισχυι Ba b)
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:19 καὶ ἐξεγερθήσεται ἐξ Ἰακώβ, καὶ ἀπολεῖ σωζόμενον ἐκ πόλεως.
and it-shall-be-roused-out out of-an-Iakôb, and it-shall-destruct-off to-being-saved-to out of-a-city.
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:20 καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ἀμαλὴκ καὶ ἀναλαβὼν τὴν παραβολὴν αὐτοῦ εἶπεν Ἀρχὴ ἐθνῶν Ἀμαλήκ, καὶ τὸ σπέρμα αὐτῶν ἀπολεῖται.
And having-had-seen to-the-one to-an-Amalêk and having-had-taken-up to-the-one to-a-casting-beside of-it it-had-said, A-firsting of-placeedness-belongings-to an-Amalêk, and the-one a-whorling-to of-them it-shall-have-destructed-off.
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:21 καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Κεναῖον καὶ ἀναλαβὼν τὴν παραβολὴν αὐτοῦ εἶπεν Ἰσχυρὰ ἡ κατοικία σου· καὶ ἐὰν θῇς ἐν πέτρᾳ τὴν νοσσιάν σου,
And having-had-seen to-the-one to-Ken-belonged and having-had-taken-up to-the-one to-a-casting-beside of-it it-had-said, Force-held the-one a-housing-down-unto of-thee; and if-ever thou-might-have-had-placed in unto-a-rockedness to-the-one to-a-nestling-unto of-thee,
24:21 Κεναιον] Καινεον A | κατοικια] κατοικησις F
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:22 καὶ ἐὰν γένηται τῷ Βεὼρ νεοσσιὰ πανουργίας, Ἀσσύριοί σε αἰχμαλωτεύσουσιν.
and if-ever it-might-have-had-became unto-the-one unto-a-Beôr, a-nestling-unto of-an-all-working-unto, Assur-belonged to-thee they-shall-spear-capture-of.
24:22 Βαιωρ A | νοσσια Ba b A F | Συριοι B* (Ασσυριοι Ba b) | σε αιχμ.] αιχμ. σε A F1 mg αιχμ. αυτον F*
[Appendix] πανουργειας F
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:23 καὶ ἰδὼν τὸν Ὢγ καὶ ἀναλαβὼν τὴν παραβολὴν αὐτοῦ εἶπεν Ὣ ὤ, τίς ζήσεται ὅταν θῇ ταῦτα ὁ θεός;
And having-had-seen to-the-one to-an-Ôg and having-had-taken-up to-the-one to-a-casting-beside of-it it-had-said, Oh oh, what-one it-shall-life-unto which-also-ever it-might-have-had-placed to-the-ones-these, the-one a-Deity(El)?
24:23 om και ιδων τον Ωγ F | θη Ba b A F] ελθη B*
(1451 B.C. Bul 19; Sabbath)
Num 24:24 καὶ ἐξελεύσεται ἐκ χειρὸς Κιτιαίων, καὶ κακώσουσιν Ἀσσούρ, καὶ κακώσουσιν Ἐβραίους, καὶ αὐτοὶ ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἀπολοῦνται.
And it-shall-come-out out of-a-hand of-Kit-belonged, and they-shall-en-wedge-wedge to-an-Assour, and they-shall-en-wedge-wedge to-Ebra-belonged, and them passioned-along they-shall-destruct-off.
24:24 χειρος B* F] χειρων Ba b A | Κητιαιων A | Εβραιους] Εβερ Fa mg
(1451 B.C. Bul 20-30; Bul 26 Sabbath)
Num 24:25 καὶ ἀναστὰς Βαλαὰμ ἀπῆλθεν, ἀποστραφεὶς εἰς τὸν τόπον αὐτοῦ· καὶ Βάλακ ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ἑαυτόν.
And having-had-stood-up, a-Balaam, it-had-came-off having-had-been-beturned-off into to-the-one to-an-occasion of-it; and a-Balak it-had-came-off toward to-self.
(1451 B.C. Bul 20-30; Bul 26 Sabbath)
Num 25:1 Καὶ κατέλυσεν Ἰσραὴλ ἐν Σαττείν· καὶ ἐβεβηλώθη ὁ λαὸς ἐκπορνεῦσαι εἰς τὰς θυγατέρας Μωάβ.
And it-loosed-down, an-Israêl, in unto-a-Sattein; and it-was-en-step-stepped-of the-one a-people to-have-harloted-out-of into to-the-ones to-daughters of-a-Môab.
Note: it-was-en-step-stepped-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.
25:1 Σαττειμ F | om εκπορνευσαι F* (hab F1 mg)
(1451 B.C. Bul 20-30; Bul 26 Sabbath)
Num 25:2 καὶ ἐκάλεσαν αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ταῖς θυσίαις τῶν εἰδώλων αὐτῶν, καὶ ἔφαγεν ὁ λαὸς τῶν θυσιῶν αὐτῶν καὶ προσεκύνησαν τοῖς εἰδώλοις αὐτῶν,
And they-called-unto to-them upon unto-the-ones unto-surgings-unto of-the-ones of-images of-them, and it-had-devoured, the-one a-people, of-the-ones of-surgings-unto of-them and they-kissed-toward-unto unto-the-ones unto-images of-them,
25:2 επι ταις θυσιαις] εις τας θυσιας A F | προσεκυνησεν A
(1451 B.C. Bul 20-30; Bul 26 Sabbath)
Num 25:3 καὶ ἐτελέσθη Ἰσραὴλ τῷ Βεελφεγώρ· καὶ ὠργίσθη θυμῷ Κύριος τῷ Ἰσραήλ.
and it-was-finished-unto, an-Israêl, unto-the-one unto-a-Beelfegôr; and it-was-stressed-to unto-a-passion, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-an-Israêl.
25:3 ετελεσθη] ετελεσθησαν A εζευχθη Fa? mg | om Ισραηλ 1° A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 1)
Num 25:4 καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ Λάβε πάντας τοὺς ἀρχηγοὺς τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ παραδειγμάτισον αὐτοὺς Κυρίῳ ἀπέναντι τοῦ ἡλίου, καὶ ἀποστραφήσεται ὀργὴ Κυρίου ἀπὸ Ἰσραήλ.
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês, Thou-should-have-had-taken to-all to-the-ones to-first-led of-the-one of-a-people and thou-should-have-showing-beside-toed-to to-them unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) off-in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-sun, and it-shall-have-been-beturned-off a-stressing of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) off an-Israêl.
Note: thou-should-have-showing-beside-toed-to : Greek PARADEIGMATIZW, PARADEIGMA (a-showing-beside-to) incorporated into a Verb; used to refer to applying a showing-beside-to; i.e. in Active voice to show something by ensample, in Passive voice to be shown by ensample, in Middle voice to show by ensample to oneself.
25:4 τω Μωυση] προς Μωυσην A | om παντας A F | Κυριω] pr τω A F | απεναντι] κατεναντι A F | ηλιου] λαου A | οργη] + θυμου Ba b A F
[Appendix] παραδιγματισον B* A F (παραδειγ. Ba? b)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 1)
Num 25:5 καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς ταῖς φυλαῖς Ἰσραήλ Ἀποκτείνατε ἕκαστος τὸν οἰκεῖον αὐτοῦ τὸν τετελεσμένον τῷ Βεελφεγώρ.
And it-had-said, a-Môusês, unto-the-ones unto-tribings of-an-Israêl, Ye-should-have-killed-off, each, to-the-one to-house-belonged of-it to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-be-finished-unto unto-the-one unto-a-Beelfegôr.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 1)
Num 25:6 καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄνθρωπος τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐλθὼν προσήγαγεν τὸν ἀδελφὸν αὐτοῦ πρὸς τὴν Μαδιανεῖτιν ἐναντίον Μωυσῆ καὶ ἔναντι πάσης συναγωγῆς υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, αὐτοὶ δὲ ἔκλαιον παρὰ τὴν θύραν τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου.
And thou-should-have-had-seen, a-mankind of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl having-had-came it-had-led-toward to-the-one to-brethrened of-it toward to-the-one to-a-Madian-belongeress to-ever-a-oned-in of-a-Môusês and in-ever-a-one of-all of-a-leading-together of-sons of-an-Israêl, them then-also they-were-sob-belonging beside to-the-one to-a-portaledness of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet.
25:6 Μαδιανιτιν A F | εναντιον] εναντι A | εναντι] εναντιον Ba b A F | την θυραν] τας θυρας F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 1)
Num 25:7 καὶ ἰδὼν Φεινεὲς υἱὸς Ἐλεαζὰρ υἱὸς Ἀαρὼν τοῦ ἱερέως ἐξανέστη ἐκ μέσου τῆς συναγωγῆς, καὶ λαβὼν σειρομάστην ἐν τῇ χειρὶ
And having-had-seen, a-Feinees a-son of-an-Eleazar a-son of-an-Aarôn of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of, it-had-stood-up-out out of-middle of-the-one of-a-leading-together, and having-had-taken to-a-plaited-thrasher in unto-the-one unto-a-hand,
Note: to-a-plaited-thrasher : used to refer to a multipurpose spear which was plaited for grip and balance, and could be thrown.
25:7 Φινεες A F | υιος 2°] υιου A F
[Appendix] σιρομαστην F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 1)
Num 25:8 εἰσῆλθεν ὀπίσω τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦ Ἰσραηλείτου εἰς τὴν κάμινον, καὶ ἀπεκέντησεν ἀμφοτέρους, τόν τε ἄνθρωπον τὸν Ἰσραηλείτην καὶ τὴν γυναῖκα διὰ τῆς μήτρας αὐτῆς· καὶ ἐπαύσατο ἡ πληγὴ ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.
it-had-came-into aback-unto-which of-the-one of-a-mankind of-the-one of-an-Israêl-belonger into to-the-one to-a-furnace, and it-pricked-off-unto to-more-around, to-the-one also to-a-mankind to-the-one to-an-Israêl-belonger and to-the-one to-a-woman through of-the-one of-an-en-motheredness of-it; and it-ceased, the-one a-smiting, off of-sons of-an-Israêl.
Note: of-an-en-motheredness : used to refer to the womb.
25:8 Ισραηλιτου Bb F | Ισραηλιτην Bb F Ισραηλιτιν A | υιων] pr των A F
[Appendix] καμεινον B* A (καμιν. Bb)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 1)
Num 25:9 καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ τεθνηκότες ἐν τῇ πληγῇ τέσσαρες καὶ εἴκοσι χιλιάδες.
And they-had-became, the-ones having-had-come-to-die-off in unto-the-one unto-a-smiting, four and twenty thousands.
25:9 εικοσει F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 1)
Num 25:10 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 1)
Num 25:11 Φινεὲς υἱὸς Ἐλεαζὰρ υἱὸς Ἀαρὼν τοῦ ἱερέως κατέπαυσεν τὸν θυμόν μου ἀπὸ υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐν τῷ ζηλῶσαί μου τὸν ζῆλον ἐν αὐτοῖς, καὶ οὐκ ἐξανήλωσα τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ ἐν τῷ ζήλῳ μου.
A-Finees a-son of-an-Eleazar a-son of-an-Aarôn of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of it-ceased-down to-the-one to-a-passion of-me off of-sons of-an-Israêl in unto-the-one to-have-en-craved of-me to-the-one to-a-crave in unto-them, and not I-other-alonged-up-out to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl in unto-the-one unto-a-crave of-me.
Note: a-son [2nd] in 03 : of-a-son in 02 03C1 03C2.
25:11 υιος 2°] υιου Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 1)
Num 25:12 οὕτως εἰπόν Ἰδοὺ ἐγὼ δίδωμι αὐτῷ διαθήκην εἰρήνης,
Unto-the-one-this thou-should-have-said, Thou-should-have-had-seen, I I-give unto-it to-a-placement-through of-a-joinifying, thou-should-have-said
25:12 διαθ. ειρ.] pr την διαθηκην μου A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 1)
Num 25:13 καὶ ἔσται αὐτῷ καὶ τῷ σπέρματι αὐτοῦ μετ' αὐτὸν διαθήκη ἱερατίας αἰωνία, ἀνθ' ὧν ἐζήλωσεν τῷ θεῷ αὐτοῦ καὶ ἐξιλάσατο περὶ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.
and it-shall-be unto-it and unto-the-one unto-a-whorling-to of-it with to-it a-placement-through of-a-sacredering-unto age-belonged, ever-a-one of-which it-en-craved unto-the-one unto-a-Deity(Elohim) of-it and it-sectionated-out about of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl.
25:13 μετ αυτου A | αιωνιας F
[Appendix] ιερατειας Ba? b A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 1)
Num 25:14 τὸ δὲ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τοῦ Ἰσραηλείτου τοῦ πεπληγότος, ὃς ἐπλήγη μετὰ τῆς Μαδιανείτιδος, Ζαμβρεί, υἱὸς Σαλμών, ἄρχων οἴκου πατριᾶς τῶν Συμεών·
The-one then-also a-naming-to of-the-one of-a-mankind of-the-one of-an-Israêl-belonger of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-smit which it-had-been-smitten with of-the-one of-a-Madian-belongeress, a-Zambrei, a-son of-a-Salmôn firsting of-a-house of-a-fathering-unto of-the-ones of-a-Sumeôn;
Note: of-having-had-come-to-smit (PEPLHGOTOS) : the Active form of PLHSSW (to-smit) requires an explanation, while the Passive form to-be-smitten is commonly understood. smit is the obsolete form that yielded smitten, which carries over into the Greek and its meaning is in the sense of converging into a smiting.
25:14 Ισραηλιτου Bb A | Μαδειανειτιδος B* Μαδιανιτιδος Bb A F | Ζαμβρι A F | Σαλμων] Σαλω A Σαλωμ F | πατριας των Σ.] πατριας Σ. A πατρια Σ. F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 1)
Num 25:15 καὶ ὄνομα τῇ γυναικὶ τῇ Μαδιανείτιδι τῇ πεπληγυίᾳ Χασβεί, θυγάτηρ Σοὺρ ἄρχοντος ἔθνους Ὀμμόθ· οἴκου πατριᾶς ἐστιν τῶν Μαδιάν.
anda-naming-to unto-the-one unto-a-woman unto-the-one unto-a-Madian-belongeress unto-the-one unto-having-had-come-to-smit, a-Chasbei a-daughter of-a-Sour of-firsting of-a-placeedness-belonging-to of-an-Ommoth; of-a-house of-a-fathering-unto it-be of-the-ones of-a-Madian;
Note: unto-having-had-come-to-smit (PEPLHGUIA) : the Active form of PLHSSW (to-smit) requires an explanation, while the Passive form to-be-smitten is commonly understood. smit is the obsolete form that yielded smitten, which carries over into the Greek and its meaning is in the sense of converging into a smiting.
25:15 Μαδιανιτιδι Bb A F | Χασβι A F | Ομμοθ] Σομμωθ A F | Μαδιαμ A F
[Appendix] πεπληγυιη B
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 1)
Num 25:16 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων Λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing, Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl forthing,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 1)
Num 25:17 Ἐχθραίνετε τοῖς Μαδιηναίοις καὶ πατάξατε αὐτούς,
Ye-should-en-enmity unto-the-ones unto-Madiên-belonged and ye-should-have-smote to-them,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 1)
Num 25:18 ὅτι ἐχθραίνουσιν αὐτοὶ ὑμῖν ἐν δολιότητι, ὅσα δολιοῦσιν ὑμᾶς διὰ Φογώρ, καὶ διὰ Χασβεὶ θυγατέρα ἄρχοντος Μαδιὰν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῶν, τὴν πεπληγυῖαν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς πληγῆς διὰ Φογώρ.
to-which-a-one they-en-enmity, them, unto-ye in unto-a-guile-belongness, to-which-a-which they-en-guile-belong to-ye through to-a-Fogôr and through to-a-Chasbei to-a-daughter of-firsting of-a-Madian to-brethrened of-them to-the-one to-having-had-come-to-smit in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness of-the-one of-a-smiting through to-a-Fogôr.
Note: to-having-had-come-to-smit (PEPLHGUIAN) : the Active form of PLHSSW (to-smit) requires an explanation, while the Passive form to-be-smitten is commonly understood. smit is the obsolete form that yielded smitten, which carries over into the Greek and its meaning is in the sense of converging into a smiting.
25:18 Χασβι A F | Μαδιαμ A F | αδελφην] pr την A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 2)
Num 26:1 Καὶ ἐγένετο μετὰ τὴν πληγὴν καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ πρὸς Ἐλεαζὰρ τὸν ἱερέα λέγων
And it-had-became with to-the-one to-a-smiting and it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês and toward to-an-Eleazar to-the-one to-a-sacreder-of forthing,
26:1 Μωυσην] + λεγων A | om προς 2° Ba b F | Ελαζαρ A* (ε superscr A1)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 2)
Num 26:2 Λάβε τὴν ἀρχὴν πάσης συναγωγῆς υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, πᾶς ὁ ἐκπορευόμενος παρατάξασθαι ἐν Ἰσραήλ.
Thou-should-have-had-taken to-the-one to-a-firsting of-all of-a-leading-together of-sons of-an-Israêl off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them, all the-one traversing-out-of to-have-arranged-beside in unto-an-Israêl.
26:2 συναγωγης] pr της A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 2)
Num 26:3 καὶ ἐλάλησεν Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἐλεαζὰρ ὁ ἱερεὺς ἐν ἀραβὼθ Μωὰβ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου κατὰ Ἰερειχὼ λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, a-Môusês and an-Eleazar the-one a-sacreder-of, in unto-an-Arabôth of-a-Môab upon of-the-one of-an-Iordanês down to-an-Iereichô forthing,
26:3 Ελεαζαρ ο ιερευς] om ο ιερευς A + μετ αυτων A F | Ιεριχω Bb A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 2)
Num 26:4 Ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, ὃν τρόπον συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ, σὺ καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ οἱ ἐξελθόντες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου.
Off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, to-which to-a-turn it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês, thou and the-ones sons of-an-Israêl the-ones having-had-came-out out of-an-Aiguptos.
26:4 om συ A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 3 Sabbath; Chisleu 4)
Num 26:5 Ῥουβὴν πρωτότοκος Ἰσραήλ. υἱοὶ δὲ Ῥουβήν· Ἑνώχ, καὶ δῆμος τοῦ Ἑνώχ· τῷ Φαλλού, δῆμος τοῦ Φαλλουεί·
A-Roubên most-before-creationed of-an-Israêl. Sons then-also of-a-Roubên; a-Henôch, and a-locality of-the-one of-a-Henôch; unto-the-one unto-a-Fallou, a-locality of-the-one of-a-Fallouei.
26:5 Φαλλου] Φαυλου B | του Φαλλουει] ο Φαλλουι F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:6 τῷ Ἁσρών, δῆμος τοῦ Ἁσρωνεί· τῷ Χαρμεί, δῆμος τοῦ Χαρμεί.
unto-the-one unto-a-Hasrôn, a-locality of-the-one of-a-Hasrônei; unto-the-one unto-a-Charmei, a-locality of-the-one of-a-Charmei.
26:6 Ασρωμ A | Χαρμει 2°] Χαρμι A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:7 οὗτοι δῆμοι Ῥουβήν· καὶ ἐγένετο ἡ ἐπίσκεψις αὐτῶν τρεῖς καὶ τεσσεράκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ ἑπτακόσιοι καὶ τριάκοντα.
The-ones-these localities of-a-Roubên; and it-had-became the-one a-scouting-upon of-them three and forty thousands and seven-hundred and thirty.
26:7 τριακοντα] πεντηκοντα A
[Appendix] τεσσαρακ. Bb (item 31) | χειλ. B* (χιλ. Bb: item 47, 50, 51)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4; Eliab b. 1652 B.C.)
Num 26:8 καὶ υἱοὶ Φαλλού· Ἐλιάβ.
And sons of-a-Fallou; an-Eliab.
26:8 υιοι] pr οι F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4; Nemuel-Dathan-Abiram b. 1600-1597-1594 B.C.)
Num 26:9 καὶ υἱοὶ Ἐλιάβ· Ναμουὴλ καὶ Δαθὰν καὶ Ἀβειρών· οὗτοι ἐπίκλητοι τῆς συναγωγῆς, οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ ἐπισυστάντες ἐπὶ Μωυσῆν καὶ Ἀαρὼν ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ Κόρε ἐν τῇ ἐπισυστάσει Κυρίου·
And sons of-an-Eliab; a-Namouêl and a-Dathan and an-Abeirôn; the-ones-these called-upon of-the-one of-a-leading-together, the-ones-these they-be the-ones having-stood-together-upon upon to-a-Môusês and to-an-Aarôn in unto-the-one unto-a-leading-together of-a-Kore in unto-the-one unto-a-standing-together-upon of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh);
26:9 υιοι] pr οι F | Δαθαν] Ναθαν F* (Δαθαν F1 mg) | επισυσταντες (επισυνστ. F) B F] επισταντες A | Κυριου] pr εναντιον F
[Appendix] επισυστασι B* (επισυστασει Ba? b)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:10 καὶ ἀνοίξασα ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς κατέπιεν αὐτοὺς καὶ Κόρε ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ αὐτοῦ, ὅτε κατέφαγεν τὸ πῦρ τοὺς πεντήκοντα καὶ διακοσίους, καὶ ἐγενήθησαν ἐν σημείῳ.
and having-opened-up, the-one a-soil, to-the-one to-a-becutteeing-to of-it it-had-drank-down to-them and to-a-Kore in unto-the-one unto-a-leading-together of-it, which-also it-had-devoured-down, the-one a-fire, to-the-ones to-fifty and to-two-hundred, and they-were-became in unto-a-signlet-of.
26:10 τη συναγωγη] τω θανατω της συναγωγης Ba b A F1 (τω θανατω F1 mg της F1 συναγωγης F1? a?) | διακοσιους] + ανδρας F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:11 οἱ δὲ υἱοὶ Κόρε οὐκ ἀπέθανον.
The-ones then-also sons of-a-Kore not they-had-died-off.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:12 Καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Συμεών· ὁ δῆμος τῶν υἱῶν Συμεών· τῷ Ναμουήλ, δῆμος ὁ Ναμουηλεί· τῷ Ἰαμείν, δῆμος ὁ Ἰαμινεί· τῷ Ἰαχείν, δῆμος ὁ Ἰαχινεί·
And the-ones sons of-a-Sumeôn; the-one a-locality of-the-ones of-sons of-a-Sumeôn; unto-the-one unto-a-Namouêl, a-locality the-one of-a-Namouêlei; unto-the-one unto-an-Iamein, a-locality the-one of-an-Iaminei; unto-the-one unto-an-Iachein, a-locality the-one of-an-Iachinei;
26:12 οι υιοι] om οι F | ο δημος] om ο A | Ναμουηλι F | Ιαμιν A | Ιαμινει] Ιαμινι A Ιαμειν F | Ιαχινει] Ιαχεινι A Fvid
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:13 τῷ Ζάρα, δῆμος ὁ Ζαραεί· τῷ Σαούλ, δῆμος ὁ Σαουλεί.
unto-the-one unto-a-Zara, a-locality the-one of-a-Zaraei; unto-the-one unto-a-Saoul, a-locality the-one of-a-Saoulei.
26:13 Ζαραι F | Σαουλι F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:14 οὗτοι δῆμοι Συμεὼν ἐκ τῆς ἐπισκέψεως αὐτῶν, δύο καὶ εἴκοσι χιλιάδες καὶ διακόσιοι.
The-ones-these localities of-a-Sumeôn out of-the-one of-a-scouting-upon of-them, two and twenty thousands and two-hundred.
26:14 [Appendix] χειλ. B A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:15 (Num 26:19) Υἱοὶ δὲ Ἰούδα· Ἤρ καὶ Αὐνάν· καὶ ἀπέθανεν Ἤρ καὶ Αὐνὰν ἐν γῇ Χανάαν.
(Num 26:19) Sons then-also of-an-Ioudas; an-Êr and an-Aunan; and it-had-died-off, an-Êr and an-Aunan, in unto-a-soil of-a-Chanaan.
26:15 Αυναν] + και Σηλω̅̅ (Σηλωμ sine και F) και Φαρες και Ζαρα A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:16 (Num 26:20) ἐγένοντο δὲ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰούδα κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν· τῷ Σηλών, δῆμος ὁ Σηλωνεί· τῷ Φάρες, δῆμος ὁ Φάρες· τῷ Ζάρα, δῆμος ὁ Ζαραεί.
(Num 26:20) They-had-became then-also the-ones sons of-an-Ioudas down to-localities of-them; unto-the-one unto-a-Sêlôn, a-locality the-one of-a-Sêlônei; unto-the-one unto-a-Fares, a-locality the-one of-a-Fares; unto-the-one unto-a-Zara, a-locality the-one of-a-Zaraei.
26:16 εγενοντο δε] και εγενοντο A F | οι υιοι] om οι Ba b A | Σηλωμ F | Σηλωνι A F | Φαρες 2°] Φαρεσει F | Ζαραι F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:17 (Num 26:21) καὶ ἐγένετο υἱοὶ Φάρες· τῷ Ἁσρών, δῆμος ὁ Ἁσρωνεί· τῷ Ἰαμούν, δῆμος ὁ Ἰαμουνεί.
(Num 26:21) And it-had-became sons of-a-Fares; unto-the-one unto-a-Hasrôn, a-locality the-one of-a-Hasrônei; unto-the-one unto-an-Iamoun, a-locality the-one of-an-Iamounei.
26:17 εγενετο] εγενοντο Ba A F | υιοι] pr οι F | Αστρων (sic) A | Ασρωνι A F | Ιαμουν] Ιαμουηλ A F | Ιαμουνει] Ιαμουηλι A Ιεμουηλι F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:18 (Num 26:22) οὗτοι δῆμοι τῷ Ἰούδα κατὰ τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτῶν, ἓξ καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ πεντακόσιοι.
(Num 26:22) The-ones-these localities unto-the-one unto-an-Ioudas down to-the-one to-a-scouteeing-upon of-them, six and seventy thousands and five-hundred.
26:18 δημω B* (δημοι Ba b) | τω Ιουδα] του Ι. A | επισκοπην] επισκεψιν A
[Appendix] χειλ. B (item 21, 23, 26, 31, 38 [B F], 41, 45, 62)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:19 (Num 26:23) Καὶ υἱοὶ Ἰσσαχὰρ κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν· τῷ Θωλά, δῆμος ὁ Θωλαεί· τῷ Φουά, δῆμος ὁ Φουαεί·
(Num 26:23) And sons of-an-Issachar down to-localities of-them; unto-the-one unto-a-Thôla, a-locality the-one of-a-Thôlaei; unto-the-one unto-a-Foua, a-locality the-one of-a-Fouaei;
26:19 υιοι] pr οι F | Θωλαι A F | φουει B* vid (Φουαει B1) Φουαι A Φου|.ι F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:20 (Num 26:24) τῷ Ἰασούβ, δῆμος Ἰασουβεί· τῷ Σαμαράμ, δῆμος ὁ Σαμαρανεί.
(Num 26:24) unto-the-one unto-an-Iasoub, a-locality of-an-Iasoubei; unto-the-one unto-a-Samaram, a-locality the-one of-a-Samaranei.
26:20 Ιασουβ] Ρασουβ F* (Ιασ. F1) | Ιασουβει] ο Ιασουβι A F | Σαμαραμ] Σαμραμ Ba F Αμβραν A | Σαμαρανει] Σαμραμει Ba b Αμβραμει A Σαμβραμι F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:21 (Num 26:25) οὗτοι δῆμοι Ἰσσαχὰρ ἐξ ἐπισκέψεως αὐτῶν, τέσσαρες καὶ ἑξήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ τριακόσιοι.
(Num 26:25) The-ones-these localities of-an-Issachar out of-a-scouting-upon of-them, four and sixty thousands and three-hundred.
Note: three-hundred in 03 : four-hundred in 02 is correct. Hebrew assimilation. This along with corrections to Gad, Aser, Manasses and Nefthalei resolves the sum in Num_26:51.
26:21 τριακοσιοι] τετρακοσιοι A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:22 (Num 26:26) Υἱοὶ Ζαβουλὼν κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν· τῷ Σάρεδ, δῆμος ὁ Σαρεδεί· τῷ Ἀλλών, δῆμος ὁ Ἀλλωνεί· τῷ Ἀλλήλ, δῆμος ὁ Ἀλληλεί.
(Num 26:26) Sons of-a-Zaboulôn down to-localities of-them; unto-the-one unto-a-Sared, a-locality the-one of-a-Saredei; unto-the-one unto-an-Allôn, a-locality the-one of-an-Allônei; unto-the-one unto-an-Allêl, a-locality the-one of-an-Allêlei.
26:22 Σαρεδει] ante ει ras 1 li B? vid Σαρεδι F | Αλλωνι A F | Αλληλ] A..hl F | Αλληλει] ο Αλληλι A Fvid
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:23 (Num 26:27) οὗτοι δῆμοι Ζαβουλὼν ἐξ ἐπισκέψεως αὐτῶν, ἑξήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ πεντακόσιοι.
(Num 26:27) The-ones-these localities of-a-Zaboulôn out of-a-scouting-upon of-them, sixty thousands and five-hundred.
Zebulun - (C.H.) Count up from Num_1:31, 57,400.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:24 (Num 26:15) Υἱοὶ Γὰδ κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν· τῷ Σαφών, δῆμος ὁ Σαφωνεί· τῷ Ἁγγεί, δῆμος ὁ Ἁγγεί· τῷ Σουνεί, δῆμος ὁ Σουνεί,
(Num 26:15) Sons of-a-Gad down to-localities of-them; unto-the-one unto-a-Safôn, a-locality the-one of-a-Safônei; unto-the-one unto-a-Haggei, a-locality the-one of-a-Haggei; unto-the-one unto-a-Sounei, a-locality the-one of-a-Sounei,
26:24 om Σαφων δημος ο A | Σαφωνι A F | Αγγι A F (bis) | Σουνι A F (bis)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:25 (Num 26:16) τῷ Ἀζενεί, δῆμος ὁ Ἀζενεί· τῷ Ἀδδεί, δῆμος ὁ Ἀδδεί·
(Num 26:16) unto-the-one unto-an-Azenei, a-locality the-one of-an-Azenei; unto-the-one unto-an-Addei, a-locality the-one of-an-Addei;
26:25 Αζενει (bis)] Αζανει Ba b Αζαινι A F | Αδδι (bis) A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:26 (Num 26:17) τῷ Ἀροδεί, δῆμος ὁ Ἀροδεί· τῷ Ἀριήλ, δῆμος ὁ Ἀριηλεί.
(Num 26:17) unto-the-one unto-an-Arodei, a-locality the-one of-an-Arodei; unto-the-one unto-an-Ariêl, a-locality the-one of-an-Ariêlei.
26:26 Αροδει (bis)] Αροαδει Ba b (vid) Αροαδι A F | om τω Αριηλ δ. ο Αριηλει A | Αριηλι F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:27 (Num 26:18) οὗτοι δῆμοι υἱῶν Γὰδ ἐξ ἐπισκέψεως αὐτῶν, τέσσαρες καὶ τεσσεράκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ πεντακόσιοι.
(Num 26:18) The-ones-these localities of-sons of-a-Gad out of-a-scouting-upon of-them, four and forty thousands and five-hundred.
Note: four and in 02 03 : omit in Hebrew is correct. Primitive error, probably from scribing TESSERAKONTA as TESSARES KAI and then repeating TESSERAKONTA. This along with corrections to Issachar, Aser, Manasses and Nefthalei resolves the sum in Num_26:51.
26:27 υιων Γαδ] om υιων A των [Γαδ] Fvid | τεσσαρες και τεσσερακ. (τεσσαρακ. Bb) χ.] τεσσερακ. χιλ. και τετρακισχιλιοι A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:28 (Num 26:44) Υἱοὶ Ἀσὴρ κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν· τῷ Ἰαμείν, δῆμος ὁ Ἰαμεινεί· τῷ Ἰεσού, δῆμος ὁ Ἰεσουεί· τῷ Βαριά, δῆμος ὁ Βαριαεί·
(Num 26:44) Sons of-an-Asêr down to-localities of-them; unto-the-one unto-an-Iamein, a-locality the-one of-an-Iameinei; unto-the-one unto-an-Iesou, a-locality the-one of-an-Iesouei; unto-the-one unto-a-Baria, a-locality the-one of-a-Bariaei;
26:28 δημου F* (δημους F1) | Ιαμεινει] Ιαμεινι A Ιαμινι F | Ιεσου] Ιεσουι Ba b A Ιεσσουι F | Ιεσουει] Ιεσουι A Ιεσσουι F | Βαριαει Ba vid] Βαρια B* vid Βαραι A Βαριαι F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:29 (Num 26:45) τῷ Χόβερ, δῆμος ὁ Χοβερεί· τῷ Μελλιήλ, δῆμος ὁ Μελλιηλεί.
(Num 26:45) unto-the-one unto-a-Chober, a-locality the-one of-a-Choberei; unto-the-one unto-a-Melliêl, a-locality the-one of-Melliêlei.
26:29 Χοβερι A F | Μελλιηλ] Μελχειηλ Ba Μελχιηλ Bb A F | Μελλιηλει] Μελχειηλει Ba Μελχιηλει Bb Μελχιηλι A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:30 (Num 26:46) καὶ τὸ ὄνομα θυγατρὸς Ἀσὴρ Κάρα.
(Num 26:46) and the-one a-naming-to of-a-daughter of-an-Asêr a-Kara.
26:30 θυγατρος] pr της A F | Καρα] Σαρα Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:31 (Num 26:47) οὗτοι δῆμοι Ἀσὴρ ἐξ ἐπισκέψεως αὐτῶν, τρεῖς καὶ τεσσεράκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ χ´.
(Num 26:47) The-ones-these localities of-an-Asêr out of-a-scouting-upon of-them, three and forty thousands and six-hundred.
Note: forty in 02 03 : fifty in Hebrew is correct. Primitive error, probably the scribe skipping over PENTAKONTA and then later Hebrew assimilations.
Note: six-hundred in 02 03 : four-hundred in Hebrew is correct. Primitive error; this error can be attributed either here or in Dan, but the scribe appears to have been distracted here.
Note: These along with corrections to Issachar, Gad, Manasses and Nefthalei resolve the sum in Num_26:51.
26:31 χ´] εξακοσιοι A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:32 (Num 26:28) Υἱοὶ Ἰωσὴφ κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν· Μανασσὴ καὶ Ἐφράιμ.
(Num 26:28) Sons of-an-Iôsêf down to-localities of-them; a-Manassê and an-Efraim.
Note: a-Manassê in 02 03 : a-Manassês is correct; primitive assimilation.
26:32, 33 Μαννασση A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:34 (Num 26:30) καὶ οὗτοι υἱοὶ Γαλαάδ· Ἀχιέζερ, δῆμος ὁ Ἀχιεζειρεί· τῷ Χέλεγ, δῆμος ὁ Χελεγεί·
(Num 26:30) And the-ones-these sons of-a-Galaad; unto-an-Achiezer, a-locality the-one of-an-Achiezeirei; unto-the-one unto-a-Cheleg, a-locality the-one of-a-Chelegei;
26:34 Αχιεζειρει] Αχιεζερι A F | Χελεγ] Χελεκ A Χελεχ F | Χελεγει] Χελεκι A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:35 (Num 26:31) τῷ Ἐσριήλ, δῆμος ὁ Ἐσριηλεί· τῷ Σύχεμ, δῆμος ὁ Συχεμεεί·
(Num 26:31) unto-the-one unto-an-Esriêl, a-locality the-one of-an-Esriêlei; unto-the-one unto-a-Suchem, a-locality the-one of-a-Suchemeei;
26:35 Εσριηλι A F | Συχεμεει] Συχεμει Ba b Συχεμι A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:36 (Num 26:32) τῷ Συμαέρ, δῆμος ὁ Συμαερεί· καὶ Ὅφερ, δῆμος ὁ Ὁφερεί.
(Num 26:32) unto-the-one unto-a-Sumaer, a-locality the-one of-a-Sumaerei; and unto-a-Hofer, a-locality the-one of-a-Hoferei.
26:36 Συμαερι A F | Οφερ] pr τω A F | Οφερι A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:37 (Num 26:33) καὶ τῷ Σαλπαὰδ υἱῷ Ὅφερ οὐκ ἐγένοντο αὐτῷ υἱοί, ἀλλ' ἢ θυγατέρες· καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν θυγατέρων Σαλπαάδ· Μαλὰ καὶ Νουὰ καὶ Ἑγλὰ καὶ Μελχὰ καὶ Θερσά.
(Num 26:33) And unto-the-one unto-a-Salpaad unto-a-son of-a-Hofer not they-had-became unto-it sons, other or daughters, and the-ones-these the-ones namings-to of-the-ones of-daughters of-a-Salpaad; a-Mala and a-Noua and a-Hegla and a-Melcha and a-Thersa.
26:37 υιω] υ sup ras B? | om ταυτα Ba b F | ονομα F* (ονοματα F1) | Μααλα F | Νουσα F | Εγλα] Αιγλα A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:38 (Num 26:34) οὗτοι δῆμοι Μανασσὴ ἐξ ἐπισκέψεως αὐτῶν, δύο καὶ πεντήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ ἑπτακόσιοι.
(Num 26:34) The-ones-these localities of-a-Manassês out of-a-scouting-upon of-them, two and fifty thousands and seven-hundred.
Note: fifty in 03 : sixty in 02 is correct. Apparent Hebrew assimilation. This along with corrections to Issachar, Gad, Aser and Nefthalei resolves the sum in Num_26:51.
26:38 Μαννασση A | πεντηκοντα] εξηκοντα A | επτακοσιοι] πεντακοσιοι A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:39 (Num 26:35) καὶ οὗτοι υἱοὶ Ἐφράιμ· τῷ Σουτάλα, δῆμος ὁ Σουταλαεί· τῷ Τάναχ, δῆμος ὁ Ταναχεί.
(Num 26:35) And the-ones-these sons of-an-Efraim; unto-the-one unto-a-Soutala, a-locality the-one of-a-Soutalaei; unto-the-one unto-a-Tanach, a-locality the-one of-a-Tanachei.
26:39 Σουταλα] Θωσουσαλα A Σουθαλα F | Σουταλαει] Θουσαλαι A Σαουθαλαι F | Ταναχι A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:40 (Num 26:36) οὗτοι υἱοὶ Σουτάλα· τῷ Ἐδέν, δῆμος ὁ Ἐδενεί.
(Num 26:36) The-ones-these sons of-a-Soutala; unto-the-one unto-an-Eden, a-locality the-one of-an-Edenei.
26:40 Σουταλα] Θουσαλα A Σουθαλα F | Εδενι A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:41 (Num 26:37) οὗτοι δῆμοι Ἐφράιμ ἐξ ἐπισκέψεως αὐτῶν, δύο καὶ τριάκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ πεντακόσιοι· οὗτοι δῆμοι υἱῶν Ἰωσὴφ κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν.
(Num 26:37) The-ones-these localities of-an-Efraim out of-a-scouting-upon of-them, two and thirty thousands and five-hundred; the-ones-these localities of-sons of-an-Iôsêf down to-localities of-them.
26:41 [Appendix] χειλειαδες A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:42 (Num 26:38) Υἱοὶ Βενιαμεὶν κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν· τῷ Βάλε, δῆμος ὁ Βαλεεί· τῷ Ἀσυβήρ, δῆμος ὁ Ἀσυβηρεί· τῷ Ἰαχειράν, δῆμος ὁ Ἰαχειρανεί·
(Num 26:38) Sons of-a-Beniamein down to-localities of-them; unto-the-one unto-a-Bale, a-locality the-one of-a-Baleei; unto-the-one unto-an-Asubêr, a-locality the-one of-an-Asubêrie; unto-the-one unto-an-Iacheiran, a-locality the-one of-an-Iacheiranei;
26:42 Βαλει A F | Ασυβηρι A F | Ιαχειραν] Αχιραν A Αχιαν F | Ιαχειρανει] Αχιραῖ A Αχιανει F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:43 (Num 26:39) τῷ Σωφάν, δῆμος ὁ Σωφανεί.
(Num 26:39) unto-the-one unto-a-Sôfan, a-locality the-one of-a-Sôfanei.
26:43 Σωφανι A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:44 (Num 26:40) καὶ ἐγένοντο οἱ υἱοὶ Βάλε Ἀδὰρ καὶ Νοεμανεί.
(Num 26:40) And they-had-became, the-ones sons of-a-Bale, an-Adar and a-Noemanei.
26:44 οι υιοι] om οι A | Αδερ A F | Νοεμανει] Νοεμα A Νοεμαν F + δημος ο Νοεμανει Ba mg inf + δ. ο Νοεμανι A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:45 (Num 26:41) οὗτοι υἱοὶ Βενιαμεὶν κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν ἐξ ἐπισκέψεως αὐτῶν, πέντε καὶ τριάκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ πεντακόσιοι.
(Num 26:41) The-ones-theses sons of-a-Beniamein down to-localities of-them out of-a-scouting-upon of-them, five and thirty thousands and five-hundred.
26:45 υιοι] pr οι F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:46 (Num 26:42) Καὶ υἱοὶ Δὰν κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν· τῷ Σαμεί, δῆμος ὁ Σαμεί· οὗτοι δῆμοι Δὰν κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν.
(Num 26:42) And sons of-a-Dan down to-localities of-them; unto-the-one unto-a-Samei, a-locality the-one of-a-Samei; the-ones-these localities of-a-Dan down to-localities of-them.
26:46 υιοι] pr οι F | Σαμει 1°] Σαμειδη A Σαμι F | Σαμει 2°] Σαμειδηι A Σαμι F | ουτω A* (ουτοι A?)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:47 (Num 26:43) πάντες οἱ δῆμοι Σαμεὶ κατ' ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτῶν τέσσαρες καὶ ἑξήκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ χ´.
(Num 26:43) All the-ones localities of-a-Samei down to-a-scouteeing-upon of-them four and sixty thousands and six-hundred.
26:47 Σαμι F | χ´] εξακοσιοι A F
[Appendix] χειλ. A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:48 Υἱοὶ Νεφθαλεὶ κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν· τῷ Σαήλ, δῆμος ὁ Σαηλεί· τῷ Γαυνεί, δῆμος ὁ Γαυνεί·
Sons of-a-Nefthalei down to-localities of-them; unto-the-one unto-a-Saêl, a-locality the-one of-a-Saêlei; unto-the-one unto-a-Gaunei, a-locality the-one of-a-Gaunei;
26:48 Νεφθαλι A | Σαηλ] Ασηλ Ba b Ασιηλ A F | Σαηλει] Ασηλει Ba b Ασιηλ A F | Σαηλει] Ασηλει Ba b Ασιηλι A F | Γαυνει 1°] Γωυνι A Ωγυνι F | Γαυνει 2°] Γωυνι A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:49 τῷ Ἰέσερ, δῆμος ὁ Ἰεσερεί· τῷ Σελλή, δῆμος ὁ Σελλημεί.
unto-the-one unto-an-Ieser, a-locality the-one of-an-Ieserei; unto-the-one unto-a-Sellê, a-locality the-one of-a-Sellêmei.
26:49 Ιεσερ] Ιεσρι A | Ιεσερει] Ιεσρι A Ιεσερι F | Σελλη] Σελλημ A F | Σελλημι A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:50 οὗτοι δῆμοι Νεφθαλεὶ ἐξ ἐπισκέψεως αὐτῶν, τριάκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ τριακόσιοι.
The-ones-these localities of-a-Nefthalei out of-a-scouting-upon of-them, thirty thousands and three-hundred.
Note: thirty thousands and three-hundred (incorrectly listed as 03*) : forty thousands and three-hundred in 03; five and forty thousands and three-hundred in 02 is correct. Primitive scribal error. This along with corrections to Issachar, Gad, Aser and Manasses resolves the sum in Num_26:51.
26:50 Νεφθαλι A | τριακοντα] τεσσερακοντα B1? a? (τεσσαρ. Bb) πεντε και τεσσερακοντα A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 4)
Num 26:51 Αὕτη ἡ ἐπίσκεψις υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, ἑξακόσιαι χιλιάδες καὶ χίλιοι καὶ ἑπτακόσιοι τριάκοντα.
The-one-this the-one a-scouting-upon of-sons of-an-Israêl, six-hundred thousands and thousand and seven-hundred thirty.
26:51 εξακοσι A | χειλιαδες A | τριακοντα] pr και Ba b A F
Fix HS
(-1000 or -900 or 100) Isa +100
(-4000) Gad -4000
(-200 or 9800 or 10000) Ase +9800
(9800 or 10000) Man +10000
(10000 or 10100) Ben
(-200) Dan
(10000 or 10100 or 15000 or 15100 or 100) Nef + 15000
+30900 (Resolved)
Total down from Num_1:46, 603, 550.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 5)
Num 26:52 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 5)
Num 26:53 Τούτοις μερισθήσεται ἡ γῆ, κληρονομεῖν ἐξ ἀριθμοῦ ὀνομάτων·
Unto-the-ones-these it-shall-be-portioned-to the-one a-soil, to-lot-parcelee-unto out of-a-number of-namings-to;
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 5)
Num 26:54 τοῖς πλείοσιν πλεονάσεις τὴν κληρονομίαν, καὶ τοῖς ἐλάττοσιν ἐλαττώσεις τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτῶν· ἑκάστῳ καθὼς ἐπεσκέπησαν δοθήσεται ἡ κληρονομία αὐτῶν.
unto-the-ones unto-more-beyond thou-shall-beyond-to to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto, and unto-the-ones unto-lackinged-of thou-shall-en-lacken to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-them; unto-each down-as they-had-been-scouted-upon it-shall-be-given the-one a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-them.
26:54 ελαττοσι F
[Appendix] πλιοναι εις F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 5)
Num 26:55 διὰ κλήρων μερισθήσεται ἡ γῆ τοῖς ὀνόμασιν, κατὰ φυλὰς πατριῶν αὐτῶν κληρονομήσουσιν·
Through of-lots it-shall-be-portioned-to the-one a-soil unto-the-ones unto-namings-to, down to-tribings of-fatherings-unto of-them they-shall-lot-parcelee-unto;
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 5)
Num 26:56 ἐκ τοῦ κλήρου μεριεῖς τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτῶν ἀνὰ μέσον πολλῶν καὶ ὀλίγων.
out of-the-one of-a-lot thou-shall-portion-to to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-them up to-middle of-much and of-little.
26:56 κληρους A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 5)
Num 26:57 Καὶ υἱοὶ Λευεὶ κατὰ δήμους αὐτῶν· τῷ Γεδσών, δῆμος ὁ Γεδσωνεί· τῷ Καάθ, δῆμος ὁ Κααθεί· τῷ Μεραρεί, δῆμος ὁ Μεραρεί.
And sons of-a-Leuei down to-localities of-them; unto-the-one unto-a-Gedsôn, a-locality the-one of-a-Gedsônei; unto-the-one unto-a-Kaath, a-locality the-one a-Kaathei; unto-the-one unto-a-Merarei, a-locality the-one of-a-Merarei.
26:57 υιοι] pr οι F | Λευι Bb A F | Γεδσων] Γεδσωνι A | Γεδσωνει] Γεδσωνι A F | Κααθι A F | Μεραρι A F (bis)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 5)
Num 26:58 οὗτοι δῆμοι υἱῶν Λευεί· δῆμος ὁ Λοβενεί, δῆμος ὁ Χεβρωνεί, δῆμος ὁ Κόρε καὶ δῆμος ὁ Μουσεί. καὶ Καὰθ ἐγέννησεν τὸν Ἀμράμ·
The-ones-these localities of-sons of-a-Leuei; a-locality the-one of-a-Lobenei, a-locality the-one of-a-Chebrônei, a-locality the-one of-a-Kore and a-locality the-one of-a-Mousei. And a-Kaath it-generated-unto to-the-one to-an-Amram;
26:58 Λευι Bb A F | Λοβενι A F | δημος 2°] pr και A | Χεβρωνει] Χεβρων A Χεβρωνι F | δ. ο Κορε και δ. ο Μουσει] και δ. ο. Ομουσι και δ. ο Κορε A και δ. ο Μουσι και δ. ο Κορε F | Αμβραμ A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 5)
Num 26:59 καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τῆς γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ Ἰωχάβεδ, θυγάτηρ Λευεί, ἣ ἔτεκεν τούτους τῷ Λευεὶ ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ· καὶ ἔτεκεν τῷ Ἀμρὰμ τὸν Ἀαρὼν καὶ Μωυσῆν καὶ Μαριὰμ τὴν ἀδελφὴν αὐτῶν.
And the-one a-naming-to of-the-one of-a-woman of-it an-Iôchabed, a-daughter of-a-Leuei, which it-had-creationed to-the-ones-these unto-the-one unto-a-Leuei in unto-an-Aiguptos; and it-had-creationed unto-the-one unto-an-Amram to-the-one to-an-Aarôn and to-a-Môusês and to-a-Mariam to-the-one to-brethrened of-them.
26:59 και το ονομα] το δε ον. A F | αυτου] Αμβραμ A Αμραμ F | Ιωξαβεθ A | Λευι Bb A F (bis) | Αμβραμ A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 5)
Num 26:60 καὶ ἐγεννήθησαν τῷ Ἀαρὼν ὅ τε Ναδὰβ καὶ Ἀβιοὺδ καὶ Ἐλεαζὰρ καὶ Ἰθαμάρ.
And they-were-generated-unto unto-the-one unto-an-Aarôn the-one also a-Nadab and an-Abioud and an-Eleazar and an-Ithamar.
26:60 εγεννηθησαν] ετεχθησαν A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 5)
Num 26:61 καὶ ἀπέθανεν Ναδὰβ καὶ Ἀβιοὺδ ἐν τῷ προσφέρειν αὐτοὺς πῦρ ἀλλότριον ἔναντι Κυρίου ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Σεινά.
And it-had-died-off, a-Nadab and an-Abioud, in unto-the-one to-bear-toward to-them to-a-fire to-other-belonged in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) in unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Seina.
26:61 Σινα Bb A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 5)
Num 26:62 καὶ ἐγενήθησαν ἐξ ἐπισκέψεως αὐτῶν τρεῖς καὶ εἴκοσι χιλιάδες, πᾶν ἀρσενικὸν ἀπὸ μηνιαίου καὶ ἐπάνω· οὐ γὰρ συνεπεσκέπησαν ἐν μέσῳ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, ὅτι οὐ δίδοται αὐτοῖς κλῆρος ἐν μέσῳ υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.
And they-were-became out of-a-scouting-upon of-them three and twenty thousands, all male-belonged-of off of-month-belonged and upon-up-unto-which; not too-thus they-had-been-scouted-upon-together in unto-middle of-sons of-an-Israêl, to-which-a-one not it-giveth unto-them to-a-lot in unto-middle of-sons of-an-Israêl.
26:62 εν μεσω υιων 1°] εν τοις υιοις A
[Appendix] τρις A | εμμεσω A (2°) F (bis)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 5)
Num 26:63 Καὶ αὕτη ἡ ἐπίσκεψις Μωυσῆ καὶ Ἐλεαζὰρ τοῦ ἱερέως, οἳ ἐπεσκέψαντο τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ ἐν ἀραβὼθ Μωὰβ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου κατὰ Ἰερειχώ·
And the-one-this the-one a-scouting-upon of-a-Môusês and of-an-Eleazar of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of, which they-scouted-upon to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl in unto-an-Arabôth of-a-Môab upon of-the-one of-an-Iordanês down to-an-Iereichô;
26:63 οι] οτι A | Ιεριχω Bb A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 5)
Num 26:64 καὶ ἐν τούτοις οὐκ ἦν ἄνθρωπος τῶν ἐπεσκεμμένων ὑπὸ Μωυσῆ καὶ Ἀαρών, οὓς ἐπεσκέψαντο τοὺς υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Σεινά·
and in unto-the-ones-these not it-was a-mankind of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-be-scouted-upon under of-a-Môusês and of-an-Aarôn, to-which they-scouted-upon to-the-ones to-sons of-an-Israêl in unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Seina;
26:64 Σινα Bb A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 5)
Num 26:65 ὅτι εἶπεν Κύριος αὐτῷ Θανάτῳ ἀποθανοῦνται ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ· καὶ οὐ κατελείφθη ἐξ αὐτῶν οὐδὲ εἷς, πλὴν Χαλὲβ υἱὸς Ἰεφοννὴ καὶ Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυή.
to-which-a-one it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-it, Unto-a-death they-shall-die-off in unto-the-one unto-solituded; and not it-was-remaindered-down out of-them not-then-also one, to-beyond, a-Chaleb a-son of-an-Iefonnê and an-Iêsous the-one of-the-one of-a-Nauê.
26:65 om Κυριος A | αυτω] αυτοις Ba b A | ουκ’ ατελειφθη (sic) F | πλην Χαλεβ υιος Ιεφ̅ sup ras B? vid | ο του Ναυη] υιος Ναυη A F
[Appendix] κατελιφθη B* (κατελειφθ. Ba? b)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 6)
Num 27:1 Καὶ προσελθοῦσαι αἱ θυγατέρες Σαλπαὰδ υἱοῦ Ὅφερ υἱοῦ Γαλαὰδ υἱοῦ Μαχείρ, τοῦ δήμου Μανασσὴ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰωσήφ, καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν· Μαλὰ καὶ Νουὰ καὶ Ἑγλὰ καὶ Μελχὰ καὶ Θερσά·
And having-had-came-toward, the-ones daughters of-a-Salpaad of-a-son of-a-Hofer of-a-son of-a-Galaad of-a-son of-a-Macheir, of-the-one of-a-locality of-a-Manassês of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Iôsêf, and the-ones-these the-ones namings-to of-them; a-Mala and a-Noua and a-Hegla and a-Melcha and a-Thersa;
27:1 Μαννασση A | Μααλα F | Εγλα] Αιγλα A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 6)
Num 27:2 καὶ στᾶσαι ἔναντι Μωυσῆ καὶ ἔναντι Ἐλεαζὰρ τοῦ ἱερέως καὶ ἔναντι τῶν ἀρχόντων καὶ ἔναντι πάσης συναγωγῆς ἐπὶ τῆς θύρας τῆς σκηνῆς τοῦ μαρτυρίου λέγουσιν
and having-had-stood in-ever-a-one of-a-Môusês and in-ever-a-one of-an-Eleazar of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of and in-ever-a-one of-the-ones of-firsting and in-ever-a-one of-all of-a-leading-together upon of-the-one of-a-portaledness of-the-one of-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet they-forth,
27:2 εναντιον F (quater) | του ιερ] ου ιερ. F* (τ superscr F1 vid) | συναγωγης] pr της A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 6)
Num 27:3 Ὁ πατὴρ ἡμῶν ἀπέθανεν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ αὐτὸς οὐκ ἦν ἐν μέσῳ τῆς συναγωγῆς τῆς ἐπισυστάσης ἔναντι Κυρίου ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ Κόρε· ὅτι διὰ ἁμαρτίαν αὐτοῦ ἀπέθανεν, καὶ υἱοὶ οὐκ ἐγένοντο αὐτῷ.
The-one a-father of-us it-had-died-off in unto-the-one unto-solituded, and it not it-was in unto-middle of-the-one of-a-leading-together of-the-one of-having-had-stood-together-upon in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) in unto-the-one unto-a-leading-together of-a-Kore; to-which-a-one through to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto of-it it-had-died-off, and sons not they-had-became unto-it.
27:3 αυτος] ουτος F | δια] δι F
[Appendix] εμμεσω A F (item 7)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 6)
Num 27:4 μὴ ἐξαλειφθήτω τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν ἐκ μέσου τοῦ δήμου αὐτοῦ, ὅτι οὐκ ἔστιν αὐτῷ υἱός· δότε ἡμῖν κατάσχεσιν ἐν μέσῳ ἀδελφῶν πατρὸς ἡμῶν.
Lest it-should-have-been-smeared-along-out the-one a-naming-to of-the-one of-a-father of-us out of-middle of-the-one of-a-locality of-it, to-which-a-one not it-be unto-it a-son; ye-should-have-had-given unto-us to-a-holdening-down in unto-middle of-brethrened of-a-father of-us.
27:4 εξαλειφθη F | αδ.] pr των A
[Appendix] εξαλιφθ. B* (εξαλειφθ. Bb (vid)) | ημειν A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 6)
Num 27:5 καὶ προσήγαγεν Μωυσῆς τὴν κρίσιν αὐτῶν ἔναντι Κυρίου.
And it-had-led-toward, a-Môusês, to-the-one to-a-separating of-them in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 7)
Num 27:6 καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 7)
Num 27:7 Ὀρθῶς θυγατέρες Σαλπαὰδ λελαλήκασιν· δόμα δώσεις αὐταῖς κατάσχεσιν κληρονομίας ἐν μέσῳ ἀδελφῶν πατρὸς αὐτῶν, καὶ περιθήσεις τὸν κλῆρον τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν αὐταῖς.
Unto-straight-jutted daughters of-a-Salpaad they-had-come-to-speak-unto; to-a-giving-to thou-shall-give unto-them to-a-holdening-down of-a-lot-parceleeing-unto in unto-middle of-brethrened of-a-father of-them, and thou-place-about to-the-one to-a-lot of-the-one of-a-father of-them unto-them.
27:7 ορθως] pr ως A | Σαλπαα Fvid (Σαλ|παα.ελαληκα|σιν)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 7)
Num 27:8 καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ λαλήσεις λέγων Ἄνθρωπος ἐὰν ἀποθάνῃ καὶ υἱὸς μὴ ἦν αὐτῷ, περιθήσετε τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ τῇ θυγατρὶ αὐτοῦ·
And unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl thou-shall-speak-unto forthing, A-mankind if-ever it-might-have-had-died-off and a-son lest it-was unto-it, ye-shall-place-about to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-it unto-the-one unto-a-daughter of-it;
27:8 ην] η A F | την κληρονομιαν] τον κληρον F | αυτου 2°] του sup ras B?
[Appendix] περιθησεται A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 7)
Num 27:9 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ᾖ θυγάτηρ αὐτῷ, δώσετε τὴν κληρονομίαν τῷ ἀδελφῷ αὐτοῦ·
if-ever then-also lest it-might-be a-daughter unto-it, ye-shall-give to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto unto-the-one unto-brethrened of-it;
27:9–11 δωσεται A (ter)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 7)
Num 27:10 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ὦσιν αὐτῷ ἀδελφοί, δώσετε τὴν κληρονομίαν τῷ ἀδελφῷ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ·
if-ever then-also lest they-might-be unto-it brethrened, ye-shall-give to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto unto-the-one unto-brethrened of-the-one of-a-father of-it;
27:9–11 δωσεται A (ter)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 7)
Num 27:11 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ὦσιν ἀδελφοὶ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, δώσετε τὴν κληρονομίαν τῷ οἰκείῳ τῷ ἔγγιστα αὐτοῦ ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς αὐτοῦ· κληρονομήσει τὰ αὐτοῦ. καὶ ἔσται τοῦτο τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ δικαίωμα κρίσεως, καθὰ συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ.
if-ever then-also lest they-might-be brethrened of-the-one of-a-father of-it, ye-shall-give to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto unto-the-one unto-house-belonged unto-the-one to-most-near of-it out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-it; it-shall-lot-parcelee-unto to-the-ones of-it. And it-shall-be the-one-this unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl an-en-course-belonging-to of-a-separating down-to-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês.
27:9–11 δωσεται A (ter)
27:11 κληρονομησει] ησει sup ras A1? a? | κληρονομησ.ι F | τα αυτου sup ras A1? a? | om Ισραηλ A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 8)
Num 27:12 Καὶ εἶπεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν Ἀνάβηθι εἰς τὸ ὄρος τὸ ἐν τῷ πέραν, τοῦτο τὸ ὄρος Ναβαύ, καὶ ἴδε τὴν γῆν Χανάαν, ἣν ἐγὼ δίδωμι τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ ἐν κατασχέσει·
And it-had-said, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês, Thou-should-have-had-stepped-up into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness to-the-one in unto-the-one to-across, the-one-this the-one a-jutteedness of-a-Nabau, and thou-should-have-had-seen to-the-one to-a-soil of-a-Chanaan to-which I I-give unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl in unto-a-holdening-down;
27:12 περα B* (περαν Ba b) | το ορος 2°] om το Ba b A
[Appendix] αναβηθει F | κατασχεσι B* (κατασχεσει Ba b)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 8)
Num 27:13 καὶ ὄψει αὐτήν, καὶ προστεθήσῃ πρὸς τὸν λαόν σου καὶ σύ, καθὰ προσετέθη Ἀαρὼν ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἐν τῷ Ὣρ τῷ ὄρει·
and thou-shall-behold to-it, and thou-shall-be-placed-toward toward to-the-one to-a-people of-thee and thou, down-to-which it-was-placed-toward an-Aarôn the-one brethrened of-thee in unto-the-one unto-a-Hôr unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness;
Note: thou-shall-behold (OYEI) in 03 : thou-shall-behold (OYH) in 02 and NT; same meaning.
27:13 om οψει αυτην και B* vid (hab sup ras et in mgg Ba) | οψη A F | τω Ωρ] om τω Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 8)
Num 27:14 διότι παρέβητε τὸ ῥῆμά μου ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Σείν, ἐν τῷ ἀντιπίπτειν τὴν συναγωγήν, ἁγιάσαι με· οὐχ ἡγιάσατέ με ἐπὶ τῷ ὕδατι ἔναντι αὐτῶν, τοῦτο ἔστιν ὕδωρ ἀντιλογίας Καδὴς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Σείν.
through-to-which-a-one ye-had-stepped-beside to-the-one to-an-uttering-to of-me in unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Sein, in unto-the-one to-ever-a-one-fall to-the-one to-a-leading-together to-have-hallow-belonged-to to-me; not ye-hallow-belonged-to to-me upon unto-the-one unto-a-water in-ever-a-one of-them, the-one-this it-be a-water of-An-ever-a-one-fortheeing-unto of-a-Kadês in unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Sein.
Note: unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Sein : there are two areas called the-one solituded of-a-Sein. (a) an area about 55 miles southwest of Ailôn (Sept.)/Elath (KJV); (b) an area about 40 miles north northwest of Ailôn (Sept.)/Elath (KJV); here the location is (b).
27:14 παρεβητε το ρημα μου sup ras A1? a? | Σειν 1°] Σινα A Σιν F | αγιασαι] pr του A | εναντιον A | τουτο] + δε A | υδωρ] pr το A F | om εν 3° A F | Σειν 2°] Σιν A F
[Appendix] ουκ B* (ουχ Bb) | ηγιασαται A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 8)
Num 27:15 καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς Κύριον
And it-had-said, a-Môusês, toward to-Authority-belonged(Yahveh),
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 8)
Num 27:16 Ἐπισκεψάσθω Κύριος ὁ θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων καὶ πάσης σαρκὸς ἄνθρωπον ἐπὶ τῆς συναγωγῆς ταύτης,
It-should-have-scouted-upon, Authority-belonged(Yahveh) the-one a-Deity(Elohim) of-the-ones of-currentings-to and of-all of-a-flesh, to-a-mankind upon of-the-one of-a-leading-together of-the-one-this,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 8)
Num 27:17 ὅστις ἐξελεύσεται πρὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν καὶ ὅστις εἰσελεύσεται πρὸ προσώπου αὐτῶν, καὶ ὅστις ἐξάξει αὐτοὺς καὶ ὅστις εἰσάξει αὐτούς, καὶ οὐκ ἔσται ἡ συναγωγὴ Κυρίου ὡσεὶ πρόβατα οἷς οὐκ ἔστιν ποιμήν.
which-a-one it-shall-come-out before of-looked-toward of-them and which-a-one it-shall-come-into before of-looked-toward of-them, and which-a-one it-shall-lead-out to-them and which-a-one it-shall-lead-into to-them, and not it-shall-be the-one a-leading-together of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) as-if stepped-before unto-which not it-be a-shepherd.
27:17 ωσει] ως A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 8)
Num 27:18 καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων Λάβε πρὸς σεαυτὸν τὸν Ἰησοῦν υἱὸν Ναυή, ἄνθρωπον ὃς ἔχει πνεῦμα ἐν ἑαυτῷ, καὶ ἐπιθήσεις τὰς χεῖράς σου ἐπ' αὐτόν·
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing, Thou-should-have-had-taken toward to-thyself to-the-one to-an-Iêsous to-a-son of-a-Nauê, to-a-mankind which it-holdeth to-a-currenting-to in unto-self, and thou-shall-place-upon to-the-ones to-hands of-thee upon to-it;
27:18 τον Ιησουν] om τον Ba b F | πνευμα] + θεου Fa? mg | επιθησει A* (επιθησεις A1)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 8)
Num 27:19 καὶ στήσεις αὐτὸν ἔναντι Ἐλεαζὰρ τοῦ ἱερέως, καὶ ἐντελῇ αὐτῷ ἔναντι πάσης συναγωγῆς, καὶ ἐντελῇ περὶ αὐτοῦ ἐναντίον αὐτῶν·
and thou-shall-stand to-it in-ever-a-one of-an-Eleazar of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of, and thou-shall-finish-in unto-it in-ever-a-one of-all of-a-leading-together, and thou-shall-finish-in about of-it to-ever-a-oned-in of-them;
27:19 εναντι 2°] εναντιον A | εντελη 2°] εντειλαι A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 8)
Num 27:20 καὶ δώσεις τῆς δόξης σου ἐπ' αὐτόν, ὅπως ἂν εἰσακούσωσιν αὐτοῦ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ.
and thou-shall-give of-the-one of-a-reckonedness of-thee upon to-it, unto-which-whither ever they-might-have-heard-into of-it, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl.
27:20 την δοξαν F | επ αυτον] επ αυτω F* (επ αυτον F1?) | οπως] pr πασαν F | om αν F | οι υιοι] om οι A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 8)
Num 27:21 καὶ ἔναντι Ἐλεαζὰρ τοῦ ἱερέως στήσεται, καὶ ἐπερωτήσουσιν αὐτὸν τὴν κρίσιν τῶν δήλων ἔναντι Κυρίου· ἐπὶ τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ ἐξελεύσονται καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ στόματι αὐτοῦ εἰσελεύσονται, αὐτὸς καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ὁμοθυμαδὸν καὶ πᾶσα ἡ συναγωγή.
And in-ever-a-one of-an-Eleazar of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of it-shall-stand, and they-shall-upon-entreat-unto to-it to-the-one to-a-separating of-the-ones of-distincted in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh); upon unto-the-one unto-a-becutteeing-to of-it they-shall-come-out and upon unto-the-one unto-a-becutteeing-to of-it they-shall-come-into, it and the-ones sons of-an-Israêl passioned-along and all the-one a-leading-together.
27:21 επερωτησωσιν A
[Appendix] εξελευσοται (sic) A* (ν superscr A1)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 8)
Num 27:22 καὶ ἐποίησεν Μωυσῆς καθὰ ἐνετείλατο αὐτῷ Κύριος· καὶ λαβὼν τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἔστησεν αὐτὸν ἐναντίον Ἐλεαζὰρ τοῦ ἱερέως καὶ ἔναντι πάσης συναγωγῆς,
And it-did-unto, a-Môusês, down-to-which it-finished-in unto-it, Authority-belonged(Yahveh); and having-had-taken to-the-one to-an-Iêsous it-stood to-it to-ever-a-oned-in of-an-Eleazar of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of and in-ever-a-one of-all of-a-leading-together,
27:22 εναντιον] εναντι A | Ελεαξαρ F | εναντι] εναντιον Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 8)
Num 27:23 καὶ ἐπέθηκεν τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῦ ἐπ' αὐτόν, καὶ συνέστησεν αὐτόν, καθάπερ συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ.
and it-placed-upon to-the-ones to-hands of-it upon to-it, and it-stood-together to-it, down-to-which-very it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:1 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:2 Ἔντειλαι τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτοὺς λέγων Τὰ δῶρά μου δόματά μου καρπώματά μου, εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, διατηρήσετε προσφέρειν ἐμοὶ ἐν ταῖς ἑορταῖς μου.
Thou-should-have-finished-in unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl and thou-shall-utter toward to-them forthing, To-the-ones to-gifts of-me to-givings-to of-me to-en-fruitings-to of-me, into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto, ye-shall-keep-through-unto to-bear-toward unto-ME in unto-the-ones unto-festivals of-me.
28:2 διατηρησετε (διατηρησεται F) B F] διατηρησατε A | εμοι] μοι A F
[Appendix] ευωδειας F (item 13) | διατηρησεται F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:3 καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς Ταῦτα τὰ καρπώματα ὅσα προσάξετε Κυρίῳ, ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ἀμώμους δύο τὴν ἡμέραν εἰς ὁλοκαύτωσιν ἐνδελεχῶς·
And thou-shall-utter toward to-them, To-the-ones-these to-the-ones to-en-fruitings-to to-which-a-which ye-shall-lead-toward unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh); to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-un-blemished to-two to-the-one to-a-dayedness into to-a-whole-en-burning unto-elongatinged-in;
28:3 om οσα F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:4 τὸν ἀμνὸν τὸν ἕνα ποιήσεις τὸ πρωί, καὶ τὸν ἀμνὸν τὸν δεύτερον ποιήσεις τὸ πρὸς ἑσπέραν.
to-the-one to-a-lamb to-the-one to-one thou-shall-do-unto to-the-one unto-before-belonged, and to-the-one to-a-lamb to-the-one to-second thou-shall-do-unto to-the-one toward to-an-into-acrossedness.
28:4 ποιησεις (bis)] ποιησεται A ποιησετε F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:5 καὶ ποιήσεις τὸ δέκατον τοῦ οἰφὶ σεμίδαλιν εἰς θυσίαν ἀναπεποιημένην ἐν ἐλαίῳ ἐν τετάρτῳ τοῦ εἵν,
And thou-shall-do-unto to-the-one to-tenth of-the-one of-an-oifi to-a-flour into to-a-surging-unto to-having-had-come-to-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet in unto-fourth of-the-one of-a-Hein,
Note: of-an-oifi : used to refer to about 4 quarts.
Note: of-a-hein : about 1 gallon liquid measure.
28:5 om ποιησεις το δεκατον F | τεταρτω] pr τω F | ιν A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:6 ὁλοκαύτωμα ἐνδελεχισμοῦ, ἡ γενομένη ἐν τῷ ὄρει Σεινὰ εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας Κυρίῳ·
a-whole-en-burning-to of-an-elongating-in-to-of, the-one having-had-became in unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness unto-a-Seina into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh);
28:6 Σινα Bb A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:7 καὶ σπονδὴν αὐτοῦ τὸ τέταρτον τοῦ εἳν τῷ ἀμνῷ τῷ ἑνί· ἐν τῷ ἁγίῳ σπείσεις σπονδὴν σίκερα Κυρίῳ.
and to-libationing of-it to-the-one to-fourth of-the-one of-a-hein unto-the-one unto-a-lamb unto-the-one unto-one in unto-the-one unto-hallow-belonged thou-shall-libation to-a-libationing to-a-sikera unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
Note: to-a-sikera : transliterated from Heb. SEKAR meaning an-intoxicant.
Note: of-a-hein : about 1 gallon liquid measure.
28:7 σπονδην 1°] σπονδη A | ιν A F | σπεισεις] σπ..|σεις F
[Appendix] σπισεις A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:8 καὶ τὸν ἀμνὸν τὸν δεύτερον ποιήσεις τὸ πρὸς ἑσπέραν· κατὰ τὴν θυσίαν αὐτοῦ καὶ κατὰ τὴν σπονδὴν αὐτοῦ ποιήσετε εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας Κυρίου.
And to-the-one to-a-lamb to-the-one to-second thou-shall-do-unto to-the-one toward to-an-into-acrossedness; down to-the-one to-a-surging-unto of-it and down to-the-one to-a-libationing of-it ye-shall-do-unto into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
28:8 κατα 2°] κα (sic) F | Κυριου] Κυριω Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:9 Καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν σαββάτων προσάξετε δύο ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ἀμώμους καὶ δύο δέκατα σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ εἰς θυσίαν καὶ σπονδήν,
And unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness of-the-ones of-sabbaths ye-shall-lead-toward to-two to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-un-blemished and to-two to-tenth of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet into to-a-surging-unto and to-a-libationing,
28:9 εις θυσιαν αναπεποιημενης εν ελαιω A F | σπονδη F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:10 ὁλοκαύτωμα σαββάτων ἐν τοῖς σαββάτοις, ἐπὶ τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως τῆς διὰ παντός, καὶ τὴν σπονδὴν αὐτοῦ.
to-a-whole-en-burning-to of-sabbaths in unto-the-ones unto-sabbaths, upon of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning of-the-one through of-all, and to-the-one to-a-libationing of-it.
28:10 ολοκαυτωμα] ολοκαυτωματος A F | σαββατων] σαββατου A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:11 Καὶ ἐν ταῖς νεομηνίαις προσάξετε ὁλοκαυτώματα τῷ κυρίῳ, μόσχους ἐκ βοῶν δύο καὶ κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ἑπτὰ ἀμώμους·
And in unto-the-ones unto-new-monthings-unto ye-shall-lead-toward to-whole-en-burnings-to unto-the-one unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-calves out of-oxen to-two and to-a-ram to-one, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-seven to-un-blemished;
28:11 νουμηνιαις A | τω κυριω] om τω A F | om και 2° A
[Appendix] κρειον B* (κρι.. Bb: item 12, 14, 27)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:12 τρία δέκατα σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ τῷ μόσχῳ τῷ ἑνί, καὶ δύο δέκατα σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ τῷ κριῷ τῷ ἑνί,
to-three to-tenth of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet unto-the-one unto-a-calf unto-the-one unto-one, and to-two to-tenth of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet unto-the-one unto-a-ram unto-the-one unto-one,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:13 δέκατον σεμιδάλεως ἀναπεποιημένης ἐν ἐλαίῳ τῷ ἀμνῷ τῷ ἑνί, θυσίαν ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, κάρπωμα Κυρίῳ.
to-tenth of-a-flour of-having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet unto-the-one unto-a-lamb unto-the-one unto-one, to-a-surging-unto to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto, to-an-en-fruiting-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
28:13 δεκατον] + δεκατον Ba b A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:14 ἡ σπονδὴ αὐτῶν τὸ ἥμισυ τοῦ εἳν ἔσται τῷ μόσχῳ τῷ ἑνί, καὶ τὸ τρίτον τοῦ εἳν ἔσται τῷ κριῷ τῷ ἑνί, καὶ τὸ τέταρτον τοῦ εἳν ἔσται τῷ ἀμνῷ τῷ ἑνὶ οἴνου· τοῦτο ὁλοκαύτωμα μῆνα ἐκ μηνὸς εἰς τοὺς μῆνας τοῦ ἐνιαυτοῦ.
The-one a-libationing of-them the-one half of-the-one of-a-hein it-shall-be unto-the-one unto-a-calf unto-the-one unto-one, and the-one third of-the-one of-a-hein it-shall-be unto-the-one unto-a-ram unto-the-one unto-one, and the-one fourth of-the-one of-a-hein it-shall-be unto-the-one unto-a-lamb unto-the-one unto-one of-a-wine; the-one-this a-whole-en-burning-to to-a-month out of-a-month into to-the-ones to-months of-the-one of-a-being-in-unto-it.
Note: of-a-hein : about 1 gallon liquid measure.
28:14 αυτων] αυτω A | ιν A (ter) F (2°, 3°) | om τω μοσχω…εσται 2° B* (hab Ba b A F) | οινου]..|.ου F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:15 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας Κυρίου· ἐπὶ τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως τῆς διὰ παντὸς ποιηθήσεται, καὶ ἡ σπονδὴ αὐτοῦ.
And to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh); upon of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning of-the-one through of-all it-shall-be-done-unto, and the-one a-libationing of-it.
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
28:15 Κυριου] κυριω Ba b A F
[Appendix] χειμαρρ. B* A F χειμαπ. Ba (χιμαρ. Bb)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:16 Καὶ ἐν τῷ μηνὶ τῷ πρώτῳ, τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ μηνός, πάσχα Κυρίου.
And in unto-the-one unto-a-month unto-the-one unto-most-before, unto-four-and-tenth unto-a-dayedness of-the-one of-a-month, a-Pascha of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
28:16 τεσσαρισκαιδεκ. Bb | om πασχα A || Κυριου] κ̅̅ω̅̅ Ba b mg τω κυριω F om A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:17 καὶ τῇ πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ μηνὸς τούτου ἑορτή· ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας ἄζυμα ἔδεσθε.
And unto-the-one unto-five-and-tenth unto-a-dayedness of-the-one of-a-month of-the-one-this a-festival; to-seven to-dayednesses to-un-fermented ye-shall-eat.
28:17 om και τη πεντεκαιδεκατη ημερα του μηνος A | εορτη] pr ποιηθησεται A | om επτα ημερας αζυμα εδεσθε A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:18 καὶ ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ πρώτη ἐπίκλητος ἁγία ἔσται ὑμῖν, πᾶν ἔργον λατρευτὸν οὐ ποιήσετε·
And the-one a-dayedness the-one most-before called-upon hallow-belonged it-shall-be unto-ye, to-all to-a-work to-served-of not ye-shall-do-unto;
28:18, 24, 31 ποιησεται A
holy convocation - (C.H.) 6 of these through the yeareedness. God's Word was read on these days by the priests. See Lev 23^Lev_23:1.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:19 καὶ προσάξετε ὁλοκαυτώματα καρπώματα Κυρίῳ, μόσχους ἐκ βοῶν δύο, κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ζ´, ἄμωμοι ἔσονται ὑμῖν·
and ye-shall-lead-toward to-whole-en-burnings-to to-en-fruitings-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-calves out of-oxen to-two, to-a-ram to-one, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-seven, un-blemished they-shall-be unto-ye;
28:19 ολοκαυτωματα] ολοκαυτωμα A | καρπωματα] καρπωμα Ba A F | αμνους ενιαυσ. ζ´] om ζ´ B* (hab Ba b mg) επτα αμν. ενιαυσ. A F | om αμωμοι A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:20 καὶ θυσία αὐτῶν σεμίδαλις ἀναπεποιημένη ἐν ἐλαίῳ, τρία δέκατα τῷ μόσχῳ τῷ ἑνὶ καὶ δύο δέκατα τῷ κριῷ τῷ ἑνί,
and a-surging-unto of-them a-flour having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet, to-three to-tenth unto-the-one unto-a-calf unto-the-one unto-one and to-two to-tenth unto-the-one unto-a-ram unto-the-one unto-one,
28:20 θυσια] pr η A F | τω ενι 2°] + ποιησεται A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:21 δέκατον δέκατον ποιήσεις τῷ ἀμνῷ τῷ ἑνὶ τοῖς ἑπτὰ ἀμνοῖς,
to-tenth to-tenth thou-shall-do-unto unto-the-one unto-a-lamb unto-the-one unto-one unto-the-ones unto-seven unto-lambs,
28:21 om δεκατον 2° F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:22 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας ἐξιλάσασθαι περὶ ὑμῶν·
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto to-have-sectionated-out about of-ye;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
28:22 om περι αμαρτιας A
[Appendix] χειμαρρ. B* A (χιμαρ. Bb) χιμαρρ. F | εξειλασασθαι B* (εξιλ. Bb: item 30)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:23 πλὴν τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως τῆς διὰ παντὸς τῆς πρωινῆς, ὅ ἐστιν ὁλοκαύτωμα ἐνδελεχισμοῦ.
to-beyond of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning of-the-one through of-all of-the-one of-before-belonged-to, which it-be a-whole-en-burning-to of-an-elongating-in-to-of.
28:23 της δια παντος] om της A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:24 ταῦτα κατὰ ταῦτα ποιήσετε τὴν ἡμέραν εἰς τὰς ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας, δῶρον κάρπωμα εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας Κυρίου· ἐπὶ τοῦ ὁλοκαυτώματος τοῦ διὰ παντὸς ποιήσεις τὴν σπονδὴν αὐτοῦ.
To-the-ones-these down to-the-ones-these ye-shall-do-unto to-the-one to-a-dayedness into to-the-ones to-seven to-dayednesses, to-a-gift to-an-en-fruiting-to into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh); upon of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning-to of-the-one through of-all thou-shall-do-unto to-the-one to-a-libationing of-it.
28:18, 24, 31 ποιησεται A
28:24 επτα] δυο sup ras Aa | Κυριου] κυριω Bb A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:25 καὶ ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ ἑβδόμη κλητὴ ἁγία ἔσται ὑμῖν, πᾶν ἔργον λατρευτὸν οὐ ποιήσετε ἐν αὐτῇ.
And the-one a-dayedness the-one seventh called hallow-belonged it-shall-be unto-ye, to-all to-a-work to-served-of not ye-shall-do-unto in unto-it.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:26 Καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῶν νέων, ὅταν προσφέρητε θυσίαν νέαν Κυρίῳ τῶν ἑβδομάδων, ἐπίκλητος ἁγία ἔσται ὑμῖν, πᾶν ἔργον λατρευτὸν οὐ ποιήσετε.
And unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness of-the-ones of-new, which-also-ever ye-might-bear-toward to-a-surging-unto to-new unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) of-the-ones of-sevens, called-upon hallow-belonged it-shall-be unto-ye, to-all to-a-work to-served-of not ye-shall-do-unto.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:27 καὶ προσάξετε ὁλοκαυτώματα εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας Κυρίῳ· μόσχους ἐκ βοῶν δύο, κριὸν ἕνα, ἑπτὰ ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ἀμώμους·
And ye-shall-lead-toward to-whole-en-burnings-to into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh); to-calves out of-oxen to-two, to-a-ram to-one, to-seven to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-un-blemished;
28:27 αμνους ενιαυσ. επτα A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:28 ἡ θυσία αὐτῶν σεμίδαλις ἀναπεποιημένη ἐν ἐλαίῳ, τρία δέκατα τῷ μόσχῳ τῷ ἑνὶ καὶ δύο δέκατα τῷ κριῷ τῷ ἑνί,
the-one a-surging-unto of-them a-flour having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet, to-three to-tenth unto-the-one unto-a-calf unto-the-one unto-one and to-two to-tenth unto-the-one unto-a-ram unto-the-one unto-one,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:29 δέκατον δέκατον τῷ ἀμνῷ τῷ ἑνὶ τοῖς ἑπτὰ ἀμνοῖς·
to-tenth to-tenth unto-the-one unto-a-lamb unto-the-one unto-one unto-the-ones unto-seven unto-lambs;
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:30 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας ἐξιλάσασθαι περὶ ὑμῶν·
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto to-have-sectionated-out about of-ye;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
28:30 [Appendix] χειμαρρ. B* A χειμαρ. Ba (χιμαρ. Bb) χιμαρρ. F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 28:31 πλὴν τοῦ ὁλοκαυτώματος τοῦ διὰ παντός· καὶ τὴν θυσίαν αὐτῶν ποιήσετέ μοι, ἄμωμοι ἔσονται ὑμῖν, καὶ τὰς σπονδὰς αὐτῶν.
to-beyond of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning-to of-the-one through of-all; and to-the-one to-a-surging-unto of-them ye-shall-do-unto unto-me, un-blemished they-shall-be unto-ye, and to-the-ones to-libationings of-them.
28:18, 24, 31 ποιησεται A
28:31 του δια παντος] της νουμηνιας και η θυσια αυτων και το ολοκαυτωμα το δια παντος A | υμιν] υμι sup ras Ba | τας σπονδας] αι σπονδαι A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 10 Sabbath; Chisleu 11)
Num 29:1 Καὶ τῷ μηνὶ τῷ ἑβδόμῳ, μιᾷ τοῦ μηνός, ἐπίκλητος ἁγία ἔσται ὑμῖν, πᾶν ἔργον λατρευτὸν οὐ ποιήσετε· ἡμέρα σημασίας ἔσται ὑμῖν.
And unto-the-one unto-a-month unto-the-one unto-seventh, unto-one of-the-one of-a-month, called-upon hallow-belonged it-shall-be unto-ye, to-all to-a-work to-served-of not ye-shall-do-unto; a-dayedness of-a-signifying-unto it-shall-be unto-ye.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 29:2 καὶ ποιήσετε ὁλοκαυτώματα εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας Κυρίῳ, μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν, κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ζ´ ἀμώμους·
And ye-shall-do-unto to-whole-en-burnings-to into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen, to-a-ram to-one, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-seven to-un-blemished;
29:2 ολοκαυτωμα F | κριον] pr ϗ Ba | om ενα 2° F | ζ´] επτα A F
[Appendix] κρειον B* (κρι.. Bb: item 8, 13, 14 bis, 17, 18, 20, 21, 23, 26, 29, 30, 32, 33, 36, 37)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 29:3 ἡ θυσία αὐτῶν σεμίδαλις ἀναπεποιημένη ἐν ἐλαίῳ, τρία δέκατα τῷ μόσχῳ τῷ ἑνὶ καὶ δύο δέκατα τῷ κριῷ τῷ ἑνί,
the-one a-surging-unto of-them a-flour having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet, to-three to-tenth unto-the-one unto-a-calf unto-the-one unto-one and to-two to-tenth unto-the-one unto-a-ram unto-the-one unto-one,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 29:4 δέκατον δέκατον τῷ ἀμνῷ τῷ ἑνὶ τοῖς ἑπτὰ ἀμνοῖς·
to-tenth to-tenth unto-the-one unto-a-lamb unto-the-one unto-one unto-the-ones unto-seven unto-lambs;
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 29:5 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας ἐξιλάσασθαι περὶ ὑμῶν·
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto to-have-sectionated-out about of-ye;
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
29:5 [Appendix] χειμαρ. B* A (χιμαρ.Bb) χειμαρρ. F | εξειλασ. B* (εξιλ. Bb: item 11 bis)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 29:6 πλὴν τῶν ὁλοκαυτωμάτων τῆς νουμηνίας, καὶ αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν, καὶ τὰ ὁλοκαυτώματα διὰ παντὸς καὶ αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν, κατὰ τὴν σύνκρισιν αὐτῶν, εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας Κυρίου.
to-beyond of-the-ones of-whole-en-burnings-to of-the-one of-a-new-monthing-unto, and the-ones surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libationings of-them, and the-ones whole-en-burnings-to through of-all and the-ones surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libationings of-them, down to-the-one to-a-separating-together of-them, into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
29:6 τα ολοκαυτωματα] το ολοκαυτωμα το Ba A F | om και 4° A F | κ̅̅ω̅̅ Ba b A F
[Appendix] συγκρισιν Bb A (item cum F 11, 18, 21, 24, 27, 30, 33 [om F], 37)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 29:7 Καὶ τῇ δεκάτῃ τοῦ μηνὸς τούτου ἐπίκλητος ἁγία ἔσται ὑμῖν· καὶ κακώσετε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν, καὶ πᾶν ἔργον οὐ ποιήσετε.
And unto-the-one unto-tenth of-the-one of-a-month of-the-one-this called-upon hallow-belonged it-shall-be unto-ye; and ye-shall-en-wedge-wedge to-the-ones to-breathings of-ye, and to-all to-a-work not ye-shall-do-unto.
29:7 εργον] + λατρευτον A F | ποιησεται A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 29:8 καὶ προσοίσετε ὁλοκαυτώματα εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας καρπώματα Κυρίῳ, μόσχον ἕνα ἐκ βοῶν, κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ἑπτά, ἄμωμοι ἔσονται ὑμῖν·
And ye-shall-bear-toward to-whole-en-burnings-to into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto to-en-fruitings-to unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-a-calf to-one out of-oxen, to-a-ram to-one, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-seven, un-blemished they-shall-be unto-ye;
29:8 προσοισετε] προσαξετε F | ολοκαυτωματα] ολοκαυτωμα A το ολοκαυτωμα F | καρπωμα A F | om Κυριω A F | εκ βοων ενα A F | αμωμους A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 29:9 ἡ θυσία αὐτῶν σεμίδαλις ἀναπεποιημένη ἐν ἐλαίῳ, τρία δέκατα τῷ μόσχῳ τῷ ἑνὶ καὶ δύο δέκατα τῷ κριῷ τῷ ἑνί,
the-one a-surging-unto of-them a-flour having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet, to-three to-tenth unto-the-one unto-a-calf unto-the-one unto-one and to-two to-tenth unto-the-one unto-a-ram unto-the-one unto-one,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 29:10 δέκατον δέκατον τῷ ἀμνῷ τῷ ἑνὶ εἰς τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀμνούς·
to-tenth to-tenth unto-the-one unto-a-lamb unto-the-one unto-one into to-the-ones to-seven to-lambs;
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 10)
Num 29:11 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας ἐξιλάσασθαι περὶ ὑμῶν· πλὴν τὸ περὶ τῆς ἁμαρτίας τῆς ἐξιλάσεως, καὶ ἡ ὁλοκαύτωσις ἡ διὰ παντός, ἡ θυσία αὐτῆς καὶ ἡ σπονδὴ αὐτῆς, κατὰ τὴν σύνκρισιν, εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, κάρπωμα Κυρίῳ.
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto to-have-sectionated-out about of-ye; to-beyond to-the-one about of-the-one of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto of-the-one of-a-sectionating-out, and the-one a-whole-en-burning the-one through of-all, the-one a-surging-unto of-it and the-one a-libationing of-it, down to-the-one to-a-separating-together, into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto, to-an-en-fruiting-to unto-Authority-belonged.
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
29:11 δια] δ sup ras B?
[Appendix] χειμαρ. B* A* (χιμαρ. Bb) χειμαρρ A1 F: item 16 (χιμαρρ. F), 19, 22 (χιμαρρ. F), 25 (χειμαππ. B* A), 28; 31, 33, 38 (χιμαρρ. F)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 10)
Num 29:12 Καὶ τῇ πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ ἑβδόμου τούτου ἐπίκλητος ἁγία ἔσται ὑμῖν, πᾶν ἔργον λατρευτὸν οὐ ποιήσετε· καὶ ἑορτάσατε αὐτὴν ἑορτὴν Κυρίου ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας.
And unto-the-one unto-five-and-tenth unto-a-dayedness of-the-one of-a-month of-the-one of-seventh of-the-one-this called-upon hallow-belonged it-shall-be unto-ye, to-all to-a-work to-served-of not ye-shall-do-unto; and ye-should-have-festivaled-to to-it to-a-festival of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-seven to-dayednesses.
29:12 εορτασετε A F | om αυτην A | Κυριου] κυριω Ba b A τω κυριω F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 10)
Num 29:13 καὶ προσάξετε ὁλοκαυτώματα καρπώματα εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας Κυρίου, τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ πρώτῃ μόσχους ἐκ βοῶν τρεῖς καὶ δέκα, κριοὺς δύο, ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ιδ´, ἄμωμοι ἔσονται·
And ye-shall-lead-toward to-whole-en-burnings-to to-en-fruitings-to into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-most-before to-calves out of-oxen to-three and to-ten, to-rams to-two, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-four-ten, un-blemished they-shall-be;
29:13 ολοκαυτωμα F | καρπωματα] om Ba b καρπωμα A F | Κυριου] κυριω Ba b A F | τρισκαιδεκα A | ιδ´] δεκα τεσσαρες A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 10)
Num 29:14 αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν σεμίδαλις ἀναπεποιημένη ἐν ἐλαίῳ, τρία δέκατα τῷ μόσχῳ τῷ ἑνὶ τοῖς τρισκαίδεκα μόσχοις, καὶ δύο δέκατα τῷ κριῷ τῷ ἑνὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς δύο κριούς,
the-ones surgings-unto of-them a-flour having-had-come-to-be-done-up-unto in unto-an-oillet, to-three to-tenth unto-the-one unto-a-calf unto-the-one unto-one unto-the-ones unto-three-and-ten unto-calves, and to-two to-tenth unto-the-one unto-a-ram unto-the-one unto-one upon to-the-ones to-two to-rams,
29:14 τρεις και δεκα A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 10)
Num 29:15 δέκατον δέκατον τῷ ἀμνῷ τῷ ἑνὶ ἐπὶ τοὺς ιδ´ ἀμνούς·
to-tenth to-tenth unto-the-one unto-a-lamb unto-the-one unto-one upon to-the-ones to-four-ten to-lambs;
29:15 δεκατον 1°] pr και A F | ιδ´] τεσσαρες και δεκα A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 10)
Num 29:16 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας, πλὴν τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως τῆς διὰ παντός· αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν.
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto, to-beyond of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning of-the-one through of-all; the-one surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libationings of-them.
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 10)
Num 29:17 καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ δευτέρᾳ μόσχους ιβ´, κριοὺς β´, ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ιδ´ ἀμώμους·
And unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-second to-calves to-two-ten, to-rams to-two, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-four-ten to-un-blemished;
29:17 ιβ´] δωδεκα A F | β´] δυο A F | ιδ´] τεσσαρας και δεκα A τεσσαρες και δ. F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 10)
Num 29:18 ἡ θυσία αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ σπονδὴ αὐτῶν τοῖς μόσχοις καὶ τοῖς κριοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἀμνοῖς κατὰ ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν, κατὰ τὴν σύνκρισιν αὐτῶν·
the-one a-surging-unto of-them and the-one a-libationing of-them unto-the-ones unto-calves and unto-the-ones unto-rams and unto-the-ones unto-lambs down to-a-number of-them, down to-the-one to-a-separating-together of-them;
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 10)
Num 29:19 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας, πλὴν τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως τῆς διὰ παντός· αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν.
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto, to-beyond of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning of-the-one through of-all; the-one surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libationings of-them.
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 10)
Num 29:20 τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ μόσχους ια´, κριοὺς δύο, ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ιδ´ ἀμώμους·
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-third to-calves to-one-ten, to-rams to-two, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-four-ten to-un-blemished;
29:20 τη ημερα] pr και A | ια´] ενδεκα A F | ιδ´] τεσσαρας και δεκα A τεσσαρες και δ. F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 10)
Num 29:21 ἡ θυσία αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ σπονδὴ αὐτῶν τοῖς μόσχοις καὶ τοῖς κριοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἀμνοῖς κατὰ ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν, κατὰ τὴν σύνκρισιν αὐτῶν·
the-one a-surging-unto of-them and the-one a-libationing of-them unto-the-ones unto-calves and unto-the-ones unto-rams and unto-the-ones unto-lambs down to-a-number of-them, down to-the-one to-a-separating-together of-them;
29:21 om και η σπονδη αυτων A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 10)
Num 29:22 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας, πλὴν τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως τῆς διὰ παντός· αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν.
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto, to-beyond of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning of-the-one through of-all; the-one surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libationings of-them.
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 10)
Num 29:23 τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τετάρτῃ μόσχους δέκα, κριοὺς δύο, ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ιδ´ ἀμώμους·
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-fourth to-calves to-ten, to-rams to-two, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-four-ten to-un-blemished;
29:23 ιδ´] τεσσαρες και δεκα A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:24 αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν τοῖς μόσχοις καὶ τοῖς κριοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἀμνοῖς κατὰ ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν, κατὰ τὴν σύνκρισιν αὐτῶν·
the-ones surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libationings of-them unto-the-ones unto-calves and unto-the-ones unto-rams and unto-the-ones unto-lambs down to-a-number of-them, down to-the-one to-a-separating-together of-them;
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:25 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας, πλὴν τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως τῆς διὰ παντός· αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν.
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto, to-beyond of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning of-the-one through of-all; the-one surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libationings of-them.
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
29:25 περι αμαρτιας] πε|ριας (sic) F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:26 τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ πέμπτῃ μόσχους ἐννέα, κριοὺς β´, ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ιδ´ ἀμώμους·
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-fifth to-calves to-nine, to-rams to-two, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-four-ten to-un-blemished;
29:26 μοσχους εννεα] μοσχον ενα F | β´] δυο A F | ιδ´] τεσσαρες και δεκα A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:27 αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν τοῖς μόσχοις καὶ τοῖς κριοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἀμνοῖς κατὰ ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν, κατὰ τὴν σύνκρισιν αὐτῶν·
the-ones surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libationings of-them unto-the-ones unto-calves and unto-the-ones unto-rams and unto-the-ones unto-lambs down to-a-number of-them, down to-the-one to-a-separating-together of-them;
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:28 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας, πλὴν τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως τῆς διὰ παντός· αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν.
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto, to-beyond of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning of-the-one through of-all; the-one surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libationings of-them.
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:29 τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἕκτῃ μόσχους ὀκτώ, κριοὺς δύο, ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους δέκα τέσσαρες ἀμώμους·
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-sixth to-calves to-eight, to-rams to-two, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-ten four to-un-blemished;
29:29 δεκα τεσσαρες (τεσσαρας Bb)] τεσσαρες και δεκα A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:30 αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν τοῖς μόσχοις καὶ τοῖς κριοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἀμνοῖς κατὰ ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν, κατὰ τὴν σύνκρισιν αὐτῶν·
the-ones surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libationings of-them unto-the-ones unto-calves and unto-the-ones unto-rams and unto-the-ones unto-lambs down to-a-number of-them, down to-the-one to-a-separating-together of-them;
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:31 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας, πλὴν τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως τῆς διὰ παντός· αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν.
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto, to-beyond of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning of-the-one through of-all; the-one surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libationings of-them.
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:32 τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ μόσχους ἑπτά, κριοὺς δύο, ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ιδ´·
Unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-seventh to-calves to-seven, to-rams to-two, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-four-ten;
29:32 ιδ´] τεσσαρες και δεκα A F + αμωμους Ba b mg A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:33 αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν τοῖς μόσχοις καὶ τοῖς κριοῖς καὶ τοῖς ἀμνοῖς κατὰ ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν, κατὰ τὴν σύνκρισιν αὐτῶν·
the-ones surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libationings of-them unto-the-ones unto-calves and unto-the-ones unto-rams and unto-the-ones unto-lambs down to-a-number of-them, down to-the-one to-a-separating-together of-them;
29:33 αμνοις] μνοις sup ras Aa? | om κατα την συνκρ. αυτων F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:34 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας, πλὴν τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως τῆς διὰ παντός· αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν.
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto, to-beyond of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning of-the-one through of-all; the-one surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libationings of-them.
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:35 καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ὀγδόῃ ἐξόδιον ἔσται ὑμῖν· πᾶν ἔργον λατρευτὸν οὐ ποιήσετε ἐν αὐτῇ.
And unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-eighth way-out-belonged it-shall-be unto-ye; to-all to-a-work to-served-of not ye-shall-do-unto in unto-it.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:36 καὶ προσάξετε ὁλοκαυτώματα εἰς ὀσμὴν εὐωδίας, καρπώματα Κυρίου· μόσχον ἕνα, κριὸν ἕνα, ἀμνοὺς ἐνιαυσίους ἑπτὰ ἀμώμους·
And ye-shall-bear-toward to-whole-en-burnings-to into to-an-odor of-a-goodly-odoring-unto, to-en-fruitings-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh); to-a-calf to-one, to-a-ram to-one, to-lambs to-being-in-unto-it-belonged to-seven to-un-blemished;
29:36 ολοκαυτωμα F | εις οσμην ευωδ. καρπ.] καρπ. εις οσμην ευωδ. A | om καρπ. F | Κυριου] τω κ̅̅ω̅̅ Ba b κ̅̅ω̅̅ A F | om ενιαυσιους F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:37 αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν τῷ μόσχῳ καὶ τῷ κριῷ καὶ τοῖς ἀμνοῖς κατὰ ἀριθμὸν αὐτῶν, κατὰ τὴν σύνκρισιν αὐτῶν·
the-ones surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libationings of-them unto-the-one unto-a-calf and unto-the-one unto-a-ram and unto-the-ones unto-lambs down to-a-number of-them, down to-the-one to-a-separating-together of-them;
29:37 την συνκρισιν] συγκρισιν (om την) F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:38 καὶ χίμαρον ἐξ αἰγῶν ἕνα περὶ ἁμαρτίας, πλὴν τῆς ὁλοκαυτώσεως τῆς διὰ παντός· αἱ θυσίαι αὐτῶν καὶ αἱ σπονδαὶ αὐτῶν.
and to-pour-belong-flowed out of-goats to-one about of-an-un-adjusting-along-unto, to-beyond of-the-one of-a-whole-en-burning of-the-one through of-all; the-one surgings-unto of-them and the-ones libationings of-them.
Note: to-pour-belong-flowed : used to refer to goats in adolescence as vivacious.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 29:39 Ταῦτα ποιήσετε Κυρίῳ ἐν ταῖς ἑορταῖς ὑμῶν, πλὴν τῶν εὐχῶν ὑμῶν, καὶ τὰ ἑκούσια ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ ὁλοκαυτώματα ὑμῶν καὶ τὰς θυσίας ὑμῶν καὶ τὰς σπονδὰς ὑμῶν καὶ τὰ σωτήρια ὑμῶν.
To-the-ones-these ye-shall-do-unto unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) in unto-the-ones unto-festivals of-ye, to-beyond of-the-ones of-goodly-holdings of-ye, and to-the-ones to-be-out-belonged of-ye and to-the-ones to-whole-en-burnings-to of-ye and to-the-ones to-surgings-unto of-ye and to-the-ones to-libationings of-ye and to-the-ones to-saviored-belonged of-ye.
29:39 ποιησετε] ποιηθησεται F | Κυριω] pr τω A F | om πλην των ευχων υμων F* (hab Fa mg) | om και τας θυσιας υμων F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 9)
Num 30:1 (Num 29:40) Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Μωυσῆς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ πάντα ὅσα ἐνετείλατο Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ.
(Num 29:40) And it-spoke-unto, a-Môusês, unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl down to-all to-which-a-which it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês.
30:1 οσα] α A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 10 Sabbath; Chisleu 11)
Num 30:2 (Num 30:1) καὶ ἐλάλησεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας τῶν φυλῶν Ἰσραὴλ λέγων Τοῦτο τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ συνέταξεν Κύριος·
(Num 30:1) And it-spoke-unto, a-Môusês, toward to-the-ones to-firsting of-the-ones of-tribings of-an-Israêl forthing, The-one-this the-one an-uttering-to to-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh);
30:2 Ισραηλ] pr υιων A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 30:3 (Num 30:2) ἄνθρωπος ἄνθρωπος ὃς ἂν εὔξηται εὐχὴν Κυρίῳ ἢ ὀμόσῃ ὅρκον ὁρισμῷ ἢ ὁρίσηται περὶ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτοῦ, οὐ βεβηλώσει τὸ ῥῆμα αὐτοῦ· πάντα ὅσα ἐὰν ἐξέλθῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ποιήσει.
(Num 30:2) A-mankind a-mankind which ever it-might-have-goodly-held to-a-goodly-holding unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) or it-might-have-en-oathed to-a-fencee unto-a-bounding-to-of or it-might-have-bounded-to about of-the-one of-a-breathing of-it, not it-shall-en-step-step-of to-the-one to-an-uttering-to of-it; to-all to-which-a-which if-ever it-might-have-had-came-out out of-the-one of-a-becutteeing-to of-it it-shall-do-unto.
Note: it-shall-en-step-step-of : used to refer to a person overstepping what is allowable.
30:3 Κυριω] pr τω A | η ορισηται (ορισητε A) ορισμω A F | ρημα] ονομα F | εαν] αν A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 30:4 (Num 30:3) ἐὰν δὲ γυνὴ εὔξηται εὐχὴν Κυρίῳ ἢ ὁρίσηται ὁρισμὸν ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς ἐν τῇ νεότητι αὐτῆς,
(Num 30:3) If-ever then-also a-woman it-might-have-goodly-held to-a-goodly-holding unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) or it-might-have-bounded-to to-a-bounding-to-of in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-the-one of-a-father of-it in unto-the-one unto-a-newness of-it,
30:4 [Appendix] ευξητε A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 30:5 (Num 30:4) καὶ ἀκούσῃ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῆς τὰς εὐχὰς αὐτῆς καὶ τοὺς ὁρισμοὺς αὐτῆς οὓς ὡρίσατο κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς, καὶ παρασιωπήσῃ αὐτῆς ὁ πατήρ· καὶ στήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ εὐχαὶ αὐτῆς, καὶ πάντες οἱ ὁρισμοὶ οὓς ὡρίσατο κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς μενοῦσιν αὐτῇ.
(Num 30:4) and it-might-have-heard, the-one a-father of-it, to-the-ones to-goodly-holdings of-it and to-the-ones to-boundings-to-of of-it to-which it-bounded-to down of-the-one of-a-breathing of-it, and it-might-have-beside-muted-unto of-it, the-one a-father; and they-shall-stand, all the-ones goodly-holdings of-it, and all the-ones boundings-to-of to-which it-bounded-to down of-the-one of-a-breathing of-it they-shall-stay unto-it.
30:5 om ο πατηρ αυτης F | ωρισατο 1°] ορισατο A | αυτης 5°] αυτην F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 30:6 (Num 30:5) ἐὰν δὲ ἀνανεύων ἀνανεύσῃ ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῆς ᾗ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ ἀκούσῃ πάσας τὰς εὐχὰς αὐτῆς καὶ τοὺς ὁρισμοὺς οὓς ὡρίσατο κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς, οὐ στήσονται· καὶ Κύριος καθαριεῖ αὐτήν, ὅτι ἀνένευσεν ὁ πατὴρ αὐτῆς.
(Num 30:5) If-ever moverover nodding-up-of it-might-have-nodded-up-of, the-one a-father of-it, unto-which ever unto-a-dayedness it-might-have-heard to-all to-the-ones to-goodly-holdings of-it and to-the-ones to-boundings-to-of to-which it-bounded-to down of-the-one of-a-breathing of-it, not they-shall-stand; and Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-shall-cleanse-to to-it, to-which-a-one it-nodded-up-of, the-one a-father of-it.
Note: nodding-up-of : refers to holding the head upward from nodding, i.e. refusing to agree to.
30:6 om πασας A | ορισμους] + αυτης A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 30:7 (Num 30:6) ἐὰν δὲ γενομένη γένηται ἀνδρί, καὶ αἱ εὐχαὶ αὐτῆς ἐπ' αὐτῇ κατὰ τὴν διαστολὴν τῶν χειλέων αὐτῆς, οὓς ὡρίσατο κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς,
(Num 30:6) If-ever then-also having-had-became it-might-have-had-became unto-a-man, and the-ones goodly-holdings of-it upon unto-it down to-the-one to-a-seteeing-through of-the-ones of-rimmeednesses of-it to-which it-bounded-to down of-the-one of-a-breathing of-it,
30:7 om δε F | αι ευχαι] ευχη A | αυτη] αυτην F | ους] οσα A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 30:8 (Num 30:7) καὶ ἀκούσῃ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, καὶ παρασιωπήσῃ αὐτῇ ᾗ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ ἀκούσῃ· καὶ οὕτως στήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ εὐχαὶ αὐτῆς, καὶ οἱ ὁρισμοὶ αὐτῆς οὓς ὡρίσατο κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς στήσονται.
(Num 30:7) and it-might-have-heard, the-one a-man of-it, and it-might-have-beside-muted-unto unto-it unto-which ever unto-a-dayedness it-might-have-heard; and unto-the-one-this they-shall-stand, all the-ones goodly-holdings of-it, and the-ones boundings-to-of of-it to-which it-bounded-to down of-the-one of-a-breathing of-it they-shall-stand.
30:8 π̅̅η̅̅ρ̅̅ A* (ανηρ A1)
[Appendix] ωρισμοι A (item 9, 12)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 30:9 (Num 30:8) ἐὰν δὲ ἀνανεύων ἀνανεύσῃ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς ᾗ ἐὰν ἡμέρᾳ ἀκούσῃ, πᾶσαι αἱ εὐχαὶ αὐτῆς καὶ οἱ ὁρισμοὶ αὐτῆς οὓς ὡρίσατο κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς οὐ μενοῦσιν, ὅτι ὁ ἀνὴρ ἀνένευσεν ἀπ' αὐτῆς· καὶ Κύριος καθαριεῖ αὐτήν.
(Num 30:8) If-ever then-also nodding-up-of it-might-have-nodded-up-of, the-one a-man of-it, unto-which if-ever unto-a-dayedness it-might-have-heard, all the-ones goodly-holdings of-it and the-ones boundings-to-of of-it to-which it-bounded-to down of-the-one of-a-breathing of-it not they-shall-stay, to-which-a-one the-one a-man it-nodded-up-of off of-it; and Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-shall-cleanse-to to-it.
Note: nodding-up-of : refers to holding the head upward from nodding, i.e. refusing to agree to.
Note: it-might-have-nodded-up-of : refers to holding the head upward from nodding, i.e. refusing to agree to.
30:9 εαν 2°] αν Ba b vid A F | ο ανηρ 2°] om ο A | απ] επ A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 30:10 (Num 30:9) καὶ εὐχὴ χήρας καὶ ἐκβεβλημένης, ὅσα ἂν εὔξηται κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς, μενοῦσιν αὐτῇ.
(Num 30:9) And a-goodly-holding of-bereaved and of-having-had-come-to-be-casted-off, to-which-a-which ever it-might-have-goodly-held down of-the-one of-a-breathing of-it, they-shall-stay unto-it.
30:10 οσα] οσ A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 30:11 (Num 30:10) ἐὰν δὲ ἐν τῷ οἴκῳ τοῦ ἀνδρὸς αὐτῆς ἡ εὐχὴ αὐτῆς ἢ ὁ ὁρισμὸς κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς μεθ' ὅρκου,
(Num 30:10) If-ever then-also in unto-the-one unto-a-house of-the-one of-a-man of-it the-one a-goodly-holding of-it or the-one a-bounding-to-of down of-the-one of-a-breathing of-it with of-a-fencee,
30:11 κατα της ψ.] pr ο A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 30:12 (Num 30:11) καὶ ἀκούσῃ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς, καὶ παρασιωπήσῃ αὐτῇ καὶ μὴ ἀνανεύσῃ αὐτῇ· καὶ στήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ εὐχαὶ αὐτῆς, καὶ πάντες οἱ ὁρισμοὶ αὐτῆς οὓς ὡρίσατο κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς στήσονται κατ' αὐτῆς.
(Num 30:11) and it-might-have-heard, the-one a-man of-it, and it-might-have-beside-muted-unto unto-it and lest it-might-have-nodded-up-of unto-it; and they-shall-stand, all the-ones goodly-holdings of-it, and all the-ones boundings-to-of of-it to-which it-bounded-to down of-the-one of-a-breathing of-it they-shall-stand down of-it.
Note: it-might-have-nodded-up-of : refers to holding the head upward from nodding, i.e. refusing to agree to.
30:12 om και παρασιωπηση B* (hab Ba mg) | om αυτη 2° F | om αυτης 3° A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 30:13 (Num 30:12) ἐὰν δὲ περιελὼν περιέλῃ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς ᾗ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ ἀκούσῃ πάντα, ὅσα ἐὰν ἐξέλθῃ ἐκ τῶν χειλέων αὐτῆς κατὰ τὰς εὐχὰς αὐτῆς καὶ κατὰ τοὺς ὁρισμοὺς τοὺς κατὰ τῆς ψυχῆς αὐτῆς, οὐ μενεῖ αὐτῇ· ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς περιεῖλεν, καὶ Κύριος καθαρίσει αὐτήν.
(Num 30:12) If-ever then-also having-had-sectioned-about it-might-have-had-sectioned-about, the-one a-man of-it, unto-which ever unto-a-dayedness it-might-have-heard to-all, to-which-a-which if-ever it-might-have-had-came-out out of-the-ones of-rimmeednesses of-it down to-the-ones to-goodly-holdings of-it and down to-the-ones to-boundings-to-of to-the-ones down of-the-one of-a-breathing of-it, not it-shall-stay unto-it; the-one a-man of-it it-had-sectioned-about, and Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-shall-cleanse-to to-it.
30:13 περιελων] περιαιλων A περιαιρων F | ακουση· παντα B | εαν 2°] αν A F | των χειλ.] om των F | om και 1° F* (hab F1 (vid)) | καθαριει A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 30:14 (Num 30:13) πᾶσα εὐχὴ καὶ πᾶς ὅρκος δεσμοῦ κακῶσαι ψυχήν, ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς στήσει αὐτῇ καὶ ὁ ἀνὴρ αὐτῆς περιελεῖ.
(Num 30:13) All a-goodly-holding and all a-fencee of-bindee to-have-en-wedge-wedged to-a-breathing, the-one a-man of-it it-shall-stand unto-it and the-one a-man of-it it-shall-have-sectioned-about.
30:14 ψυχην] αυτην A | αυτη] αυτην F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 30:15 (Num 30:14) ἐὰν δὲ σιωπῶν παρασιωπήσῃ αὐτῇ ἡμέραν ἐξ ἡμέρας, καὶ στήσει αὐτῇ πάσας τὰς εὐχὰς αὐτῆς, καὶ τοὺς ὁρισμοὺς τοὺς ἐπ' αὐτῆς στήσει αὐτῇ, ὅτι ἐσιώπησεν αὐτῇ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἣν ἤκουσεν.
(Num 30:14) If-ever then-also muting-unto it-might-have-beside-muted-unto unto-it to-a-dayedness out of-a-dayedness, and it-shall-stand unto-it to-all to-the-ones to-goodly-holdings, and to-the-ones to-boundings-to-of to-the-ones upon of-it it-shall-stand unto-it, to-which-a-one it-muted-unto unto-it unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness to-which it-heard.
30:15 om δε F | ορισμους] + αυτης A | τους επ αυτης] επ αυτη A | ην] η A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 30:16 (Num 30:15) ἐὰν δὲ περιελὼν περιέλῃ αὐτῆς μετὰ τὴν ἡμέραν ἣν ἤκουσεν, καὶ λήμψεται τὴν ἁμαρτίαν αὐτοῦ.
(Num 30:15) If-ever then-also having-had-sectioned-about it-might-have-had-sectioned-about of-it with to-the-one to-a-dayedness to-which it-heard, and it-shall-take to-the-one to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto of-it.
30:16 om εαν δε περιελωνη…ην ηκουσεν B* (hab Ba b mg inf) | περιελων] περιαιρων A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 30:17 (Num 30:16) ταῦτα τὰ δικαιώματα ὅσα ἐνετείλατο Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ ἀνὰ μέσον ἀνδρὸς καὶ γυναικὸς αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον πατρὸς καὶ θυγατρὸς ἐν νεότητι ἐν οἴκῳ πατρός.
(Num 30:16) The-ones-these the-ones en-course-belongings-to to-which-a-which it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês up to-middle of-a-man and of-a-woman of-it, and up to-middle of-a-father and of-a-daughter in unto-a-newness in unto-a-house of-a-father.
30:17 γυναικος] pr ανα μεσον A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 31:1 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 31:2 Ἐκδίκει τὴν ἐκδίκησιν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐκ τῶν Μαδιανειτῶν, καὶ ἔσχατον προστεθήσῃ πρὸς τὸν λαόν σου.
Thou-should-course-out-unto to-the-one to-a-coursing-out of-sons of-an-Israêl out of-the-ones of-Madian-belongers, and to-most-bordered thou-shall-be-placed-toward toward to-the-one to-a-people of-thee.
31:2 υιων] pr των A F | Μαδιανιτων A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 31:3 καὶ ἐλάλησεν Μωυσῆς πρὸς τὸν λαὸν λέγων Ἐξοπλίσατε ἐξ ὑμῶν ἄνδρας, παρατάξασθαι ἔναντι Κυρίου ἐπὶ Μαδιάν, ἀποδοῦναι ἐκδίκησιν παρὰ τοῦ κυρίου τῇ Μαδιάν·
And it-spoke-unto, a-Môusês, toward to-the-one to-a-people forthing, Ye-should-have-implemented-out-to out of-ye to-men to-have-arranged-beside in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged upon to-a-Madian to-have-had-given-off to-a-coursing-out beside of-the-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-the-one unto-a-Madian;
31:3 παραταξασθαι] και παραταξασθε A F | Μαδιαμ A F (bis) | του κυριου] om του F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 31:4 χίλιοι ἐκ φυλῆς, χίλιοι ἐκ φυλῆς· ἐκ πασῶν φυλῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἀποστείλατε παρατάξασθαι.
thousand out of-a-tribing, thousand out of-a-tribing; out of-all of-tribings of-an-Israêl ye-should-have-set-off to-have-arranged-beside.
Note: thousand in 03 {both} : to-thousand in 02 03C1 03C2.
31:4 χιλιοι 1° (χειλ. B*)] χειλιους Ba χιλιους Bb A F | χιλιοι 2° (χειλ. B*)] χειλιους Ba (χιλ. Bb) και χιλιους A F | παραταξασθε A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 11)
Num 31:5 καὶ ἐξηρίθμησαν ἐκ τῶν χιλιάδων Ἰσραήλ, χιλίους ἐκ φυλῆς· ιβ´ χιλιάδες, ἐνωπλισμένοι εἰς παράταξιν.
And they-numbered-out-unto out of-the-ones of-thousands of-an-Israêl to-thousand out of-a-tribing; two-ten thousands having-had-come-to-be-implemented-in-to into to-an-arranging-beside.
31:5 ιβ´] δωδεκα A F | χιλιαδας A
[Appendix] χειλ. B* (χιλ. Bb: item 32 bis, 33, 34, 36, 38, 39, 40, 43, 44, 45, 46, 52) | ενωπλεισμενοι F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 12-14)
Num 31:6 καὶ ἀπέστειλεν αὐτοὺς Μωυσῆς χιλίους ἐκ φυλῆς, χιλίους ἐκ φυλῆς, σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν, καὶ Φινεὲς υἱὸν Ἐλεαζὰρ υἱοῦ Ἀαρὼν τοῦ ἱερέως· καὶ τὰ σκεύη τὰ ἅγια καὶ αἱ σάλπιγγες τῶν σημασιῶν ἐν ταῖς χερσὶν αὐτῶν.
And it-set-off to-them, a-Môusês, to-thousand out of-a-tribing, to-thousand out of-a-tribing, together unto-an-ability of-them, and to-a-Finees to-a-son of-an-Eleazar of-a-son of-an-Aarôn of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of; and the-ones equipeednesses the-ones hallow-belonged and the-ones trumpets of-the-ones of-signifyings-unto in unto-the-ones unto-hands of-them.
31:6 χιλιους 2°] pr και A F | om εκ φυλης 2° Ba b | υιον] υιος A F
[Appendix] δυναμι B* (δυναμει Ba b)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 12-14)
Num 31:7 καὶ παρετάξαντο ἐπὶ Μαδιάν, καθὰ ἐνετείλατο Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ, καὶ ἀπέκτειναν πᾶν ἀρσενικόν·
And they-arranged-beside upon to-a-Madian, down-to-which it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês, and they-killed-off to-all to-male-belonged-of;
31:7 Μαδιαμ A F | τω Μωυση] om τω Ba b om τω Μ. F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 12-14)
Num 31:8 καὶ τοὺς βασιλεῖς Μαδιὰν ἀπέκτειναν ἅμα τοῖς τραυματίαις αὐτῶν, καὶ τὸν Εὐεὶν καὶ τὸν Σοὺρ καὶ τὸν Ῥόκομ καὶ τὸν Οὓρ καὶ τὸν Ῥόβοκ, πέντε βασιλεῖς Μαδιάμ, καὶ τὸν Βαλαὰμ υἱὸν Βεὼρ ἀπέκτειναν ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ σὺν τοῖς τραυματίαις αὐτῶν.
and to-the-ones to-rulers-of of-a-Madian they-killed-off along unto-the-ones unto-wounded-belongers of-them, and to-the-one to-an-Euein and to-the-one to-a-Sour and to-the-one to-a-Rokom and to-the-one to-a-Hour and to-the-one to-a-Robok, to-five to-rulers-of of-a-Madiam, and to-the-one to-a-Balaam to-a-son of-a-Beôr they-killed-off in unto-a-sabre together unto-the-ones unto-wounded-belongers of-them.
31:8 Μαδιαμ A F | τον Ροκομ και τον Σουρ A F | Βεωρ] Βαιωρ A | ρομφαιαις A | τοις τραυμ.] ταις τραυμ. A
[Appendix] τραυμματιαις F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 12-14)
Num 31:9 καὶ ἐπρονόμευσαν τὰς γυναῖκας Μαδιάν, καὶ τὴν ἀποσκευὴν αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ κτήνη αὐτῶν καὶ πάντα τὰ ἔνκτητα αὐτῶν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν αὐτῶν ἐπρονόμευσαν·
And they-parceleed-before-of to-the-ones to-women of-a-Madian, and to-the-one to-an-equipping-off of-them and to-the-ones to-befoundeednesses of-them and to-all to-the-ones to-befoundeed-in of-them and to-the-one to-an-ability of-them they-parceleed-before-of;
Note: to-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
31:9 επρονομευσαν 1°] προενομ. A F | Μαδιαμ A F | ενκτητα (εγκτ. Bb)] εγκτηματα A (ενκτ.) F
[Appendix] αποσκυην F* (αποσκευην F1)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 12-14)
Num 31:10 καὶ πάσας τὰς πόλεις αὐτῶν τὰς ἐν ταῖς οἰκίαις αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς ἐπαύλεις αὐτῶν ἐνέπρησαν ἐν πυρί.
and to-all to-the-ones to-cities of-them to-the-ones in unto-the-ones unto-housings-unto of-them and to-the-ones channelings-upon of-them they-kindled-in in unto-a-fire.
31:10 κατοικιαις A κατ οικειαις (sic) F | εν πυρι] om εν Ba b
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 12-14)
Num 31:11 καὶ ἔλαβον πᾶσαν τὴν προνομὴν καὶ πάντα τὰ σκῦλα αὐτῶν, ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου ἕως κτήνους·
And they-had-taken to-all to-the-one to-a-parceleeing-before and to-all to-the-ones to-flayed of-them, off of-a-mankind unto-if-which of-a-befoundeedness;
Note: of-a-befoundeedness : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
31:11 προνομην] + αυτων A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 12-14)
Num 31:12 καὶ ἤγαγον πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ πρὸς Ἐλεαζὰρ τὸν ἱερέα καὶ πρὸς πάντας υἱοὺς Ἰσραὴλ τὴν αἰχμαλωσίαν καὶ τὰ σκῦλα καὶ τὴν προνομήν, εἰς τὴν παρεμβολὴν εἰς Ἀραβὼθ Μωάβ, ἥ ἐστιν ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου κατὰ Ἰερειχώ.
and they-had-led toward to-a-Môusês and toward to-an-Eleazar to-the-one to-a-sacreder-of and toward to-all to-sons of-an-Israêl to-the-one to-a-spear-capturing-unto and to-the-ones to-flayed and to-the-one to-a-parceleeing-before, into to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside into to-an-Arabôth of-a-Môab, which it-be upon of-the-one of-an-Iordanês down to-an-Iereichô.
31:12 υιους] pr τους A F | Ιεριχω Bb A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 12-14)
Num 31:13 Καὶ ἐξῆλθεν Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἐλεαζὰρ ὁ ἱερεὺς καὶ πάντες οἱ ἄρχοντες τῆς συναγωγῆς εἰς συνάντησιν αὐτοῖς ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς·
And it-had-came-out, a-Môusês and an-Eleazar the-one a-sacreder-of and all the-ones firsting of-the-one of-a-leading-together, into to-an-ever-a-oneing-together unto-them out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside;
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 12-14)
Num 31:14 καὶ ὠργίσθη Μωυσῆς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐπισκόποις τῆς δυνάμεως, χιλιάρχοις καὶ ἑκατοντάρχοις τοῖς ἐρχομένοις ἐκ τῆς παρατάξεως τοῦ πολέμου·
and it-was-stressed-to a-Môusês upon unto-the-ones unto-scouters-upon of-the-one of-an-ability, unto-firsts-of-thousand and unto-firsts-of-hundred unto-the-ones unto-coming out of-the-one of-an-arranging-beside of-the-one of-a-war;
31:14 [Appendix] χειλιαρχ. B* (χιλιαρχ. Bb: item 48 bis, 52, 54)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 12-14)
Num 31:15 καὶ εἶπεν αὐτοῖς Μωυσῆς Ἵνα τί ἐζωγρήσατε πᾶν θῆλυ;
and it-had-said unto-them, a-Môusês, So to-what-one ye-fielded-alive-unto to-all to-female?
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 12-14)
Num 31:16 αὗται γὰρ ἦσαν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμα Βαλαὰμ τοῦ ἀποστῆσαι καὶ ὑπεριδεῖν τὸ ῥῆμα Κυρίου ἕνεκεν Φογώρ, καὶ ἐγένετο ἡ πληγὴ ἐν τῇ συναγωγῇ Κυρίου.
The-ones-these too-thus they-were unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl down to-the-one to-an-uttering-to of-a-Balaam of-the-one to-have-stood-off and to-have-had-seen-over to-the-one to-an-uttering-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) in-out-in of-a-Fogôr, and it-had-became the-one a-smiting in unto-the-one unto-a-leading-together of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 12-14)
Num 31:17 καὶ νῦν ἀποκτείνατε πᾶν ἀρσενικὸν ἐν πάσῃ τῇ ἀπαρτίᾳ, καὶ πᾶσαν γυναῖκα ἥτις ἔγνωκεν κοίτην ἄρσενος ἀποκτείνατε·
And now ye-should-have-killed-off to-all to-male-belonged-of in unto-all unto-the-one unto-an-adjusting-off-unto, and to-all to-a-woman which-a-one it-had-come-to-acquaint to-a-situating of-male ye-should-have-killed-off;
31:17 εγνωκεν] εγνω A F | αρσενος] αρενος A* (σ superscr A1) | αποκτεινατε 2°] αποκτενειτε A απεκτεινατε F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 12-14)
Num 31:18 πᾶσαν τὴν ἀπαρτίαν τῶν γυναικῶν ἥτις οὐκ οἶδεν κοίτην ἄρσενος, ζωγρήσατε αὐτάς.
to-all to-the-one to-an-adjusting-off-unto of-the-ones of-women which-a-one not it-had-come-to-see to-a-situating of-male ye-should-have-fielded-alive-unto to-them.
31:18 πασαν] pr και A F | οιδεν] εγνω A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 15-23; Chisleu 17 Sabbath)
Num 31:19 καὶ ὑμεῖς παρεμβάλετε ἔξω τῆς παρεμβολῆς ἑπτὰ ἡμέρας· πᾶς ὁ ἀνελὼν καὶ ὁ ἁπτόμενος τοῦ τετρωμένου ἁγνισθήσεται τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ τρίτῃ καὶ τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ, ὑμεῖς καὶ ἡ αἰχμαλωσία ὑμῶν·
And ye ye-should-have-had-casted-in-beside out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-casting-in-beside to-seven to-dayednesses; all the-one having-had-sectioned-up and the-one fastening of-the-one of-having-had-come-to-be-wounded it-shall-be-purified-to unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-third and unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one unto-seventh, ye and the-one a-spear-capturing-unto of-ye;
31:19 παρεμβαλειτε A F | αναιλων A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 15-23; Chisleu 17 Sabbath)
Num 31:20 καὶ πᾶν περίβλημα καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος δερμάτινον καὶ πᾶσαν ἐργασίαν ἐξ αἰγίας καὶ πᾶν σκεῦος ξύλινον ἀφαγνιεῖτε.
and to-all to-a-casting-about-to and to-all to-an-equipeedness to-aparting-to-belonged-to and to-all to-a-working-unto out of-goat-belonged and to-all to-an-equipeedness to-wooded-belonged-to ye-shall-purify-off-to.
31:20 αιγειας Ba b F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 15-23; Chisleu 17 Sabbath)
Num 31:21 καὶ εἶπεν Ἐλεαζὰρ ὁ ἱερεὺς πρὸς τοὺς ἄνδρας τῆς δυνάμεως τοὺς ἐρχομένους ἐκ τῆς παρατάξεως τοῦ πολέμου Τοῦτο τὸ δικαίωμα τοῦ νόμου ὃ συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ.
And it-had-said, an-Eleazar the-one a-sacreder-of, toward to-the-ones to-men of-the-one of-an-ability to-the-ones to-coming out of-the-one of-an-arranging-beside of-the-one of-a-war, The-one-this the-one an-en-course-belonging-to of-the-one of-a-parcelee to-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 15-23; Chisleu 17 Sabbath)
Num 31:22 πλὴν τοῦ χρυσίου καὶ τοῦ ἀργυρίου καὶ χαλκοῦ καὶ σιδήρου καὶ μολίβου καὶ κασσιτέρου,
To-beyond of-the-one of-a-goldlet and of-the-one of-a-silverlet and of-a-copper and of-an-iron and of-a-plumbum and of-a-tin,
Note: of-a-plumbum : used to avoid confusion with the paradigm lead.
31:22 του αργυριου και του χρυσιου A | κασιτερου F
[Appendix] καλχου A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 15-23; Chisleu 17 Sabbath)
Num 31:23 πᾶν πρᾶγμα διελεύσεται ἐν πυρί, καὶ καθαρισθήσεται, ἀλλ' ἢ τῷ ὕδατι τοῦ ἁγνισμοῦ ἁγνισθήσεται· καὶ πάντα ὅσα ἐὰν μὴ διαπορεύηται διὰ πυρός, διελεύσεται δι' ὕδατος.
all a-practicing-to it-shall-come-through in unto-a-fire, and it-shall-be-cleansed-to, other or unto-the-one unto-a-water of-the-one of-a-purifying-to-of it-shall-be-purified-to; and all which-a-which if-ever lest it-might-traverse-through-of through of-a-fire, it-shall-come-through through of-a-water.
31:23 διελευσεται 1°] pr ο Ba b A F | om εαν A F | διαπορευεται A F | διελευσεται 2°] pr ου A
(1451 B.C. Chislen 15-23; Chisleu 17 Sabbath)
Num 31:24 καὶ πλυνεῖσθε τὰ ἱμάτια τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῇ ἑβδόμῃ, καὶ καθαρισθήσεσθε· καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα εἰσελεύσεσθε εἰς τὴν παρεμβολήν.
And ye-shall-rinsen to-the-ones to-apparelets unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-seventh, and ye-shall-be-cleansed-to; and with to-the-ones-these ye-shall-come-into into to-the-one to-a-casting-in-beside.
31:24 πλυνεισθε] πλυνειτε F | καθαρισθησεσθαι F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 24 Sabbath; Chisleu 25)
Num 31:25 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 25)
Num 31:26 Λάβε τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν σκύλων τῆς αἰχμαλωσίας, ἀπὸ ἀνθρώπου ἕως κτήνους, σὺ καὶ Ἐλεαζὰρ ὁ ἱερεὺς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες τῶν πατριῶν τῆς συναγωγῆς·
Thou-should-have-had-taken to-the-one to-a-headlet of-the-ones of-flayed of-the-one of-a-spear-capturing-unto, off of-a-mankind unto-if-which of-a-befoundeedness, thou and an-Eleazar the-one a-sacreder-of and the-ones firsting of-the-ones of-fatherings-unto of-the-one of-a-leading-together;
Note: of-a-befoundeedness : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 25)
Num 31:27 καὶ διελεῖτε τὰ σκῦλα ἀνὰ μέσον τῶν πολεμιστῶν τῶν ἐκπορευομένων εἰς τὴν παράταξιν καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον πάσης συναγωγῆς.
and ye-shall-have-sectioned-through to-the-ones to-flayed up to-middle of-the-ones of-war-belongers of-the-ones of-traversing-out-of into to-the-one to-an-arranging-beside and up to-middle of-all of-a-leading-together.
31:27 εκπορευομενων] εκπεπορευομ. (sic) Ba b | συναγωγης] pr της A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 25)
Num 31:28 καὶ ἀφελεῖτε τέλος Κυρίῳ παρὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τῶν πολεμιστῶν τῶν ἐκπεπορευμένων εἰς τὴν παράταξιν, μίαν ψυχὴν ἀπὸ πεντακοσίων, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν κτηνῶν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν βοῶν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν προβάτων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν αἰγῶν·
And ye-shall-have-sectioned-off to-a-finisheedness unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) beside of-the-ones of-mankinds of-the-ones of-war-belongers of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-traverse-out-of into to-the-one to-an-arranging-beside, to-one to-a-breathing off of-five-hundred, off of-the-ones of-mankinds and off of-the-ones of-befoundeednesses and off of-the-ones of-oxen and off of-the-ones of-stepped-before and off of-the-ones of-goats;
Note: of-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
31:28 τελος] pr το A F | εκπεπορευμενων] εκπορευομενων A F | την παραταξιν] om την F | αιγων] ονων A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 25)
Num 31:29 καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἡμίσους αὐτῶν λήμψεσθε, καὶ δώσεις Ἐλεαζὰρ τῷ ἱερεῖ τὰς ἀπαρχὰς Κυρίου·
and off of-the-one of-half of-them ye-shall-take, and thou-shall-give unto-an-Eleazar unto-the-one unto-a-sacreder-of to-the-ones to-firstings-off of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh);
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 25)
Num 31:30 καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ἡμίσους τοῦ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ λήμψῃ ἕνα ἀπὸ τῶν πεντήκοντα, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν βοῶν καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν προβάτων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ὄνων καὶ ἀπὸ πάντων τῶν κτηνῶν, καὶ δώσεις αὐτὰ τοῖς Λευείταις τοῖς φυλάσσουσιν τὰς φυλακὰς ἐν τῇ σκηνῇ Κυρίου.
and off of-the-one of-half of-the-one of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl thou-shall-take to-one off of-the-ones of-fifty, off of-the-ones of-mankinds and off of-the-ones of-oxen and off of-the-ones of-stepped-before and off of-the-ones of-donkeys and off of-all of-the-ones of-befoundeednesses, and thou-shall-give to-them unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers unto-the-ones unto-guardering to-the-ones to-guarderies in unto-the-one unto-a-tenting of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
Note: of-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
31:30 ημισυς B* (ημισους Ba b) | του των υιων] τουτων των υιων B* (του των υι. Ba? b) | ενα] εν F | των πεντηκοντα] om των Ba b (hab B* A F) | Λευιταις Bb A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:31 καὶ ἐποίησεν Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἐλεαζὰρ ὁ ἱερεὺς καθὰ συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ.
And it-did-unto, a-Môusês and an-Eleazar the-one a-sacreder-of, down-to-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:32 καὶ ἐγενήθη τὸ πλεόνασμα τῆς προνομῆς ὃ ἐπρονόμευσαν οἱ ἄνδρες οἱ πολεμισταὶ ἀπὸ τῶν προβάτων ἑξακόσιαι χιλιάδες καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα καὶ πέντε χιλιάδες·
And it-was-became the-one a-beyonding-to of-the-one of-a-parceleeing-before to-which they-parceleed-before-of, the-ones men the-ones war-belongers, off of-the-ones of-stepped-before, six-hundred thousands and seventy and five thousands;
31:32 προνομης sup ras Ba | εβδομηκοντα και πεντε χιλιαδες] εβδ. χιλιαδες και πεντακισχιλια A πεντακισχιλια F* (pr και εβδ. χιλιαδες F1 mg inf)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:33 καὶ βόες, δύο καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα χιλιάδες·
and oxen, two and seventy thousands;
31:33 βοες] βοων A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:34 ὄνοι, μία καὶ ἑξήκοντα χιλιάδες·
donkeys, one and sixty thousands;
31:34 ονοι] και ονων A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:35 καὶ ψυχαὶ ἀνθρώπων ἀπὸ τῶν γυναικῶν αἳ οὐκ ἔγνωσαν κοίτην ἀνδρός, πᾶσαι ψυχαί, δύο καὶ τριάκοντα χιλιάδες.
and breathings of-mankinds off of-the-ones of-women which not they-had-acquainted to-a-situating of-a-man, all breathings, two and thirty thousands.
31:35 των γυναικων] γυν, κ sup ras Ba? om των F | πασαι ψυχαι] πασα ψυχη A F
[Appendix] κα F* και F1 (1°)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:36 καὶ ἐγενήθη τὸ ἡμίσευμα, ἡ μερὶς τῶν ἐκπεπορευμένων εἰς τὸν πόλεμον, ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν προβάτων τριακόσιαι καὶ τριάκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ πεντακισχίλιοι καὶ πεντακόσιοι.
And it-was-became the-one a-halfing-to, the-one a-portion of-the-ones of-having-had-come-to-traverse-out-of into to-the-one to-a-war, out of-the-one of-a-number of-the-ones of-stepped-before, three-hundred and thirty thousands and five-oft-thousand and five-hundred.
Note: five-oft-thousand and five-hundred listed 03* by HS but 03 reads five-oft-thousand and five-hundred : seven-oft-thousand and five-hundred in 02 is correct.
31:36 εκπεπορευμενων] εκπορευομενων A | τριακοσιαι] + χιλιαδες A F | πεντακισχιλιοι B* vid] επτακισχιλιαι (α 2° sup ras Ba?) Ba b επτακισχιλια A F | πεντακοσιοι B* vid] πεντακοσιαι Ba? πεντακοσια A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:37 καὶ ἐγένετο τὸ τέλος Κυρίῳ ἀπὸ τῶν προβάτων ἑξακόσιοι ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε·
And it-had-became the-one a-finisheedness unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) off of-the-ones of-stepped-before six-hundred seventy five;
Note: six-hundred listed 03* by HS but 03 reads six-hundred : six-hundred in 02 is correct.
31:37 εξακοσιοι B* vid] εξακοσιαι Ba? A1 εξακοσια A* F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:38 καὶ βόες ἓξ καὶ τριάκοντα χιλιάδες, καὶ τὸ τέλος Κυρίῳ δύο καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα·
and oxen six and thirty thousands, and the-one a-finisheedness unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) two and seventy;
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:39 καὶ ὄνοι τριάκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ φ´, καὶ τὸ τέλος Κυρίῳ εἷς καὶ ἑξήκοντα·
and donkeys thirty thousands and five-hundred, and the-one a-finisheedness unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) one and sixty;
31:39 φ´] πεντακοσιοι A F | εις] μια F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:40 καὶ ψυχαὶ ἀνθρώπων ἑκκαίδεκα χιλιάδες, καὶ τὸ τέλος αὐτῶν Κυρίῳ δύο καὶ τριάκοντα ψυχαί.
and breathings of-mankinds six-and-ten thousands, and the-one a-finisheedness of-them unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) two and thirty breathings.
31:40 εκκαιδεκα] εξ και δεκα A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:41 καὶ ἔδωκεν Μωυσῆς τὸ τέλος Κυρίῳ τὸ ἀφαίρεμα τοῦ θεοῦ Ἐλεαζὰρ τῷ ἱερεῖ, καθὰ συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ.
And it-gave, a-Môusês, to-the-one to-a-finisheedness unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) to-the-one to-a-sectioning-along-off-to of-the-one of-a-Deity unto-an-Eleazar unto-the-one unto-a-sacreder-of, down-to-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês.
31:41 καθα] καθαπερ A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:42 ἀπὸ ἡμισεύματος τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, οὓς διεῖλεν Μωυσῆς ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν πολεμιστῶν·
Off of-a-halfing-to of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl, to-which it-had-sectioned-through, a-Môusês, off of-the-ones of-men of-the-ones of-war-belongers;
31:42 ημισευματος] pr του Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:43 καὶ ἐγένετο τὸ ἡμίσευμα ἀπὸ τῆς συναγωγῆς ἀπὸ τῶν προβάτων τριακόσιαι χιλιάδες καὶ τριάκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ ἑπτακισχίλια καὶ πεντακόσια,
and it-had-became, the-one a-halfing-to off of-the-one of-a-leading-together off of-the-ones of-stepped-before, three-hundred thousands and thirty thousands and seven-oft-thousand and five-hundred,
31:43 απο της συν.] το της συν. A
[Appendix] επτακισχειλ. B* (επτακισχιλ. Bb)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:44 καὶ βόες ἓξ καὶ τριάκοντα χιλιάδες,
and oxen, six and thirty thousands,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:45 ὄνοι τριάκοντα χιλιάδες καὶ πεντακόσιοι,
donkeys, thirty thousands and five-hundred,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:46 καὶ ψυχαὶ ἀνθρώπων ἓξ καὶ δέκα χιλιάδες·
and breathings of-mankinds, six and ten thousands;
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 26-27)
Num 31:47 καὶ ἔλαβεν Μωυσῆς ἀπὸ τοῦ ἡμισεύματος τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ τὸ ἓν ἀπὸ τῶν πεντήκοντα, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν κτηνῶν, καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτὰ τοῖς Λευείταις τοῖς φυλάσσουσιν τὰς φυλακὰς τῆς σκηνῆς Κυρίου, ὃν τρόπον συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ.
and it-had-taken, a-Môusês, off of-the-one of-a-halfing-to of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl to-the-one to-one off of-the-ones of-fifty, off of-the-ones of-mankinds and off of-the-ones of-befoundeednesses, and it-gave to-them unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers unto-the-ones unto-guardering to-the-ones to-guarderies of-the-one of-a-tenting of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-which to-a-turn it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês.
Note: of-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
31:47 το εν] om το Ba b A | Λευιταις Bb A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 28)
Num 31:48 Καὶ προσῆλθον πρὸς Μωυσῆν πάντες οἱ κατεσταμένοι εἰς τὰς χιλιαρχίας τῆς δυνάμεως χιλίαρχοι καὶ ἑκατόνταρχοι,
And they-had-came-toward toward to-a-Môusês, all the-ones having-had-come-to-be-stood-down into to-the-ones to-firstings-of-thousand of-the-one of-an-ability, firsts-of-thousand and firsts-of-hundred,
31:48 καθεσταμενοι A F | χιλιαρας F* (χιλιαρχιας in mg item χι superscr F1)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 28)
Num 31:49 καὶ εἶπαν πρὸς Μωυσῆν Οἱ παῖδές σου εἰλήφασιν τὸ κεφάλαιον τῶν ἀνδρῶν τῶν πολεμιστῶν τῶν παρ' ἡμῶν, καὶ οὐ διαπεφώνηκεν ἀπ' αὐτῶν οὐδὲ εἷς·
and they-said toward to-a-Môusês, The-ones children of-thee they-hath-had-come-to-take to-the-one to-a-headlet of-the-ones of-men of-the-ones of-war-belongers of-the-ones beside of-us, and not it-had-come-to-sound-through-unto off of-them, not-then-also one;
31:49 απ αυτων] επ αυτων F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 28)
Num 31:50 καὶ προσενηνόχαμεν τὸ δῶρον Κυρίῳ ἀνὴρ ὃ εὗρεν σκεῦος χρυσοῦν καὶ χλιδῶνα καὶ ψέλιον καὶ δακτύλιον καὶ περιδέξιον καὶ ἐμπλόκιον, ἐξιλάσασθαι περὶ ἡμῶν ἔναντι Κυρίου.
and we-had-come-to-bear-toward to-the-one to-a-gift unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), a-man to-which it-had-found to-an-equipeedness to-golden and to-an-ornament and to-a-glidelet and to-digit-belonged and to-right-belonged-about and to-an-in-braidlet, to-have-sectionated-out about of-us in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
Note: to-a-glidelet : used to refer to smooth bracelets, armlets, anklets, rings, etc.
31:50 προσενηνοχαμεν] προσανενηνοχαμεν F | om και 2° Ba b A F | εξιλασασθε A | υιων A
[Appendix] εξειλασασθαι B* (εξιλ. Bb)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 28)
Num 31:51 καὶ ἔλαβεν Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἐλεαζὰρ ὁ ἱερεὺς τὸ χρυσίον παρ' αὐτῶν, πᾶν σκεῦος εἰργασμένον·
And it-had-taken, a-Môusês and an-Eleazar the-one a-sacreder-of, to-the-one to-a-goldlet beside of-them, and to-all to-an-equipeedness to-having-had-come-to-be-worked-to;
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 28)
Num 31:52 καὶ ἐγένετο πᾶν τὸ χρυσίον, τὸ ἀφαίρεμα ὃ ἀφεῖλον Κυρίῳ, ἓξ καὶ δέκα χιλιάδες καὶ ἑπτακόσιοι καὶ πεντήκοντα σίκλοι, παρὰ τῶν χιλιάρχων καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων.
and it-had-became all the-one a-goldlet, the-one a-sectioning-along-off-to to-which they-had-sectioned-off unto-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), six and ten thousands and seven-hundred and fifty shekels, beside of-the-ones of-firsts-of-thousand and beside of-the-ones of-firsts-of-hundred.
31:52 αφειλαν F | επτακοσιοι] πεντακοσιοι F | εκατοναρχων] εκα sup ras B1?
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 28)
Num 31:53 καὶ οἱ ἄνδρες οἱ πολεμισταὶ ἐπρονόμευσαν ἕκαστος ἑαυτῷ.
And the-ones men the-ones war-belongers they-parceleed-before-of, each, unto-self.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 28)
Num 31:54 καὶ ἔλαβεν Μωυσῆς καὶ Ἐλεαζὰρ ὁ ἱερεὺς τὸ χρυσίον παρὰ τῶν χιλιάρχων καὶ παρὰ τῶν ἑκατοντάρχων, καὶ εἰσήνεγκεν αὐτὰ εἰς τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου, μνημόσυνον τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἔναντι Κυρίου.
And it-had-taken, a-Môusês and an-Eleazar the-one a-sacreder-of, to-the-one to-a-goldlet beside of-the-ones of-firsts-of-thousand and beside of-the-ones of-firsts-of-hundred, and it-beared-into to-them into to-the-one to-a-tenting of-the-one of-a-witnesslet to-a-remembrance of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:1 Καὶ κτήνη πλῆθος ἦν τοῖς υἱοῖς Ῥουβὴν καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς Γάδ, πλῆθος σφόδρα· καὶ ἴδον τὴν χώραν Ἰαζὴρ καὶ τὴν χώραν Γαλαάδ, καὶ ἦν ὁ τόπος τόπος κτήνεσιν.
And befoundeednesses a-repleteedness it-was unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Roubên and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Gad, a-repleteedness to-vehemented; and they-had-seen to-the-one to-a-spacedness of-an-Iazêr and to-the-one to-a-spacedness of-a-Galaad, and it-was the-one an-occasion an-occasion unto-befoundeednesses.
Note: befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
32:1 κτηνη] η 2° sup ras seq ras 2 litt in Ba (κτηνους [forte κτηνων] B* vid) | πληθος 2°] + πολυ A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:2 καὶ προσελθόντες οἱ υἱοὶ Ῥουβὴν καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Γὰδ εἶπαν πρὸς Μωυσῆν καὶ πρὸς Ἐλεαζὰρ τὸν ἱερέα καὶ πρὸς τοὺς ἄρχοντας τῆς συναγωγῆς λέγοντες
And having-had-came-toward, the-ones sons of-a-Roubên and the-one sons of-a-Gad, they-said toward to-a-Môusês and toward to-an-Eleazar to-the-one to-a-sacreder-of and toward to-the-ones to-firsting of-the-one of-a-leading-together forthing,
32:2 αρχοντας] ανδρας A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:3 Ἀταρὼθ καὶ Δαιβὼν καὶ Ἰαζὴρ καὶ Ναμβρὰ καὶ Ἑσεβὼν καὶ Ἐλεαλὴ καὶ Σεβάμα καὶ Ναβαὺ καὶ Βαιάν,
An-Atarôth and a-Daibôn and an-Iazêr and a-Nambra and a-Hesebôn and an-Elealê and a-Sebama and a-Nabau and a-Baian,
32:3 Αταρων A | Δεβων F | Ναμβρα] Αμβραμ A Ναμρα F | Σεβαμα] Εσεβαμα Ba b Σεμαβα F | Βαιαν B Fvid (Βαια.)] Βαμα A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:4 τὴν γῆν ἣν παραδέδωκεν Κύριος ἐνώπιον τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, γῆ κτηνοτρόφος ἐστίν, καὶ τοῖς παισίν σου κτήνη ὑπάρχει.
to-the-one to-a-soil to-which it-had-come-to-give-beside, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-in-look-belonged of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl, a-soil a-befoundeedness-nourisher it-be; and unto-the-ones unto-children of-thee befoundeednesses it-firsteth-under.
Note: a-befoundeedness-nourisher : i.e. a livestock nourisher.
Note: befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
32:4 παραδεδωκεν] παρεδωκεν A F | των υιων] om των A | κτηνοτροφος γη A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:5 καὶ ἔλεγον Εἰ εὕρομεν χάριν ἐνώπιόν σου, δοθήτω ἡ γῆ αὕτη τοῖς οἰκέταις σου ἐν κατασχέσει, καὶ μὴ διαβιβάσῃς ἡμᾶς τὸν Ἰορδάνην.
And they-were-forthing, If we-had-found to-a-granting to-in-look-belonged of-thee, it-should-have-been-given the-one a-soil the-one-this unto-the-ones unto-housers of-thee in unto-a-holdening-down, and lest thou-might-have-through-step-stepped-to to-us to-the-one to-an-Iordanês.
32:5 ελεγον] ελεγοσαν A | ενωπιον] εναντιον A F | οικεταις] παισιν A
[Appendix] κατασχεσι B* (κατασχεσει Ba b : item 22)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:6 καὶ εἶπεν Μωυσῆς τοῖς υἱοῖς Γὰδ καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ῥουβήν Οἱ ἀδελφοὶ ὑμῶν πορεύονται εἰς πόλεμον, καὶ ὑμεῖς καθήσεσθε αὐτοῦ;
And it-had-said, a-Môusês, unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Gad and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Roubên, The-ones brethrened of-ye they-traverse-of into to-a-war, and ye ye-shall-sit-down of-it?
32:6 πορευσονται A F | πολεμον] pr τον Ba b F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:7 καὶ ἵνα τί διαστρέφετε τὰς διανοίας τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, μὴ διαβῆναι εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν Κύριος δίδωσιν αὐτοῖς;
And so to-what-one ye-beturn-through to-the-ones to-en-mullings-through-unto of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl, lest to-have-had-stepped-through into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-giveth unto-them?
32:7 διανοιας] καρδιας A | διαβηναι] αναβηναι A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:8 οὐχ οὕτως ἐποίησαν οἱ πατέρες ὑμῶν, ὅτε ἀπέστειλα αὐτοὺς ἐκ Καδὴς Βαρνὴ κατανοῆσαι τὴν γῆν;
Not unto-the-one-this they-did-unto, the-ones fathers of-ye, which-also I-set-off to-them out of-a-Kadês of-a-Barnê to-have-en-mulled-down-unto to-the-one to-a-soil?
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:9 καὶ ἀνέβησαν Φάραγγα βότρυος, καὶ κατενόησαν τὴν γῆν, καὶ ἀπέστησαν τὴν καρδίαν τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, ὅπως μὴ εἰσέλθωσιν εἰς τὴν γῆν ἣν ἔδωκεν Κύριος αὐτοῖς.
And they-had-stepped-up to-a-chasm of-a-cluster and they-en-mulled-down-unto to-the-one to-a-soil and they-stood-off to-the-one to-a-heart of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl, unto-which-whither lest they-might-have-had-came-into into to-the-one to-a-soil to-which it-gave, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-them.
32:9 αυτοις κυριος A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:10 καὶ ὠργίσθη θυμῷ Κύριος ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, καὶ ὤμοσεν λέγων
And it-was-stressed-to unto-a-passion Authority-belonged(Yahveh) in unto-the-one unto-a-dayedness unto-the-one-thither, and it-en-oathed forthing,
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:11 Εἰ ὄψονται οἱ ἄνθρωποι οὗτοι οἱ ἀναβάντες ἐξ Αἰγύπτου ἀπὸ εἰκοσαετοῦς καὶ ἐπάνω, οἱ ἐπιστάμενοι τὸ κακὸν καὶ τὸ ἀγαθόν, τὴν γῆν ἣν ὤμοσεν τῷ Ἀβραὰμ καὶ Ἰσαὰκ καὶ Ἰακώβ· οὐ γὰρ συνεπηκολούθησαν ὀπίσω μου·
If they-shall-behold, the-ones mankinds the-ones-these, the-ones having-had-stepped-up out of-an-Aiguptos off of-twenty-yearinged and upon-up-unto-which, the-ones standing-upon to-the-one to-wedge-wedged and to-the-one to-excess-placed, to-the-one to-a-soil to-which it-en-oathed unto-the-one unto-an-Abraam and unto-an-Isaak and unto-an-Iakôb; not too-thus they-pathed-along-upon-together-unto aback-unto-which of-me;
32:11 το αγαθον και το κακον A F | ωμοσα A F | τω Αβρ.] om τω A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:12 πλὴν Χαλὲβ υἱὸς Ἰεφοννὴ ὁ διακεχωρισμένος, καὶ Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυή, ὅτι συνεπηκολούθησεν ὀπίσω Κυρίου.
to-beyond, a-Chaleb a-son of-an-Iefonnê the-one having-had-come-to-be-spaced-through-to, and an-Iêsous the-one of-the-one of-a-Nauê, to-which-a-one it-pathed-along-upon-together-unto aback-unto-which of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
32:12 συνεπηκολουθησαν A F | Κυριου] μου A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:13 καὶ ὠργίσθη θυμῷ Κύριος ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ κατερρόμβευσεν αὐτοὺς ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ τεσσεράκοντα ἔτη, ἕως ἐξανηλώθη πᾶσα ἡ γενεά, οἱ ποιοῦντες τὰ πονηρὰ ἔναντι Κυρίου.
And it-was-stressed-to unto-a-passion Authority-belonged(Yahveh) upon to-the-one to-an-Israêl, and it-reeled-down-of to-them in unto-the-one unto-solituded to-forty to-yeareednesses, unto-if-which it-was-other-alonged-up-out all the-one a-becomedness, the-ones doing-unto to-the-ones to-en-necessitated in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
32:13 κατερεμβευσεν A F | τεσσαρακοντα Bb | εως] + αν A | εξαναλωθη A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:14 ἰδοὺ ἀνέστητε ἀντὶ τῶν πατέρων ὑμῶν, σύστρεμμα ἀνθρώπων ἁμαρτωλῶν, προσθεῖναι ἔτι ἐπὶ τὸν θυμὸν τῆς ὀργῆς Κυρίου ἐπὶ Ἰσραήλ·
Thou-should-have-had-seen, ye-had-stood-up ever-a-one of-the-ones of-fathers of-ye, a-beturning-together-to of-mankinds of-un-adjusted-along, to-have-had-placed-toward if-to-a-one upon to-the-one to-a-passion of-the-one of-a-stressing of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) upon to-an-Israêl;
32:14 προσθηναι | συστρεμμα (συνστρ. F)] συντριμμα Ba b | επι Ισρ.] επ Ισρ. A επι τον Ισρ. F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:15 ὅτι ἀποστραφήσεσθε ἀπ' αὐτοῦ προσθεῖναι ἔτι καταλιπεῖν αὐτὸν ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ, καὶ ἀνομήσετε εἰς ὅλην τὴν συναγωγὴν ταύτην.
to-which-a-one ye-shall-have-been-beturned-off off of-it to-have-had-placed-toward if-to-a-one to-have-had-remaindered-down to-it in unto-the-one unto-solituded, and ye-shall-un-parcelee-unto into to-whole to-the-one to-a-leading-together to-the-one-this.
32:15 καταλειπεν F
[Appendix] αποστραφησεσθαι A (item 22) | ανομησεται A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:16 καὶ προσῆλθον αὐτῷ καὶ ἔλεγον Ἐπαύλεις προβάτων οἰκοδομήσωμεν ὧδε τοῖς κτήνεσιν ἡμῶν καὶ πόλεις ταῖς ἀποσκευαῖς ἡμῶν,
And they-had-came-toward unto-it and they-were-forthing, To-channelings-upon of-stepped-before we-might-have-house-built-unto unto-which-then-also unto-the-ones unto-befoundeednesses of-us and to-cities unto-the-ones unto-equippings-off of-us,
Note: unto-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
32:16 επαυλις B* (επαυλεις Ba b) | οικοδομησομεν Ba b F | ημων 1°] υμων A | κατασκευαις A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:17 καὶ ἡμεῖς ἐνοπλισάμενοι προφυλακὴν πρότεροι τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, ἕως ἂν ἀγάγωμεν αὐτοὺς εἰς τὸν ἑαυτῶν τόπον· καὶ κατοικήσει ἡ ἀποσκευὴ ἡμῶν ἐν πόλεσιν τετειχισμέναις διὰ τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν γῆν.
and we having-implemented-in-to to-a-guardery-before more-before of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl, unto-if-which ever we-might-have-had-led to-them into to-the-one of-selves to-an-occasion; and it-shall-house-down-unto, the-one an-equipping-off of-us, in unto-cities unto-having-had-come-to-be-walled-to through to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto to-the-one to-a-soil.
32:17 προφυλακη A F | εαυτω A
[Appendix] ενοπλεισαμενοι A F | τετιχισμεναις B* F (τετειχ. Ba b)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:18 οὐ μὴ ἀποστραφῶμεν εἰς τὰς οἰκίας ἡμῶν ἕως ἂν καταμερισθῶσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἕκαστος εἰς τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ.
Not lest we-might-have-had-been-beturned-off into to-the-ones to-housings-unto of-us unto-if-which ever they-might-have-been-portioned-down-to the-ones sons of-an-Israêl each into to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-it.
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:19 καὶ οὐκέτι κληρονομήσωμεν ἐν αὐτοῖς ἀπὸ τοῦ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου καὶ ἐπέκεινα, ὅτι ἀπέχομεν τοὺς κλήρους ἡμῶν ἐν τῷ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου ἐν ἀνατολαῖς.
And not-if-to-a-one we-might-have-lot-parceleed-unto in unto-them off of-the-one to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês and thither-upon, to-which-a-one we-hold-off to-the-ones to-lots of-us in unto-the-one to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês in unto-finishings-up.
32:19 κληρονομησομεν Ba b F | εν αυτοις] εαυτοις A | περαν 2°] περα F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:20 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς Μωυσῆς Ἐὰν ποιήσητε κατὰ τὸ ῥῆμα τοῦτο, ἐὰν ἐξοπλίσησθε ἔναντι Κυρίου εἰς πόλεμον,
And it-had-said toward to-them, a-Môusês, If-ever ye-might-have-done-unto down to-the-one to-an-uttering-to to-the-one-this, if-ever ye-might-have-implemented-out-to in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) into to-a-war,
32:20 εξοπλισησθε] εξοπλισθησεσθαι A
[Appendix] εξοπλεισησθε F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:21 καὶ παρελεύσεται ὑμῶν πᾶς ὁπλίτης τὸν Ἰορδάνην ἔναντι Κυρίου ἕως ἂν ἐκτριβῇ ὁ ἐχθρὸς αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ προσώπου αὐτοῦ
and it-shall-come-beside of-ye, all an-implementer, to-the-one to-an-Iordanês in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) unto-if-which ever it-might-have-had-been-rubbed-out the-one en-enmitied of-it off of-looked-toward of-it,
32:21 οπλιστης A οπλειστης F | εως] ως A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:22 καὶ κατακυριευθῇ ἡ γῆ ἔναντι Κυρίου, καὶ μετὰ ταῦτα ἀποστραφήσεσθε· καὶ ἔσεσθε ἀθῷοι ἔναντι Κυρίου καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰσραήλ, καὶ ἔσται ἡ γῆ αὕτη ὑμῖν ἐν κατασχέσει ἔναντι Κυρίου.
and it-might-have-been-authority-belonged-down-of the-one a-soil in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and with to-the-ones-these ye-shall-have-been-beturned-off; and ye-shall-be un-guilted in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) and off of-an-Israêl, and it-shall-be the-one a-soil the-one-this unto-ye in unto-a-holdening-down in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
32:22–24 κατασχεσει…υμιν εαυ sup ras A?
32:22 om και 4° A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:23 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ποιήσητε οὕτως, ἁμαρτήσεσθε ἔναντι Κυρίου, καὶ γνώσεσθε τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ὑμῶν ὅταν ὑμᾶς καταλάβῃ τὰ κακά.
If-ever then-also lest ye-might-have-done-unto unto-the-one-this, ye-shall-un-adjust-along in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and ye-shall-acquaint to-the-one to-an-un-adjusting-along-unto of-ye which-also to-ye it-might-have-had-stepped-down, the-ones wedge-wedged.
32:22–24 κατασχεσει…υμιν εαυ sup ras A?
32:23 om εναντι Κυριου και γνωσεσθε F
[Appendix] αμαρτησεσθαι A | γνωσεσθαι A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:24 καὶ οἰκοδομήσητε ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς πόλεις τῇ ἀποσκευῇ ὑμῶν καὶ ἐπαύλεις τοῖς κτήνεσιν ὑμῶν, καὶ τὸ ἐκπορευόμενον ἐκ τοῦ στόματος ὑμῶν, τοῦτο ποιήσετε.
And ye-shall-house-build-unto unto-ye unto-them to-cities unto-the-one unto-an-equipping-off of-ye and to-channelings-upon unto-the-ones unto-befoundeednesses of-ye, and to-the-one to-traversing-out-of out of-the-one of-a-becutteeing-to of-ye to-the-one-this ye-shall-do-unto.
Note: unto-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
32:22–24 κατασχεσει…υμιν εαυ sup ras A?
32:24 οικοδομησεται A? οικοδομησετε F | αυτοις] εαυτοις A? F | την αποσκευην B* (τη αποσκευη Ba b) | om τουτο Ba b vid
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:25 καὶ εἶπαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ῥουβὴν καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Γὰδ πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγοντες Οἱ παῖδές σου ποιήσουσιν καθὰ ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν ἐντελεῖται.
And they-said, the-ones sons of-a-Roubên and the-ones sons of-a-Gad, toward to-a-Môusês forthing, The-ones children of-thee they-shall-do-unto down-to-which the-one authority-belonged(adon) of-us it-shall-finish-in.
32:25 ποιησουσιν bis et paene ter scr F* | ημων] ημιν A | εντελειται] εντελλεται Ba b F εντεταλται A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:26 ἡ ἀποσκευὴ ἡμῶν καὶ αἱ γυναῖκες ἡμῶν καὶ πάντα τὰ κτήνη ἡμῶν ἔσονται ἐν ταῖς πόλεσιν Γαλαάδ·
The-one an-equipping-off of-us and the-ones women of-us and all the-ones befoundeednesses of-us they-shall-be in unto-the-ones unto-cities of-a-Galaad;
Note: befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
32:26 και παντα τα κτ. ημ. και αι γυναικες ημ. A | κτηνη] σκευη F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:27 οἱ δὲ παῖδές σου παρελεύσονται πάντες ἐνωπλισμένοι καὶ ἐκτεταγμένοι ἔναντι Κυρίου εἰς τὸν πόλεμον, ὃν τρόπον ὁ κύριος λέγει.
the-ones then-also children of-thee they-shall-come-beside, all having-had-come-to-be-implemented-in-to and having-had-come-to-be-arranged-out in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) into to-the-one to-a-war, to-which to-a-turn the-one authority-belonged(adon) it-fortheth.
32:27 om και A | κυριος] κ̅̅ς̅̅ F* (υριο superscr F1)
[Appendix] ενωπλεισμεν. F1 (vid) (item 29, 32, F)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:28 Καὶ συνέστησεν αὐτοῖς Μωυσῆς Ἐλεαζὰρ τὸν ἱερέα καὶ Ἰησοῦν υἱὸν Ναυὴ καὶ τοὺς ἄρχοντας πατριῶν τῶν φυλῶν Ἰσραήλ,
And it-stood-together unto-them, a-Môusês, to-an-Eleazar to-the-one to-a-sacreder-of and to-the-one to-an-Iêsous to-a-son of-a-Nauê and to-the-ones to-firsting of-fatherings-unto of-the-ones of-tribings of-an-Israêl,
32:28 ιερα A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:29 καὶ εἶπεν πρὸς αὐτοὺς Μωυσῆς Ἐὰν διαβῶσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Ῥουβὴν καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Γὰδ μεθ' ὑμῶν τὸν Ἰορδάνην, πᾶς ἐνωπλισμένος εἰς πόλεμον ἔναντι Κυρίου, καὶ κατακυριεύσητε τῆς γῆς ἀπέναντι ὑμῶν, καὶ δώσετε αὐτοῖς τὴν γῆν Γαλαὰδ ἐν κατασχέσει·
and it-had-said toward to-them, a-Môusês, If-ever they-might-have-had-stepped-through, the-ones sons of-a-Roubên and the-ones sons of-a-Gad, with of-ye to-the-one to-an-Iordanês, all having-had-come-to-be-implemented-in-to into to-the-one to-a-war in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and ye-might-have-authority-belonged-down-of of-the-one of-a-soil off-in-ever-a-one of-ye, and ye-shall-give unto-them to-the-one to-a-soil of-a-Galaad in unto-a-holdening-down.
32:29 οι υιοι 2°] om οι A | Γαδ] Γαλααδ A | κατακυριευσετε F | δωσεται A
[Appendix] κατασχεσι B* (κατασχεσει Ba)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:30 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ διαβῶσιν ἐνωπλισμένοι μεθ' ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν πόλεμον ἔναντι Κυρίου, διαβιβάσατε τὴν ἀποσκευὴν αὐτῶν καὶ τὰς γυναῖκας αὐτῶν καὶ τὰ κτήνη αὐτῶν πρότερα ὑμῶν εἰς γῆν Χανάαν, καὶ συνκατακληρονομηθήσονται ἐν ὑμῖν ἐν τῇ γῇ Χανάαν.
If-ever then-also lest they-might-have-had-stepped-through having-had-come-to-be-implemented-in-to with of-ye into to-the-one to-a-war in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged, ye-should-have-through-step-stepped-to to-the-one to-an-equipping-off of-them and to-the-ones to-women of-them and to-the-ones to-befoundeednesses of-them to-more-before of-ye into to-a-soil of-a-Chanaan, and they-shall-be-lot-parceleed-down-together-unto in unto-ye in unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-a-Chanaan.
Note: to-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
32:30 τον πολεμον] om τον A F | διαβιβασατε] διαβιβασετε A διαβησετε F pr και Ba b A F | om και τας γυν. αυτων F
[Appendix] συγκατακληρονομ. Bb
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:31 καὶ ἀπεκρίθησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Ῥουβὴν καὶ υἱοὶ Γὰδ λέγοντες Ὅσα ὁ κύριος λέγει τοῖς θεράπουσιν, οὕτως ποιήσομεν·
And they-were-separated-off the-ones sons of-a-Roubên and sons of-a-Gad forthing, To-which-a-which the-one Authority-belonged(Yahveh) it-fortheth unto-the-ones unto-ministers, unto-the-one-this we-shall-do-unto;
32:31 υιοι 2°] pr οι A F | θεραπουσιν] + αυτου A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:32 ἡμεῖς διαβησόμεθα ἐνωπλισμένοι ἔναντι Κυρίου εἰς γῆν Χανάαν, καὶ δώσετε τὴν κατάσχεσιν ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου.
we we-shall-step-through having-had-come-to-be-implemented-in-to in-ever-a-one of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) into to-a-soil of-a-Chanaan, and ye-shall-give to-the-one to-a-holdening-down unto-us in unto-the-one to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês.
32:32 εναντι κ̅̅υ̅̅ ενωπλισμ. A | γην] pr την A | δωσεται A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 29)
Num 32:33 καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς Μωυσῆς, τοῖς υἱοῖς Γὰδ καὶ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ῥουβὴν καὶ τῷ ἡμίσει φυλῆς Μανασσὴ υἱῶν Ἰωσήφ, τὴν βασιλείαν Σηὼν βασιλέως Ἀμορραίων καὶ τὴν βασιλείαν Ὢγ βασιλέως Βασάν, τὴν γῆν καὶ τὰς πόλεις σὺν τοῖς ὁρίοις αὐτῆς, πόλεις τῆς γῆς κύκλῳ.
And it-gave unto-them, a-Môusês, unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Gad and unto-the-ones unto-sons of-a-Roubên and unto-the-one unto-half of-a-tribing of-a-Manassês of-sons of-an-Iôsêf, to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-a-Sêôn of-a-ruler-of of-Amor-belonged and to-the-one to-a-ruling-of of-an-Ôg of-a-ruler-of of-a-Basan, to-the-one to-a-soil and to-the-ones to-cities together unto-the-ones unto-boundlets of-it, to-cities of-the-one of-a-soil unto-a-circle.
32:33 ημισει] ημισυ B A F | Μαννασση A | Αμορραιων] pr των A | Βασαν] pr της Ba b A F | αυτης] αυτων F
[Appendix] ορειοις B* (οριοις Ba b)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 30 - Tebeth 25; Tebeth 1, 8, 15, 22 Sabbaths)
Num 32:34 Καὶ οἰκοδόμησαν οἱ υἱοὶ Γὰδ τὴν Δαιβὼν καὶ τὴν Ἀταρὼθ καὶ τὴν Ἀροὴρ
And they-house-built-unto, the-ones sons of-a-Gad, to-the-one to-a-Daibôn and to-the-one to-an-Atarôth and to-the-one to-an-Aroêr
32:34 ωκοδομησαν A F | Αταρωθ] Αστ. F1 vid
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 30 - Tebeth 25; Tebeth 1, 8, 15, 22 Sabbaths)
Num 32:35 καὶ τὴν Σωφὰρ καὶ τὴν Ἰαζήρ, καὶ ὕψωσαν αὐτάς·
and to-the-one to-a-Sôfar and to-the-one to-an-Iazêr, and they-en-lofteed to-them;
32:35 Σωφαρ] γην Σωφαρ A Σωφαν F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 30 - Tebeth 25; Tebeth 1, 8, 15, 22 Sabbaths)
Num 32:36 καὶ Ναμρὰμ καὶ τὴν Βαιθαράν, πόλεις ὀχυρὰς καὶ ἐπαύλεις προβάτων.
and to-a-Namram and to-the-one to-a-Baitharan, to-cities to-holdationed and to-channelings-upon of-stepped-before.
32:36 Ναμραμ] την Ν. Ba b την Αμβραν A | Βαιθαρρα A Βαιθαρραν F | οχυρας] ισχυρας F | επαυλεις] πολεις A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 30 - Tebeth 25; Tebeth 1, 8, 15, 22 Sabbaths)
Num 32:37 καὶ οἱ υἱοὶ Ῥουβὴν οἰκοδόμησαν τὴν Ἑσεβων καὶ Λεαλὴμ καὶ Καριαιθάμ,
And the-ones sons of-a-Roubên they-house-built-unto to-the-one to-a-Hesebôn and to-a-Lealêm and to-a-Kariaitham,
32:37 ωκοδομησαν A F | Εσεβων Ba b salt Εσεβοιν B* fort salt | Ελεαλημ Ba b Ελεαλη A F | Καριαθαιμ A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 30 - Tebeth 25; Tebeth 1, 8, 15, 22 Sabbaths)
Num 32:38 καὶ τὴν Βεελμεών, περικεκυκλωμένας, καὶ Σεβαμά· καὶ ἐπωνόμασαν κατὰ τὰ ὀνόματα αὐτῶν τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν πόλεων ἃς ᾠκοδόμησαν.
and to-the-one to-a-Beelmeôn, to-having-had-come-to-be-en-circled-about, and to-a-Sebama; and they-upon-named-to down to-the-ones to-namings-to of-them to-the-ones to-namings-to of-the-ones of-cities to-which they-house-built-unto.
32:38 και την Βεελμ.] pr και την Βαμω A pr και την Ναβω F | περικεκυκλωμενας] περικεκαλυμμενας A F | Σεβαμα] pr την Ba b A F | και επωνομασαν bis scr F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 30 - Tebeth 25; Tebeth 1, 8, 15, 22 Sabbaths)
Num 32:39 καὶ ἐπορεύθη υἱὸς Μαχεὶρ υἱοῦ Μανασσὴ Γαλαὰδ καὶ ἔλαβεν αὐτήν, καὶ ἀπώλεσεν τὸν Ἀμορραῖον τὸν κατοικοῦντα ἐν αὐτῇ.
And it-was-traversed-of a-son of-a-Macheir of-a-son of-a-Manassês to-a-Galaad and it-had-taken to-it, and it-destructed-off to-the-one to-Amor-belonged to-the-one to-housing-down-unto in unto-it.
32:39–41 Μαννασση A (ter)
32:39 Γαλααδ] pr εις A F
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 30 - Tebeth 25; Tebeth 1, 8, 15, 22 Sabbaths)
Num 32:40 καὶ ἔδωκεν Μωυσῆς τὴν Γαλαὰδ τῷ Μαχεὶρ υἱῷ Μανασσή, καὶ κατῴκησεν ἐκεῖ.
And it-gave, a-Môusês, to-the-one to-a-Galaad unto-the-one unto-a-Macheir unto-a-son of-a-Manassês, and it-housed-down-unto thither.
32:39–41 Μαννασση A (ter)
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 30 - Tebeth 25; Tebeth 1, 8, 15, 22 Sabbaths)
Num 32:41 καὶ Ἰαεὶρ ὁ τοῦ Μανασσὴ ἐπορεύθη καὶ ἔλαβεν τὰς ἐπαύλεις αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐπωνόμασεν αὐτὰς Ἐπαύλεις Ἰαείρ.
And an-Iaeir the-one of-the-one of-a-Manassês it-was-traversed-of and it-had-taken to-the-ones to-channelings-upon of-them, and it-upon-named-to to-them to-Channelings-upon of-an-Iaeir.
32:39–41 Μαννασση A (ter)
32:41 Ιαειρ 2°] Ιαηρ A
(1451 B.C. Chisleu 30 - Tebeth 25; Tebeth 1, 8, 15, 22 Sabbaths)
Num 32:42 καὶ Νάβαυ ἐπορεύθη καὶ ἔλαβεν τὴν Καὰθ καὶ τὰς κώμας αὐτῆς, καὶ ἐπωνόμασεν αὐτὰς Νάβωθ ἐκ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ.
And a-Nabau it-was-traversed-of and it-had-taken to-the-one to-a-Kaath and to-the-ones to-villages of-it, and it-upon-named-to to-them to-a-Nabôth out of-the-one of-a-naming-to of-it.
32:42 Κααθ] Κααναθ A Κανααθ F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26)
Num 33:1 Καὶ οὗτοι σταθμοὶ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, ὡς ἐξῆλθον ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου σὺν δυνάμει αὐτῶν ἐν χειρὶ Μωυσῆ καὶ Ἀαρών·
And the-ones-these standness-placings-of of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl as they-had-came-out out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos together unto-an-ability of-them in unto-a-hand of-a-Môusês and of-an-Aarôn;
33:1 σταθμοι] pr οι A F
[Appendix] δυναμι B* (δυναμει Ba b)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26)
Num 33:2 καὶ ἔγραψεν Μωυσῆς τὰς ἀπάρσεις αὐτῶν καὶ τοὺς σταθμοὺς αὐτῶν διὰ ῥήματος Κυρίου. καὶ οὗτοι σταθμοὶ τῆς πορείας αὐτῶν.
and it-scribed, a-Môusês, to-the-ones to-liftings-off of-them and to-the-ones to-standness-placings-of of-them through of-an-uttering-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh). And the-ones-these standness-placings-of of-the-one of-a-traversing-of of-them.
33:2 απαρσεις B F1 mg] επαρσεις A F* | σταθμοι] pr οι A F | ποριας A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1490 B.C. Abib 15)
Num 33:3 ἀπῆραν ἐκ Ῥαμεσσὴ τῷ μηνὶ τῷ πρώτῳ, τῇ πεντεκαιδεκάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ τοῦ μηνὸς τοῦ πρώτου· τῇ ἐπαύριον τοῦ πάσχα ἐξῆλθον οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἐν χειρὶ ὑψηλῇ ἐναντίον πάντων τῶν Αἰγυπτίων·
They-lifted-off out of-a-Ramessê unto-the-one unto-a-month unto-the-one unto-most-before, unto-the-one unto-five-and-tenth unto-a-dayedness of-the-one of-a-month of-the-one of-most-before; unto-the-one upon-to-morrow of-the-one of-a-Pascha they-had-came-out, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, in unto-a-hand unto-lofteed-of to-ever-a-oned-in of-all of-the-ones of-Aiguptos-belonged;
Note: upon-to-morrow : Greek AURION refers to the next daylight period, generally the next morning unless otherwise specified. During the ensuing daylight period of Pascha they lifted off out of Ramesse. Pascha begins at sunset ending the 14th day.
Note: see Exo_12:37.
33:3 απηραν] pr και A | Ραμεσση B* vid F] Ραμεσσων Ba (sup ras) A | τω μηνι] τω sup ras Ba | των Αιγ.] om των F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1490 B.C. Abib 15)
Num 33:4 καὶ οἱ Αἰγύπτιοι ἔθαπτον ἐξ αὑτῶν τοὺς τεθνηκότας πάντας οὓς ἐπάταξεν Κύριος, πᾶν πρωτότοκον ἐν γῇ Αἰγύπτῳ· καὶ ἐν τοῖς θεοῖς αὐτῶν ἐποίησεν τὴν ἐκδίκησιν Κύριος.
and the-ones Aiguptos-belonged they-were-burialing out of-themselves to-the-ones to-having-had-come-to-die to-all to-which it-smote, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-all to-most-before-creationed in unto-a-soil unto-an-Aiguptos; and in unto-the-ones unto-deities(elohim) of-them it-did-unto to-the-one to-a-coursing-out, Authority-belonged(Yahveh).
33:4 ους] οσους A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1490 B.C. Abib 15-28)
Num 33:5 καὶ ἀπάραντες οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἐκ Ῥαμεσσὴ παρενέβαλον εἰς Σοκχώθ·
And having-lifted-off, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, out of-a-Ramessê they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Sokchôth;
Note: about 25 miles southeast.
Note: see Exo_12:37.
33:5 και απαραντες] απαρ. δε A F | Ραμεσση] Ραμεσσης Ba b | Σοχωθ B* (Σοκχωθ Ba b)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1490 B.C Abib 19-26)
Num 33:6 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Σοκχὼθ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Βουθάν, ὅ ἐστιν μέρος τῆς ἐρήμου.
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Sokchôth and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Bouthan, which it-be a-portioneedness of-the-one of-solituded.
Note: about 50 miles south.
Note: see Exo_13:20.
33:6 απηραν] απαραντες A | Σοκχω (κ sup ras Aa) A | om και 2° A | εις bis scr F | μερος] + τι Ba b vid A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1490 B.C. Abib 27-29)
Num 33:7 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Βουθὰν καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐπὶ στόμα Ἐπιρώθ, ὅ ἐστιν ἀπέναντι Βεελσεπφών, καὶ παρενέβαλον ἀπέναντι Μαγδώλου.
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Bouthan and they-had-casted-in-beside upon to-a-becutteeing-to of-an-Epirôth, which it-be off-in-ever-a-one of-a-Beelsepfôn, and they-had-casted-in-beside off-in-ever-a-one of-a-Magdôlos.
Note: of-an-Epirôth : in 03*; of-a-Heirôth in 02 03C1 03C2 is correct; probably a primitive error with a scribe having the Hebrew sound in mind.
Note: about 15 miles southeast.
Note: see Exo_14:2-4.
33:7 Επιρωθ] Ειρωθ Ba b A F | Βεελσεφων A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1490 B.C. Abib 30 - Zif 3)
Num 33:8 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἀπέναντι Εἱρὼθ καὶ διέβησαν μέσον τῆς θαλάσσης εἰς τὴν ἔρημον· καὶ ἐπορεύθησαν ὁδὸν τριῶν ἡμερῶν διὰ τῆς ἐρήμου καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν Πικρίαις.
And they-lifted-off off-in-ever-a-one of-a-Heirôth and they-had-stepped-through to-middle of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness into to-the-one to-solituded; and they-were-traversed-of to-a-way of-three of-dayednesses through of-the-one of-solituded and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-Bitterings-unto.
Note: about 6.5 miles east east southeast across Red Sea and about 15 miles south southeast.
Note: Path across Red Sea = from 29.86 LAT 32.51 LONG to 29.82 LAT 32.61 LONG.
Note: see Exo_15:22.
33:8 μεσον] περαν F* (μεσ. F1 mg) | δια της ερημου] εις την ερημον F | ερημου] + αυτοι Ba b A F
[Appendix] πεικριαις B* (πικρ.. Bb: item 9)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1490 B.C. Zif 4-6)
Num 33:9 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Πικριῶν καὶ ἦλθον εἰς Αἰλείμ· καὶ ἐν Αἰλεὶμ ιβ´ πηγαὶ ὑδάτων καὶ ἑβδομήκοντα στελέχη φοινίκων· καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐκεῖ παρὰ τὸ ὕδωρ.
And they-lifted-off out of-Bitterings-unto and they-had-came into to-an-Aileim; and in unto-an-Aileim two-ten pitchings of-waters and seventy trunks of-palms; and they-had-casted-in-beside thither beside to-the-one to-a-water.
Note: about 15 miles south.
Note: see Exo_15:27.
33:9 Αιλειμ 2°] Ειλειμ F | ιβ´] δωδεκα A F | υδατων bis scr A | στελεχαι F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1490 B.C. Zif 7-22; Ziff 22 1st Sabbath)
Num 33:10 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐξ Αἰλεὶμ καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐπὶ θάλασσαν ἐρυθράν·
And they-lifted-off out of-an-Aileim and they-had-casted-in-beside upon to-a-flourisheredness to-red;
Note: about 35 miles southeast.
Note: see Exo_16:1.
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1490 B.C. Zif 23-29; Zif 29 Sabbath)
Num 33:11 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἀπὸ θαλάσσης ἐρυθρᾶς καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς τὴν ἔρημον Σείν·
and they-lifted-off of-a-flourisheredness of-red and they-had-casted-beside into to-the-one to-solituded of-a-Sein;
Note: to-the-one to-solituded of-a-Sein : there are two areas called the-one solituded of-a-Sein. (a) an area about 55 miles southwest of Ailôn (Sept.)/Elath (KJV); (b) an area about 40 miles north northwest of Ailôn (Sept.)/Elath (KJV); here the location is (a).
Note: about 20 miles east.
Note: see Exo_16:1.
33:11–12 Σειν (bis)] Σιν F om A
33:11 εις την ερημον] εν τη ερημω A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1490 B.C. Zif 30 - Sivan 2)
Num 33:12 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ τῆς ἐρήμου Σεὶν καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Ῥαφακά·
and they-lifted-off out of-the-one of-solituded of-a-Sein and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Rafaka;
Note: of-the-one to-solituded of-a-Sein : there are two areas called the-one solituded of-a-Sein. (a) an area about 55 miles southwest of Ailôn (Sept.)/Elath (KJV); (b) an area about 40 miles north northwest of Ailôn (Sept.)/Elath (KJV); here the location is (a).
Note: about 10 miles southeast.
Note: see Exo_17:1.
33:11–12 Σειν (bis)] Σιν F om A
33:12 Ραφακαν A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1490 B.C. Sivan 3-6; Sivan 6 Sabbath)
Num 33:13 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Ῥαφακὰ καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν Αἰλείμ·
And they-lifted-off out of-a-Rafaka and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-an-Aileim;
Note: about 15 miles southeast.
Note: see Exo_17:1.
33:13–14 Αιλειμ (bis)] Αιλους A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1490 B.C. Sivan 7-11)
Num 33:14 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐξ Αἰλεὶμ καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν Ῥαφιδείν, καὶ οὐκ ἦν ὕδωρ τῷ λαῷ πιεῖν ἐκεῖ.
and they-lifted-off out of-an-Aileim and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-a-Rafidein, and not it-was a-water unto-the-one unto-a-people to-have-had-drank thither.
Note: about 10 miles south southeast.
Note: see Exo_17:1.
33:13–14 Αιλειμ (bis)] Αιλους A F
33:14 υδωρ τω λ. πιειν εκει] υδ. τω λ. εκει πιειν B? εκει υδ. τω λ. πιειν A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1490 B.C. Sivan 12 - 1489 B.C. Sivan 3)
Num 33:15 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Ῥαφιδεὶν καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Σεινά·
And they-lifted-off out of-a-Rafidein and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Seina;
Note: about 20 miles east.
Note: see Exo_19:1.
33:15 Σεινα] Σινα Bb τη Σινα A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1489 B.C. Sivan 4-26)
Num 33:16 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ τῆς ἐρήμου Σεινὰ καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν Μνήμασιν ἐπιθυμίας·
and they-lifted-off out of-the-one of-solituded of-a-Seina and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-Memoryings-to of-a-passioning-upon-unto;
Note: about 15 miles south.
Note: see Num_10:33-36 and Num_11:1-34.
33:16–19 om επιθυμιας (1°)…και απηραν εκ Ρ. A* (hab sup ras Aa)
33:16 Σινα A F | μνημασι A | επιθυμιας] pr της Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1489 B.C. Sivan 7 - Thammus 15)
Num 33:17 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Μνημάτων ἐπιθυμίας καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν Ἁσηρώθ·
and they-lifted-off out of-Memoryings-to of-a-passioning-upon-unto and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-a-Hasêrôth;
Note: about 80 miles northeast.
Note: see Num_11:35.
33:16–19 om επιθυμιας (1°)…και απηραν εκ Ρ. A* (hab sup ras Aa)
33:17 επιθυμιας] pr της Aa F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1489 B.C. Thammus 16 – 1488 B.C. Abib 4)
Num 33:18 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐξ Ἁσηρὼθ καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν Ῥαθαμά·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Hasêrôth and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-a-Rathama;
Note: about 80 miles north northwest.
Note: see Num_13:1 (Num 12:16 KJV).
33:16–19 om επιθυμιας (1°)…και απηραν εκ Ρ. A* (hab sup ras Aa)
33:18 εξ] εκ F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1488 B.C. Abib 5 – 1486 B.C. Zif)
Num 33:19 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Ῥαθαμὰ καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν Ῥεμμὼν Φάρες·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Rathama and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-a-Remmôn of-a-Fares;
Note: about 25 miles north northeast.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:16–19 om επιθυμιας (1°)…και απηραν εκ Ρ. A* (hab sup ras Aa)
33:19 Ρεμμων] Ρεμμωθ F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1486 B.C. Sivan – 1484 B.C. Thammus)
Num 33:20 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Ῥαμμὼν Φάρες καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν Λεμωνά·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Rammôn of-a-Fares and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-a-Lemôna;
Note: of-a-Rammôn in 03: of-a-Remmôn is correct in 02.
Note: about 15 miles north northwest.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:20 Ραμμων] Ρεμμων A Ρεμμωθ F | Λεμωνα] Λεβωνα A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1484 B.C. Ab – 1482 B.C. Elul)
Num 33:21 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Λεμωνὰ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Δεσσά·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Lemôna and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Dessa;
Note: about 15 miles north northwest.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:21 Λεβωνα A F | Δεσσα] Ρεσσα A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1482 B.C. Ethanim – 1480 B.C. Bul)
Num 33:22 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Δεσσὰ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Μακελλάθ·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Dessa and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Makellath;
Note: about 15 miles north northeast.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:22 Ρεσσα A F | εις Μακελλαθ] εις Μακελαθ A εν Μακελαθ F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1480 B.C. Chisleu – 1478 B.C. Tebeth)
Num 33:23 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Μακελλὰθ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Σάφαρ·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Makellath and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Safar;
Note: to-a-Safar : referring to a mountain.
Note: about 15 miles north.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:23 Μακελαθ A F | εις] εν A F | Σαφαρ] pr ras 1 lit B Αρσαφαρ A Αρσαφαθ F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1478 B.C. Sebat – 1476 B.C. Adar)
Num 33:24 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Σάφαρ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Χαραδάθ·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Safar and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Charadath;
Note: about 15 miles east.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:24 Σαφαρ] Σαρσαφαρ A Αρσαφαθ F | εις] επι A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1475 B.C. Abib – 1473 B.C. Zif)
Num 33:25 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Χαραδὰθ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Μακηλώθ·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Charadath and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Makêlôth;
Note: about 20 miles east.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1473 B.C. Sivan – 1471 B.C. Thammus)
Num 33:26 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Μακηλὼθ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Κατάαθ·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Makêlôth and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Kataath;
Note: about 10 miles southwest.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:26–27 Κατθααθ F (bis)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1471 B.C. Ab – 1469 B.C. Elul)
Num 33:27 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Κατάαθ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Τάραθ·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Kataath and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Tarath;
Note: about 15 miles southeast.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:26–27 Κατθααθ F (bis)
33:27 Ταραθ] Θαραθ A Εκαραθ F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1469 B.C. Ethanim – 1467 B.C. Bul)
Num 33:28 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Τάραθ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Ματεκκά·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Tarath and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Matekka;
Note: about 10 miles south.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:28 Ταραθ] Θαραθ A Εκθαραθ F | Μαθεκκα A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1467 B.C. Chisleu – 1465 B.C. Tebeth)
Num 33:29 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Ματεκκὰ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Σελμωνά·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Matekka and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Selmôna;
Note: about 10 miles south.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:29 Μαθεκκα A F | Σελμωνα] Ασελμωνα A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1465 B.C. Sebat – 1463 B.C. Adar)
Num 33:30 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Σελμωνὰ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Μασσουρώθ·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Selmôna and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Massourôth;
Note: to-a-Massourôth : 01 02 03 all agree with the variance in spelling of the ending with verse 31; this is probably due to a conjugation scheme that was applied in transliterations from Hebrew.
Note: about 5 miles southwest.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:30–31 om εις Μασσουρωθ…παρενεβαλον F (hab F1 mgg dextr et inf) | Μασουρουθ A (bis)
33:30 εκ Ασελμωνα A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1464 B.C. Abib – 1462 B.C. Zif)
Num 33:31 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Μασσουροὺθ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Βαναία·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Massourouth and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Banaia;
Note: of-a-Massourouth : 01 02 03 all agree with the variance in spelling of the ending with verse 30; this is probably due to a conjugation scheme that was applied in transliterations from Hebrew.
Note: about 10 miles south southeast.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:30–31 om εις Μασσουρωθ…παρενεβαλον F (hab F1 mgg dextr et inf) | Μασουρουθ A (bis)
33:31 Βαναια] Βανικαν A Βανιακαν F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1462 B.C. Sivan – 1460 B.C. Thammus)
Num 33:32 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Βαναία καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς τὸ ὄρος Γαδγάδ·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Banaia and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-the-one to-a-jutteedness to-a-Gadgad;
Note: about 25 miles west southwest.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:32–33 Γαδγαδ] Γα. γα. F (bis)
33:32 Βανικαν A Βανακαν F | το ορος] om το A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1460 B.C. Ab – 1458 B.C. Elul)
Num 33:33 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ τοῦ ὄρους Γαδγὰδ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Σετεβάθα·
and they-lifted-off out of-the-one of-a-jutteedness of-a-Gadgad and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Setebatha;
Note: about 20 miles west.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:32–33 Γαδγαδ] Γα. γα. F (bis)
33:33 Σετεβαθα] Ετεβαθα Ba b F Ιεταβαθαν A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1458 B.C. Ethanim – 1456 B.C. Bul)
Num 33:34 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Σετεβάθα καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Σεβρωνά·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Setebatha and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Sebrôna;
Note: about 10 miles south.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:34 εκ Σετεβαθα] εξ Ετεβαθα Ba b (εξ Εταβαθα F) εξ Ιεταβαθαν A | Σεβρωνα] Εβρωνα A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1456 B.C. Chisleu – 1454 B.C. Tebeth)
Num 33:35 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐξ Σεβρωνὰ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Γεσσιὼν Γάβερ·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Sebrôna and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Gessiôn of-a-Gaber;
Note: about 15 miles south.
Note: 40 yeareedness wandering.
33:35–36 Γεσσιων (bis)] Γεσιων Ba b A Γεδσιων F
33:35 εκ Σεβρωνα] εξ Εβρωνα A F | εις] εν Ba b
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1454 B.C. Sebat – 1452 B.C. Adar) (; History 1451 B.C. Abib 1 - Ziff 15)
Num 33:36 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Γεσσιὼν Γάβερ καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Σείν· καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ τῆς ἐρήμου Σεὶν καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς τὴν ἔρημον Φαράν, αὕτη ἐστὶν Καδής·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Gessiôn of-a-Gaber and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Sein; and they-lifted-off out of-the-one of-solituded of-a-Sein and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-the-one to-solituded of-a-Faran, the-one-this it-be a-Kadês;
Note: unto-the-one unto-solituded of-a-Sein : there are two areas called the-one solituded of-a-Sein. (a) an area about 55 miles southwest of Ailôn (Sept.)/Elath (KJV); (b) an area about 40 miles north northwest of Ailôn (Sept.)/Elath (KJV); here the location is (b).
Note: first movement about 40 miles north northwest; second movement also about 40 miles north northwest.
Note: first movement : 40 yeareedness wandering.
Note: second movement see Num_12:16.
33:35–36 Γεσσιων (bis)] Γεσιων Ba b A Γεδσιων F
33:36 Σιν A F (bis)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1451 B.C. Zif 16 - Ab 10)
Num 33:37 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Καδὴς καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Ὣρ τὸ ὄρος, πλησίον γῆς Ἐδώμ.
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Kadês and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Hôr to-the-one to-a-jutteedness, to-nigh-belonged of-a-soil of-an-Edôm.
Note: about 10 miles northeast.
Note: see Num_20:22.
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1451 B.C. Ab 1)
Num 33:38 καὶ ἀνέβη Ἀαρὼν ὁ ἱερεὺς διὰ προστάγματος Κυρίου, καὶ ἀπέθανεν ἐκεῖ ἐν τῷ τεσσαρακοστῷ ἔτει τῆς ἐξόδου τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ ἐκ γῆς Αἰγύπτου, τῷ μηνὶ τῷ πέμπτῳ, μιᾷ τοῦ μηνός·
And it-had-stepped-up, an-Aarôn the-one a-sacreder-of, through of-an-arranging-toward-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh), and it-had-died-off thither in unto-the-one unto-fortieth unto-a-yeareedness of-the-one of-a-way-out of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl out of-a-soil of-an-Aiguptos, unto-the-one unto-a-month unto-the-one unto-fifth, unto-one of-the-one of-a-month;
Note: Aarôn 1573 B.C. - 1451 B.C.
Note: see Num_20:27-28.
33:38 ο ιερευς] + πλησιον του ορους A | απεθανεν εκει] απεθανεκει (sic) F | τεσσαρακοστω Bb? c?
[Appendix] ετι A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1451 B.C. Ab 1)
Num 33:39 καὶ Ἀαρὼν ἦν τριῶν καὶ εἴκοσι καὶ ἑκατὸν ἐτῶν, ὅτε ἀπέθνῃσκεν ἐν Ὣρ τῷ ὄρει.
and an-Aarôn it-was of-three and of-twenty and of-a-hundred of-yeareednesses, which-also it-was-dying-off in unto-a-Hôr unto-the-one unto-a-jutteedness,
Note: see Num_20:28.
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1451 B.C. Ab 3–9)
Num 33:40 καὶ ἀκούσας ὁ Χανανείς, βασιλεὺς Ἀράδ· καὶ οὗτος κατῴκει ἐν γῇ Χανάαν, ὅτε εἰσεπορεύοντο οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ.
and having-heard, the-one a-Chananeis a-ruler-of of-an-Arad; and the-one-this it-was-housing-down-unto in unto-a-soil of-a-Chanaan, which-also they-were-traversing-into-of, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl.
Note: see Num_21:1.
33:40 Χανανις Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1451 B.C. Ab 10-14)
Num 33:41 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐξ Ὣρ τοῦ ὄρους καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Σελμωνά·
And they-lifted-off out of-a-Hôr of-the-one of-a-jutteedness and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Selmôna;
Note: about 50 miles east.
Note: see Num_21:4.
33:41 εις Σελμωνα] εν Σελμ. Ba? b A εισελμωνα (sic) F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1451 B.C. Ab 14-16)
Num 33:42 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Σελμωνὰ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Φεινώ·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Selmôna and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Feinô;
Note: about 10 miles south southeast.
Note: see Num_21:4.
33:42 εις Φεινω] εν Φινω A εν Φινων F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1451 B.C. Ab 17-19)
Num 33:43 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Φεινὼ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Σωβώθ·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Feinô and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Sôbôth;
Note: about 10 miles west northwest.
Note: see Num_21:10.
33:43 Φινω A Φινων F | εις Σωβωθ] εν Ωβωθ A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1451 B.C. Ab 20-23)
Num 33:44 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Σωβὼθ καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν Γαί, ἐν τῷ πέρα ἐπὶ τῶν ὁρίων Μωάβ·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Sôbôth and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-a-Gai, in unto-the-one unto-across upon of-the-ones of-boundlets of-a-Môab;
Note: about 30 miles northeast.
Note: see Num_21:11.
33:44 εκ Σωβωθ] εξ Ωβωθ A F | περαν Ba b A F
[Appendix] ορειων B* (οριων Bb)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1451 B.C. Ab 24-27)
Num 33:45 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Γαὶ καὶ παρενέβαλον εἰς Δαιβὼν Γάδ·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Gai and they-had-casted-in-beside into to-a-Daibôn of-a-Gad;
Note: about 30 miles north.
Note: see Num_21:12.
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1451 B.C. Ab 28-30)
Num 33:46 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Δαιβὼν Γὰδ καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐν Γελμὼν Δεβλαθάιμ·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Daibôn of-a-Gad and they-had-casted-in-beside in unto-a-Gelmôn of-a-Deblathaim;
Note: about 10 miles north northwest.
Note: see Num_21:13-35.
33:46 εν] εις A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1451 B.C. Elul 1-14)
Num 33:47 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἐκ Γελμὼν Δεβλαθάιμ καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐπὶ τὰ ὄρη τὰ Ἀβαρεὶμ ἀπέναντι Ναβαύ·
and they-lifted-off out of-a-Gelmôn of-a-Deblathaim and they-had-casted-in-beside upon to-the-ones to-jutteednesses to-the-ones of-an-Abareim off-in-ever-a-one of-a-Nabau;
Note: about 10 miles north northwest.
Note: see Num_21:13-35.
33:47 Δαιβλαθαιν A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1451 B.C. Elul 15 - Bul 24; time of Balaam Num 22-24)
Num 33:48 καὶ ἀπῆραν ἀπὸ ὀρέων Ἀβαρεὶμ καὶ παρενέβαλον ἐπὶ δυσμῶν Μωάβ, ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου κατὰ Ἰερειχώ·
and they-lifted-off off of-jutteednesses of-an-Abareim and they-had-casted-in-beside upon of-sinkeeings of-a-Môab, upon of-the-one of-an-Iordanês down to-an-Iereichô;
Note: about 10 miles north northwest.
Note: see Num_22:1.
33:48 Ιεριχω Bb A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 26; History 1451 B.C. Bul 25 - Tebeth 26; Num 25-32; Tebeth 26 only because Moses is writing this text on that day, Israel remains in this location until 1450 B.C. Abib 7)
Num 33:49 καὶ παρενέβαλον παρὰ τὸν Ἰορδάνην ἀνὰ μέσον Αἱσιμὼθ ἕως Βελσὰ τὸ κατὰ δυσμὰς Μωάβ.
and they-had-casted-in-beside to-the-one to-an-Iordanês up to-middle of-a-Haisimôth unto-if-which of-a-Belsa to-the-one down to-sinkeeings of-a-Môab.
Note: see Num_25:1.
33:49 Ασιμωθ A | Βελσαττιμ A Βελσαττειν F | το κατα] om το A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 33:50 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων ἐπὶ δυσμῶν Μωὰβ παρὰ τὸν Ἰορδάνην κατὰ Ἰερειχώ
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing upon of-sinkeeings of-a-Môab beside to-the-one to-an-Iordanês down to-an-Iereichô,
33:50 om λεγων Ba b A F | παρα τον Ιορδανην] επι του Ιορδανου A | Ιεριχω Bb A + λεγων Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 33:51 Λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς Ὑμεῖς διαβαίνετε τὸν Ἰορδάνην εἰς γῆν Χανάαν·
Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl and thou-shall-utter toward to-them, Ye ye-step-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês into to-the-one to-a-soil of-a-Chanaan;
33:51 διαβεννετε A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 33:52 καὶ ἀπολεῖτε πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐν τῇ γῇ πρὸ προσώπου ὑμῶν, καὶ ἐξαρεῖτε τὰς σκοπιὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ πάντα τὰ εἴδωλα τὰ χωνευτὰ αὐτῶν ἀπολεῖτε αὐτά, καὶ πάσας τὰς στήλας αὐτῶν ἐξαρεῖτε.
and ye-shall-destruct-off to-all to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto in unto-the-one unto-a-soil before of-looked-toward of-ye, and ye-shall-lift-out to-the-ones to-scouteeings-unto of-them, and to-all to-the-ones to-images to-the-ones to-moltened-of of-them ye-shall-destruct-off to-them, and to-all to-the-ones to-blocks of-them ye-shall-lift-out.
33:52 om τα ειδωλα F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 33:53 καὶ ἀπολεῖτε πάντας τοὺς κατοικοῦντας τὴν γῆν καὶ κατοικήσετε ἐν αὐτῇ, ὑμῖν γὰρ δέδωκα τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν ἐν κλήρῳ.
And ye-shall-destruct-off to-all to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto to-the-one to-a-soil and ye-shall-house-down-unto in unto-it; unto-ye too-thus I-had-come-to-give to-the-one to-a-soil of-them in unto-a-lot.
33:53 om παντας A F | κατοικησεται F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 33:54 καὶ κατακληρονομήσετε τὴν γῆν αὐτῶν ἐν κλήρῳ κατὰ φυλὰς αὐτῶν· τοῖς πλείοσιν πληθυνεῖτε τὴν κατάσχεσιν αὐτῶν, καὶ τοῖς ἐλάττοσιν ἐλαττώσετε τὴν κατάσχεσιν αὐτῶν· εἰς ὃ ἐὰν ἐξέλθῃ τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐκεῖ, αὐτοῦ ἔσται· κατὰ φυλὰς πατριῶν ὑμῶν κληρονομήσετε.
And ye-shall-lot-parcelee-down-unto to-the-one to-a-soil of-them in unto-a-lot down to-tribings of-them; unto-the-ones unto-more-beyond ye-shall-repleten to-the-one to-a-holdening-down of-them, and unto-the-ones unto-lackinged-of ye-shall-en-lacken to-the-one to-a-holdening-down of-them; into to-which if-ever it-might-have-had-came-out, the-one a-naming-to of-it thither, of-it it-shall-be; down to-tribings of-fatherings-unto of-ye ye-shall-lot-parcelee-unto.
33:54 om και κατακληρονομησετε την γ. αυτων εν κληρω B* (hab Ba b mg inf) | κατακληρονομησεται F | om αυτων 1° A F | εν κληρω] κληρωτι A F | αυτων 2°] υμων A F | ελαττωσεται A | εαν] αν Ba b A F
[Appendix] πλιοσιν A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 33:55 ἐὰν δὲ μὴ ἀπολέσητε τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἀπὸ προσώπου ὑμῶν, καὶ ἔσται οὓς ἐὰν καταλίπητε ἐξ αὐτῶν, σκόλοπες ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς ὑμῶν καὶ βολίδες ἐν ταῖς πλευραῖς ὑμῶν, καὶ ἐχθρεύσουσιν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς ἐφ' ἣν ὑμεῖς κατοικήσετε·
If-ever then-also lest ye-might-have-sectioned-off to-the-ones to-housing-down-unto upon of-the-one of-a-soil off of-looked-toward of-ye, and it-shall-be to-which if-ever ye-might-have-had-remaindered-down out of-them, skewers in unto-the-ones unto-eyes of-ye and casts in unto-the-ones unto-sidednesses of-ye, and they-shall-en-enmity-of upon of-the-one of-a-soil upon to-which ye ye-shall-house-down-unto;
Note: skewers : used to refer to angled projections such as a palisade of angled pales, a tree or bush or thorn presenting such a danger, the end part of a fish hook, etc., with the sense of requiring concentrated awareness to avoid being stuck.
33:55 ους εαν] ους αν Ba b F οσους αν A | καταλειπητε A F | εχθρευσουσιν] + υμιν A F
[Appendix] εκθρευσ. A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 33:56 καὶ ἔσται καθότι διεγνώκειν ποιῆσαι αὐτούς, ποιήσω ὑμᾶς.
and it-shall-be down-to-which-a-one I-had-come-to-have-acquainted-through to-have-done-unto to-them, I-shall-do-unto to-ye.
33:56 δειεγνωκειν (sic) A | ποιησαι] ποιησεται A | αυτοις F | υμας] υμιν B* vid (ας sup ras Ba) A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 34:1 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 34:2 Ἔντειλαι τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς Ὑμεῖς εἰσπορεύεσθε εἰς τὴν γῆν Χανάαν· αὕτη ἔσται ὑμῖν εἰς τὴν κληρονομίαν, γῆ Χανάαν σὺν τοῖς ὁρίοις αὐτῆς.
Thou-should-have-finished-in unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl and thou-shall-utter toward to-them, Ye ye-traverse-into-of into to-the-one to-a-soil of-a-Chanaan; the-one-this it-shall-be unto-ye into to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto, a-soil of-a-Chanaan together unto-the-ones unto-boundlets of-it.
34:2 εισπορευεσθαι F | om υμιν F | την κληρονομιαν] om την Ba b A F
[Appendix] εντειλε F | ορειοις B* (ορι.. Bb: item 6 [2°], 7)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 34:3 καὶ ἔσται ὑμῖν τὸ κλίτος τὸ πρὸς λίβα ἀπὸ ἐρήμου Σεὶν ἕως ἐχόμενον Ἐδώμ, καὶ ἔσται ὑμῖν τὰ ὅρια πρὸς λίβα ἀπὸ μέρους τῆς θαλάσσης τῆς ἁλυκῆς ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν·
And it-shall-be unto-ye the-one a-clineedness the-one toward to-a-south off of-solituded of-a-Sein unto-if-which to-holding of-an-Edôm, and it-shall-be unto-ye the-ones boundlets toward to-a-south off of-a-portioneedness of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness of-the-one of-salted off of-finishings-up;
Note: of-solituded of-a-Sein : there are two areas called the-one solituded of-a-Sein. (a) an area about 55 miles southwest of Ailôn (Sept.)/Elath (KJV); (b) an area about 40 miles north northwest of Ailôn (Sept.)/Elath (KJV); here the location is (b).
34:3 λιβα 1°] βορρα A | Σιν A F
[Appendix] κλειτος A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 34:4 καὶ κυκλώσει ὑμᾶς τὰ ὅρια ἀπὸ λιβὸς πρὸς ἀνάβασιν Ἀκραβείν, καὶ παρελεύσεται Ἐννάκ, καὶ ἔσται ἡ διέξοδος αὐτοῦ πρὸς λίβα Καδὴς τοῦ Βαρνή, καὶ ἐξελεύσεται εἰς ἔπαυλιν Ἀράδ, καὶ παρελεύσεται Ἀσεμῶνα.
and it-shall-en-circle to-ye, the-ones boundlets, off of-a-south toward to-a-stepping-up of-an-Akrabein, and it-shall-come-beside to-an-Ennak, and it-shall-be the-one a-way-out-through of-it toward to-a-south a-Kadês of-the-one of-a-Barnê, and it-shall-come-out into to-a-channeling-upon of-an-Arad, and it-shall-come-beside to-an-Asemôna.
34:4 Εννακ] Σεεννακ A F | Ασελμωνα A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 34:5 καὶ κυκλώσει τὰ ὅρια ἀπὸ Ἀσεμῶνα χειμάρρουν Αἰγύπτου, καὶ ἔσται ἡ διέξοδος ἡ θάλασσα.
And it-shall-en-circle, the-ones boundlets, off of-an-Asemôna to-pour-flowed of-an-Aiguptos, and it-shall-be the-one a-way-out-through the-one a-flourisheredness.
34:5 κυκλωσει] κυσει (sic) F | τα ορια] α ορεια B* τα ορεια Ba? (ορια Bb) | Ασεμωνα] Σελμωνα A Ασελμωνα F | χειμμαρρον A
[Appendix] χιμαρρουν F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 34:6 καὶ τὰ ὅρια τῆς θαλάσσης ἔσται ὑμῖν· ἡ θάλασσα ἡ μεγάλη ὁριεῖ, τοῦτο ἔσται ὑμῖν τὰ ὅρια τῆς θαλάσσης.
And the-ones boundlets of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness it-shall-be unto-ye; the-one a-flourisheredness the-one-great it-shall-bound-to, the-one-this it-shall-be unto-ye the-ones boundlets of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness.
34:6 η θαλασσα] om η A | τα ορια 2°] το οριον A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 34:7 καὶ τοῦτο ἔσται τὰ ὅρια ὑμῖν πρὸς βορρᾶν· ἀπὸ τῆς θαλάσσης τῆς μεγάλης καταμετρήσετε ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς παρὰ τὸ ὄρος τὸ ὄρος·
And the-one-this it-shall-be the-ones boundlets unto-ye toward to-a-north; off of-the-one of-a-flourisheredness of-the-one of-great ye-shall-measure-down-unto unto-ye unto-them beside to-the-one to-a-jutteedness to-the-one to-a-jutteedness;
34:7 υμιν τα ορια A F | καταμετρησετε] καταμετρησεται B A καταμετρηθησεται F | om το ορος 2° A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 34:8 καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄρους τὸ ὄρος καταμετρήσετε αὐτοῖς, εἰσπορευομένων εἰς Ἑμάθ, καὶ ἔσται ἡ διέξοδος αὐτῶν τὰ ὅρια Σαράδακ·
and off of-the-one of-a-jutteedness to-the-one to-a-jutteedness ye-shall-measure-down-unto unto-them, of-traversing-into-of into to-a-Hemath, and it-shall-be the-one a-way-out-through of-them the-ones boundlets of-a-Saradak;
34:8 καταμετρησετε] καταμετρηθησεται A F | Εμαθ] Αιμαθ A F | αυτων] αυτου Ba b A F | Σαραδακ] Σαδαδακ A Σαδδακ F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 34:9 καὶ ἐξελεύσεται τὰ ὅρια Δεφρῶνα, καὶ ἔσται ἡ διέξοδος αὐτοῦ Ἁρσεναείμ· τοῦτο ἔσται ὑμῖν ὅρια ἀπὸ βορρᾶ.
and it-shall-come-out, the-ones boundlets, to-a-Defrôna, and it-shall-be the-one a-way-out-through of-it a-Harsenaeim; the-one-this it-shall-be unto-ye boundlets off of-a-north.
34:9 Δεφρωνα] Εφρωνα Ba b Ζεφρωνα A (.εφρωνα F) | Αρσεναειμ] Αρσερναειμ Ba? b Ασερναιν A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 34:10 καὶ καταμετρήσετε ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς τὰ ὅρια ἀνατολῶν ἀπὸ Ἁρσεναεὶν Σεπφάμαρ·
And ye-shall-measure-down-unto unto-ye unto-them to-the-ones to-boundlets of-finishings-up off of-a-Harsenaein to-a-Sepfamar;
Note: of-a-Harsenaein in 01 02 03 : of-a-Harsenaeim is correct; probably a scribe had the sound of the Hebrew ending in mind.
34:10 αυτοις] εαυτοις A | Αρσεναειν] Ασερναειν Ba? b F Ασερναιν A | Σεπφαμαρ] φαμ sup ras B? Σεπφαμα F
[Appendix] καταμετρησεται A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 34:11 καὶ καταβήσεται τὰ ὅρια ἀπὸ Σεπφάμαρ Βηλὰ ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν ἐπὶ πηγάς, καὶ καταβήσεται τὰ ὅρια Βηλὰ ἐπὶ νώτου θαλάσσης Χενάρα ἀπὸ ἀνατολῶν.
And it-shall-step-down, the-ones boundlets, off of-a-Sepfamar to-a-Bêla off of-finishings-up upon to-pitchings, and it-shall-step-down, the-ones boundlets, of-a-Bêla upon of-reared of-a-flourisheredness of-a-Chenara off of-finishings-up.
34:11 Χεναρα] Χενερεθ A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 34:12 καὶ καταβήσεται τὰ ὅρια ἐπὶ τὸν Ἰορδάνην, καὶ ἔσται ἡ διέξοδος θάλασσα ἡ ἁλυκή. αὕτη ὑμῖν ἔσται ἡ γῆ καὶ τὰ ὅρια αὐτῆς κύκλῳ.
And it-shall-step-down, the-ones boundlets, upon to-the-one to-an-Iordanês, and it-shall-be the-one a-way-out-through a-flourisheredness the-one salted. The-one-this unto-ye it-shall-be the-one a-soil and the-ones boundlets of-it unto-a-circle.
34:12 η αλυκη] om η Ba b vid | εσται υμιν A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 34:13 καὶ ἐνετείλατο Μωυσῆς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ λέγων Αὕτη ἡ γῆ ἣν κατακληρονομήσετε αὐτὴν μετὰ κλήρου, ὃν τρόπον συνέταξεν Κύριος τῷ Μωυσῇ δοῦναι αὐτὴν ταῖς ἐννέα φυλαῖς καὶ τῷ ἡμίσει φυλῆς Μανασσή·
And it-finished-in, a-Môusês, unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl forthing, The-one-this the-one a-soil to-which ye-shall-lot-parcelee-down-unto to-it with of-a-lot, to-which to-a-turn it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-one unto-a-Môusês to-have-had-given to-it unto-the-ones unto-nine unto-tribings and unto-the-one unto-half of-a-tribing of-a-Manassês;
34:13–14 Μαννασση A (bis)
34:13 om τω Μωυση Ba b A F | ημισει] ημισυ F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 34:14 ὅτι ἔλαβεν φυλὴ υἱῶν Ῥουβὴν καὶ φυλὴ υἱῶν Γὰδ κατ' οἴκους πατριῶν αὐτῶν, καὶ τὸ ἥμισυ φυλῆς Μανασσὴ ἀπέλαβον τοὺς κλήρους αὐτῶν·
to-which-a-one it-had-taken, a-tribing of-sons of-a-Roubên and a-tribing of-sons of-a-Gad down to-houses of-fatherings-unto of-them and the-one half of-a-tribing of-a-Manassês, they-had-taken-off to-the-ones to-lots of-them;
34:13–14 Μαννασση A (bis)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 27)
Num 34:15 δύο φυλαὶ καὶ ἥμισυ φυλῆς ἔλαβον τοὺς κλήρους αὐτῶν πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου κατὰ Ἰερειχὼ ἀπὸ νότου κατ' ἀνατολάς.
two tribings and half of-a-tribing they-had-taken to-the-ones to-lots of-them to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês down to-an-Iereichô off of-a-tropic down to-finishings-up.
34:15 om αυτων F | Ιεριχω Bb A | κατ ανατ.] προς ανατ. A κατα ανατ. F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 28)
Num 34:16 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 28)
Num 34:17 Ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν ἀνδρῶν οἳ κληρονομήσουσιν ὑμῖν τὴν γῆν, Ἐλεαζὰρ ὁ ἱερεὺς καὶ Ἰησοῦς ὁ τοῦ Ναυή.
The-ones-these the-ones namings-to of-the-ones of-men which they-shall-lot-parcelee-unto unto-ye to-the-one to-a-soil, an-Eleazar the-one a-sacreder-of and an-Iêsous the-one of-the-one of-a-Nauê.
34:17 om υμιν A | ο του Ναυν] υιος Ναυη A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 28)
Num 34:18 καὶ ἄρχοντα ἕνα ἐκ φυλῆς λήμψεσθε κατακληρονομῆσαι ὑμῖν τὴν γῆν.
And to-firsting to-one out of-a-tribing ye-shall-take to-have-lot-parceleed-down-unto unto-ye to-the-one to-a-soil.
34:18 [Appendix] κατακληρονοσαι F* (κατακληρονομησ. F1 vid)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 28)
Num 34:19 καὶ ταῦτα τὰ ὀνόματα τῶν ἀνδρῶν· τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα, Χαλὲβ υἱὸς Ἰεφοννή·
And the-ones-these the-ones namings-to of-the-ones of-men; of-the-one of-a-tribing of-an-Ioudas, a-Chaleb a-son of-an-Iefonnê;
34:19 υιος Ιεφ.] ο του Ιεφ. F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 28)
Num 34:20 τῆς φυλῆς Συμεών, Σαλαμιὴλ υἱὸς Σεμιούδ·
of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Sumeôn, a-Salamiêl a-son of-a-Semioud;
34:20 Σεμιουδ] Εμιουδ Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 28)
Num 34:21 τῆς φυλῆς Βενιαμείν, Ἐλδὰδ υἱὸς Χασλών·
of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Beniamein, an-Eldad a-son of-a-Chaslôn;
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 28)
Num 34:22 τῆς φυλῆς Δάν, ἄρχων Βακχεὶρ υἱὸς Ἐγλεί·
of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Dan, firsting a-Bakcheir a-son of-an-Eglei;
34:22 Βακχειρ] Βοκκι A Βαχχι F | Εγλει] Εκλι A Ιεκαι F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 28)
Num 34:23 τῶν υἱῶν Ἰωσὴφ φυλῆς υἱῶν Μανασσή, ἄρχων Ἁνειὴλ υἱὸς Σουφί·
of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Iôsêf of-a-tribing of-sons of-a-Manassês, firsting a-Haneiêl a-son of-a-Soufi;
34:23 Μαννασση A | Ανιηλ A F | Σουφι] Ουφιδ A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 28)
Num 34:24 τῆς φυλῆς υἱῶν Ἐφράιμ, ἄρχων Καμουὴλ υἱὸς Σαβαθά·
of-the-one of-a-tribing of-sons of-an-Efraim, firsting a-Kamouêl a-son of-a-Sabatha;
34:24 Σαβαθαν A Σαφαταν F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 28)
Num 34:25 τῆς φυλῆς Ζαβουλών, ἄρχων Ἐλεισαφὰν υἱὸς Φαρνάχ·
of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Zaboulôn, firsting an-Eleisafan a-son of-a-Farnach;
34:25 Ελισαφαν A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 28)
Num 34:26 τῆς φυλῆς υἱῶν Ἰσσαχάρ, ἄρχων Φαλτειὴλ υἱὸς Ὀζά·
of-the-one of-a-tribing of-sons of-an-Issachar, firsting a-Falteiêl a-son of-an-Oza;
34:26 Φαλτιηλ A Fvid (Φα.τιηλ)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 28)
Num 34:27 τῆς φυλῆς υἱῶν Ἀσήρ, ἄρχων Ἀχιὼρ υἱὸς Σελεμεί·
of-the-one of-a-tribing of-sons of-an-Asêr, firsting an-Achiôr a-son of-a-Selemei;
34:27 Αχιωρ] Αχιωβ A | Σελεμει] λεμ sup ras Ba Σελεμι A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 28)
Num 34:28 τῆς φυλῆς Νεφθαλεί, ἄρχων Φαδαὴλ υἱὸς Βενιαμειούδ.
of-the-one of-a-tribing of-a-Nefthalei, firsting a-Fadaêl a-son of-a-Beniameioud.
34:28 Βενιαμειουδ] Βενιαμιουδ Bb Αμιουδ A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 28)
Num 34:29 τούτοις ἐνετείλατο Κύριος καταμερίσαι τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ ἐν γῇ Χανάαν.
Unto-the-ones-these it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-have-portioned-down-to unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl in unto-a-soil of-a-Chanaan.
34:29 τουτοις] ουτοι οις A F | καταμερισαι] καταμετρησαι A F | τοις υιοις] τους υιους A | γη] pr τη γη F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 29 Sabbath; Tebeth 30)
Num 35:1 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν ἐπὶ δυσμῶν Μωὰβ παρὰ τὸν Ἰορδάνην κατὰ Ἰερειχὼ λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês upon of-sinkeeings of-a-Môab beside to-the-one to-an-Iordanês down to-an-Iereichô forthing,
35:1 κ̅̅ς̅̅ προς Μωυσην sup ras Aa | Ιεριχω Bb A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:2 Σύνταξον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ δώσουσιν τοῖς Λευείταις ἀπὸ τῶν κλήρων κατασχέσεως αὐτῶν πόλεις κατοικεῖν, καὶ τὰ προάστια τῶν πόλεων κύκλῳ αὐτῶν δώσουσιν τοῖς Λευείταις·
Thou-should-have-arranged-together unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl and they-shall-give unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers off of-the-ones of-lots of-a-holdening-down of-them to-cities to-house-down-unto, and to-the-ones to-town-belonged-before of-the-ones of-cities unto-a-circle of-them they-shall-give unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers;
35:2 Λευιταις (1°) Bb Aa (sup ras) F | Λευιταις (2°) Bb A F item infra pluries
[Appendix] προαστεια Ba? b (item 7)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:3 καὶ ἔσονται αὐτοῖς αἱ πόλεις κατοικεῖν, καὶ τὰ ἀφορίσματα αὐτῶν ἔσται τοῖς κτήνεσιν αὐτῶν καὶ πᾶσι τοῖς τετράποσιν αὐτῶν.
and they-shall-be unto-them the-ones cities to-house-down-unto, and the-ones boundings-off-to of-them it-shall-be unto-the-ones unto-befoundeednesses of-them and unto-all unto-the-ones unto-four-footed of-them.
Note: unto-befoundeednesses : something able to be corporatively tamed and utilized; i.e. livestock.
35:3 εσονται] + τοις Λευιταις F | αι πολεις αυτοις A F | εσται] εσονται F | κτηνεσιν αυτων] σιν αυτων sup ras 33 circ litt Aa + κατοικειν F | om και πασι τοις τετρ. αυτων A | πασιν F
[Appendix] αφωρισματα A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:4 καὶ τὰ συνκυροῦντα τῶν πόλεων ἃς δώσετε τοῖς Λευείταις ἀπὸ τείχους τῆς πόλεως καὶ ἔξω δισχιλίους πήχεις κύκλῳ·
And to-the-ones to-en-authoritying-together of-the-ones of-cities to-which ye-shall-give unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers off of-a-lineationeedness of-the-one of-a-city and out-unto-which to-twice-thousand to-fores unto-a-circle;
35:4 δωσετε] δωσεται A (ita infra vv. 7, 8, 13, 14 bis) | om κυκλω F
[Appendix] συγκυρ. Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:5 καὶ μετρήσεις ἔξω τῆς πόλεως τὸ κλίτος τὸ πρὸς ἀνατολὰς δισχιλίους πήχεις, καὶ τὸ κλίτος τὸ πρὸς λίβα δισχιλίους πήχεις, καὶ τὸ κλίτος τὸ πρὸς θάλασσαν δισχιλίους πήχεις, καὶ τὸ κλίτος τὸ πρὸς βορρᾶν δισχιλίους πήχεις· καὶ ἡ πόλις μέσον τούτου ἔσται ὑμῖν, καὶ τὰ ὅμορα τῶν πόλεων.
and thou-shall-measure-unto out-unto-which of-the-one of-a-city to-the-one to-a-clineedness to-the-one toward to-finishings-up to-twice-thousand to-fores, and to-the-one to-a-clineedness to-the-one toward to-a-south to-twice-thousand to-fores, and to-the-one to-a-clineedness to-the-one toward to-a-flourisheredness to-twice-thousand to-fores, and to-the-one to-a-clineedness to-the-one toward to-a-north to-twice-thousand to-fores; and the-one a-city to-middle of-the-one-this it-shall-be unto-ye, and the-ones bounded-along of-the-ones of-cities.
35:5 ανατολας] ανατο sup ras Aa | om και τα ομορα των πολεων F
κλειτος A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:6 καὶ τὰς πόλεις δώσετε τοῖς Λευείταις, τὰς ἓξ πόλεις τῶν φυγαδευτηρίων ἃς δώσετε φεύγειν ἐκεῖ τῷ φονεύσαντι, καὶ πρὸς ταύταις τεσσεράκοντα καὶ δύο πόλεις·
And to-the-ones to-cities ye-shall-give unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers, to-the-ones to-six to-cities of-the-ones of-flee-hitherlets to-which ye-shall-give to-flee thither unto-the-one unto-having-slayed-of, and toward unto-the-ones-these to-forty and to-two to-cities;
35:6 δωσετε 1°] pr ας A F | φυγειν Ba b F
[Appendix] τεσσαρακ. Bb (item 7)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:7 πάσας τὰς πόλεις δώσετε τοῖς Λευείταις καὶ τεσσεράκοντα καὶ ὀκτὼ πόλεις, ταύτας καὶ τὰ προάστια αὐτῶν.
to-all to-the-ones to-cities ye-shall-give unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers and to-forty and to-eight to-cities, to-the-ones-these and to-the-ones to-town-belonged-before of-them.
35:7 δωσετε] pr ας A F | om και 1° Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:8 καὶ τὰς πόλεις ἃς δώσετε ἀπὸ τῆς κατασχέσεως υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, ἀπὸ τῶν τὰ πολλὰ πολλά, καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἐλαττόνων ἐλάττω· ἕκαστος κατὰ τὴν κληρονομίαν αὐτοῦ ἣν κληρονομήσουσιν, δώσουσιν ἀπὸ τῶν πόλεων τοῖς Λευείταις.
And to-the-ones to-cities to-which ye-shall-give off of-the-one of-a-holdening-down of-sons of-an-Israêl, off of-the-ones to-much to-much, and off of-the-ones of-lackinged-of to-lackinged-of; each down to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-it to-which they-shall-lot-parcelee-unto, they-shall-give off of-the-ones of-cities unto-the-ones unto-Leuei-belongers.
35:8 υιων] pr των A F | κατακληρ. A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:9 Καὶ ἐλάλησεν Κύριος πρὸς Μωυσῆν λέγων
And it-spoke-unto, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), toward to-a-Môusês forthing,
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:10 Λάλησον τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἐρεῖς πρὸς αὐτούς Ὑμεῖς διαβαίνετε τὸν Ἰορδάνην εἰς γῆν Χανάαν,
Thou-should-have-spoken-unto unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl and thou-shall-utter toward to-them, Ye ye-step-through to-the-one to-an-Iordanês into to-a-soil of-a-Chanaan,
35:10 διαβεννεται A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:11 καὶ διαστελεῖτε ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς πόλεις· φυγαδευτήρια ἔσται ὑμῖν, φυγεῖν ἐκεῖ τὸν φονευτήν, πᾶς ὁ πατάξας ψυχὴν ἀκουσίως.
and ye-shall-set-through unto-ye unto-them to-cities; flee-hitherlets it-shall-be unto-ye, to-have-had-fled thither to-the-one to-a-slayer-of, all the-one having-smote to-a-breathing unto-un-be-out-belonged.
35:11 εαυτοις F | ο παταξας] om ο A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:12 καὶ ἔσονται αἱ πόλεις ὑμῖν φυγαδευτήρια ἀπὸ ἀγχιστεύοντος τὸ αἷμα, καὶ οὐ μὴ ἀποθάνῃ ὁ φονεύων ἕως ἂν στῇ ἔναντι τῆς συναγωγῆς εἰς κρίσιν.
And they-shall-be the-ones cities unto-ye flee-hitherlets off of-most-nearing-of to-the-one to-a-rushering-to, and not lest it-might-have-had-died-off, the-one a-slayer-of, unto-if-which ever it-might-have-had-stood in-ever-a-one of-the-one of-a-leading-together into to-a-separating.
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:13 καὶ αἱ πόλεις ἃς δώσετε, τὰς ἓξ πόλεις, φυγαδευτήρια ἔσονται ὑμῖν·
And the-ones cities to-which ye-shall-give, to-the-ones to-six to-cities, flee-hitherlets they-shall-be unto-ye;
35:13 τας εξ] om τας F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:14 τρεῖς πόλεις δώσετε πέραν τοῦ Ἰορδάνου, καὶ τὰς τρεῖς πόλεις δώσετε ἐν τῇ γῇ Χανάαν.
to-three to-cities ye-shall-give to-across of-the-one of-an-Iordanês, and to-the-ones to-three to-cities ye-shall-give in unto-the-one unto-a-soil of-a-Chanaan.
35:14 τρεις 1°] pr τας Ba b A F | περαν] εν τω A F | τη γη] om τη A F
[Appendix] τρις A (1°)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:15 φυγάδιον ἔσται τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, καὶ τῷ προσηλύτῳ τῷ παροίκῳ τῷ ἐν ὑμῖν· ἔσονται αἱ πόλεις αὗται εἰς φυγαδευτήριον, φυγεῖν ἐκεῖ παντὶ πατάξαντι ψυχὴν ἀκουσίως.
A-fleelet it-shall-be unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl, and unto-the-one unto-comeable-toward unto-the-one unto-housed-beside unto-the-one in unto-ye; they-shall-be the-ones cities the-ones-these into to-flee-hitherlets, to-have-had-fled thither unto-all unto-having-smote to-a-breathing unto-un-be-out-belonged.
35:15 τω παροικω] pr και Ba b A F | φευγειν A | παντι παταξαντι] παντα τον φονευοντα F (πατα. (sic) F1 mg)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:16 ἐὰν δὲ ἐν σκεύει σιδήρου πατάξῃ αὐτόν καὶ τελευτήσῃ, φονευτής ἐστιν· θανάτῳ θανατούσθω ὁ φονευτής.
If-ever then-also in unto-an-equipeedness of-an-iron it-might-have-smote to-it and it-might-have-finished-of-unto, a-slayer-of it-be, unto-a-death it-should-be-en-deathed the-one a-slayer-of.
35:16 [Appendix] σκευι A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:17 ἐὰν δὲ ἐν λίθῳ ἐκ χειρός ἐν ᾧ ἀποθανεῖται ἐν αὐτῷ πατάξῃ αὐτόν, καὶ ἀποθάνῃ, φονευτής ἐστιν· θανάτῳ θανατούσθω ὁ φονευτής.
If-ever then-also in unto-a-stone out of-a-hand in unto-which it-shall-die-off in unto-it it-might-have-smote to-it, and it-might-have-had-died-off, a-slayer-of it-be; unto-a-death it-should-be-en-deathed the-one a-slayer-of.
35:17 δε] τε F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:18 ἐὰν δὲ ἐν σκεύει ξυλίνῳ ἐκ χειρός ἐξ οὗ ἀποθανεῖται ἐν αὐτῷ πατάξῃ αὐτόν, καὶ ἀποθάνῃ, φονευτής ἐστιν· θανάτῳ θανατούσθω ὁ φονευτής·
If-ever then-also in unto-an-equipeedness unto-wooded-belonged-to out of-a-hand out of-which it-shall-die-off in unto-it it-might-have-smote to-it, and it-might-have-had-died-off, a-slayer-of it-be; unto-a-death it-should-be-en-deathed the-one a-slayer-of;
35:18 om εν αυτω A* F (hab B Aa?) | θανατουσθω] αποθανειτε A αποθανειται F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:19 ὁ ἀγχιστεύων τὸ αἷμα, οὗτος ἀποκτενεῖ τὸν φονεύσαντα· ὅταν συναντήσῃ αὐτῷ οὗτος, ἀποκτενεῖ αὐτόν.
the-one most-nearing-of to-the-one to-a-rushering-to, the-one-this, it-shall-kill-off to-the-one to-having-slayed-of; which-also-ever it-might-have-together-ever-a-oned-unto unto-it, the-one-this, it-shall-kill-off to-it.
35:19 ουτος 1°] αυτος F | αυτω· ουτος F
[Appendix] αγχιστυων A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:20 ἐὰν δὲ δι' ἔχθραν ὤσῃ αὐτὸν καὶ ἐπιρίψει ἐπ' αὐτὸν πᾶν σκεῦος ἐξ ἐνέδρου, καὶ ἀποθάνῃ,
If-ever then-also through to-an-en-enmitying it-might-have-pushed-unto to-it and it-might-have-flung-upon upon to-it to-all to-an-equipeedness out of-an-en-seating-in, and it-might-have-had-died-off,
35:20 επιριψη B? A F | om παν σκευος Ba b
[Appendix] εχραν F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:21 ἢ διὰ μῆνιν ἐπάταξεν αὐτὸν τῇ χειρί, καὶ ἀποθάνῃ, θανάτῳ θανατούσθω ὁ πατάξας, φονευτής ἐστιν· θανάτῳ θανατούσθω ὁ φονεύων· ὁ ἀγχιστεύων τὸ αἷμα ἀποκτενεῖ τὸν φονεύσαντα ἐν τῷ συναντῆσαι αὐτῷ.
or through to-a-wrath it-smote to-it unto-the-one unto-a-hand, and it-might-have-had-died-off, unto-a-death it-should-be-en-deathed the-one having-smote, a-slayer-of it-be; unto-a-death it-should-be-en-deathed the-one a-slayer-of; the-one most-nearing to-the-one to-a-rushering-to it-shall-kill-off to-the-one to-having-slayed-of in unto-the-one to-have-together-ever-a-oned-unto unto-it.
35:21 αποκτενει] παταξει A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:22 ἐὰν δὲ ἐξάπινα οὐ δι' ἔχθραν ὤσῃ αὐτὸν ἢ ἐπιρίψῃ ἐπ' αὐτὸν πᾶν σκεῦος οὐκ ἐξ ἐνέδρου,
If-ever then-also out-off-so not through to-an-en-enmitying it-might-have-pushed to-it or it-might-have-flung-upon upon to-it to-all to-an-equipeedness not out of-an-en-seating-in,
35:22 εξαπινης A F | επιρριψη F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:23 ἢ παντὶ λίθῳ ἐν ᾧ ἀποθανεῖται ἐν αὐτῷ οὐκ εἰδώς, καὶ ἐπιπέσῃ ἐπ' αὐτόν, καὶ ἀποθάνῃ, αὐτὸς δὲ οὐκ ἐχθρὸς αὐτοῦ ἦν οὐδὲ ζητῶν κακοποιῆσαι αὐτόν·
or unto-all unto-a-stone in unto-which it-shall-die-off in unto-it not having-had-come-to-see, it-might-have-had-fallen-upon upon to-it, and it-might-have-had-died-off, it then-also not en-enmitied of-it it-was not-then-also seeking-unto to-have-wedge-wedge-done-unto to-it;
35:23 ουδε] ου F
[Appendix] αποθανειτε A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:24 καὶ κρινεῖ ἡ συναγωγὴ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ πατάξαντος καὶ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ ἀγχιστεύοντος τὸ αἷμα κατὰ τὰ κρίματα ταῦτα.
and it-shall-separate, the-one a-leading-together, up to-middle of-the-one of-having-smote and up to-middle of-the-one of-most-nearing-of to-the-one to-a-rushering-to down to-the-ones to-separatings-to to-the-ones-these.
35:24–25 κατα τα κριματα ταυτα…η συν. εις την partim sup ras partim in mg inf Ba b (om τον φονευσαντα…η συναγωγη B* vid)
35:24 [Appendix] κρεινει B* (κρινει Bb)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:25 καὶ ἐξελεῖται ἡ συναγωγὴ τὸν φονεύσαντα ἀπὸ τοῦ ἀγχιστεύοντος τὸ αἷμα, καὶ ἀποκαταστήσουσιν αὐτὸν ἡ συναγωγὴ εἰς τὴν πόλιν τοῦ φυγαδευτηρίου αὐτοῦ οὗ κατέφυγεν, καὶ κατοικήσῃ ἐκεῖ ἕως ἂν ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἱερεὺς ὁ μέγας, ὃν ἔχρισαν αὐτὸν τῷ ἐλαίῳ τῷ ἁγίῳ.
And it-shall-section-out, the-one a-leading-together, to-the-one to-having-slayed-of off of-the-one of-most-nearing-of to-the-one to-a-rushering-to, and they-shall-stand-down-off to-it, the-one a-leading-together, into to-the-one to-a-city of-the-one of-a-flee-hitherlet of-it of-which it-had-fled-down, and it-might-have-housed-down-unto thither unto-if-which ever it-might-have-had-died-off, the-one a-sacreder-of the-one great, to-which they-anointed to-it unto-the-one unto-an-oillet unto-the-one unto-hallow-belonged.
35:24–25 κατα τα κριματα ταυτα…η συν. εις την partim sup ras partim in mg inf Ba b (om τον φονευσαντα…η συναγωγη B* vid)
35:25 εξελειτε A | αποκαταστησουσιν…φυγ. αυτου] εις την πολιν του φυγαδευτηριου αποκαταστησει αυτον η συναγωγη A | κατοικησει A F
[Appendix] εχρεισαν B* A F (εχρισ. Bb)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:26 ἐὰν δὲ ἐξόδῳ ἐξέλθῃ ὁ φονεύσας τὰ ὅρια τῆς πόλεως εἰς ἣν κατέφυγεν ἐκεῖ,
If-ever then-also unto-a-way-out it-might-have-had-came-out, the-one a-slayer-of, to-the-ones to-boundlets of-the-one of-a-city into to-which it-had-fled-down thither,
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:27 καὶ εὕρῃ αὐτὸν ὁ ἀγχιστεύων τὸ αἷμα ἔξω τῶν ὁρίων τῆς πόλεως καταφυγῆς αὐτοῦ, καὶ φονεύσῃ ὁ ἀγχιστεύων τὸ αἷμα τὸν φονεύσαντα, οὐκ ἔνοχός ἐστιν·
and it-might-have-had-found to-it, the-one most-nearing-of to-the-one to-a-rushering-to, out-unto-which of-the-ones of-boundlets of-the-one of-a-city of-a-fleeing-down of-it, and it-might-have-slayed-of, the-one most-nearing-of to-the-one to-a-rushering-to, to-the-one to-having-slayed-of, not held-in it-be;
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:28 ἐν γὰρ τῇ πόλει τῆς καταφυγῆς κατοικείτω ἕως ἂν ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἱερεὺς ὁ μέγας· μετὰ τὸ ἀποθανεῖν τὸν ἱερέα τὸν μέγαν ἐπαναστραφήσεται ὁ φονεύσας εἰς τὴν γῆν τῆς κατασχέσεως αὐτοῦ.
in too-thus unto-the-one unto-a-city of-the-one of-a-fleeing-down it-should-house-down-unto unto-if-which ever it-might-have-had-died-off, the-one a-sacreder-of the-one great; with to-the-one to-have-had-died-off to-the-one to-a-sacreder-of to-the-one to-great it-shall-have-been-beturned-up-upon the-one having-slayed-of into to-the-one to-a-soil of-the-one of-a-holdening-down of-it.
35:28 καταφυγης] + αυτου A F | μετα το αποθ.] pr και Ba b A F
[Appendix] πολι B* (πολει Ba b)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:29 καὶ ἔσται ταῦτα ὑμῖν εἰς δικαίωμα κρίματος εἰς τὰς γενεὰς ὑμῶν ἐν πάσαις ταῖς κατοικίαις ὑμῶν.
And it-shall-be the-ones-these unto-ye into to-an-en-course-belonging-to of-a-separating-to into to-the-ones to-becomednesses of-ye in unto-all unto-the-ones unto-housings-down-unto of-ye.
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:30 πᾶς πατάξας ψυχήν, διὰ μαρτύρων φονεύσεις τὸν φονεύσαντα, καὶ μάρτυς εἷς οὐ μαρτυρήσει ἐπὶ ψυχῆς ἀποθανεῖν·
All having-smote to-a-breathing, through of-witnesses thou-shall-slay-of to-the-one to-having-slayed-of, and a-witness one not it-shall-witness-unto upon of-a-breathing to-have-had-died-off;
35:30 φονευσει A | ψυχης] ψυχην A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:31 καὶ οὐ λήμψεσθε λύτρα περὶ ψυχῆς παρὰ τοῦ φονεύσαντος τοῦ ἐνόχου ὄντος ἀναιρεθῆναι, θανάτῳ γὰρ θανατωθήσεται.
and not ye-shall-take to-en-loosings about of-a-breathing beside of-the-one of-having-slayed-of of-the-one of-held-in of-being to-have-been-sectioned-along-up-unto, unto-a-death too-thus it-shall-be-en-deathed.
35:31 περι] επι A
[Appendix] λημψεσθαι A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:32 οὐ λήμψεσθε λύτρα τοῦ φυγεῖν εἰς πόλιν φυγαδευτηρίων, τοῦ πάλιν κατοικεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, ἕως ἂν ἀποθάνῃ ὁ ἱερεὺς ὁ μέγας.
Not ye-shall-take to-en-loosings of-the-one to-have-had-fled into to-a-city of-flee-hitherlets, of-the-one unto-furthered to-have-housed-down-unto upon of-the-one of-a-soil, unto-if-which ever it-might-have-had-died-off, the-one a-sacreder-of the-one great.
Note: of-flee-hitherlets in 03 : pr of-the-ones in 02 03C1 03C2.
35:32 φυγαδευτηριων] pr των Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:33 καὶ οὐ μὴ φονοκτονήσητε τὴν γῆν εἰς ἣν ὑμεῖς κατοικεῖτε, τὸ γὰρ αἷμα τοῦτο φονοκτονεῖ τὴν γῆν, καὶ οὐκ ἐξιλασθήσεται ἡ γῆ ἀπὸ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἐκχυθέντος ἐπ' αὐτῆς ἀλλ' ἐπὶ τοῦ αἵματος τοῦ ἐκχέοντος.
And not lest ye-might-have-slayee-killed-unto to-the-one to-a-soil into to-which ye ye-house-down-unto, the-one too-thus a-rushering-to the-one-this it-slayee-killeth-unto to-the-one to-a-soil, and not it-shall-be-sectionated-out the-one a-soil off of-the-one of-a-rushering-to of-the-one of-having-been-poured-out upon of-it other upon of-the-one of-a-rushering-to of-the-one of-pouring-out-unto.
35:33 εις ην] εφ ης A F | κατοικειτε] + επ αυτης A F | ουκ] ου μη A | απο] περι F | του εκχυθ.] τ 1° sup ras Ba | εγχεοντος B* vid
[Appendix] κατοικειται F | εξειλασθ. B* (εξιλασθ. Bb)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 35:34 καὶ οὐ μιανεῖτε τὴν γῆν ἐφ' ἧς κατοικεῖτε ἐπ' αὐτῆς, ἐφ' ἧς ἐγὼ κατασκηνώσω ἐν ὑμῖν· ἐγὼ γάρ εἰμι Κύριος κατασκηνῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ.
And not ye-shall-stain-belong to-the-one to-a-soil upon of-which ye-house-down-unto upon of-it, upon of-which I I-shall-en-tent-down in unto-ye; I too-thus I-be Authority-belonged(Yahveh) en-tenting-down in unto-middle of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl.
35:34 κατασκηνωσω] κατασκηνω Ba b A | εν υμιν] επ αυτης A | κατασκηνων] pr ο A
[Appendix] εμμεσω A (F?)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 36:1 Καὶ προσῆλθον οἱ ἄρχοντες φυλῆς υἱῶν Γαλαάδ υἱοῦ Μαχεὶρ υἱοῦ Μανασσὴ ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς υἱῶν Ἰωσήφ, καὶ ἐλάλησαν ἔναντι Μωυσῆ καὶ ἔναντι Ἐλεαζὰρ τοῦ ἱερέως καὶ ἔναντι τῶν ἀρχόντων οἴκων πατριῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ·
And they-had-came-toward, the-ones firsting of-a-tribing of-sons of-a-Galaad of-a-son of-a-Macheir of-a-son of-a-Manassês out of-the-one of-a-tribing of-sons of-an-Iôsêf, and they-spoke-unto in-ever-a-one of-a-Môusês and in-ever-a-one of-an-Eleazar of-the-one of-a-sacreder-of and in-ever-a-one of-the-ones of-firsting of-houses of-fatherings-unto of-sons of-an-Israêl;
36:1 φυλης 1°] πατριων φυλης A πατριων φυλων F | Καννασση A | υιων 2°] υιων|ιων (sic) F | υιων 3°] pr των Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 36:2 καὶ εἶπαν Τῷ κυρίῳ ἡμῶν ἐνετείλατο Κύριος ἀποδοῦναι τὴν γῆν τῆς κληρονομίας ἐν κλήρῳ τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραήλ, καὶ τῷ κυρίῳ συνέταξεν Κύριος δοῦναι τὴν κληρονομίαν Σαλπαὰδ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ ἡμῶν ταῖς θυγατράσιν αὐτοῦ·
and they-said, Unto-the-one unto-authority-belonged(adon) of-us it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-have-had-given-off to-the-one to-a-soil of-the-one of-a-lot-parceleeing-unto in unto-a-lot unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl, and unto-the-one unto-authority-belonged(adon) it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), to-have-had-given to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-a-Salpaad of-the-one of-brethrened of-us unto-the-ones unto-daughters of-it;
36:2 δουναι κ̅̅ς̅̅ A
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 36:3 καὶ ἔσονται ἑνὶ τῶν φυλῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραὴλ γυναῖκες, καὶ ἀφαιρεθήσεται ὁ κλῆρος αὐτῶν ἐκ τῆς κατασχέσεως τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν, καὶ προστεθήσεται εἰς κληρονομίαν τῆς φυλῆς οἷς ἂν γένωνται γυναῖκες, καὶ ἐκ τοῦ κλήρου τῆς κληρονομίας ἡμῶν ἀφαιρεθήσεται.
and they-shall-be unto-one of-the-ones of-tribings of-sons of-an-Israêl women, and it-shall-be-sectioned-along-off-unto the-one a-lot of-them out of-the-one of-a-holdening-down of-the-ones of-fathers of-us, and it-shall-be-placed-toward into to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-the-one of-a-tribing unto-which ever they-might-have-had-became, women, and out of-the-one of-a-lot of-the-one of-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-us it-shall-be-sectioned-along-off-unto.
36:3 προστεθησονται A | κληρονομιαν] pr την A F | κληρου] κληρους A
[Appendix] αφερεθησεται (1°) F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 36:4 ἐὰν δὲ γένηται ἡ ἄφεσις τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, καὶ προστεθήσεται ἡ κληρονομία αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὴν κληρονομίαν τῆς φυλῆς οἷς ἂν γένωνται γυναῖκες, καὶ ἀπὸ τῆς κληρονομίας φυλῆς πατριᾶς ἡμῶν ἀφαιρεθήσεται ἡ κληρονομία αὐτῶν.
If-ever then-also it-might-have-had-became, the-one a-sending-off of-the-ones of-sons of-an-Israêl, and it-shall-be-placed-toward the-one a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-them upon to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-the-one of-a-tribing unto-which ever they-might-have-had-became, women, and off of-the-one of-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-a-tribing of-fatherings-unto of-us it-shall-be-sectioned-along-off-unto the-one a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-them.
36:4 αφεσις] αφαιρεσις A (αφαιρεσεις) F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 36:5 καὶ ἐνετείλατο Μωυσῆς τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ διὰ προστάγματος Κυρίου λέγων Οὕτως φυλὴ υἱῶν Ἰωσὴφ λέγουσιν.
And it-finished-in, a-Môusês, unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl through of-an-arranging-toward-to of-Authority-belonged(Yahveh) forthing, Unto-the-one-this a-tribing of-sons of-an-Iôsêf they-forth.
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 36:6 τοῦτο τὸ ῥῆμα ὃ συνέταξεν Κύριος ταῖς θυγατράσιν Σαλπαὰδ λέγων Οὗ ἀρέσκει ἐναντίον αὐτῶν ἔστωσαν γυναῖκες, πλὴν ἐκ τοῦ δήμου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν ἔστωσαν γυναῖκες.
The-one-this the-one an-uttering-to to-which it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-the-ones unto-daughters of-a-Salpaad forthing, Of-which it-pleaseth to-ever-a-oned-in of-them they-should-be women, to-beyond, out of-the-one of-a-locality of-the-one of-a-father of-them they-should-be women.
36:6 πλην εκ του δημου του π̅̅ρ̅̅ς̅̅ αυτων εστωσαν γυναικες Ba b mg inf (om B*)
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 36:7 καὶ οὐχὶ περιστραφήσεται κληρονομία τοῖς υἱοῖς Ἰσραὴλ ἀπὸ φυλῆς ἐπὶ φυλήν, ὅτι ἕκαστος ἐν τῇ κληρονομίᾳ τῆς φυλῆς τῆς πατριᾶς αὐτοῦ προσκολληθήσονται υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ.
And unto-not it-shall-have-been-beturned-about a-lot-parceleeing-unto unto-the-ones unto-sons of-an-Israêl off of-a-tribing upon to-a-tribing, to-which-a-one each in unto-the-one unto-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-the-one of-a-tribing of-the-one of-a-fathering-unto of-it they-shall-be-toward-togetherned-unto sons of-an-Israêl.
36:7 om και 1° A | om πατριας αυτου και προσ F | om και 2° A | υιοι] pr οι Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 36:8 καὶ πᾶσα θυγάτηρ ἀγχιστεύουσα κληρονομίαν ἐκ τῶν φυλῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ, ἑνὶ τῶν ἐκ τοῦ δήμου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῆς ἔσονται γυναῖκες, ἵνα ἀγχιστεύσωσιν οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραὴλ ἕκαστος τὴν κληρονομίαν τὴν πατρικήν·
And all a-daughter most-nearing-of to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto out of-the-ones of-tribings of-sons of-an-Israêl, unto-one of-the-ones out of-the-one of-a-locality of-the-one of-a-father of-it they-shall-be women, so they-might-have-most-neared-of, the-ones sons of-an-Israêl, each, to-the-one to-a-lot-parceleeing-unto to-the-one to-father-belonged-of;
36:8 om εκ των φυλων A | αγχιστευσωσιν] αγχιστευωσιν F | πατρικην] + αυτου Ba b A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 36:9 καὶ οὐ περιστραφήσεται κλῆρος ἐκ φυλῆς ἐπὶ φυλὴν ἑτέραν, ἀλλὰ ἕκαστος ἐν τῇ κληρονομίᾳ αὐτοῦ προσκολληθήσονται οἱ υἱοὶ Ἰσραήλ.
and not it-shall-have-been-beturned-about a-lot out of-a-tribing upon to-a-tribing to-different, other each in unto-the-one unto-a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-it they-shall-be-toward-togetherned-unto the-ones sons of-an-Israêl.
36:9 om ου A | αλλα] αλλ A F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 36:10 ὃν τρόπον συνέταξεν Κύριος Μωυσῇ, οὕτως ἐποίησαν θυγατέρες Σαλπαάδ·
To-which to-a-turn it-arranged-together, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), unto-a-Môusês, unto-the-one-this they-did-unto, daughters of-a-Salpaad;
36:10 Μωυση] προς Μωυσην A F | θυγατερες] θυγατρασιν Ba | θυγατρασι Bb
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 36:11 καὶ ἐγένοντο Θερσὰ καὶ Ἑγλὰ καὶ Μελχὰ καὶ Νουὰ καὶ Μααλὰ θυγατέρες Σαλπαὰδ τοῖς ἀνεψιοῖς αὐτῶν·
and they-had-became, a-Thersa and a-Hegla and a-Melcha and a-Noua and a-Maala daughters of-a-Salpaad, unto-the-ones unto-descent-along-belonged of-them;
36:11 Θερσα…Μααλα] Μαλαα και Θερσα και Αιγλα και Μελχα και Νουα A Μααλα και Θερσα και Αιγαλ και Μελχα και Νουα F | ανεψιοις] pr υιοις F
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 36:12 ἐκ τοῦ δήμου τοῦ Μανασσὴ υἱῶν Ἰωσὴφ ἐγενήθησαν γυναῖκες· καὶ ἐγένετο ἡ κληρονομία αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὴν φυλὴν δήμου τοῦ πατρὸς αὐτῶν.
out of-the-one of-a-locality of-the-one of-a-Manassês of-sons of-an-Iôsêf they-were-became women; and it-had-became, the-one a-lot-parceleeing-unto of-them, upon to-the-one to-a-tribing of-a-locality of-the-one of-a-father of-them.
36:12 του Μανασση] om του A F Μαννασση A | εγενηθησαν] + αυτοις A | εγενετο] εγενηθη A F | δημου 2°] δημον Ba? b
(1451 B.C. Tebeth 30)
Num 36:13 αὗται αἱ ἐντολαὶ καὶ τὰ δικαιώματα καὶ τὰ κρίματα ἃ ἐνετείλατο Κύριος ἐν χειρὶ Μωυσῆ ἐπὶ δυσμῶν Μωὰβ ἐπὶ τοῦ Ἰορδάνου κατὰ Ἰερειχώ.
The-ones-these the-ones finishings-in and the-ones en-course-belongings-to and the-ones separatings-to to-which it-finished-in, Authority-belonged(Yahveh), in unto-a-hand of-a-Môusês upon of-sinkeeings of-a-Môab upon of-the-one of-an-Iordanês down to-an-Iereichô.
36:13 Ιεριχω Bb A F
Subscr αριθμοι B A F*? 1?